As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 7, 2026.

Registration No. 333-296922

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933

__________________________________________

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

__________________________________________

Delaware

 

4911

 

99-3989746

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary standard
industrial code number)

 

(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)

200 Europia Ave
Oak Ridge, TN 37830
845-258-0016
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

__________________________________________

Kurt Terrani
Chief Executive Officer
200 Europia Ave
Oak Ridge, TN 37830
845-258-0016
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

__________________________________________

Copies to:

Albert W. Vanderlaan

Mark Mushkin

Montana Ware

Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
The Orrick Building

405 Howard Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 773-5700

 

Derek Dostal

Yasin Keshvargar

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

(212) 450-4000

__________________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

 

☐

 

Accelerated filer

 

☐

Non-accelerated filer

 

☒

 

Smaller reporting company

 

☐

       

Emerging growth company

 

☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act ☐

__________________________________________

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated July 7, 2026

Preliminary Prospectus

18,250,000 Shares

Class A Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Standard Nuclear, Inc. We are offering 18,250,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock will be between $18.00 and $21.00.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “STDN.”

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically upon the occurrence of certain events. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

Upon the completion of this offering, outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent, and Thomas Hendrix, our Founder, Chair of our board of directors and Executive Chairman (the “Executive Chairman”), will beneficially own, approximately 59.5% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 59.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. See “Management — Controlled Company Exemption.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, will be subject to certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

__________________________________________

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 32 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

__________________________________________

Neither the SEC nor any other regulatory body or state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

__________________________________________

 

Per Share

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

   

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

   

$

 

____________

(1)      See “Underwriting” for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 2,737,500 shares of our Class A common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a reserved share program to our directors, officers and certain of our employees. See “Underwriting — Reserved Share Program.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about            , 2026.

__________________________________________

BofA Securities

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Barclays

 

UBS Investment Bank

Evercore ISI

 

RBC Capital Markets

 

William Blair

 

Stifel

__________________________________________

Prospectus dated            , 2026

 

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

Page

Industry and Market Data

 

ii

Selected Defined Terms

 

iii

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Letter from our Founder

 

30

Risk Factors

 

32

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

68

Use of Proceeds

 

70

Dividend Policy

 

71

Capitalization

 

72

Dilution

 

74

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

76

Business

 

94

Management

 

126

Executive Compensation

 

134

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

152

Principal Stockholders

 

157

Description of Capital Stock

 

159

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

165

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

 

167

Underwriting

 

171

Legal Matters

 

181

Experts

 

181

Where You Can Find More Information

 

181

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-1

________________

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information that is different from, or to make any representations other than those contained in, this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us to which we may have referred you in connection with this offering. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Standard Nuclear” refer to Standard Nuclear, Inc. and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. For purposes of this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, the term “stockholders” shall refer to the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, collectively, and “common stock” shall refer to our Class A and Class B common stock, collectively.

Through and including            , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus) U.S. federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States, neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free-writing prospectus outside the United States. See “Underwriting.”

i

Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND SERVICE MARKS

“Standard Nuclear,” our logo, and our other registered or common law trademarks, tradenames and service marks appearing in this prospectus are our property. Solely for convenience, our trademarks, tradenames and service marks referred to in this prospectus appear without the ®, ™ and SM symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks and tradenames. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, tradenames and service marks of other companies that are the property of their respective owners.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

This prospectus includes certain key performance indicators, including Total Contract Backlog, Fuel/TRISO Production Capacity and Regulatory Milestones, that our management regularly reviews in managing its business to evaluate its business and operations, guide decision-making, measure progress and understand growth opportunity, and ultimately help drive profitability. For definitions of these key performance indicators, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators.”

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, our business, and the market for our products and solutions, including our general expectations of our market position, market growth forecasts, our market opportunity, and size of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications, surveys, and reports that have been prepared by independent third parties. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications, surveys, and reports, we believe the publications, surveys, and reports are generally reliable, although such information is inherently subject to uncertainties and imprecision. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

The source of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are the following industry publications or reports that have been prepared by independent third parties:

•        United States Department of Energy, “Pathways to Commercial Liftoff: Advanced Nuclear,” September 2024 (accessed on February 11, 2025)

•        United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, “Fuel Fabrication,” last updated June 26, 2023 (accessed on February 11, 2025)

•        United States Department of Energy, “TRISO Particles: The Most Robust Nuclear Fuel on Earth,” July 19, 2019 (accessed on February 11, 2025)

•        Wood Mackenzie, Market Report, “U.S. Demand for TRISO Fuel,” March 5, 2026, which was commissioned by us

ii

Table of Contents

SELECT DEFINED TERMS

The following are abbreviations, acronyms, and definitions of certain terms used in this prospectus:

“2025 Stock Plan” means the Standard Nuclear, Inc. 2025 Stock Plan, as amended prior to the completion of this offering.

“2026 Plan” means our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan.

“Bonus Plan” means our 2026 Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.

“Code” refers to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Class B Conversion” means the conversion by the holders thereof of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock not beneficially owned by Mr. Hendrix into shares of Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

“Class B Equity Exchange Agreement” means the equity exchange right agreement to be entered into between the Company and Mr. Hendrix, which gives Mr. Hendrix a right (but not an obligation) to require us to exchange any shares of Class A common stock received by Mr. Hendrix upon the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of certain equity awards held by Mr. Hendrix or upon a distribution to Mr. Hendrix by Decisive Point Group, LLC following this offering for an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock.

“Class B Exchange Agreement” means the exchange agreement to be entered into among the Company and Standard Nuclear Trust, an entity affiliated with Mr. Hendrix, pursuant to which, upon the Effective Time, all of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by Standard Nuclear Trust as of the Effective Time will be exchanged for an equivalent number of newly issued shares of our Class B common stock.

“Class B Stock Exchange” means the exchange of all of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by Standard Nuclear Trust as of the Effective Time for an equivalent number of newly issued shares of our Class B common stock in accordance with the Class B Exchange Agreement.

“DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law.

“DOE” means the United States Department of Energy.

“Effective Time” means the time of effectiveness of the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

“enrichment” means the enrichment of uranium hexafluoride, which involves increasing the proportion of fissile isotope U-235 to higher concentrations by separating it from the more abundant Uranium-238 through gas centrifuge or gaseous diffusion methods, which exploit the mass difference between the isotopes.

“ESPP” means our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“FOAK” means “first-of-a-kind,” which refers to any initial design, deployment, construction, manufacturing or operating configuration that has not yet benefited from repeat deployment, standardized execution or learning-curve efficiencies. See also “NOAK.”

“Framatome, Inc.” means Framatome, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a U.S. company and a subsidiary of Framatome SAS headquartered in France.

“Fuel Fabrication” means the process of converting enriched uranium (like HALEU) into finished fuel forms (like TRISO fuel).

“GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

iii

Table of Contents

“GWe” means “gigawatt electric,” a unit of electric generating capacity equal to one billion watts of electric output. We and others in the electric power generation industry use GWe to describe installed or expected electric generating capacity from any reactor or other source of electric power generation. By estimating the anticipated MTU of TRISO fuel that we believe would be necessary to output one GWe of electric energy, management is able to translate expected Advanced Reactor deployments for which target GWe output has been announced into estimated annual TRISO fuel demand.

“GWh” means “gigawatt hour,” a unit for measuring energy used to express the quantity of energy produced or consumed by a piece of equipment with power of one gigawatt for one hour.

“HALEU” means High-Assay Low-Enriched Uranium, which is uranium enriched to between 10% and 20% U-235. HALEU is a feedstock, not a fuel form. It is used to manufacture advanced fuels, like TRISO fuel.

“HTGRs” means high-temperature gas-cooled reactors.

“Idaho Facility” means the Company’s fuel line facility to be built in Idaho on DOE property in Idaho pursuant to the OTA, which we refer to as our “SN-ID” facility.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“JOBS Act” means the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

“kgU” means kilogram of uranium, which is a unit for measuring uranium mass quantity. It is a common measurement for fuel pricing and sales agreements. See also “MTU.”

“LEU+” means Low-Enriched Uranium Plus, which is uranium enriched above 5% but below 10% U-235. It is being explored as an interim fuel option for some Advanced Reactors.

“MTU” means metric ton of uranium, which is a unit for measuring uranium mass quantity. It is a common measurement for fuel pricing and sales agreements. 1 MTU = 1,000 kgU.

“NOAK” means “nth-of-a-kind,” which refers to later in time designs, deployments, construction, manufacturing or operating configurations that follow the FOAK and one or more additional deployments and approach design or operational maturity. NOAK deployments are expected to benefit from learning derived from prior repeat execution, standardization, operating experience and learning-curve efficiencies. See also “FOAK.”

“NRC” means the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

“NYSE” means New York Stock Exchange.

“OTA” means the Other Transaction Agreement for Fuel Production Line Authorization, dated as of September 26, 2025, between the Company and the DOE.

“Oak Ridge SN-0” refers to the Company’s existing fuel line facility in Oak Ridge, TN that is currently operational.

“Oak Ridge SN-TN” refers to the Company’s new production facility in Oak Ridge, TN that is anticipated to become operational in the second half of 2026.

“Oak Ridge SN-TN20” refers to the Company’s planned supplemental production facility in Oak Ridge, TN that is targeted to have annual throughput capacity of up to 20 MTU. See also “throughput.”

“Oak Ridge Facilities” refers to Oak Ridge SN-0 and Oak Ridge SN-TN facilities, collectively.

“R&D” means research and development.

“restated bylaws” means our amended and restated bylaws which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

“restated certificate of incorporation” means our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

“Richland SN-F Facility” means Framatome’s NRC-licensed nuclear fuel cycle facility in Richland, Washington.

iv

Table of Contents

“Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“SMRs” means small modular reactors.

“throughput” refers to the quantity of a material that is able to be processed through a manufacturing facility over a specified period of time. We use throughput to describe how much TRISO fuel we are or expect to be able to process through a given production facility over a given time frame, commonly expressed in KgU or MTU of finished TRISO fuel per year, based on our current process yield from our manufacturing processes. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators.”

“TRISO” stands for “tristructural-isotropic” and refers to poppyseed-sized fuel particles made from enriched uranium and coated in ceramic layers and used to fuel many Advanced Reactors.

“TWh” means terawatt-hours. One terawatt is equal to 1,000 gigawatts. See also “GWh.”

“U-235” means Uranium-235, which is a naturally occurring isotope of uranium that can sustain a nuclear chain reaction, making it essential for nuclear fuel.

“USNC” refers to Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation and its subsidiaries, from whom we purchased specific nuclear fuel-related assets through a Section 363 auction process under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

“Voting Threshold Date” means the first date falling after 11:59 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the date on which the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

“Wood Mackenzie Report” means the report prepared by Wood Mackenzie titled “U.S. Demand for TRISO Fuel,” dated March 5, 2026, which was commissioned by us in connection with this offering.

v

Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our common stock. You should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections titled “Risk factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Mission

Our mission is to supply advanced nuclear fuels that enable safe, reliable and scalable nuclear power generation. We aim to support the re-emergence of the U.S.’s newbuild nuclear infrastructure, strengthen domestic energy security and meet the nation’s growing demand for safe, reliable and clean baseload power.

Company Overview

Standard Nuclear is a leading independent advanced nuclear fuel company and the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO manufacturing facilities to date, based on our commercialized manufacturing capability supported by production-grade equipment, established processes, and facility infrastructure designed for sustained, high-throughput output and scalable expansion. We design, engineer, and manufacture advanced nuclear fuels with a primary focus on TRISO fuel that is utilized by advanced nuclear reactors, including some SMRs and microreactors, designed to be safer, more efficient, and more flexible than traditional nuclear reactors (“Advanced Reactors”), and we believe we are the only participant in the market that is currently positioned to be able to work with and develop fuel for any developer of Advanced Reactors which use TRISO fuel. As of the date of this prospectus, we operate the only dedicated, privately funded, industrial scale TRISO production line in the United States and are currently producing and shipping fuel for Advanced Reactor demonstrations scheduled for 2026, with additional TRISO production facilities expected to come online in the second half of 2026.

Led by internationally recognized nuclear fuel expert Dr. Kurt Terrani, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer, our technical team leverages over 150 years of combined U.S. National Laboratory experience in the development, fabrication, and testing of advanced fuels, and many of our technical team members have previously held critical leadership roles in the U.S. Department of Energy’s (the “DOE”) advanced gas reactor program, which established the modern TRISO fuel standard currently accepted by the NRC. We believe the qualifications exhibited by our elite technical team, together with our ownership and operation of facilities licensed for the large-scale manufacturing of TRISO-based fuels, makes us a leading nuclear fuel company capable of delivering advanced nuclear fuel to the growing industry.

Our capabilities position us at the fuel manufacturing layer of the nuclear value chain, supporting Advanced Reactor developers and end customers with scalable domestic fuel supply solutions. Our disciplined, repeatable and reliable manufacturing process converts enriched uranium feedstock into finished fuel products in accordance with nuclear-grade safety, quality, and regulatory frameworks.

1

Table of Contents

We do not design, own or operate nuclear reactors. Instead, our nuclear fuel products are engineered to be compatible with a broad range of Advanced Reactor designs which use TRISO fuel, and can be used by reactor owners and operators, utilities, hyperscale data center operators, and domestic and international government entities that own or operate such reactors. We believe we are well positioned to capture a meaningful share of this market given our current and planned industrial-scale operating capacity, technology platform, secured licenses, and cost advantages derived from a modular manufacturing architecture.

In addition, we do not directly procure or source uranium for the nuclear fuel we manufacture. Our customers are generally responsible for procuring enriched uranium feedstock, which we then convert into nuclear fuel for our customers to use in their reactors for their various commercial needs. Our business model is based on long-term fuel supply arrangements under which our customers deliver feedstock to us and purchase finished fuel products, typically priced on a kgU basis and adjusted for enrichment level, final fuel form, and other specified requirements. However, we have never sold our products at large-scale commercial levels, and the production of TRISO fuel is generally untested at industrial scale, and as a result, we have limited data regarding the full cycle economics of manufacturing, marketing, pricing and selling TRISO fuel, leaving us with limited visibility into the prices our customers are willing to pay for our products and the cost structures that are required to ensure positive profit margins. We also expect that long-term unit economics will improve through automation, yield optimization, and replication of standardized fuel manufacturing modules that we have developed. We do not take direct commercial exposure to uranium price volatility, focusing instead on fabrication and fuel engineering services within the nuclear fuel value chain. Given our focus to date on investing in R&D, facilities, and commercialization of our nuclear fuel manufacturing and products, we have historically incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $79.9 million, and negative operating cash flows of $4.3 million and, for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period ended December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $72.1 million and $56.6 million, respectively, and negative operating cash flows of $6.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Industry and Market Opportunity

Electricity Demand

Based on data from the U.S. Energy Information Administration, U.S. electricity demand is expected to rise materially over the coming decades, reversing a prolonged period of relatively flat consumption. According to the Wood Mackenzie Report, total U.S. electricity demand is projected to increase from approximately 4,990 terawatt-hours (“TWh”) in 2026 to more than 7,200 TWh by 2040, representing an increase of approximately 44%. This growth is driven not only by population and economic expansion, but also by structural changes in energy usage as industrial processes, transportation systems, and digital infrastructure become increasingly electrified. In particular, next-generation artificial intelligence (“AI”) training clusters and large-scale inference deployments require sustained, high-density electricity supply. Hyperscale data center campuses can draw more than 500 megawatts of continuous load, often operating at utilization levels that place significant demands on existing generation and transmission infrastructure. According to the Wood Mackenzie Report, data center growth alone may increase overall U.S. electricity demand growth from approximately 1% per year to approximately 3% per year, supported by an estimated $700 billion of hyperscaler capital expenditure commitments in 2026. This pace of load growth significantly exceeds planned additions of firm, dispatchable generation capacity and is not expected to be met by intermittent resources alone.

Overview of Advanced Nuclear Reactor Technologies

Advanced Reactors are increasingly viewed as viable solutions for meeting long-term demand for reliable, low-carbon baseload electricity. These reactor designs differ from traditional light-water reactors in several respects, including higher operating temperatures, improved thermal efficiency, and the ability to achieve higher fuel burnup levels. Many Advanced Reactor designs also incorporate passive safety features that rely on natural physical processes rather than active systems or human intervention, which may enhance safety performance and expand potential siting options.

2

Table of Contents

The operating characteristics of Advanced Reactors require fuel forms capable of withstanding significantly higher temperatures and more demanding operating conditions than conventional nuclear fuel. As a result, advanced reactor designs increasingly rely on specialized fuels, including TRISO particle fuel. TRISO fuel is engineered to encapsulate fissile material within multiple protective layers, allowing it to retain radioactive fission products at extremely high temperatures and providing a level of inherent safety not achievable with conventional fuel types.

Advanced Reactor Deployment Outlook

The DOE has articulated a policy objective of expanding domestic nuclear generation capacity, which includes a target of deploying approximately 35 gigawatts (“GW”) of additional nuclear capacity by 2035 and achieving a sustained deployment rate of approximately 15 GW of nuclear energy per year by 2040. These goals encompass deployment of traditional large reactors as well as SMRs and microreactors.

Advanced nuclear projects are already progressing through development and regulatory review. As of July 2025, more than 30 advanced reactor projects had been publicly announced to the NRC, with multiple demonstration projects expected to enter operation beginning in 2026. While commercialization timelines vary by technology and project, these initiatives indicate continued momentum toward deployment of Advanced Reactors in the United States.

Advanced Reactor Adoption Curve — Microreactors

Based on public sources and management’s assessment of our current pipeline and customer order book, we believe that the near-term deployment of Advanced Reactor projects is going to be focused on microreactors. The DOE defines microreactors by three main features: factory fabricated, transportable and self-adjusting, and expects most microreactors to be able to produce 1 — 20Mw of thermal energy that can be used directly as heat or converted to electric power.

1.      Factory fabricated:    All components of a microreactor would be fully assembled in a factory and shipped out to location. This eliminates difficulties associated with large-scale construction, reduces capital costs and would help get the reactor up and running quickly.

2.      Transportable:    Smaller unit designs will make microreactors very transportable. This would make it easy for vendors to ship the entire reactor by truck, shipping vessel, airplane or railcar.

3.      Self-adjusting:    Simple and responsive design concepts will allow microreactors to self-adjust. They would not be expected to require a large number of specialized operators and would utilize passive safety systems that prevent any potential for overheating or reactor meltdown.

Given these attributes, and based on management’s visible contract pipeline, we expect that the pipeline of nuclear reactor fuel requirements through 2030 is going to be largely driven by microreactor developers and project owners.

For example, the following is a list of selected microreactor-focused programs that have been publicly announced as of the date of this prospectus, as well as a DOE initiative supporting infrastructure and fuel qualification programs:

1.      Janus Program:    U.S. Army’s next-generation energy initiative aimed at deploying commercial nuclear microreactors to provide secure, resilient power to defense installations with goals for operation by 2030.

2.      Defense Innovation Unit — Advanced Nuclear Power for Installations (2024):    An initiative to evaluate and pilot commercial microreactors for U.S. Air Force installations, with potential deployments targeted around 2030. Joint Base San Antonio, Texas — Antares Nuclear, Inc.; Buckley Space Force Base, Colorado — Radiant Industries, Inc.; and Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana — Westinghouse Government Services have been identified as potential site-developer pairings for proposed microreactor deployments under this initiative.

3.     DOE Nuclear Reactor Pilot Program:    A DOE program targeting demonstrations of commercial nuclear reactors by July 4, 2026 and support to bridge demonstrations to commercial operations by 2030.

3

Table of Contents

4.      DOE Demonstration of Microreactor Experiments (“DOME”) — A DOE-led initiative at Idaho National Laboratory designed to support accelerated testing and qualification of microreactor fuels and components. We are participating in the DOME program, including engaging in collaborations with reactor developers, to support fuel testing and qualification activities. We believe participation in such programs may influence the timing of fuel qualification and subsequent commercial supply opportunities.

Advanced Reactor Fuel Market Size and Demand

Demand for Advanced Reactor fuel is directly linked to the deployment of Advanced Reactors and their ongoing refueling requirements. According to the Wood Mackenzie Report, approximately 20% of future United States nuclear generation capacity is expected to be served by Advanced Reactor technologies. Under this outlook, total installed advanced nuclear capacity is projected to exceed 58 GWe by 2040.

The amount of TRISO fuel required per GWe of electric power varies by reactor design, based on the physics and engineering characteristics of each reactor type. For example, larger SMRs produce more electric output per unit of fuel consumed, while smaller microreactors, though individually requiring less total fuel, consume more fuel relative to their electric output on a per-GWe basis. Based on publicly disclosed reactor designs and our discussions with current and prospective customers, annual TRISO fuel requirements are expected to range from approximately 12 MTU per GWe for larger-format SMRs to approximately 26 MTU per GWe for smaller microreactors. This range reflects the inherent differences in fuel consumption across reactor types. In addition, fuel demand timing also varies by reactor type. Microreactors typically require securing their fuel load approximately one year prior to commercial operation, while SMRs generally require it approximately two years prior to commercial operation.

For purposes of our analysis of prospective annual TRISO fuel demand, management assumes approximately 16 MTU of TRISO fuel per GWe, which represents management’s calculation of the blended average fuel requirement across the mix of Advanced Reactor types management expects to be deployed in the future. This expectation reflects management’s assessment based on discussions with reactor developers and project owners and publicly disclosed information, including announcements relating to anticipated reactor deployments, regarding the anticipated proportion of SMR and microreactor designs expected to comprise the deployed Advanced Reactor fleet over time.

Based on anticipated deployment schedules and refueling profiles, according to the Wood Mackenzie Report, annual TRISO fuel demand associated with Advanced Reactors could exceed the equivalent of 1.5 GWe and 7.0 GWe by 2030 and 2035, respectively, which, assuming 16 MTU per year per GWe, we believe could require approximately 26 and 116 MTU of TRISO fuel annually, respectively, based on the anticipated mix of reactor types expected to be deployed at such times.

At scale, deployment of Advanced Reactors implies recurring annual fuel demand measured in tens to hundreds of MTU, depending on the technology mix, operating cycles, and refueling intervals. By comparison, approximately 100 GWe of electric power in the United States is currently generated by nuclear power plants, which collectively consume an estimated 2,000 MTU of nuclear fuel annually. Consistent with the legacy nuclear fuel procurement dynamics for the operating U.S. nuclear reactor fleet, we expect project owners and operators will be the eventual long-term counterparties for fuel contracts.

Long-Term Nuclear Power Growth and Emerging Demand Drivers

Federal policy objectives further support expansion of nuclear power generation. In addition to target deployments of approximately 15 GWe per year by 2040, the DOE has previously stated a long-term goal of tripling U.S. nuclear power output by 2050, implying substantial growth in installed capacity and associated fuel demand over time.

In addition, growth in electricity consumption driven by data centers — particularly those supporting AI and high-performance computing workloads — has increased interest in nuclear power as a source of reliable, low-carbon baseload energy. Industry participants expect that a portion of incremental electricity demand from data centers and other energy-intensive applications may be met through nuclear generation, including Advanced Reactor deployments.

4

Table of Contents

Assuming that 10 – 20% of future incremental nuclear capacity is supplied by TRISO-fueled reactors, industry-wide demand for TRISO fuel could reach hundreds of MTU per year over time.

Regulatory and Policy Environment

U.S. regulatory and policy frameworks increasingly support the development and deployment of advanced nuclear reactors and domestic nuclear fuel manufacturing capacity. Federal agencies have adopted measures intended to coordinate regulatory reviews, streamline licensing pathways, and facilitate transitions from DOE authorization to NRC licensing for Advanced Reactors and nuclear fuel cycle facilities.

The NRC has also indicated its intent to streamline licensing reviews for advanced reactor and fuel cycle projects that have previously undergone technical review and authorization by the DOE, including through appropriate reliance on DOE technical assessments.

Federal policy support for nuclear fuel development accelerated following a series of executive actions and supply-chain directives beginning in 2021 that identified domestic nuclear fuel production as a national security priority. These initiatives provided the foundation for federal programs such as the DOE’s Advanced Reactor Demonstration Program (“ARDP”) and the High-Assay Low-Enriched Uranium (“HALEU”) Availability Program, both of which established direct demand signals for domestically manufactured advanced nuclear fuel.

Collectively, these technology trends, deployment objectives, demand drivers, and policy initiatives establish a framework intended to support domestic fuel manufacturing, facilitate Advanced Reactor commercialization, and sustain fuel demand over multi-decade operating lifetimes. For industry participants like us who are capable of meeting applicable regulatory, quality assurance, and security requirements, this environment offers the potential for long-term participation in the evolving advanced nuclear ecosystem.

Industry Challenges

While we believe that the market opportunity for our nuclear fuel is significant, there are a number of factors that may cause demand not to develop to the extent, or as quickly, as anticipated, or may otherwise pose headwinds to scaling our business as we have planned.

For example, the Advanced Reactor technologies described above generally remain in varying early stages of development, demonstration, licensing and commercialization and, while we currently expect a number of Advanced Reactors to be demonstrated in 2026, none have been deployed at commercial scale as of the date of this prospectus, and a wide range of technical, regulatory, financial and operational factors could influence the ultimate deployment and commercialization timelines of Advanced Reactor companies.

In addition, even if Advanced Reactors develop at the pace and scale anticipated, TRISO fuel demand depends in part on the availability of enriched uranium, including HALEU, and on customers’ ability to procure, transport and provide feedstock that meets reactor-specific specifications. However, supply of enriched uranium, and specifically HALEU, is currently limited and we do not know when, or if, supplies will increase. For example, for our customers that have reactors that require HALEU, there is presently no commercial supply of HALEU available in the United States and HALEU can only be sourced in limited quantities from the DOE. Despite U.S. government initiatives designed to ensure initial HALEU quantities, including the establishment of the HALEU Availability Program, which was established through the Energy Act of 2020, to ensure access to HALEU for civilian domestic research, development, demonstration, and commercial use, the HALEU program is still in its early stages, and significant progress is required to achieve reliable and scalable production

Further, recent interest in nuclear power in the United States has been driven, in part, by the rapid growth of AI development and the corresponding demand from hyperscale data center operators for reliable, low-carbon energy. This dynamic has been a meaningful catalyst for renewed investment, development activity, and public policy support across the nuclear energy sector, including for various Advanced Reactor designs. However, the trajectory of AI development and adoption, and the associated demand for data center capacity and energy, is inherently uncertain, and a contraction in that market could delay or reduce demand for new nuclear capacity and, in turn, demand for our nuclear fuel products. A slowdown in AI-driven demand for nuclear energy could also reduce the flow of public and private capital into the nuclear sector generally, which has so far benefited from heightened investor interest tied to AI and data center growth. Further, public opinion regarding nuclear energy has historically fluctuated and remains subject to change. Future shifts in public sentiment on nuclear power, whether driven by political, environmental, safety-related or other factors, or as to AI and the benefits of continuing to scale power

5

Table of Contents

generation and infrastructure needs in support of AI, could result in lessened support or increased opposition to nuclear power, which could adversely affect regulatory policies, licensing, operations and the overall demand for nuclear energy.

As a result, the timing and success of our customers’ and potential customers’ reactor programs and demand scaling in the industry generally are subject to significant uncertainty and forces outside of our control, and we have limited ability to influence the pace at which Advanced Reactors are developed, deployed and commercialized. If these or any of the other factors anticipated to drive energy demand described in the Wood Mackenzie Report do not materialize, either at all or to the extent currently expected, it could meaningfully reduce the demand opportunity for our TRISO nuclear fuel and adversely impact our anticipated results of operations.

See also “Risk Factors — Our future performance is dependent on the commercialization timelines of advanced reactor developers, which are subject to uncertainty and factors outside of our control,” “Risk Factors — The market for alternative low-carbon energy generation technologies has not yet been established and may not achieve the potential we expect or may grow more slowly than expected,” and “Risk Factors — Our TRISO fuel production is dependent on our customers obtaining enriched uranium (including HALEU) from third-party suppliers and providing it to us for production, and any difficulty in our customers obtaining these materials and/or supplying them to us could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.”

The Role of TRISO Fuel

Nuclear fuel that powers the existing U.S. fleet of light-water reactors consists of ceramic uranium dioxide (UO₂) pellets stacked inside long zirconium-alloy metal tubes (or cladding) that form fuel rods. Multiple fuel rods are bundled together to form fuel assemblies. The zirconium alloy cladding provides the primary barrier to fission product release, while water serves as both coolant and moderator and safety depends heavily on maintaining cladding integrity and active cooling.

TRISO fuel is a coated fuel particle architecture originally developed for HTGRs and is known as the “most robust nuclear fuel on earth” according to the DOE. TRISO is designed so that each particle functions as a self-contained containment system: multiple ceramic coating layers surround a fuel kernel and are intended to retain fission products during normal operation and under severe off-normal conditions.

The all-ceramic TRISO architecture enables Advanced Reactor designs to operate at higher temperatures and achieve higher burnup than conventional light-water reactors, which may reduce reliance on large-scale water cooling and high-pressure containment structures in certain reactor configurations. This can significantly reduce nuclear plant capital costs and simplify the engineering required for safe and reliable reactor operation.

6

Table of Contents

Our Manufacturing Process

By combining a proven TRISO architecture with an industrial, manufacturing-first approach, we are positioned to produce fuel products that meet reliability, quality and traceability requirements of commercial customers (including U.S. government-authorized exports to overseas markets) and government customers. Our strategy is focused on industrial-scale production with manufacturing systems designed to support near term fuel qualification (which is the process of demonstrating that a fuel design and specification meets the performance and safety requirements for that fuel form’s specific application within a specific reactor system, as provided to us by the reactor owner/operator, after which we manufacture fuel in compliance with those specifications), and to drive longer-term cost reductions as production volumes increase.

Our TRISO fuel manufacturing platform is designed as a modular, repeatable process built around (i) controlled production units, (ii) automated inspection and monitoring, (iii) data-driven quality controls and (iv) comprehensive documentation and traceability. This modular design is intended to support consistent product quality, scalability across facilities, and compliance with applicable regulatory, security, and safety frameworks. Our processes also incorporate an in-line scrap fuel recycling loop intended to recover and reintroduce usable uranium material, improving material utilization and reducing waste. Maximizing material yield is a core operating objective, and this closed-loop approach increases effective throughput per unit of feedstock and reduces input cost, contributing to a structural cost advantage relative to manufacturing processes with higher material loss or less integrated recovery capabilities.

As a result of our modular manufacturing platform and process, we are able to support industrial scale production at our facilities, which we define as having commercialized manufacturing capability, at our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and, once completed, at our other facilities that is intended for, and capable of, bulk production of TRISO fuel to be delivered to our customers that seek to fuel their reactors. This is effected using established and repeatable manufacturing processes enabling us to commercialize our TRISO fuel production activities and deliver TRISO fuel to Advanced Reactors. Further, the existing manufacturing capacity at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is sufficient for us to fully service the nuclear fuel demands of certain existing and prospective customers, demonstrating our ability to operate at industrial scale today. This will be further supported by our additional production capacity expected to come online at our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities in the second half of 2026, and additional production capacity we intend to construct and scale at the other facilities described below. In addition, given our modular facility design and approximately one-year build and commissioning timeline per standard facility, we believe we could quickly scale further through the construction of additional production facilities on land we own in Oak Ridge, Tennessee as customer demand warrants. See also “— Expansion Strategy.”

Currently, the primary constraint on our ability to further scale production operations is obtaining the regulatory authorizations required to commission and operate additional production facilities and install incremental modular processing equipment, together with completion of associated safety reviews and operational approvals. While our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 pilot facility is authorized to possess and process meaningful quantities of enriched uranium feedstock, future capacity expansion is expected to occur principally through our other or additional facilities. See also “— Regulatory Status of our Facilities.”

7

Table of Contents

Our manufacturing sequence begins with receipt of enriched uranium oxide feedstock (or deconversion of enriched uranium hexafluoride (UF₆) as needed into uranium oxide feedstock) to be used in subsequent fabrication steps and consists of the principal stages described below, each comprising a single module that is “design frozen” and can be replicated to scale, meaning that the core process flow, equipment configuration, and facility integration across these stages has been standardized following initial development, and are not expected to require material modification for subsequent deployments. This standardization is intended to support consistent product quality, streamline regulatory and engineering requirements, and enable repeatable, parallel deployment of additional modules across facilities. We believe this approach reduces engineering complexity, shortens deployment timelines, and lowers execution risk relative to bespoke, facility-specific designs.

•        Kernel Formation — Forming the uranium oxide feedstock into high-density spherical fuel kernels with controlled geometry and material properties tailored to specifications provided to us by our customers.

•        TRISO Coating — Applying successive coating layers (including carbon and silicon carbide layers) to the fuel kernels using high-temperature coating systems to create the structural and containment architectures of the TRISO particles. We monitor the coating thickness, uniformity, and defect rates to ensure conformance with customer specifications.

•        Fuel Form Fabrication — Converting the coating particles into the customer-specified fuel form (e.g., compacts, pebbles or other geometries), including embedding particles in a matrix where required. We inspect the finished fuel forms using destructive and/or non-destructive methods, as appropriate and required by the final fuel form specification.

•        Characterization and Certification — Performing testing and analysis throughout the entire manufacturing process to verify that the fuel forms meet the intended specifications and to support quality documentation, traceability and regulatory requirements.

•        Packaging and Shipment — Packaging finished fuel forms in approved fissile material containers designed to meet applicable NRC, DOE, and/or other regulatory requirements and delivering these fuel forms to our customers.

Our Facilities

We launched our commercial journey by establishing operations at the historic K-25 Site in Oak Ridge, TN — the site of the world’s first large-scale uranium enrichment. Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility, which is operational today, is equipped with specialized infrastructure, a workforce experienced in regulated nuclear operations, and an operating environment with deep institutional familiarity with nuclear materials, safety, and compliance. Since beginning our operations, we are continuously looking to expand our manufacturing capabilities and facilities, and are currently completing construction and anticipate bringing our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities online in the second half of 2026, both upon completion of a readiness review for each facility conducted in accordance with applicable DOE requirements. We also plan to operate an additional facility in Richland, Washington with our joint venture partner, Framatome, Inc. (“Framatome”).

Our Oak Ridge SN-0, Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities operate, or are anticipated to operate, under DOE authorization for the possession and processing of nuclear materials, and we intend to leverage an existing NRC license granted to our joint venture partner, Framatome, at the Richland SN-F Facility. In September 2024, Framatome, the 10 CFR Part 70 licensee for the Richland, Washington SN-F facility, submitted an NRC license amendment request (the “LAR”) to the NRC for approval to amend Framatome’s existing NRC license to permit the manufacturing of our advanced fuel products, including TRISO, at that facility. The LAR was approved by the NRC in June 2026 and the joint venture plans to commence manufacturing at the Richland SN-F Facility in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews. See “— Our Strategic Partnerships — Framatome.” In addition, we own additional land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee that is located in proximity to other industry participants’ sites in Tennessee and we believe could be used to construct further production facilities as demand warrants, in addition to SN-TN20. See also “Business — Expansion Strategy.”

8

Table of Contents

•        Oak Ridge SN-0 Facility: Located in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, our Oak Ridge SN-0 production facility is operational today and can produce 500 kgU of finished fuel per year, based on our current process yield.

•        Oak Ridge SN-TN Facility: Located in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, our Oak Ridge SN-TN production facility is currently under construction and is anticipated to come online in the second half of 2026. While it is currently slated to produce 1 MTU of finished fuel per year, once operational, SN-TN’s footprint is designed for seamless scaling, allowing for a potential throughput capacity of 2.5 MTU per year without requiring additional land.

•        Idaho SN-ID Facility: Located in Idaho Falls, Idaho, SN-ID has been designed to be a carbon copy of our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility, mirroring the 1 MTU anticipated initial capacity at Oak Ridge SN-TN with the same 2.5 MTU peak throughput capacity potential based on our current process yield. We intend to operate our Idaho Facility on DOE land pursuant to a long-term lease, which allows us to plug directly into the DOE contracting complex and provide streamlined nuclear fuel support for the DOE, Department of War, NASA, and other critical government missions. The Idaho SN-ID production facility is currently under construction and we expect it to come online in the second half of 2026.

•        Richland SN-F Facility: We have formed Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC, a joint venture with Framatome. The SN Framatome JV will establish a facility for the manufacture of TRISO fuel particles and other TRISO-based fuel forms, which will be located at Framatome’s existing nuclear fuel manufacturing facility in Richland, Washington. We believe the Richland SN-F Facility will benefit from our modular equipment and would initially be scalable to up to 2.5 MTU, and can be enabled to establish up to a peak 20 MTU, of throughput capacity potential based on our current process yield, while leveraging Framatome’s decades of experience in light-water reactor fuel production. In addition, by utilizing Framatome’s existing infrastructure and commercial relationships, Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC can help integrate Standard Nuclear into an established global value chain. The joint venture plans to commence manufacturing at the Richland SN-F Facility in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

•        Oak Ridge SN-TN20 Facility: We are also planning our additional Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, which we intend to enable with our modular equipment to establish an additional 20 MTU of production capacity. While construction has not yet begun, we have acquired the land on which we intend to build the SN-TN20 facility. Once construction is complete, we expect to install and commission production modules on a phased basis, progressively increasing the facility’s output as additional modules come online and reaching full operational capacity thereafter.

9

Table of Contents

Regulatory Status of Our Facilities

Oak Ridge SN-0 Facility

Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is authorized by the DOE to possess HALEU and process it into advanced nuclear fuel under its existing safety basis. The Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is operational today and supports our current commercial fuel manufacturing activities, including work under existing customer agreements and the DOE Fuel Line Pilot Program. SN-0 is a less than Hazard Category III facility. Its authorized possession limits for enriched uranium feedstock vary based on enrichment level and operating configuration, and currently permit possession of quantities sufficient to support production of approximately 0.5 MTU of TRISO fuel per year, based on our current process yield. Rather than seeking expanded authorization at the Oak Ridge SN-0 facility, our scaling strategy is to commission additional production capacity at our Oak Ridge SN-TN, Idaho SN-ID, Oak Ridge SN-TN20 and Richland SN-F facilities, each of which is described below, and potential additional facilities in the future. We may seek future modifications to the Oak Ridge SN-0 facility’s existing safety basis or other authorizations to support additional volumes or process configurations at that facility, but do not currently view any such modifications as necessary to execute our near-term operating plan.

Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID Facilities

Our planned Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities are each anticipated to operate under DOE regulatory authority pursuant to DOE-STD-1271-2025, “Authorization Pathway for Nuclear Facilities,” which establishes the framework for the documented safety basis required to commence and sustain nuclear operations at DOE facilities. The principal milestones in this authorization process are:

•        Nuclear Safety Design Agreement (NSDA).    We have received DOE approval of an NSDA for each of the Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities, establishing the regulatory framework, safety design objectives and the critical milestones required to obtain final authorization to commence operations at each facility.

•        Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis (PDSA).    We have submitted a PDSA (which is documentation prepared in connection with design and construction of a new facility, that provides a reasonable basis for the preliminary conclusion that the facility can be operated safely) for each of the Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities, have received initial positive feedback from the DOE, and anticipate DOE approval of each PDSA in the near term, subject to the DOE’s review schedule and potential requests for additional information.

•        Documented Safety Analysis (DSA).    Following positive DOE feedback on our PDSA submissions, we are preparing the DSA (which is a formal documented analysis of how the nuclear facility can be operated safely with respect to workers, the public, and the environment, including a description of the conditions, safe boundaries, and hazard controls that provide the basis for ensuring safety) for each of the Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities for parallel submission to the DOE.

•        Readiness Review and Authorization to Operate.    After DOE approval of the DSA, each facility must complete a DOE-led operational readiness review before receiving authorization to commence operations. We anticipate full DOE approval of the DSAs and completion of readiness reviews for both facilities in the second half of 2026, although the timing is subject to, among other things, the DOE’s schedule, the satisfaction of the NSDA conditions and the readiness review process, as well as other factors described under “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities are each expected to be authorized as DOE Hazard Category II facilities. We expect to initially install sufficient equipment at each facility to support throughput production capacity of up to 1 MTU of TRISO fuel per year. As a DOE Hazard Category II facility, the primary constraint on future capacity expansions at these facilities is expected to be additional regulatory approvals associated with the installation and operation of incremental modular equipment and related safety reviews, rather than increases in authorized enriched uranium possession quantities. While we do have certain possession limits in place with respect to our facilities, such limits do not apply to TRISO fuel held on site in our storage containers, and we do not expect the possession limits to which our facilities are subject to be a meaningful impediment to our

10

Table of Contents

ability to scale our facilities and obtain appropriate regulatory approvals to produce our target throughput of TRISO fuel concurrently with receiving regulatory approval to expand our modular production capacity at any of our facilities.

Oak Ridge SN-TN20 Facility

Our planned Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility is expected to be located on the Oak Ridge Reservation in Tennessee. We expect to initiate the formal NSDA, PDSA, DSA and readiness review process once the Oak Ridge SN-TN facility achieves authorized operations and the design basis for the Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility has been finalized. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not initiated the formal NSDA process for the Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility, the regulatory schedule remains subject to development and we have not yet begun construction.

Richland SN-F Facility

Our Richland SN-F facility is operated by Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC and is located within Framatome’s existing NRC-licensed nuclear fuel cycle facility in Richland, Washington. Operations at the Richland SN-F facility are subject to NRC oversight under 10 CFR Part 70, in contrast to our DOE-jurisdictional sites.

To accommodate TRISO-based fuel production at the Richland SN-F facility, the joint venture directed Framatome to submit a license amendment request to the NRC to identify the new hazards associated with TRISO fuel production and establish corresponding safety controls. The LAR was submitted in September 2024 and was approved in June 2026, with operations at the Richland SN-F facility expected to commence in 2027 pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

DOE and NRC Memorandum of Understanding

The DOE and NRC operate under a Memorandum of Understanding, currently based on Addendum No. 9 thereto, which provides a framework for coordinated oversight and streamlined transition of nuclear facilities from DOE authorization to NRC licensing if such a transition is pursued by a licensee. We may utilize this pathway in the future to transition certain DOE-jurisdictional operations to NRC oversight, including in connection with the long-term scaling of the Oak Ridge SN-TN or Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facilities. To support the potential future use of this pathway, we have engaged with the NRC for the NRC’s observation of the DOE authorization process for our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities. We have not made any binding commitment to pursue an NRC transition for any DOE-jurisdictional facility and any such transition would require a separate licensing process and approvals, however, we anticipate transitioning some or all of our DOE-jurisdiction facilities to NRC licensing and oversight in the future as we continue to scale and commercialize our business.

Expansion Strategy

Our expansion strategy, “Replicate, Don’t Redesign,” emphasizes repeatable, licensed, building blocks rather than bespoke scale-ups. This strategy is intended to increase throughput by deploying our existing standardized, reliable manufacturing modules at new and existing sites, reducing technical and licensing risk. Modules can operate on independent shift schedules while sharing centralized utilities, analytical lab support and waste-management systems, enabling incremental capacity additions within an established licensing and operating framework. This architecture is designed for sustained commercial production, not pilot-scale demonstration, and our plans for our Oak Ridge, Idaho Falls and Richland facilities are part of our broader scaling strategy to target up to 40 MTU of aggregate run-rate TRISO production capacity, which we expect to achieve no earlier than 2030, unless additional demand materializes earlier and results in an acceleration of our business plan.

Despite the industry challenges outlined above under “— Industry Challenges,” we believe our path to our target of up to 40 MTU reflects a flexible approach to deploying additional capacity across our existing and planned sites. We currently expect the majority of expansion to be driven by our planned Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility, which we expect to come online on a modular basis to up to 20 MTU of production capacity, together with continued modular expansion at the Richland SN-F Facility and build-out of other sites.

11

Table of Contents

In particular, we own additional land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee that is located in proximity to other industry participants’ sites in Tennessee, which we intend to use for the construction of additional production facilities as demand warrants to achieve our scaling goals. Given our modular facility design and approximately one-year build and commissioning timeline per standard facility, this additional land provides us with the optionality to determine how best to scale to our target of up to 40 MTU of production capacity and respond to increases in customer demand by either constructing new facilities or deploying additional standardized production modules at available sites that are not yet fully utilized.

Our actual installed production capacity will depend on a number of variables including, among other things, the timing of customer demand, the timing and outcome of required regulatory approvals, our ability to commission and qualify production lines on schedule, and the availability of long-lead-time equipment, as well as other factors described under “Risk Factors.” See also “— Regulatory Status of Our Facilities” and “Business — Expansion Strategy” for further discussion of our target production capacity and the underlying assumptions.

Our Business Model

Our business model is designed as a reactor-agnostic, pure-play manufacturing platform. This approach allows us to supply fuel across a broad range of next-generation reactor designs without exposure to the capital intensity, or technology-specific risks associated with owning or operating nuclear generation assets.

We believe our flexibility positions us as a critical supply-chain participant in the commercialization of advanced nuclear technologies. However, our business model remains subject to the same development-stage and supply-chain uncertainties that affect the broader Advanced Reactor ecosystem. Our customers’ SMR and microreactor programs may not commercialize on the timelines we expect, if at all, and our ability to execute long-term fuel supply arrangements, and to obtain our anticipated pricing for such arrangements, depends on customers obtaining reactor approvals, finalizing fuel specifications, securing financing and obtaining and delivering enriched uranium feedstock, including HALEU, to us that meets applicable requirements. If these conditions are delayed or do not occur, our fuel demand, production utilization, unit economics, revenue timing and ability to expand capacity could be materially adversely affected. See also “— Industry Challenges.”

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

TRISO Fuel Pricing Expectations

Based on the factors set forth below, we expect initial pricing of our TRISO fuel and our ability to generate revenue to reflect current market conditions, including limited supply availability, our anticipated initial market share of nuclear fuel manufacturing, and expectations regarding nuclear fuel’s overall market share in the domestic fuel market.

While the ultimate price will depend on market conditions at the time our facilities come online, our current customer order book reflects assumed TRISO pricing of approximately $50.0 – 80.0 million per MTU. Management’s analysis, informed by contracted customer agreements and those in negotiation, expected inputs and operating costs, and publicly available disclosures relating to anticipated TRISO-fueled projects from the DOE and other industry participants, is that TRISO pricing per MTU will compress as additional TRISO fabrication capacity comes online from other suppliers.

In establishing our TRISO fuel pricing assumptions, we took into account our existing customer agreements, as well as comparable competitors’ pricing models.

•        Existing customer agreements.    Our expectations for future TRISO fuel pricing are informed, in part, by our negotiations with prospective customers and the commitments contained in customer agreements entered into as of the date of this prospectus, including in connection with our total contract backlog of up to $245 million and our pipeline of $986 million in potential additional prospective fuel order opportunities (that we expect to be available either directly to us or through our joint

12

Table of Contents

venture with Framatome), which provide us with visibility into potential per-MTU pricing terms that customers are prepared to accept for delivery between 2026 through 2030. See also “Our Competitive Strengths — Strong Backlog Visibility” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators.”

•        Competitor and comparable program pricing.    Management has analyzed publicly disclosed contract awards associated with TRISO-related fuel development conducted through Idaho National Laboratory (“INL”), including an approximately $37 million award announced in June 2022 in connection with the Project Pele program. Based on management’s estimate of a prototype core size on the order of approximately 200 kilograms of uranium (0.2 MTU), such contract value would imply a normalized cost on the order of approximately $185 million per MTU. Management has also considered total publicly disclosed program-level expenditures for Project Pele, of which the $37 million award forms a part, including an approximately $300 million cost-type contract awarded by the Department of Defense’s Strategic Capabilities Office. When normalized over estimated prototype core fuel quantities, such total program-level expenditures would imply costs significantly in excess of our anticipated TRISO fuel pricing range; however, we believe such values reflect fully burdened FOAK system-level costs, including engineering, fabrication, testing and program management, and we do not believe they are representative of standalone fuel pricing. Management believes that such costs are likely to decline over time with scale, learning effects and repeat production, and therefore are not representative of expected pricing for subsequent cores or commercial-scale supply.

Our assumed pricing is also informed by the relationship between the estimated market sale price and the underlying cost structure required to fabricate TRISO fuel at scale, and in particular direct production costs and indirect operating costs, each of which is discussed further below.

•        Direct Costs.    Direct costs represent ongoing, fixed expenses for TRISO production, including direct production labor, consumables, utilities, and facility overhead.

•        Indirect Costs.    Indirect costs represent indirect operating costs related to TRISO fabrication, including facilities, administrative expenses, licenses and other expenses.

The estimates described above represent management’s current judgment of the prospective initial market sale price for our TRISO fuel and our realized prices on any particular transaction may differ from this range, in some cases materially. Realized prices and our ability to achieve any sales at a particular price are subject to a number of factors including pricing pressure from customers, competitor entry, scaling and yield outcomes and regulatory developments, as well as other factors described under “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our Customers

Our existing customer base as of the date of this prospectus spans two principal categories:

•        Developers of Advanced Reactors designing SMRs and microreactors that require TRISO fuel. Engagements often begin with Fuel Development Agreements (e.g., consulting, testing, and sample production) and progress to Fuel Sales Agreements for metric tons of fuel. Our Fuel Sales Agreements typically include related non-refundable customer deposits made well in advance of fuel delivery, as well as milestone payment obligations for our customers.

•        Federal agencies pursuing HALEU-fueled demonstration reactors and mobile microreactor systems, including mission deployments (e.g., space power and forward operating deployments). These contracts often involve specialized fuel development and long-term production commitments.

Consistent with the legacy nuclear fuel procurement dynamics for the operating U.S. nuclear reactor fleet, we believe project owners and operators will be the eventual long-term counterparties for fuel contracts. This may include utilities, independent power producers, government agencies and other qualified independent reactor owner-operators.

13

Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Our key competitive strengths include:

1.      U.S.’s Only Industrial-Scale Advanced Nuclear Fuel Company

We believe we are the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO fuel fabrication capabilities to date. While certain of our competitors have existing TRISO manufacturing technology and operate facilities that are currently capable of receiving enriched uranium feedstock and manufacturing TRISO fuel, we believe we are the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO fuel fabrication facilities, based on our existing installed TRISO fuel production capacity, as well as our modular, scalable manufacturing process, which provides us with the ability to, and through which we plan to, meaningfully scale our output capacity of TRISO fuel in the future. Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is operational today and our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities, once operational, will operate under DOE authorization alongside our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility. In addition, the Richland SN-F Facility will operate under NRC authorization pursuant to our joint venture with Framatome. In contrast to facilities that are solely able to produce TRISO fuel for R&D or reactor demonstration purposes, the equipment at our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and, once completed, at our other facilities, is intended for, and capable of, bulk production of TRISO fuel to be delivered to our customers that seek to fuel their reactors. This is effected using established and repeatable manufacturing processes enabling us to commercialize our TRISO fuel production activities and deliver TRISO fuel to Advanced Reactors.

Once all of our initial facilities are operational, based on our assumptions that each TRISO production line is constructed, online, and operating at intended production capacity, we expect the combined initial run-rate annual throughput capacity of our SN-0, SN-TN, SN-ID and SN-F facilities will be 3.5 MTU of TRISO fuel (0.5 MTU, 1.0 MTU, 1.0 MTU and 1.0 MTU respectively), sufficient to support roughly 5,600 GWh of thermal energy output from Advanced Reactors, with capacity further scaling to up to 8 MTU upon the modular expansion of our SN-TN, SN-ID and SN-F facilities to up to 2.5 MTU of throughput production capacity each, and target scalability of up to 40 MTU of aggregate run-rate production capacity through our planned SN-TN20 facility, prospective continued modular expansion of capacity at SN-F and through the construction of other potential facilities as demand warrants. For example, we own land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee that is located in proximity to other industry participants’ sites in Tennessee and we believe could be used to construct further production facilities, in addition to SN-TN20.

2.      Technology-Agnostic Approach Driving Large and Growing TAM and SAM

We operate a technology-agnostic advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing model that allows us to serve customers utilizing various reactor designs, rather than being vertically integrated with a single proprietary reactor design.

By decoupling fuel fabrication from reactor ownership, we can operate as an independent advanced fuel supplier, aligning commercial and operational incentives with reactor vendor and plant operator customers, avoiding the conflict of interest commonly associated with vertically integrated fuel-reactor models.

By serving multiple reactor developers across different designs and deployment timelines, we reduce reliance on any single reactor program and can benefit from a diversified customer portfolio, reducing customer concentration risk and smoothing demand.

In addition, through our experience and expertise with the nuclear fuel cycle, we believe additional opportunities may be available in the future for advanced nuclear fuel and feedstock processing, containers for fissile material transport, and shipping logistics, among other things.

We also estimate a total addressable market (“TAM”) of approximately 11.5 GWe per year of TRISO fuel for advanced reactor deployments by 2035. This estimate is informed by the Wood Mackenzie Report, which projects “mid-case” cumulative TRISO fuel demand of approximately 7.0 GWe by 2035 and “high case” cumulative TRISO fuel demand of approximately 27.5 GWe by 2035. The Wood Mackenzie “mid-case” assumes that (i) government initiatives effectively support HALEU supply

14

Table of Contents

and streamlined licensing, (ii) FOAK demonstrations and deployments are largely successful and drive NOAK learning curves, and (iii) supply chain and workforce capacity scale with demand. The Wood Mackenzie “high-case” assumes that (i) government initiatives have an even more accelerated effect on private sector adoption and unlock abundant HALEU supply, (ii) the first wave of reactor demonstrations and FOAK deployments are almost all successful and drive rapid NOAK learning curves, accelerating adoption even in cost sensitive and technologically conservative segments like utilities and industrials, and (iii) TRISO-based reactors begin to out-compete alternative platforms.

Our TAM estimate of 11.5 GWe reflects management’s belief that demand for TRISO fuel in 2035 will exceed the Wood Mackenzie “mid-case” but remain significantly beneath Wood Mackenzie’s “high-case” demand. Management’s perspective is driven by, among other things, management’s assessment of the likelihood of certain publicly disclosed reactor development programs reaching completion on the timelines projected by the reactor developers. In particular, based on management’s industry expertise and discussions with a wide range of nuclear reactor developers and project owners, management placed a greater weighting on the likelihood of certain such publicly announced reactor projects achieving commercial deployment on a timely basis than the Wood Mackenzie “mid-case,” which management estimates would result in higher anticipated aggregate TRISO fuel demand by 2035 than is reflected in the Wood Mackenzie mid-case assessment.

In contrast, in the period from the date of this prospectus through 2030, consistent with the Wood Mackenzie mid-case, we estimate annual TRISO fuel demand associated with Advanced Reactors will reach approximately 1.5 GWe, resulting in estimated cumulative demand of approximately 3.2 GWe over the period from 2026 through 2030 as reactors are phased onto the grid. Applying our assumption of TRISO fuel pricing at approximately $50 – $80 million per MTU and approximately 16 MTU of TRISO fuel per GWe, based on the blended average fuel requirement across the mix of Advanced Reactor types management expects to be deployed at that time, we believe our cumulative dollar-denominated TAM through 2030 will be over $4 billion.

Furthermore, we estimate our cumulative serviceable addressable market (“SAM”) opportunity to be approximately $3.2 billion, representing approximately three quarters of the estimated TAM through 2030. The SAM reflects management’s assumptions as to the prospective market opportunity that may be available to us, taking into account our current and anticipated manufacturing capabilities, participation in key fuel qualification programs, and ongoing commercial engagement with reactor developers and project owners, as well as management’s assessment that, in a near-term market with initially limited supply availability and limited competition from other industry participants able to deliver TRISO fuel at scale, we could have the opportunity to service a substantial portion of the total available market opportunity for TRISO fuel, as balanced by management’s expectations relating to both our and prospective competitors’ ability to scale during this period to pursue the TAM opportunity. The $3.2 billion SAM estimate includes the potential fuel orders and contract backlog described below and should not be viewed as incremental to those amounts. See also “Industry and Market Opportunity” for more information.

The TAM and SAM estimates represent management’s assessment of the market opportunity that may be available to our business and are not a forecast of revenue or a representation that we will achieve any particular level of market share. We are an early-stage company with limited historical revenue, and there can be no assurance that the Advanced Reactor market will develop at the pace or scale reflected in these estimates, or that we will be able to capture the share of addressable demand contemplated by our SAM analysis.

3.      Specialization in TRISO, a Highly Configurable Fuel That Can Enable the Nuclear Renaissance

We are primarily focused on TRISO fuel due to its inherent robustness and fuel-level containment characteristics, which support simplified reactor designs, passive safety performance and predictable operation.

TRISO fuel incorporates multiple concentric containment layers, designed to retain fission product under high temperatures and a wide range of operating conditions. These fuel-level characteristics provide intrinsic performance and safety benefits that reduce or eliminate the need for reliance on complex and active safety systems at the reactor level, which are typically needed for conventional light-water reactors.

15

Table of Contents

The DOE describes TRISO fuel as the “most robust nuclear fuel on Earth,” noting that TRISO particles are more stable than traditional nuclear fuels and cannot melt under non-normal operating conditions.

These attributes are designed to translate to enhanced overall safety, lower capital intensity, reduced construction risk and improved schedule certainty relative to more system-dependent fuel technologies.

4.      Competitive Intellectual Property Moat Built for Scalability

We retain ownership of our proprietary manufacturing processes, quality systems and operational know-how required to produce the TRISO-based fuels that meet our customers’ unique specifications, including the final attributes and characteristics of the fuel products we deliver. Each step of our manufacturing process is protected by our intellectual property or other proprietary rights, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage over other companies that may rely on third-party input or licenses. While our customers define the specifications for the final fuel products they receive (the ‘what’), we retain ownership of the underlying manufacturing methodologies, proprietary processes, and technical know-how (the ‘how’) utilized to arrive at those specifications.

This differentiation is based less on any one or more standalone patents and more on our process expertise, including equipment configuration, process control and monitoring parameters, quality assurance methodologies and manufacturing expertise accumulated over repeated production cycles.

Our competitive advantage is driven by our accumulated manufacturing experience, process control expertise and regulatory qualifications embedded in our platform, which we believe are hard to replicate and can improve with scale.

We expect this approach to reduce customer capital and execution risk while potentially creating high switching costs and durable differentiation as the nuclear industry evolves.

5.      Purpose-Built, Efficient Operational Facilities

Our facilities are purpose-built for advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing, with an emphasis on centralized process control, regulatory rigor and scalable operations. We have invested in specialized equipment, integrated quality systems, and experienced operating teams to support repeatable production, continuous improvement and consistent performance as volume increases. We believe this disciplined, infrastructure-oriented approach positions our facilities at the leading edge of advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing and will support the market as it transitions into commercial deployments.

We have been deliberate about leaving the laboratory setting and operating at industrial scale, by leveraging our initial R&D activities to develop modular equipment and repeatable manufacturing processes that are intended to support consistent product quality and be scalable across facilities in compliance with applicable regulatory, security, and safety frameworks, allowing us to commercialize our manufacturing capability in a manner designed for sustained, high-throughput output and scalable expansion. This head start has also allowed us to internalize critical lessons and refine risk-mitigation strategies that only come from real-world, high-volume production operations.

6.      Strong Backlog Visibility

We benefit from enhanced visibility into our customer pipeline due to long lead times and the technical specificity associated with our customers’ fuel requests. This visibility is further enhanced by our value proposition as the only independent advanced fuel supplier that is currently able to operate at-scale, ensuring trust and alignment with our customers, and enables a head start on any future competition. Fuel specifications are typically defined early in the reactor development process and require close coordination, resulting in structured commercial arrangements that may include Fuel Development Agreements and Fuel Sales Agreements that are often entered into well in advance of fuel delivery.

Our Fuel Development Agreements are customer-funded development arrangements under which we collaborate with customers to define reactor-specific fuel requirements and perform development activities to enable production of fuel that meets a customer’s fuel specifications. The arrangements may include consulting, testing, and production of surrogate fuel and typically run six to twelve months, establishing technical baselines and commercial terms for future production. These development efforts allow us to establish and validate the process parameters and key manufacturing inputs necessary to reliably meet the customer’s specifications at scale.

16

Table of Contents

Our Fuel Sales Agreement structure requires upfront customer deposit payments upon order, and milestone-based payments tied to production progress and payments for work performed to date, subject to minimum payment provisions, in the event of early termination. Under this structure, customers commit to provide deposits in advance of executing a definitive Fuel Sales Agreement and express intent to purchase specified quantities of fuel, with such deposits generally credited toward future fuel purchases. These deposits may become non-refundable upon achievement of agreed milestones and, in certain cases, may be retained by us if a customer elects not to proceed with a definitive Fuel Sales Agreement. However, delivery of fuel remains contingent upon execution of such definitive agreements. These payments provide visibility into customer demand and support production planning and capacity allocation. We believe this commercial structure supports disciplined capacity planning and reduces demand uncertainty.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are in the process of negotiating contracts for approximately $986 million in potential additional prospective fuel order opportunities, which we refer to as our “qualified pipeline.” Our qualified pipeline represents vetted potential sales opportunities which are not yet subject to executed agreements, represent non-binding indications of interest and remain subject to negotiation of commercial terms and other conditions. This also includes vetted potential sales opportunities that would be serviced through our joint venture with Framatome, if definitive agreements are entered into. We make no assurance that any agreements with parties in our qualified pipeline will be entered into on the terms we anticipate or at all. See “Risk Factors.”

Additionally, as of the date of this prospectus, we have up to $245 million total contract backlog, reflecting $65 million of funded backlog, $157 million of purchase options associated with executed contracts and $23 million of contingent unfunded backlog, each as described below. Collectively, our total contract backlog reflects amounts due under certain Fuel Development Agreements and Fuel Sales Agreements, together with our customers’ aggregate minimum order commitments, contractually granted purchase options and intent-to-purchase amounts in connection with existing customer deposit arrangements.

Approximately $65 million of our contract backlog, which we refer to as our “funded” backlog, relates to executed Fuel Development Agreements and binding commitments for fuel delivery.

Approximately $157 million of our contract backlog, which we refer to as “purchase options under executed contracts,” represents the dollar value of contractually granted but unexercised customer options to purchase additional fuel under existing agreements, including extension options, follow-on purchase rights, and volume options at predetermined or formula-based pricing. We use this metric to assess potential incremental demand from our existing customer base and to inform our capacity planning, though option exercise is at the sole discretion of the counterparty and there can be no assurance that any such option will be exercised or result in revenue. Option values are not reflected in our financial statements until exercised and converted to funded backlog.

The remaining $23 million of this backlog, which we refer to as our “unfunded” backlog, relates to arrangements that are contingent upon the execution of definitive Fuel Sales Agreements (or, in certain cases, definitive Fuel Development Agreements) and do not yet constitute binding commitments for fuel delivery. We use this metric as a distinction from contracted funded backlog to assess the breadth of prospective demand and to inform our capacity expansion planning, though these unfunded opportunities are not reflected in our financial statements and there can be no assurance that any such opportunity will result in a binding agreement or revenue. The contingent portion of the backlog primarily relates to offtake, capacity reservation or similar arrangements pursuant to which customers have made deposits or otherwise reserved or expressed an intent to purchase future TRISO fuel supply, but which remain subject to negotiation and execution of definitive agreements and are subject to various conditions, including customer performance and our ability to meet contractual and regulatory requirements, and therefore may not ultimately be realized as revenue.

Our approximately $986 million of qualified pipeline is not inclusive of our total contract backlog of up to $245 million.

17

Table of Contents

Below is a table detailing our qualified pipeline and total contract backlog:

     

Value ($mm)

 

Description

Qualified pipeline

 

986

 

Potential fuel orders under negotiation either directly through Standard Nuclear or via our joint venture with Framatome.

Total Contract Backlog

 

245

 

Represents funded backlog, purchase options under executed contracts and unfunded backlog, each as detailed below.

Funded

 

65

 

Represents contracted fuel sales under binding commitments or agreements with firm delivery obligations, which provides direct visibility into near-term revenue.

Purchase Option under Executed Contracts

 

157

 

Represents the dollar value of contractually granted but unexercised customer options to purchase additional fuel under existing agreements, including extension options, follow-on purchase rights, and volume options at predetermined or formula-based pricing.

Unfunded

 

23

 

Represents the dollar value of intended fuel sales under memoranda of understanding, non-binding framework agreements or term sheets, and letters of intent.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators” for additional information.

7.      Significant Government Support

We participate in U.S. government initiatives designed to strengthen the domestic advanced nuclear fuel supply chain. We were selected by the DOE as the first recipient of the Fuel Line Pilot Program contract to support the development and operation of TRISO fuel fabrication capabilities, and we have entered into the OTA as a prime contractor to the DOE. We believe participation in these programs reflects our alignment with U.S. domestic energy policy and security priorities and supports the development and operation of TRISO fuel fabrication capabilities, including scale up and readiness for commercial deployment.

Our customers also include other U.S. government agencies (e.g., NASA), other DOE prime contractors, and national defense programs, who we support through the development and supply of advanced nuclear fuels required to power critical infrastructure both on Earth and in space, informing the future of our energy independence and national security.

8.      World-Class Management Team

Our management team brings significant execution-oriented experience and extensive track record in advanced nuclear fuel and infrastructure development and manufacturing which helps us reduce technical and operational risk at scale. Our leadership and technical staff include engineers and operators with prior experience in nuclear fuel fabrication, materials science, manufacturing scale-up and engagement with U.S. government agencies and national laboratories.

Unlike competitors where teams are focused on both reactor design and research, our workforce is oriented toward building, deploying and producing nuclear fuel cycle facilities and infrastructure at industrial scale.

18

Table of Contents

Our Strategic Partnerships

Department of Energy Partnership

Pilot Program

In August 2025, the DOE announced Standard Nuclear as the first U.S. company selected under its newly established Fuel Line Pilot Program, marking the first pilot project for advanced nuclear fuel lines, and we entered into the OTA as a prime contractor to the DOE in September 2025 to build, operate, and commission advanced fuel fabrication facilities at our Oak Ridge Facilities and Idaho Facility. The DOE stated that this initiative was issued in accordance with President Trump’s Executive Order Deploying Advanced Nuclear Reactors for National Security and is designed to strengthen domestic nuclear fuel supply chains and “help eliminate America’s reliance on foreign sources of enriched uranium and critical materials,” while enabling private-sector investment in U.S. nuclear energy development.

Additionally, the DOE fuel line pilot program directly supports DOE’s Reactor Pilot Program, which aims to have at least three advanced reactor designs achieve criticality by July 4, 2026, and both pilot programs advance the implementation of executive orders designed to reform reactor testing and deploy nuclear technologies for national security.

In parallel, the DOE’s Loan Programs Office has signaled support for domestic nuclear manufacturing under its Title XVII authority, reflecting a policy emphasis on rebuilding U.S. nuclear supply-chain infrastructure. The Department of War is also advancing microreactor demonstration and deployment programs, including initiatives at Idaho National Laboratory, further reinforcing demand for qualified advanced nuclear fuel.

Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program

In June 2026, we were selected by the DOE for advanced negotiations under the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program, which was established in accordance with President Trump’s Executive Order Reinvigorating the Nuclear Industrial Base. The program aims to demonstrate disposition through use by making designated surplus plutonium material available to industry participants and enabling the conversion of those materials into fuel for advanced nuclear reactors. Plutonium is an energy-dense feedstock that is expected to be well-suited for safe, productive consumption as advanced nuclear fuel. As the only participant in the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program without a proprietary reactor program, we intend to fabricate plutonium-based TRISO fuel as an independent supplier to any advanced reactor developer seeking to utilize this material. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not yet commenced any activities under the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program.

Our participation in the program does not obligate us to any operations relating to the program and there can be no assurance that our participation in the program will generate revenue.

Framatome Joint Venture

We have formed a joint venture with Framatome, organized as a Delaware limited liability company under the name “Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC” (the “SN Framatome JV”), the purpose of which is to manufacture and bring advanced fuel products, including TRISO fuel particles and other TRISO-based fuel forms, to market. The SN Framatome JV plans to utilize Framatome’s existing Richland, Washington nuclear fuel manufacturing facility, which has been approved by the NRC to allow the manufacture of TRISO fuel by the joint venture pursuant to an amendment to the NRC 10 CFR Part 70 license for such facility. The LAR for such license was submitted to the NRC in September 2024 and approved by the NRC in June 2026. The Richland SN-F Facility will benefit from our modular equipment while leveraging Framatome’s decades of experience in light-water reactor fuel production. By utilizing Framatome’s existing infrastructure and commercial relationships, the SN Framatome JV can help integrate Standard Nuclear into an established global value chain.

Standard Nuclear holds a 66.667% percentage interest in the SN Framatome JV and Framatome holds a 33.333% percentage interest in the SN Framatome JV, with profits being distributed to us and Framatome proportionately based on such interests. The SN Framatome JV currently has no employees and is expected to operate through service agreements with both us and Framatome, pursuant to which each member will provide certain agreed services to the SN Framatome JV. Framatome’s services are expected to cover, among other things,

19

Table of Contents

facility operations, environmental health and safety, regulatory compliance, manufacturing labor, and material storage at the Richland SN-F Facility. Standard Nuclear’s services are expected to cover, among other things, process engineering, manufacturing equipment maintenance, product quality engineering, and procurement of specialized chemicals and materials for advanced fuel process manufacturing.

The business and affairs of the SN Framatome JV are managed by its board of directors (the “JV Board”), which is composed of three directors appointed by us and three directors appointed by Framatome. Actions to be taken by the six member JV Board typically require approval of a simple majority of directors. However, certain special matters require the approval of all directors then in office, including entry into loan agreements or similar borrowing arrangements, the admission of new members or changes in percentage interests, and the purchase or sale of real estate or assets necessary for the SN Framatome JV’s purpose.

The SN Framatome JV is also subject to ongoing oversight by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”) pursuant to a national security agreement (the “NSA”). Among other things, the NSA subjects Framatome, the Company and the SN Framatome JV to restrictions and oversight related to the receipt, storage, processing, and distribution of our proprietary information related to the design or fabrication of TRISO particles and TRISO-based fuel forms that is shared with the joint venture.

Oklo Partnership

On April 13, 2026, we entered into a non-binding memorandum of understanding with Oklo Inc., an advanced nuclear technology company, to explore commercial collaboration on nuclear fuel recycling and advanced fuel manufacturing. The MOU aligns with recent White House executive orders aimed at accelerating U.S. nuclear energy deployment and establishing domestic supplies of critical nuclear materials and fuel. Under the MOU, the collaboration would focus on the supply of reprocessed uranium and uranium-transuranic material streams from used nuclear fuel, which could serve as feedstock for our TRISO fuel manufacturing.

In addition, the MOU establishes a framework for the companies to collaboratively explore the responsible use of U.S. surplus plutonium for advanced reactor fuel, following both companies’ selection by the DOE for advanced negotiations under the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program. The companies intend to evaluate opportunities to collaborate on shared facilities, licensing, packaging, and transportation to support secure, cost-effective conversion of surplus plutonium into advanced reactor fuel for clean, baseload electricity.

The MOU is generally non-binding, other than certain customary provisions relating to confidentiality and fees and expenses, among other things, and does not create any obligation on either party to enter into any definitive agreement or to consummate any transaction. There can be no assurance that the collaboration contemplated by the MOU will result in definitive agreements or generate revenue.

Recent Developments

First Commercial TRISO Delivery

In June 2026, we completed our first commercial delivery of over 100 lbs (50 kgU) of TRISO fuel to Radiant, a leading developer of advanced nuclear technologies, at the National Reactor Innovation Center’s Demonstration of Microreactor Experiments (DOME) facility located at Idaho National Laboratory. The TRISO fuel was fabricated to Radiant’s specifications and is expected to be used to power Radiant’s Kaleidos reactor to conduct a full-power, full-temperature test during the summer of 2026.

Preliminary estimated unaudited cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2026

The data presented below reflects our preliminary estimated unaudited cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2026, based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. This data is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results as of, or for the three months ended, June 30, 2026. While we currently expect our cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2026 to be within the range set forth below, the review of our financial statements as of, and for the three months ended, June 30, 2026 has not been completed. During the course of the preparation of these unaudited financial statements and related notes and the completion of the review, additional adjustments to the preliminary estimated financial information presented below may be identified. Our independent

20

Table of Contents

registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to preliminary financial data presented below and, accordingly, Grant Thornton LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

Balance Sheet Data

 

As of

   

June 30, 2026

 

June 30, 2025

   

Preliminary Estimated

 

Actual

   

Low

 

High

   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

95,000,000

 

$

105,000,000

 

$

6,500,000

As reflected above, we expect to report a decrease in cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2026, as compared to $124.9 million as of March 31, 2026, driven by an increase in expenditures associated with our continuing operations during the three months ended June 30, 2026. Cash and cash equivalents increased during the year ended June 30, 2026, driven primarily by the receipt of proceeds from our preferred capital financings.

Risks Related to Our Business and Investment in Our Class A Common Stock

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary before making an investment decision. We may be unable for many reasons, including those that are beyond our control, to implement our business strategy successfully. Some of these risks are:

•        We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and increases the risk of your investment.

•        Successful execution of our business model is dependent upon public support for nuclear power in the United States and other countries, as well as continued demand for nuclear energy.

•        The market for alternative low carbon energy generation technologies has not yet been established and may not achieve the potential we expect or may grow more slowly than expected.

•        If the price of non-nuclear energy sources falls, whether as the result of government policy or otherwise, there could be an adverse impact on nuclear energy, which would have a material adverse effect on our operations.

•        Backlog may not be realized or may not result in profits and may not accurately represent future revenue.

•        We are dependent on management and key personnel for our success, and the loss of any such individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business.

•        Our TRISO fuel production is dependent on our customers receiving enriched uranium (including HALEU) from third-party suppliers, and any difficulty in our customers obtaining these materials could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

•        The financial difficulties experienced by, and operating conditions of, our customers and suppliers could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•        If we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, or are alleged to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

•        If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights, including trade secrets relating to our technology, the commercial value of our technology and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

•        The occurrence of cybersecurity incidents or disruptions to or involving our information technology systems or those of our service providers, or a deficiency in our cybersecurity or the cybersecurity of our service providers, could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

21

Table of Contents

•        The nuclear power industry is a highly regulated industry and evolving regulations may impose additional compliance costs or require design modifications.

•        The SN Framatome JV may be dissolved if certain regulatory, operational, and commercial milestones are not achieved, and we may be required to reimburse Framatome for certain expenditures in connection with any such dissolution, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

•        Safeguards and security requirements for special nuclear material impose significant ongoing operational burdens and costs.

•        Our operations involve the use, transportation and disposal of toxic, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and could result in liability without regard to fault or negligence.

•        Despite acquiring the Ultra Safe assets “free and clear” of any specified claims and interests, we could still be responsible for successor, statutory, or other legacy liabilities associated with the acquired assets.

•        We may discover title defects, unreleased liens, real property restrictions, or breaks in intellectual property chain of title (including with respect to the assets acquired from Ultra Safe) that require costly remediation and could constrain operations.

•        Environmental conditions, waste liabilities, or decommissioning obligations associated with the acquired assets may exceed our estimates.

•        Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a public company.

•        The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply or suddenly regardless of our operating performance.

•        New investors in our Class A common stock will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of the shares purchased in this offering.

•        In order to fulfill our business plan, we may require additional funding, and our ability to obtain such funding will be dependent on market conditions and the progress of our business, and we may not be able to obtain such funding on favorable terms or at all.

•        We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of such material weaknesses is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to develop and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

•        Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy, and impact our stock price.

•        Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

•        Some provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may deter third parties from acquiring us and diminish the value of our Class A common stock.

•        Our restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the U.S. as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act.

•        The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with our Founder and Executive Chairman, Thomas Hendrix; this will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.

•        We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for, and will rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

22

Table of Contents

•        We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Class A common stock.

•        We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock.

•        For as long as we are an EGC, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects may be adversely affected.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on July 15, 2024 as a corporation and ultimately commenced operations on January 13, 2025. Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Europia Ave., Oak Ridge, TN 37830 and our telephone number is 845-258-0016. Our website address is www.standardnuclear.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Following the completion of this offering, investors, the media, and others should note that we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases, public conference calls, and webcasts.

The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media, and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Implications of being a controlled company

Upon the completion of this offering, Thomas Hendrix, our Founder and Executive Chairman, will beneficially own approximately 59.5% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 59.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). In addition, if all 4,323,251 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Hendrix pursuant to the Class B Equity Exchange Agreement were issued as of the date of the completion of this offering, Mr. Hendrix would beneficially own approximately 67.1% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 66.7% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, and you will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements. See “Management — Controlled Company Exemption” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Being a Public Company, Investment in Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering — We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for, and will rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.235 billion in revenues during our last completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act (an “EGC”). An EGC may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

•        reduced obligations with respect to financial data requiring us to present only two years of audited financial statements (instead of three years), in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in our initial registration statement;

23

Table of Contents

•        an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

•        an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

•        reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports, registration statements, and proxy statements;

•        an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements; and

•        extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an EGC until the earliest to occur of: (i) the end of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the end of the first fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in the Exchange Act; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the end of the fiscal year during which the fifth anniversary of this listing occurs. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We are electing to use the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, and we currently intend to take advantage of the other exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

24

Table of Contents

The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us

 

18,250,000 shares

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

 


2,737,500 shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 


157,345,234 shares (or 160,082,734 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full)

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 


11,578,308 shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this
offering

 



168,923,542 shares (or 171,661,042 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full)

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or assets. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Lock-Up Agreements

 

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, executive officers and our other existing security holders have entered into lock-up agreements or are subject to market standoff provisions in agreements with us that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to certain exceptions, prohibit us and them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our Class A common stock and of any securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock (including our Class B common stock), without the prior written consent of BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (the “representatives”). See “Underwriting” for additional information.

Voting Rights

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will continue to have two authorized classes of voting common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law or specified in our restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, Thomas Hendrix, our Founder and Executive Chairman, will beneficially own approximately 59.5 % of the total combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 59.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). As a result, current and future holders of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change of control transaction. See “Description of Capital Stock — Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock — Voting Rights” for more information.

25

Table of Contents

Conversion and Related Rights

 

Our Class A common stock is not convertible into any other class of shares.

Our Class B common stock is convertible into shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis at the option of the holder. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of certain events described in “Description of Capital Stock — Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock — Conversion.”

Dividend Policy

 

We currently anticipate that we will retain our future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, earnings, current and anticipated liquidity and capital requirements, plans for expansion, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions, and any other factors that our board of directors deems relevant in making such a determination. See “Dividend Policy.”

Controlled company

 

Upon the completion of this offering, Thomas Hendrix, our Founder and Executive Chairman, will beneficially own approximately 59.5% of the voting power of our shares of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 59.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). In addition, if all 4,323,251 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Hendrix pursuant to the Class B Equity Exchange Agreement were issued as of the date of the completion of this offering, Mr. Hendrix would beneficially own approximately 67.1% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 66.7% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and, therefore, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. See “Management — Controlled Company Exemption.”

As long as Mr. Hendrix beneficially owns a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, he will generally be able to control the outcome of matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of directors, without the approval of our other shareholders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Being a Public Company, Investment in Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering — We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for, and will rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.”

26

Table of Contents

Reserved Share Program

 

The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale to our employees, executive officers, directors, and other related persons of the Company who have expressed an interest in purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering. The sales will be made at our direction by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) and its respective affiliates through a reserved share program. Except for any shares acquired by our directors and officers, shares purchased pursuant to the reserved share program will not be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they make will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting — Reserved Share Program” for additional information.

Risk factors

 

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 32 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Proposed NYSE ticker symbol

 

“STDN”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering is based on 139,095,234 shares of Class A common stock and 11,578,308 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, in each case, after giving effect to the Preferred Conversion, Class B Conversion and Class B Stock Exchange, and excludes:

•        12,455,722 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.60 per share, granted under the 2025 Stock Plan;

•        3,131,224 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2026, which 2025 Stock Plan will be terminated effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

•        18,125,474 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan (excluding any potential future increases pursuant to certain provisions of the 2026 Plan that will automatically increase the share reserve each year), which plan will become effective in connection with this offering, as described further in “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans”, consisting of:

•        9,513,587 shares of our Class A common stock to be issued in respect of grants to be made under the 2026 Plan in connection with this offering, including the Director IPO Grants, calculated using an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and contingent upon the 2026 Plan becoming effective in connection with this offering and the filing of a Form S-8 to register the shares subject to our 2026 Plan; and

•        8,611,887 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan;

•        5,437,642 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which plans will become effective in connection with this offering and contain provisions that will automatically increase their share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans”; and

27

Table of Contents

•        4,323,251 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Hendrix pursuant to the Class B Equity Exchange Agreement in exchange for (i) 2,863,393 shares of our Class A common stock that may be received by Mr. Hendrix upon the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of certain equity awards held by Mr. Hendrix and (ii) up to 1,459,858 shares of Class A common stock that may be received by Mr. Hendrix upon a distribution by Decisive Point Group, LLC following this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

•        a 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026 (the “Stock Split”);

•        the automatic conversion of outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026 into an aggregate of 116,141,488 shares of Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering (the “Preferred Conversion”);

•        the occurrence of the Class B Conversion immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

•        the occurrence of the Class B Stock Exchange immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

•        no exercise or cancellation of outstanding options or repurchase of restricted stock by us pursuant to any applicable repurchase options subsequent to June 30, 2026;

•        the termination of our 2025 Stock Plan without issuance of any equity awards in respect of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2026;

•        an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

•        the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption and effectiveness of our restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

•        no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 2,737,500 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

28

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period ended December 31, 2024 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2025 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other period in the future.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

For the
fiscal year
ended
December 31,
2025

 

For the period
from
July 15, 2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

Revenue

 

$

3,140,065

 

 

$

—

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

7,672,905

 

 

 

—

 

General and administrative costs

 

 

4,499,520

 

 

 

670,633

 

Research and development expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,297,773

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(9,032,360

)

 

 

(30,968,406

)

Other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in fair value of SAFE Notes

 

 

7,725,000

 

 

 

25,628,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(853,000

)

 

 

—

 

Interest income

 

 

(363,415

)

 

 

—

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(15,540,945

)

 

 

(56,596,406

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

$

(15,540,945

)

 

$

(56,596,406

)

 

For the
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2026

 

For the
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2025

Revenue

 

$

593,802

 

 

$

377,926

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

5,006,006

 

 

 

1,120,504

 

General and administrative costs

 

 

3,832,048

 

 

 

671,213

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(8,244,252

)

 

 

(1,413,791

)

Other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in fair value of SAFE Notes

 

 

—

 

 

 

7,725,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

—

 

 

 

(853,000)

 

Interest income

 

 

(529,301

)

 

 

—

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(7,714,951

)

 

 

(8,285,791

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,714,951

)

 

$

(8,285,791

)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

As of
March 31,
2026

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

124,925,366

 

Total assets

 

$

146,048,875

 

Total liabilities

 

$

7,370,263

 

Total Stockholders’ deficit

 

$

(76,321,384

)

29

Table of Contents

LETTER FROM OUR FOUNDER

The future of human prosperity depends on energy abundance. Global energy demand is accelerating as artificial intelligence, electrification, and industrial baseload requirements converge into an unprecedented need for continuous, large-scale power availability. Technological advancement, industrial development, and global stability are all reliant on our capacity to generate safe, reliable, and scalable baseload power. Meeting this demand will not be easy — but the cost of inaction is far greater than the burden of this effort.

I. Nuclear energy is no longer optional.

Nuclear fission represents one of the most concentrated and enduring sources of power ever harnessed, offering a path to scalable energy production without the constraints of intermittency or the carbon footprint associated with many alternatives. I believe nuclear is uniquely positioned to provide clean baseload power for a world that increasingly depends on resilient energy systems. Realizing that potential, however, requires overcoming decades of underinvestment, complex regulatory requirements, and the difficult work of rebuilding domestic industrial capacity that was allowed to atrophy.

The next chapter of human progress — artificial intelligence, advanced manufacturing, sovereign industrial capacity, resilient grids, and space exploration — will be enabled by one fundamental input: boundless energy. This future will require more than new reactor designs. It will require the industrial supply chains that make safe, modern nuclear systems real: the fuels, materials, and distribution networks that enable deployment at scale and at costs that support broad commercial adoption. Those supply chains do not yet exist at the scale required — and closing that gap is the defining industrial challenge of this energy transition.

More than an engineering or technology challenge, this is an industrial and strategic imperative. Energy security and national security are inherently inseparable, and the ability to deploy nuclear power at scale will depend on domestic capacity to produce the fuels and materials that underpin the entire sector. The United States can only meet twenty-first century power demands by reducing reliance on fragmented legacy fuel infrastructure and foreign-controlled supply chains for critical nuclear inputs. The path forward demands disciplined execution and sustained commitment — and the opportunity for companies that rise to that standard is commensurately large.

II. A new standard for nuclear energy.

Standard Nuclear is building America’s advanced nuclear fuel and materials company. We design, manufacture, and deliver advanced nuclear fuel and critical components across the most valuable segments of the nuclear energy supply chain. Our work supports the foundational building blocks of nuclear power generation and a secure energy future, addressing what we believe is the most critical bottleneck in advanced nuclear deployment: the industrialization of fuel and materials at scale.

We are defining a new category in American energy. Rather than operating within legacy silos of fuel or materials supply chains, Standard Nuclear is creating an integrated advanced nuclear fuel platform designed for industrial throughput. The materials we fabricate are essential to the future of nuclear deployment across the United States and beyond. Our growth is driven by America’s accelerating demand for abundant, reliable energy — and tempered by our recognition that scale in this industry must be earned through demonstrated operational performance, not projected on a timeline.

We are not building for a single reactor design or one generation of technology, but for the broader nuclear ecosystem that must emerge to support sustained national energy expansion. By integrating advanced chemical processing, precision manufacturing, and gold standard nuclear operations into a unified platform, we are establishing the backbone required for repeatable, high-volume fuel production — and setting a new standard for what it means to deliver nuclear capability with speed, rigor, and credibility. We understand that execution in a heavily regulated, capital-intensive industry is difficult, and we have structured our company accordingly.

III. Technology and regulatory convergence.

Delivering advanced nuclear fuel at scale requires deep capability across chemical processing, precision manufacturing, advanced materials science, and compliance-grade safety and quality control. Standard Nuclear is

30

Table of Contents

building this infrastructure as a unified platform — enabling faster iteration, tighter process and safety control, and a clear path from early production to full industrial deployment. We do not underestimate the complexity of what that path requires.

Today, Standard Nuclear operates a fully licensed facility under Department of Energy (DOE) regulation and is currently processing HALEU fuel. We are an active participant in the U.S. DOE’s Fuel Pilot Program, providing fuel for reactor demonstrations in the near term while retaining commercial independence to sell fuel directly to reactor developers in the long term. Simultaneously, we will be operating under Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) authority through a joint venture with Framatome, Inc. — one of the most established and experienced nuclear fuel manufacturers globally — using existing facilities licensed under the NRC. This structure provides a clear and credible dual path for operations under both DOE and NRC oversight, and is an output of our commitment to working hand in hand with regulators to deliver nuclear supply chain infrastructure.

Fabrication of advanced nuclear fuel is among the most technically demanding and highly regulated industrial undertakings in the world today. Progress in this sector is not measured in intent, but in demonstrated operational capability under real regulatory oversight. Safety, quality assurance, and regulatory compliance are not constraints on our work — they are our core operating principles and prerequisites for earning and preserving public trust for the entire industry. Our mission is to produce the most critical, highest value materials necessary for a safe and sustainable energy future for the United States and beyond.

Safe, reliable, scalable — this is the New Standard.

Thomas Hendrix

Founder & Executive Chairman

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

31

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. If any such events or developments occur, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material may also impair our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We are an early-stage company with a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and increases the risk of your investment.

Our company was built on the basis of certain nuclear-fuel related assets purchased at auction in late 2024 following the bankruptcy of the Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation and we have a limited operating history upon which investors can evaluate our business and prospects. While we have commenced commercial operations, our business model and operating assumptions remain unproven at the industrial scale we are targeting, and we may not achieve the growth, yields, or profitability that we expect. As we transition from our initial development and commercial activities to regulated manufacturing of nuclear fuels at scale, we must continue to establish repeatable processes, qualify suppliers, and demonstrate compliance programs across our existing and planned facilities.

There are significant operational, regulatory, and supply chain risks inherent to scaling nuclear fuel manufacturing. Building and operating a nuclear-grade fuel manufacturing organization presents unique execution risks not faced by many early-stage companies, including mandatory third-party audits and regulator inspections tied to our quality assurance, compliance, security and safeguard and environmental programs and constrained logistics for nuclear material. For example, we are required to maintain a nuclear-grade quality assurance program at our facilities and any failure to establish, implement or maintain an acceptable quality program in compliance with industry standards and regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business. See also “— Failure to maintain an effective nuclear-grade quality assurance program could disqualify us from supplying customers.” Our limited operating track record increases the risk that our compliance and quality assurance efforts may not be effective as we scale our operations across multiple manufacturing sites. In addition, our actual results of operations could differ materially from our expectations due to factors such as deviations from our standard operating protocols or processes (including, for example, deviations arising from equipment calibration failures, power outages or human error), longer-than-expected qualification timelines, rework and compliance program ramp-up, all of which could lead to yield loss and an increase in our production of products which do not conform to the specifications required, which could have an adverse effect on our customer relationships and financial results.

We may also need to change or supplement our manufacturing flows, facility layout, or staffing model as we scale, which can disrupt operations and require additional capital. As a result, our historical results may not be indicative of future performance, and investors should not rely on them as evidence of our ability to execute our business plan.

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have historically incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows since our inception in July 2024 as we invested in R&D, facilities, and commercialization of our nuclear fuel manufacturing and products. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $79.9 million, and negative operating cash flows of $4.3 million, and for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period ended December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $72.1 million and $56.6 million, respectively, and negative operating cash flows of $6.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively. We expect our expenses to increase substantially in the near term as we expand headcount, continue to implement safeguards and security programs, and commission additional specialized equipment. Our ability to achieve and sustain profitability will depend on, among other things, successful development, licensing, qualification, and commercialization of our products, sufficient access by our customers to enriched uranium (including HALEU) to enable our manufacturing activities, and continued development by our customers of advanced nuclear reactors that may be

32

Table of Contents

powered by the nuclear fuel we manufacture, any of which may not occur on the timeline or at the cost we anticipate, if at all. In addition, even if we achieve positive revenues, we may not achieve or sustain positive gross margins due to, among other things, learning-curve effects, yield loss, rework and scrap, under-utilization during our ramp-up efforts, fixed-cost absorption, inability to achieve throughput improvements, or pricing pressure from customers, particularly if the nuclear fuel we manufacture becomes more broadly available from our competitors or other sources in the future. Fixed costs associated with our facilities, depreciation of specialized equipment, security staffing, and compliance functions may require sustained high utilization to achieve breakeven, which we may not reach. We may also face cost inflation for specialty inputs, utilities, security, and waste management that outpaces our ability to increase prices or pass through costs under existing contracts. Further, we may elect to continue to make significant investments in R&D or capital expenditures, which could impact our ability to achieve or sustain profitability, positive revenues or positive gross margins, any of which factors could significantly delay or render unachievable our path to profitability.

Successful execution of our business model is dependent upon public support for nuclear power in the United States and other countries, as well as continued demand for nuclear energy.

Our business is dependent, in part, upon public and political support for nuclear power in the United States and other countries, as well as continued demand for nuclear energy driven by, among other things, the growth of hyperscale data centers and AI-related energy generation demands and the continuation of the other factors expected to drive energy demand described in the Wood Mackenzie Report. See also “Risk Factors — Interest in nuclear power has been driven, in part, by demand from data centers and artificial intelligence applications, and any reduction in such demand could adversely affect our business and the broader nuclear energy market.” Adverse public reaction, increased regulatory scrutiny, and related litigation has in the past contributed to extended licensing and construction periods for nuclear power facilities, sometimes severely delaying construction schedules, or even shutting down operations at already-constructed nuclear power facilities. Currently, public support for nuclear power is influenced by its role as a source of low-carbon baseload electricity and growing concerns regarding climate change associated with fossil fuels. In addition, public support could in part be driven by views relating to the desirability of AI and the energy needed to continue to advance and scale AI use and infrastructure. Public opinion regarding nuclear energy, however, has historically fluctuated and remains subject to change. Future shifts in public sentiment on nuclear power, whether driven by political, environmental, safety-related or other factors, or as to AI and the benefits of continuing to scale power generation and infrastructure needs in support of AI, could result in lessened support or increased opposition to nuclear power, which could adversely affect regulatory policies, licensing, operations and the overall demand for nuclear energy. Any of these effects could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The risks associated with uses of radioactive materials in our nuclear fuel manufacturing facilities and the nuclear power generation facilities of our customers, and the public perception of those risks, can directly and indirectly affect our business and the business of our customers. In addition, journalists, trade press and other third parties, potentially including one or more of the agencies with regulatory jurisdiction over us, may publish statements that negatively affect the public or political perception of us or nuclear energy. We may also face adverse public or political perception due to a variety of environmental and social factors, which could increase as relevant standards continue to evolve. Stakeholder and policymaker expectations on such matters are not uniform, and any failure to successfully navigate such expectations may result in various adverse impacts. This includes potential pressure from investors, who may divest from or decline to invest in nuclear-related businesses due to concerns over waste, security and the long-term impact on local communities, thereby restricting our access to capital. Furthermore, nuclear fuel fabrication and the use of new nuclear fuels in reactors must be performed under the jurisdiction of the NRC or DOE and equivalent governmental authorities around the world. In many countries, the licensing process includes public hearings in which opponents of the use of nuclear power might be able to cause the issuance of required licenses to be delayed or denied. Such opposition by third parties can delay or prevent the licensing and construction of new nuclear facilities, including nuclear fuel manufacturing facilities, or the restart of existing nuclear facilities, result in increased regulatory requirements and costs or increase the likelihood that our operations could become subject to liabilities or adverse claims. Any reduction or elimination of our ability to further scale our nuclear fuel manufacturing facilities or to maintain and satisfy our existing customer contracts or enter into future customer contracts as a result of lower public support, less raw materials, lower demand, increased regulation, or increased costs could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

33

Table of Contents

Interest in nuclear power has been driven, in part, by demand from data centers and artificial intelligence applications, and any reduction in such demand could adversely affect our business and the broader nuclear energy market.

Interest in nuclear power in the United States has been driven, in part, by the rapid growth of artificial intelligence and the corresponding demand from hyperscale data center operators for reliable, low-carbon energy. Data center operators increasingly require continuous baseload power that the existing electrical grid may not be able to reliably supply, and nuclear energy has emerged as one of the few viable sources of “behind-the-meter” generation capable of meeting this demand. This dynamic has been a meaningful catalyst for renewed investment, development activity, and public policy support across the nuclear energy sector, including advanced reactor designs such as small modular reactors and microreactors.

However, the trajectory of AI development and adoption, and the associated demand for data center capacity and energy, is inherently uncertain. Because the current advanced reactor design and deployment activity, including microreactors and small modular reactors, is being driven in part by the data center sector’s need for dedicated, reliable power, a contraction in or a decrease in the energy needs of that market could delay or reduce demand for new nuclear capacity and, in turn, demand for the nuclear fuel products we manufacture. Further, if any of the other anticipated factors driving energy demand described in the Wood Mackenzie Report do not materialize, either at all or to the extent currently expected, it could also reduce the demand for our nuclear fuel, potentially materially.

In addition, a slowdown in AI-driven demand for nuclear energy could reduce the flow of public and private capital into the nuclear sector, which has benefited from heightened investor interest tied to the AI and data center growth thesis. If capital markets shift away from the nuclear energy sector, our ability to raise additional funding, attract strategic partners, or achieve favorable valuations could be adversely affected. Any sustained reduction in demand for nuclear energy driven by a decline in AI and data center growth or energy needs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our future performance is dependent on the commercialization timelines of advanced reactor developers, which are subject to significant uncertainty and factors outside of our control — any of which may impact our ability to achieve our target production capacities or our assumed TRISO pricing.

Our future growth and financial performance depend heavily on our current and potential customers successfully developing and commercializing advanced nuclear reactors. These reactor technologies are in early stages of development and have not yet been deployed at commercial scale. A wide range of technical, regulatory, financial and operational factors influence the commercialization timelines of advanced reactor companies. As a result, the timing and success of our customers’ reactor programs are subject to significant uncertainty and forces outside of our control, and we have limited ability to influence the pace at which Advanced Reactors are commercialized. If our customers are unable to reach commercial scale, our anticipated revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected. In this case, we may not be able to reach our target production capacity of up to 40 MTU, or achieve our other production capacity scaling or timing goals or our assumed TRISO pricing. Any of these events may cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Changes in our customers’ fuel specifications could increase costs, delay deliveries and adversely affect our business and customer relationships.

The value we bring to our customers is concentrated in our ability to fabricate TRISO fuel to meet their unique specifications. Because the advanced reactor designs of our customers are still in progress, their TRISO fuel specifications may change over time. Such changes could require us to modify our manufacturing processes or overcome regulatory approvals in ways we cannot anticipate and are not equipped to handle. If we cannot meet these unanticipated customer specifications, we could face increased costs, delayed deliveries and a decrease in the number of customers willing to use us for their TRISO fuel requirements.

Negative publicity or adverse media coverage could damage our reputation and harm our business.

Our business depends on the confidence of customers, regulators, partners, investors, and local communities. Negative publicity, whether accurate or not, concerning our industry, our company, our management team, our safety and security practices, environmental impacts of nuclear fuel, or the use of HALEU, uranium or other nuclear fuel

34

Table of Contents

as a whole could harm our reputation, reduce demand in our products, decrease our revenue and growth prospects, impair our ability to recruit and retain personnel, and adversely affect our relationships with regulators and communities. Public attention to nuclear issues can be intense following industry incidents or geopolitical events, and misinformation can spread quickly on social media or elsewhere, potentially prompting regulatory attention, protests, or delays in permitting or logistics. Adverse media coverage can also increase scrutiny from counterparties and insurers, delay approvals, and escalate community opposition, any of which can increase costs and timelines and reduce our ability to operate.

Failure to maintain an effective nuclear-grade quality assurance program could disqualify us from supplying customers.

Many of our customers require compliance with nuclear-grade quality standards for procurement. Such programs are mandated by the Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants promulgated by the NRC, which sets out 18 basic criteria governing every step from initial design and procurement to final testing and records. The industry’s practical guide for meeting these criteria is the American Society of Mechanical Engineers’ Nuclear Quality Assurance (NQA-1) Standard and our customers will conduct rigorous audits to verify our compliance with these standards. Failure to establish, implement, and maintain an acceptable quality program, or lapses in oversight and documentation, could lead to disqualification, rework, recalls, field corrective actions, or claims, and could have an adverse effect on our business and operations. If we discover that our fuel does not conform to the specifications provided to us by a customer, we will be required to send such customer a nonconformance report (“NCR”) detailing such nonconformance. Rejection of our fuel by a customer upon receipt of an NCR could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and corrective actions may require re-inspection or re-testing of delivered product, interruption of production, and independent third-party audits, increasing costs and damaging our reputation.

The market for alternative low-carbon energy generation technologies has not yet been established and may not achieve the potential we expect or may grow more slowly than expected.

The viability and continued growth in demand for alternative low-carbon energy generation technologies, and in turn, our business, may be impacted by many factors outside of our control, including market acceptance of nuclear power; cost competitiveness, reliability and performance of our technologies compared to conventional and renewable energy sources and products; availability and amount of financing to support the development and deployment of our TRISO fuel; the extent to which the nuclear power industry and broader energy industries are deregulated to permit broader adoption of nuclear electricity generation; the cost and availability of key materials and components used in the production of our TRISO fuel; prices of traditional utility-provided energy sources; and the emergence, continuance, or success of, or increased government support for, other alternative energy generation technologies and products. Reduction in energy demand or changes in climate-related policies may change market conditions, reducing our product’s competitiveness and affecting our performance. Our sale projections are directly related to demand for advanced nuclear power which may not materialize or materialize slower than we expect. If demand does not grow, our business and operations could suffer, which would have an adverse impact on our ability to grow our business and we could be unable to achieve or maintain profitability. Even where policy support for nuclear energy generation increases, customers may prioritize other resources if perceived total cost, timing, or regulatory risk for advanced nuclear is higher than alternatives.

Further, our estimates for the market for TRISO fuel and our expectations, inclusive of recent updates, with regard to our ability to sell TRISO fuel at the prices described in this prospectus are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates, including the number of potential customers who have expressed interest in our TRISO fuel, assumed prices and production capacity at our facilities, our ability to leverage our current logistical and operational processes, assumptions regarding our scalability, our ability to obtain certain regulatory approvals and general market conditions. However, our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. As a result, our expected performance, our estimates of the market for our TRISO fuel, our target production capacity, our assumed TRISO fuel pricing of $50 – 80 million per MTU, as well as the expected growth rate for the market for nuclear energy in general, may prove to be incorrect. Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows.

35

Table of Contents

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, which could have a material adverse effect on our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We intend to expand our operations significantly to address our target market of advanced-reactor developers and customers with scalable domestic nuclear power generation solutions. To properly manage our growth, we will need to hire and retain additional personnel, upgrade our existing operational management and financial and reporting systems, and improve our business processes and controls. Our future expansion will include hiring and training new personnel; developing or expanding the supply chain necessary to supply components for our TRISO fuel; continuing to develop processes and technologies to transport radiological materials; continuing to develop and advance our operational capabilities and functions necessary to produce TRISO fuel; obtaining necessary regulatory and licensing approvals for the installation and operation of incremental modular equipment at our facilities, together with related safety reviews and approvals for holding and processing additional amounts of enriched uranium feedstock, in order to further scale our production operations; controlling expenses and investments in anticipation of expanded operations; upgrading our existing operational management and financial reporting systems and team to comply with requirements as a public company; and implementing and enhancing administrative infrastructure, systems, and processes. If our operations continue to grow, we will need to continue to expand our sales and marketing, R&D, customer and commercial strategy, permitting and licensing, products and services, manufacturing, supply, and operations functions. These efforts will require us to invest significant financial and other resources, including in industries and sales channels in which we have limited experience to date. We will also need to continue to develop our manufacturing and operational systems and processes, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to scale our business as currently planned or within the planned timeframe. The continued expansion of our business will also require additional manufacturing and operational facilities, as well as space for administrative support, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to find suitable locations for such facilities. Our continued growth could increase the strain on our resources, and we could experience operating difficulties, including difficulties in hiring and training employees, delays in production, and challenges in sourcing adequate supplies and raw materials. These difficulties may divert the attention of management and key employees and impact financial and operational results. If we are unable to drive commensurate growth, these costs, which include, among other things, headcount and capital assets, could result in decreased margins, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Disruptions or temporary shutdowns at any of our manufacturing facilities could materially and adversely affect our business.

We currently conduct nuclear fuel manufacturing operations at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and plan to conduct operations at our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility, Idaho Facility and Richland SN-F Facility, once operational, as well as at additional future facilities, once constructed. Since our production is currently concentrated to a limited number of facilities, a disruption or temporary shutdown at any of our manufacturing facilities, whether due to a catastrophic event such as a fire, explosion, natural or manmade disaster or other environmental factors, equipment malfunction (including power outage, system failure, telecommunication failure or other loss or malfunction of information technology assets), industrial accident, cyber incident (including computer viruses, social engineering, phishing attacks, ransomware attacks, malicious code, distributed denial of service attacks or credential stuffing attacks), human error, physical or electronic break-ins, intentional attacks, security breach or other cause, could materially impair our ability to manufacture and deliver our nuclear fuel products in a timely manner. In the event of a significant disruption at one of our manufacturing facilities, such facility could be unavailable for a period of time due to damage, remediation, regulatory review, investigations, decontamination, staffing constraints or other operational or compliance-related requirements, which can be costly and time-consuming, and insurance may not fully cover the associated losses. Further, there is a risk that our other manufacturing facilities could be shut down as well due to various regulatory considerations.

Even a temporary shutdown of any one of our manufacturing facilities could place strain on our overall manufacturing capacity, limit our ability to meet customer commitments and delay or prevent fulfillment of existing or future orders. Although in such event we may seek to shift production to other areas in the facility or move feedstock to one of our other facilities, such alternatives may not be immediately available and may require additional time, expense and regulatory or customer qualification under applicable nuclear quality, safety and licensing requirements. In addition, if we were to move feedstock to another one of our facilities, such facility may not be capable of producing products at required volumes, specifications or timelines. Any disruption or temporary shutdown at one or more of our manufacturing facilities, particularly if prolonged or occurring at multiple facilities simultaneously, could adversely affect our revenues, customer relationships, reputation, competitive position, financial condition and results of operations.

36

Table of Contents

Competition from existing or new competitors or technologies domestically and internationally could cause us to experience downward pressure on prices, fewer customer orders, reduced margins, the inability to take advantage of new business opportunities, and the loss of market share.

We operate in a highly competitive energy market and expect to be subject to intense competition based upon product design, performance, technology, pricing, quality, and services from competing nuclear fuel suppliers, as well as from alternative means of producing electricity and/or heat, which may reduce demand for nuclear power generation and our nuclear fuel. Our nuclear fuel products and services will conform to more exacting specifications and may carry a higher price than competing non-nuclear products due to the highly regulated nature of the U.S. nuclear industry. Other companies providing competing technologies in the nuclear sector, such as companies utilizing light water reactor designs, could capture customers or market share from us or our customers or potential customers that are developing or operating Advanced Reactors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Moreover, our competitors in both the nuclear and non-nuclear sectors may develop or adopt technologies that are superior, more efficient, more effective, or more attractive to prospective customers compared to our technologies or Advanced Reactor technologies, or may adapt more quickly to leverage new or emerging technologies or meet new or evolving regulatory requirements in our target markets. We will need to anticipate and respond to these changes by enhancing our offerings and/or internal processes in order to maintain our competitive position, but we may not be successful in doing so. For sales and/or deployments of our nuclear fuel to customers that do not operate in jurisdictions with highly developed nuclear regulatory frameworks, we may be unable to compete effectively with current or future foreign competitors which may benefit from permissive regulatory and licensing regimes, as well as potential protective measures by their countries of origin, where governments are providing financial support, including significant investments in the development of new technologies. Such competitors may gain an advantage if they are able to obtain approvals which we are unable to, or unable to do so quickly, or if they can demonstrate to potential customers the value and benefits of their products and services, particularly in jurisdictions that have less stringent nuclear regulatory requirements. These competitors may have access to greater sources of funding to develop and commercialize their nuclear or non-nuclear fuel than we do, whether as a result of potential competitive advantages or from supportive national governments. This market environment may result in increased pressures on our pricing and other competitive factors. In addition, other energy technologies, including nuclear fusion, are attracting significant public and private capital investment, which could divert investor funding and market attention away from the nuclear fission sector. If nuclear fusion or other technologies continue to attract capital that might otherwise be directed toward nuclear fission companies, our ability to raise capital and compete for investment could be adversely affected.

We believe our ability to compete successfully in designing, engineering and manufacturing our nuclear fuel products and services depends on a number of factors, which may change in the future due to increased competition. If we are unable to compete successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows would be adversely affected.

If the price of non-nuclear energy sources falls, whether as the result of government policy or otherwise, there could be an adverse impact on nuclear energy, which would have a material adverse effect on our operations.

In certain markets with a diversified energy base, decisions on new-build power plants are largely affected by the economics of various energy sources. If prices of non-nuclear energy sources fall, it could limit the deployment of new-build nuclear power facilities or Advanced Reactors in such markets. This could reduce the size of the potential market for our nuclear fuel technology.

In addition, the U.S. federal government and many states have historically adopted a variety of government subsidies and utility incentives to allow renewable energy sources, such as biofuels, wind, and solar energy, to compete with conventional sources of energy that have historically been less expensive, such as fossil fuels and nuclear power. We may face additional indirect competition from providers of renewable energy sources, particularly in wind and solar energy, if government subsidies and utility incentives for those sources of energy remain or increase or if such sources of energy are mandated. Additionally, the availability of subsidies and other incentives from utilities or government agencies to install alternative renewable energy sources may negatively impact our potential customers’ desire to purchase our products and services, or may be utilized by our existing or new competitors to develop a competing business model or products or services that may be potentially more attractive to customers than ours, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

37

Table of Contents

The cost of electricity generated from nuclear sources may not be cost competitive with other electricity generation sources in some markets, which could materially and adversely affect demand for our nuclear fuel and our business.

Many U.S. electricity markets price electric energy, capacity, and/or ancillary services on a competitive basis, with market prices subject to substantial fluctuations. Other markets remain heavily regulated by state or local utility regulatory authorities, with power purchase decisions by electric utilities subject to various competitiveness or prudence tests. As a result of competitive pressures, some electricity markets experience low marginal energy prices at certain times due to a combination of subsidized generating resources, competitors with low-cost or no-cost fuel sources, or market-design features that create incentives for certain attributes or deliver revenue in unpredictable ways over time. If electricity generated from nuclear sources is not cost competitive in these markets, including due to the benefits of the low-carbon, reliable and/or resilient energy generation provided by nuclear power being sufficiently valued, it could constrain the demand for such nuclear power generation and, as a result, for our nuclear fuel from customers or potential customers that service such markets.

We are dependent on management and key personnel for our success, and the loss of any such individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business depends upon the recruitment and continued service of highly skilled, educated, and trained employees, including our management team, and the loss of, or the inability to attract and retain, qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. There is a limited number of qualified nuclear professionals with the skills and expertise to design, engineer, and manufacture advanced nuclear fuel. Our ability to attract, motivate, compensate, and retain highly qualified employees is necessary to support and achieve business objectives. Competition for skilled employees in our industry can be intense, and any uncertainty surrounding future employment opportunities, organizational and reporting structures, and related concerns may impair our ability to attract and retain qualified employees.

The loss of the services of qualified employees and any inability to recruit effective replacements or to otherwise attract, motivate, train, or retain highly qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Any significant leadership change and accompanying senior management transition involves inherent risk, and any failure to ensure a smooth transition could hinder our strategic planning, execution, and future performance. Changes to our senior management team may cause uncertainty among investors, employees, and others concerning our future direction and performance. If we fail to effectively manage any leadership changes, including organizational and strategic changes, such failure could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully attract, motivate, and retain highly qualified employees, as well as on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Nuclear power generation projects can have long development cycles which, if they do not result in the completion of the project, could impact customer demand for our nuclear fuel products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The development cycles for our customers’ nuclear power generation projects vary substantially and can take many months or years to mature to a nuclear power generation facility that is ready to begin operation and consume nuclear fuel at commercial scale. Many of our potential customers require project financing, regulatory approvals, and long-term fuel supply arrangements to proceed with reactor deployment. Changes in electricity market design, demand forecasts, competing generation costs, or customer credit quality may further impact our customers’ ability to enter into contracts to purchase our nuclear fuel products.

A customer may also cancel or fail to proceed with a project after work has already commenced due to various reasons including changes in business priorities, financial constraints (including an inability to obtain cost recovery, tax incentives, or financing on acceptable terms), regulatory changes or a failure to obtain necessary licenses or approvals. While our customer contracts typically require down payments and cancellation penalties upon termination, such failed projects could result in a diversion of our time and resources in helping to develop nuclear fuel to specifications appropriate for a terminated project or constrain or eliminate future demand for our nuclear fuel products from such customers. Any loss of planned customers may negatively impact our reputation and future business prospects and the failure of nuclear power generation projects to reach completion could adversely impact the reputation of the nuclear power industry as a whole, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to realize our total contract backlog and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

38

Table of Contents

Our cost estimates are derived from our current small-scale manufacturing operations and our forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions that may not materialize.

Our internal projections depend on assumptions related to the timely achievement of development, licensing, customer qualification, and supply chain milestones, as well as market acceptance and the status of certain governmental policies, and, as a result, our forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions that may not materialize. Delays or shortfalls in any of these areas could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations, potentially leading to negative market reactions and impaired access to capital. In addition, because the production of TRISO fuel is generally untested at industrial scale, we have limited data regarding the full cycle economics of manufacturing, marketing, pricing and selling TRISO fuel and, as a result, we have limited visibility into the prices our customers are willing to pay for our products and the cost structures that are required to ensure positive profit margins. Our dependence on decisions made by third parties, including regulators, nuclear power facility and advanced reactor developers, and our customers, make forecasting particularly challenging, which is further complicated by potential step-changes in capacity and unit economics as we scale production and by commodity price volatility in the uranium fuel cycle.

While we expect to realize meaningful cost efficiencies as we expand to larger-scale production, there can be no assurance that such efficiencies will be achieved, or that they will be achieved within our anticipated timeframe. Actual costs of producing TRISO fuel at industrial scale for commercial sale may be materially higher than we project due to technical, operational, supply-chain, or capital-related factors, some of which may be out of our control. In order to grow our business, we will need to continually evolve and scale our business and operations to meet customer and market demand. We have never sold our product at large-scale commercial levels. Evolving and scaling our business and operations places increased demands on our management as well as our financial and operational resources to:

•        attract new customers and grow our customer base;

•        effectively manage organizational change;

•        design scalable processes;

•        accelerate and/or refocus R&D activities;

•        increase sales and marketing efforts;

•        broaden customer support and services capabilities; and

•        maintain or increase operational efficiencies.

If we cannot evolve and scale our business and operations effectively, we may not be able to execute our business strategies in a cost-effective manner and our business, financial condition and results of operations, including any target production capacity goals identified in this prospectus, could be adversely affected.

The target production capacity figures and certain other figures included in this prospectus are based on a number of assumptions, and may not reflect our actual future performance.

The target production capacity figures and certain other figures presented in this prospectus, including our target of reaching up to 40 MTU of production capacity and our anticipated timeline for scaling our capacity, are based on our current agreements with customers and reflect our internal assumptions regarding our production model, capital expenditures for each incremental MTU, procurement timelines, regulatory approval timelines and the time periods in which we anticipate our facilities to become operational. Numerous risks and uncertainties could cause the actual capacity figures to differ materially from those presented, including our expectation that future facility build-outs will benefit from repeat facility design, repeat vendor engagement and modular production-line replication, as well as our ability to construct the facilities on the timeline we set forth, obtain required regulatory approvals, secure adequate financing, and manage supply chain constraints, labor availability, cost overruns, and construction delays. In addition, our Fuel Sales Agreements provide customers the right to delay, reduce, or terminate their commitments, and any such changes, along with potential modifications in the scope, scale, or timing of customer projects, technological or engineering challenges, or shifts in energy policy, electricity market demand, or public acceptance of nuclear power, could materially impact our ability to achieve the capacity figures and certain

39

Table of Contents

other figures reflected in this prospectus. As a result, our actual cumulative deployed capacity may be substantially less favorable than that presented, or may not be achieved at all, and investors should not place undue reliance on these target figures in evaluating our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our TRISO fuel production is dependent on our customers obtaining enriched uranium (including HALEU) from third-party suppliers and providing it to us for production, and any difficulty in our customers obtaining these materials and/or supplying them to us could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our production of TRISO-based nuclear fuel is dependent on our customers’ ability to obtain nuclear material, including HALEU, from third-party suppliers, which our customers deliver to us to process and manufacture into TRISO nuclear fuel. This enriched uranium (including HALEU) must meet required isotopic, chemical, and impurity specifications for each customer’s nuclear power generation needs, and such supply of enriched uranium, and specifically HALEU, is currently limited and we do not know when, or if, supplies will increase. For example, for our customers that have reactors that require HALEU, there is presently no commercial supply of HALEU available in the United States and HALEU can only be sourced in limited quantities from the DOE. Despite U.S. government initiatives designed to ensure initial HALEU quantities, including the establishment of the HALEU Availability Program, which was established through the Energy Act of 2020, to ensure access to HALEU for civilian domestic research, development, demonstration, and commercial use, the HALEU program is still in its early stages, and significant progress is required to achieve reliable and scalable production.

In addition, global sanctions, trade restrictions, or other geopolitical developments affecting enrichment, conversion, transport, or related specialty services could reduce availability, increase prices, or limit the ability of our customers to access enriched uranium (including HALEU). Counterparty concentration and limited competition in this emerging market exacerbate these risks, and our customers may be unable to secure sufficient supply on acceptable terms or at all. Further, once the customer has obtained the enriched uranium, they may face additional difficulties in providing it to us, including that the nuclear fuel supply chain is subject to potential bottlenecks beyond enrichment, including conversion, downblending, transportation and regulatory compliance processes, any of which may delay or prevent the timely delivery of customer-provided feedstock to us. There may also be issues in the transportation of such feedstock to us, including due to tariffs, sanctions, or regulatory and/or logistical hurdles, which could lead to significant delays in production schedules.

Even if our customers are able to obtain and deliver enriched uranium (including HALEU) to us, our ability to further scale our production operations is subject to obtaining necessary regulatory and licensing approvals for the installation and operation of incremental modular equipment at our facilities, together with related safety reviews and approvals for holding and processing increased quantities of enriched uranium feedstock at our facilities. While we currently hold and process substantial amounts of enriched uranium at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility, expanding our operations to accommodate additional volumes of HALEU or other enriched uranium feedstock will require us to obtain regulatory approvals to expand our modular production capacity at our facilities as we continue to scale our business. There can be no assurance that such regulatory approvals will be obtained on a timely basis, or at all, and any failure or significant delay in obtaining such necessary regulatory approvals could limit our ability to scale our production capacity, fulfill customer orders, and grow our business.

If our customers are unable to obtain enriched uranium (including HALEU) meeting their unique specifications, or if they are unable to provide it to us, or if we are unable to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals to hold and process such materials at our facilities in sufficient quantities, it would constrain demand for our nuclear fuel manufacturing capabilities and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The occurrence of a nuclear safety incident or nuclear accident, whether it results in release of radiation to the public, or otherwise, can greatly change the course of the overall industry and our business with significant adverse effects.

Incidents involving nuclear energy facilities, including accidents, terrorist acts or other high profile events involving radioactive materials, could materially and adversely affect the public perception of the safety of nuclear energy, and such adverse effects could decrease demand for nuclear energy, increase regulatory requirements and costs, or result in liability or claims that could materially and adversely affect our business. Successful execution of our business model is dependent upon public support for nuclear power in the United States and other countries.

40

Table of Contents

Any significant incident affecting a nuclear energy facility could materially damage public perception of nuclear power. In the past, adverse public reaction to such incidents (for example, incidents involving the Fukushima nuclear power plant in Japan, and incidents at Three Mile Island and Chernobyl) led to increased public and regulatory scrutiny, which contributed to extended licensing and construction periods for new nuclear power plants, sometimes delaying construction schedules by decades or more or even shutting down operations at already-constructed nuclear power facilities. Any such incident could also impact consumers’ demand for heat, electricity, or fuel derived from nuclear energy and, as a result, impact demand for our nuclear fuel products. Any of these effects could materially and adversely affect our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The occurrence of adverse events, cancellations of significant projects, delays in project timelines, adjustments in cost structures, and other negative developments announced by competitors could have an impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The occurrence of newsworthy events in the nuclear industry as a whole, including, but not limited to the delay of major projects, inflated cost adjustments, fluctuations in product pricing strategies, cancellations of public offerings, customer withdrawals, or disruptions in supply chain may adversely affect our business in several ways. For example:

•        Negative news or events associated with industry peers may lead to decreased investor confidence in the sector, which could impact the broader stock market performance of companies operating within the industry, including us. This could result in fluctuations or declines in our stock price irrespective of our internal performance.

•        Adverse events in competitor firms may also alter the competitive landscape, affecting market share dynamics, pricing strategies, and overall positioning within the industry. This could impact our ability to retain or expand our market presence.

•        Changes in market dynamics influenced by competitors’ actions, such as inflated cost adjustments or potential cancellations, could have an adverse impact on our financial stability and profitability, influencing our financial metrics and potentially impacting investor perceptions.

There is no guarantee that we will be insulated from the adverse effects of the foregoing events and the occurrence of any of these events could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The OTA we are party to with the DOE may be terminated at any time and shifts in governmental policy, priorities or oversight approach under the OTA could increase operational friction, any of which could materially disrupt our operations and business prospects.

Our operations at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and our planned operations at our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility and SN-ID facility are governed by the OTA with the DOE, which provides DOE authorization to build, operate, and commission advanced fuel fabrication facilities at our Oak Ridge Facilities and SN-ID Facility. Changes in DOE policy or priorities, as well as shifts in the level or focus of oversight the government conducts in relation to the OTA, could disrupt our operations by increasing review times or imposing additional compliance burdens. These changes could delay or disrupt our ability to carry out our development and commercialization plans, even if the OTA remains active.

Additionally, under the terms of the OTA, the agreement may be terminated by either party at any time upon thirty (30) days’ written notice, with or without cause. The DOE may also terminate the agreement immediately (i) in the event of a material breach by us, (ii) in the event of our insolvency or bankruptcy, or (iii) upon other specified events, including (a) a change in our ownership that increases ownership or control by a “foreign country of concern” (which includes the People’s Republic of China, the Russian Federation, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, and the Islamic Republic of Iran) or any other change that effectively makes us subject to the direction of a foreign country of concern or at risk of undue foreign influence that cannot be sufficiently mitigated, (b) the identification by the DOE of significant research, technology, or economic security risks that cannot be sufficiently mitigated, (c) our failure to timely disclose violations of federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations, or (d) if we cease to do business or terminate our operations. Under the OTA, our activities at our Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities are subject to comprehensive DOE oversight and a regulatory framework designed to ensure nuclear safety, security, and environmental protection. If the OTA is terminated for any reason, our authority to operate under DOE jurisdiction would immediately cease, and we would be required to obtain

41

Table of Contents

alternative regulatory approvals — such as a license from the NRC — before resuming operations. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain such approvals in a timely manner, on acceptable terms, or at all. Termination of the OTA could require us to suspend or discontinue operations, decommission facilities, incur significant costs, or experience substantial delays in our business plan, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See “Business — Government Regulation and Nuclear Materials Compliance — Nuclear Safety Regulation under the DOE” for additional information.

Further, if in the future we enter into any other agreements with applicable regulators or any government funding instruments, we may similarly be subject to audit and cost allowability rules, termination for convenience, and specific rights in data and inventions developed with federal funds. These requirements can result in reduced payments, repayment obligations, or limits on our ability to commercialize, enforce or protect intellectual property and similar proprietary rights arising from federally funded work, and may also require domestic sourcing, labor standards, or public-access data requirements that may increase costs or limit flexibility.

In the future, we may transition our facilities from DOE oversight to NRC licensing, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so on acceptable terms or in a timely manner.

Our current operations at our SN-0 facility and planned operations at our SN-TN and SN-ID facilities are conducted under DOE oversight pursuant to our OTA. While this framework has enabled us to advance our development and initial production activities, we expect we will need to transition these facilities to NRC licensing and oversight at some point in the future as part of our commercialization strategy. The process of obtaining an NRC license and transitioning our facilities from DOE oversight to NRC regulatory jurisdiction is complex, costly, and subject to significant uncertainty and there can be no assurance that we will be able to complete the transition on acceptable terms, within our anticipated timeline, or without material disruption to our operations, if at all.

In addition, the NRC licensing process involves extensive review, including evaluation of our safety analysis, environmental impact assessments, and public participation, any of which could result in delays, additional conditions, or denial of our application. Any delay in obtaining NRC licensure for such facilities could postpone our ability to commercially sell TRISO fuel produced at those facilities, limit our revenue growth, and adversely affect our competitive position. If we are unable to successfully transition to NRC oversight, or if the costs or timeline of such transition materially exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

If Framatome’s NRC license is suspended, revoked, or otherwise restricted, or if Framatome is unable or unwilling to support the joint venture’s activities, our ability to operate at the Richland SN-F Facility could be materially impaired or terminated.

We intend to conduct advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing at our joint venture partner Framatome’s NRC-licensed facility in Richland, Washington, based on an amendment to Framatome’s existing NRC license to permit the manufacturing of our advanced fuel products, including TRISO, at the facility, which was approved by the NRC in June 2026. Our agreement with Framatome provides that the joint venture’s use of the Richland SN-F Facility is subject to Framatome’s ongoing compliance with NRC license conditions and site policies. If Framatome’s NRC license is suspended, revoked, or otherwise restricted, or if Framatome is unable or unwilling to support the joint venture’s activities, our ability to operate at the Richland SN-F Facility could be materially impaired or terminated. The loss of access to the Richland SN-F Facility, or the inability to operate under NRC jurisdiction as planned, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The SN Framatome JV may be dissolved if certain regulatory, operational, and commercial milestones are not achieved, and we may be required to reimburse Framatome for certain expenditures in connection with any such dissolution, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Unless the JV Board agrees otherwise, the SN Framatome JV will be dissolved upon the occurrence of certain events, including, among other things, (1) failure to meet any of the following milestones: (a) receipt at the Richland SN-F Facility of operable equipment to produce advanced fuel product by December 1, 2026, (b) obtaining NRC approval of the license amendment necessary for activities at the Richland SN-F Facility by March 1, 2027,

42

Table of Contents

(c) securing a binding order or orders for advanced fuel products having certain minimum order commitments and cancellation fee terms by August 1, 2027, as such date may be adjusted by the JV Board (the “Purchase Commitment”), or (d) production of product at the Richland SN-F Facility that meets customer specifications by August 1, 2028, and (2) if production at the Richland SN-F Facility remains idle for more than 12 months after the start of operations due to lack of orders (each, a “Dissolution Milestone”). Furthermore, upon the dissolution of the SN Framatome JV for any reason, if the Purchase Commitment has not previously been secured, we have agreed to reimburse Framatome for up to $6.5 million of expenditures incurred by Framatome prior to the date of dissolution.

The achievement of these milestones is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, including regulatory approval timelines, equipment procurement and installation schedules, the development of our commercial customer pipeline, and our ability to manufacture product at the Richland SN-F Facility that meets required customer specifications. As a result, there can be no assurance that the SN Framatome JV will achieve these milestones by the required dates or at all. In addition, given that we and Framatome each have the right to appoint half of the directors to the JV Board, which generally acts by simple majority, if any of the Dissolution Milestones are not achieved, we will not have the unilateral right to cause the JV Board to elect not to proceed with dissolution. See also “— The governance structure of the SN Framatome JV may result in deadlocks that could delay or prevent key decisions, which could result in the dissolution of the JV or materially and adversely affect the SN Framatome JV’s operations and our business.”

If any of the Dissolution Milestones are not achieved and the SN Framatome JV is dissolved, it could disrupt our strategic plans for the industrial scale manufacturing of advanced fuel products and we may not be able to scale our business, and may not achieve the growth, yields, and/or profitability that we have targeted or expect. We may also suffer reputational damage with customers and investors due to our failure to achieve the Dissolution Milestones and the termination of the SN Framatome JV, which could further adversely impact our ability to commercialize nuclear fuel product produced at our other facilities through the loss of our access to Framatome’s existing infrastructure and commercial relationships. In addition, if the SN Framatome JV is dissolved at a time that the Purchase Commitment has not been met or maintained, and we are required to make a significant cash payment to Framatome, it could materially and adversely affect our liquidity position. As a result, the dissolution of the SN Framatome JV at any time could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The governance structure of the SN Framatome JV may result in deadlocks that could delay or prevent key decisions, which could result in the dissolution of the JV or materially and adversely affect the SN Framatome JV’s operations and our business.

The business and affairs of the SN Framatome JV are managed by a JV Board consisting of six directors, three appointed by us and three appointed by Framatome. As a result, neither we nor Framatome can unilaterally direct the SN Framatome JV to take action or determine decisions to be made by the JV Board, and each member effectively holds a veto on action by the JV Board. In addition, certain special matters such as the entry into loan agreements or similar borrowing arrangements, the admission of new members or changes in percentage interests, and the purchase or sale of real estate or assets necessary for the SN Framatome JV’s purpose, require the unanimous approval of all directors then in office.

This governance structure exposes us to the risk that the JV Board may reach an impasse, or deadlock, on critical matters. Although the SN Framatome JV provides for a multi-step dispute resolution process, consisting of referral to senior executives for direct negotiation, followed by mediation by a neutral party, and ultimately binding arbitration with the consent of the members, these procedures may be time-consuming and may not result in a resolution that is favorable to us.

If the JV Board is unable to reach agreement on key strategic or operational decisions, including any determination not to dissolve the SN Framatome JV upon the failure to achieve any Dissolution Milestone, the SN Framatome JV may be unable to adapt to changing market conditions, pursue growth opportunities, secure necessary funding, commence subsequent phases of capacity expansion on a timely basis, or continue in operation, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See also, “— The SN Framatome JV may be dissolved if certain regulatory, operational, and commercial milestones are not achieved, and we may be required to reimburse Framatome for certain expenses in connection with any such dissolution, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

43

Table of Contents

The timing and size of contract awards and project milestones associated with a limited number of large contracts may cause our quarterly results to vary significantly.

A significant portion of our revenues are currently, and may in the future be, attributable to a limited number of large customer contracts or deposits and, as a result, our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly due to the timing, value and size of contract awards and project milestones, which can cause bookings to vary materially from one quarter to the next. Our revenue and profit margins may be affected by the schedule of project execution and contractual milestones as well as required customer activities and approvals. Accordingly, our quarterly revenue, gross margin and results of operations are subject to certain volatility if viewed on a quarterly basis, which could make period-to-period comparisons difficult and adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. Additionally, certain of our contracts with our customers allow them to terminate the contract at any time only with advance written notice. While certain contracts contain penalties associated with cancellations and/or changing the scope of the contract as protective measures, if such contracts are cancelled, or definitive fuel sale agreements are not entered into in connection with any customer deposit or intended order, and we are able to collect such penalty amounts or retain such deposits, they may not fully offset the adverse impacts of delays, scope changes or cancellations. See also “—Nuclear power generation projects can have long development cycles which, if they do not result in the completion of the project, could impact customer demand for our nuclear fuel products and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

Because our revenue base is expected to be concentrated as we scale our initial commercial sales, the loss of, reduction in work from, delay in payments by, failure to expand, renew or convert deposits or intended orders with, or deterioration of our relationship with, any significant customer could disproportionately reduce our revenues, delay our commercialization plans and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our customer concentration may also subject us to perceived or actual bargaining leverage that our large customers may have, given their importance to us. If our large customers seek to negotiate or renegotiate their agreements on terms less favorable to us and we accept such unfavorable terms, such unfavorable terms may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, our total contract backlog is limited to a small number of customers, and the loss of any one of such customers could have a material impact on such figure. See also “—Backlog may not be realized or may not result in profits and may not accurately represent future revenue.” We may not be able to replace any lost or reduced revenue from a significant customer in a timely manner, on comparable terms, or at all, particularly because new customer relationships in the advanced nuclear fuel market may require lengthy technical qualification, regulatory, and contracting processes.

Our backlog and our qualified pipeline of carefully vetted potential sales opportunities may not be realized or may not result in profits and may not accurately represent future revenue.

Total contract backlog, and in particular our unfunded portion of our total contract backlog, is difficult to determine accurately and is not a comprehensive indicator of future revenue amounts or timing, and companies within our industry may define total contract backlog differently. Reductions in total contract backlog due to failed projects, contract cancelation, termination or scope adjustment by a customer or for other reasons could significantly reduce the revenue and profit we actually receive from contracts in our total contract backlog. Further, we are dependent on a limited number of customers for our total contract backlog and any cancellation or non-payment by such customers may materially change the actual amount of revenue we earn in any given year. In the event of a project cancelation, termination or scope adjustment, we typically have no contractual right to the total revenues reflected in our backlog. The timing of contract awards, duration of large new contracts and the mix of services, subcontracted work and material in our contracts can significantly affect backlog. Further, the unfunded contract backlog portion represents the dollar value of intended fuel sales under memoranda of understanding, non-binding framework agreements or term sheets, and letters of intent. Potential customers are under no obligation to enter into definitive Fuel Sales Agreements with us and if they do, it may be on terms different than those initially agreed upon in such memoranda of understanding, non-binding framework agreements or term sheets, and letters of intent. In addition, the option to purchase additional fuel from us pursuant to the purchase options under executed contracts is solely in the discretion of our customers, and there can be no assurance such option will ever be exercised or result in revenue. Given these factors and our method of calculating total contract backlog, our total contract backlog at any point in time may not accurately represent the revenue that we expect to realize during any period, and our backlog as of the end of a fiscal year may not be indicative of the revenue we expect to earn in the following fiscal year and should not be viewed or relied upon as a stand-alone indicator. Consequently, we cannot provide assurance that our estimates of total contract backlog will accurately reflect future revenue. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a discussion on how we calculate total contract backlog for our business.

44

Table of Contents

In addition, our qualified pipeline of vetted opportunities are not subject to binding agreements, and only represent non-binding indications of interest subject to ongoing negotiation of commercial terms and other conditions. In the event that our qualified pipeline does not translate into backlog and future revenue as anticipated, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial performance and results of operations.

The financial difficulties experienced by, and operating conditions of, our customers and suppliers could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Potential events or circumstances that could affect either our customers or suppliers under current or future contracts with us or the nuclear industry as a whole include:

•        armed conflicts, government actions, pandemics, and other events that disrupt supply chains, production, transportation, payments and importation of nuclear materials or other critical supplies or services;

•        natural or other disasters impacting nuclear facilities or involving shipments of nuclear materials;

•        changes in U.S. or foreign government policies and priorities;

•        regulatory actions or changes in regulations by nuclear regulatory bodies applicable to us, our suppliers or our customers;

•        decisions by agencies, courts or other bodies under trade and other laws applicable to us, our suppliers, or our customers;

•        disruptions in other areas of the nuclear fuel cycle, such as uranium supplies or conversion;

•        civic opposition to, or changes in government policies regarding, nuclear operations;

•        business decisions concerning reactors or reactor operations;

•        the financial condition of reactor owners and operations;

•        the need for generating capacity;

•        consolidation within the electric power industry; or

•        delays in or the inability of certain of our customers to obtain or maintain financing.

These events could adversely affect us to the extent they result in, among other things, lower demand; burdensome regulation, disruptions of shipments, production importation or payment; increased competition from third parties; increased costs or difficulties; or increased liability for actual or threatened property damage or personal injury. Additionally, customers may face financial difficulties, including from factors unrelated to the nuclear industry, that could affect their willingness or ability to make purchases. Such factors could include the ability or inability to obtain financing for a particular project. We cannot provide any assurance that events will not prevent or delay us from making deliveries to our customers or increase our costs or that our customers, suppliers, or contractors will not default on their obligations to us or file for bankruptcy protection. If a customer files for bankruptcy protection, for example, we likely would be unable to collect all, or even a significant portion, of amounts that are owed to us. A default and bankruptcy filing by one or more customers or suppliers, or events such as those listed above which prevent or limit our or our customers’ ability to obtain raw materials or our ability to sell our nuclear fuel products, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

The ability to compete in certain foreign markets may be limited for legal, political, economic, or other reasons.

Doing business in foreign markets poses additional risks and challenges. Agreements for cooperation between the U.S. government and various foreign governments or governmental agencies control the export of nuclear materials, including nuclear fuel, from the United States. We are unable to supply fuel for foreign reactors unless there is an agreement for cooperation in force. If an agreement with a country in which one or more of our customers is located were to lapse, terminate, or be amended, our sales or deliveries could be curtailed or terminated, adversely affecting our business, results of operations, and prospects. Moreover, the lack of such agreements for cooperation between the U.S. government and those governments or agencies in emerging markets may restrict our ability to sell

45

Table of Contents

into such markets. Further, certain foreign markets lack a comprehensive nuclear liability law that protects suppliers by channeling liability for injury and property damage suffered by third persons from nuclear incidents at a nuclear facility to the facility’s operator. The lack of legal protection for suppliers could adversely affect our ability to compete for sales in these markets, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, or are alleged to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate, intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have in the past, and may in the future, be subject to claims that we or our business operations infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the patents, trademarks or other intellectual property or proprietary rights owned by others. For example, our nuclear fuel designs may infringe, or be claimed to infringe, patents or patent applications under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents and patent applications in the United States and elsewhere. Third parties could bring claims of patent infringement or other violation of intellectual property or other proprietary rights against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses (and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages if we are found to have willfully infringed certain intellectual property of others), which could materially impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If an intellectual property suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay development, use, or commercialization of our fuel design or other technology (or a component thereof) that is the subject of the suit, could be required to redesign all or a portion thereof, or, if the claims in such suit were to involve our trademarks, could be required to change our branding. As a result of intellectual property-related claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek a license from the third party and be required to pay license fees, royalties, or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened intellectual property-related claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms or at all. This could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other types of intellectual property litigation and other proceedings, including interference proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our nuclear fuel designs or other technologies. The cost to us of any intellectual property litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Further, the defense costs and settlements for intellectual property-related lawsuits may not be covered by insurance, and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Intellectual property infringement lawsuits can take years to resolve. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Intellectual property litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time.

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights, including trade secrets relating to our technology, the commercial value of our technology and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our success and ability to compete depends in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property and proprietary right protection in the United States and other countries for our nuclear fuel designs, technologies and products and related methods, procedures, processes and documentation. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, confidentiality and license agreements to establish, maintain, and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Our efforts to establish, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. There can be no assurance that our intellectual property or proprietary rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products, services or technologies that are substantially similar to ours and that compete with our business. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection for, or to protect and enforce, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

46

Table of Contents

Patents

We own a variety of patents and patent applications in the United States, as well as corresponding patents and patent applications in several other jurisdictions. We have not obtained patent protection in each market in which we plan to compete or in which our products may be developed, manufactured, sold or used. Furthermore, our patents, trade secrets, information and intellectual property may be the subject of infringement, misappropriation or other violation by third parties, or may be challenged in ways that could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid. We do not know how successful we would be should we choose to assert our patents or other intellectual property or proprietary rights against suspected infringers, misappropriators or violators. Our pending and future patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Even if issued, patents may be opposed, contested, abandoned, challenged, narrowed, invalidated, infringed, designed around or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing similar products or limit the length of term of patent protection we may have for our products. There can be no assurance that any patents currently issued or issued to us in the future will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with meaningful protection. Further, the patenting process is expensive, time-consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file and/or prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or pursue or obtain patent protection in all relevant markets. Our existing patents will all eventually expire, after which we will not be able to prevent our competitors from using our previously patented technologies, which could materially adversely affect our competitive advantage stemming from the applicable products and technologies. We also cannot assure you that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Changes in patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may also diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Trade Secrets and Proprietary Technologies

We also utilize and rely on a significant number of unpatented proprietary technologies, such as our proprietary methods of manufacturing, processing and operation. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technologies or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technologies. To protect our patented and unpatented proprietary technologies, including trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants, advisors, suppliers and other third parties with whom we do business to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements as we deem appropriate. However, we cannot assure you that we have entered into, or will be able to enter into, such agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our trade secrets, know-how, confidential or proprietary information or that has developed any intellectual property on our behalf, or that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our intellectual property in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information or ownership disputes with inventors of any intellectual property developed by them on our behalf. Further, despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors or other third parties, are inadvertently or intentionally incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s or any third party’s discovery of our proprietary technology and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure of such technology or information would impair our competitive position and could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, we could be materially adversely affected.

Third-Party Licenses

Furthermore, we rely, and may continue in the future to rely, on certain IP developed or licensed by third parties and the licenses we receive to such intellectual property or other proprietary rights may not provide exclusive or unrestricted rights in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our products in the future and may restrict our rights to offer certain products in certain markets or impose other obligations on us in exchange for our rights to the licensed intellectual property. If we violate the terms of any of our license agreements, a licensor may have the right to terminate our license. Even if we comply with all the terms of a license agreement, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew an agreement when it expires even if we desire to do so. The failure to maintain or renew our license agreements could result in a loss of revenue and negatively impact our results of operations. Because of the rapid pace of technological change, we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from relevant third parties on reasonable terms, or at all, and our inability to license this technology could harm our ability to compete. In addition, we may be required to license additional technology from

47

Table of Contents

third parties to develop and market new capabilities, and we cannot assure you that we could license that technology on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and our inability to license this technology could harm our ability to compete.

Trademarks

Additionally, we rely on our trademarks, trade names or brand names to distinguish our products and business from the products and business of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register several of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that any trademark applications we have filed or may file in the future will be approved. Third parties may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise dilute, challenge our use of or otherwise violate our trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our company or our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to developing, advertising and marketing new brands. If our trademarks are not adequately protected, or if we are unable to successfully establish name recognition based on our trademarks, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks or otherwise adopt trademarks similar to ours, or that we will have adequate resources to maintain and enforce our trademarks.

Foreign Jurisdictions

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. Because of the differences in foreign patent, trademark and other laws concerning intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or other intellectual property or use or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally, and could adversely affect our competitive position.

Enforcement and Litigation

Significant resources may be required to monitor and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, and despite such efforts, we may not be able to detect infringement, misappropriation or other violations of our intellectual property or proprietary rights by third parties. Litigation or proceedings may be necessary in the future to enforce and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights and such litigation or proceedings could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent or other intellectual property applications at risk of not issuing, could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property or proprietary rights and could provoke third parties to assert claims, defenses and suits against us attacking the ownership, scope, validity and enforceability of our intellectual property or proprietary rights. Third parties may also separately challenge the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property in administrative and other legal proceedings. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. An adverse determination of any litigation proceedings could put our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated, deemed unenforceable or reduced in scope. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery that may be required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our proprietary or confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property against infringement, misappropriation or other violations, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could allow competitors to develop and commercialize services or products similar to ours and thereby reduce demand for our offerings, could delay future sales and introductions of new products, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our business, or injure our reputation. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

See also “— We may discover title defects, unreleased liens, real property restrictions, or breaks in intellectual property chain of title (including with respect to the assets acquired from Ultra Safe) that require costly remediation and could constrain operations.”

48

Table of Contents

The U.S. government may exercise march-in rights which could result in compulsory licensing of certain of our owned or licensed intellectual property.

We have licensed and may in the future develop, acquire or license, certain intellectual property that have been generated through the use of U.S. government funding or grants. As a result, the U.S. government may have certain rights to inventions developed using such government funding or grants. These U.S. government rights include non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, paid-up, worldwide licenses to use such inventions for any governmental purpose. In addition, the U.S. government may have the right, under certain limited circumstances, to require the granting of exclusive, partially exclusive or non-exclusive licenses to any of such inventions to a third party if it determines that: (1) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention, (2) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs or (3) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use under federal regulations (also referred to as “march-in rights”). If the U.S. government exercised its march-in rights in respect of our intellectual property or those of our licensors that have been generated through the use of U.S. government funding or grants, we or they could be forced to license or sublicense such intellectual property on terms unfavorable to us, and there can be no assurance that we would receive compensation from the U.S. government for the exercise of such rights. The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if they are not properly disclosed to the U.S. government or an application to register the intellectual property is not filed within specified time limits. Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us or our applicable licensors to expend substantial resources. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying any such inventions or produced through the use of any such inventions be manufactured substantially in the United States, subject to certain exceptions.

If we fail to keep pace with rapidly evolving technological developments in AI, our competitive position and business may suffer.

As with many new and emerging technologies, AI presents numerous risks and challenges that could adversely affect our business. The development, deployment, and use of AI technology remains in early stages and ineffective or inadequate development or application practices by us or third parties that we may use in the future may result in unintended consequences. For example, models underlying AI may be incorrectly designed or implemented and AI may be trained or reliant on incomplete, inadequate, inaccurate, biased or otherwise poor quality data, used without sufficient oversight and governance, and/or adversely impacted by unforeseen technical or cybersecurity issues, among other things.

If we fail to keep pace with rapidly evolving technological developments in AI, our competitive position and business may suffer. Our competitors or other third parties may adopt AI capabilities more quickly or more effectively than we do, which could adversely impact our ability to compete. In addition, developing, testing, and deploying resource-intensive AI solutions may require additional investment and increase our costs. Any of the foregoing may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Further, the legal and regulatory landscape surrounding AI is rapidly evolving and uncertain, including in the areas of intellectual property, cybersecurity, privacy, and data protection. For example, there is uncertainty around the validity and enforceability of intellectual property rights related to use or development of AI tools. Compliance with new or changing laws, regulations or industry standards related to AI may impose significant operational costs and may limit our ability to develop, deploy or use AI technologies in certain use cases. Failure to appropriately respond to this evolving landscape may result in legal liability, regulatory action, or reputational harm.

The direct and indirect impact on us and our customers from severe weather and other effects of climate change and the economic impacts of the transition to non-carbon based energy, could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our operations and properties, and those of our customers, may in the future be adversely impacted by flooding, wildfires, high winds, drought and other effects of severe weather conditions that may be caused or exacerbated by climate change. Any significant damage to such properties could force us or our customers to suspend operations at such properties, which may in turn limit demand for our nuclear fuel products. See also “— Disruptions or temporary shutdowns at any of our manufacturing facilities could materially and adversely affect our business.” Even if these events do not directly impact us or our customers they may indirectly impact us and our customers through increased insurance, energy or other costs. In addition, although the ongoing transition to non-carbon based energy is creating

49

Table of Contents

significant opportunities for us and our customers, the transition also presents certain risks, including macroeconomic risks related to higher energy costs and energy shortages, among other things. These direct and indirect impacts from climate change could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, supply chain and cash flows.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by epidemics and other health related issues.

National or global health related outbreaks could disrupt supply chains and our day-to-day operations and those of our suppliers, our contractors, and our customers, which could materially adversely affect our operations, including increasing our costs. Government-mandated quarantines, slowdowns or shutdowns, border closings, and travel restrictions resulting from a global pandemic or health crisis could all materially disrupt global supply chains and the timely availability of products or product components. Further, impacts of such health crises on our management and workforce, or of the workforces of our suppliers, contractors, or customers, could adversely impact our business and we may be unable to mitigate such impacts.

If a health crisis prevents our employees or our contractors from working in-person at our sites or our suppliers are unable to provide goods and services on the schedules we anticipated, the impacts on our production capabilities and costs could be material.

Actual costs and timelines around the production of advanced fuels and radioisotope power systems using non-uranium feedstocks may materially exceed estimates.

It is possible to produce advanced fuels and radioisotope power systems using non-uranium feedstocks. While we do not utilize such non-uranium feedstock today, if we were to produce advanced fuels and radioisotope power systems using non-uranium feedstocks (including, for example, transuranic elements) in the future, such potential plans would be dependent on the availability, cost, and regulatory accessibility of such materials, as well as our ability to design, license, and deploy dedicated processing facilities, which may need to be separate and distinct from our uranium-based operations. The development, permitting, construction, and operation of these facilities may require substantially greater time, capital, and technical effort than currently anticipated, and actual costs and timelines may materially exceed our estimates. The costs to develop and commercialize advanced fuels and radioisotope power systems using non-uranium feedstocks would require a substantial amount of investment over a period of years, and commercialization would also require authorizations from government agencies. If we elect to pursue such technologies and the development of such products, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in addressing all of the challenges inherent in developing and commercializing this technology or in obtaining the required governmental authorizations. The potential also exists for competitors to emerge with alternative technologies. We can provide no assurance that those competitors will not develop and commercialize similar or superior technologies, including such technologies that compete with, and potentially reduce demand for, our uranium based nuclear fuel products, sooner than we can or at a significant cost or price advantage.

The occurrence of cybersecurity incidents or disruptions to or involving our information technology systems or those of our service providers, or a deficiency in our cybersecurity or the cybersecurity of our service providers, could negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We retain highly confidential, sensitive and proprietary information, including personal data of our employees, in our systems and databases on third-party network providers. Although we maintain security features in our systems designed to protect confidential, sensitive and proprietary information and prevent data loss and other cybersecurity incidents, such measures cannot provide absolute security and our operations have been and may in the future be susceptible to incidents affecting our systems, networks or databases, or those of third parties that we rely on, including from circumvention of security systems, denial of service attacks or ransomware, hacking, computer viruses or malware, social-engineering attacks (including through deep fakes, which may be increasingly more difficult to identify as fake, and phishing attacks), credential stuffing attacks, credential harvesting, supply-chain attacks, software bugs, software or hardware failures, technical malfunction, employee error or noncompliance, malfeasance, technical errors, physical breaches, natural disasters, terrorist attacks and other system disruptions. We outsource certain functions, including IT functions, and these relationships allow for the storage and processing of our information, as well as customer, counterparty, and employee information.

50

Table of Contents

While we engage in actions to reduce our exposure resulting from outsourcing, ongoing threats may result in unauthorized access, loss, exposure, destruction or other processing of data, or other cybersecurity incidents, with increased costs and other consequences, including those described below. The third parties with which we outsource certain of our IT functions utilize a variety of systems and cybersecurity capabilities, but such third parties may not be successful in preventing a cybersecurity incident. In some cases, we may not be aware of cybersecurity incidents for a long time as we rely on such third parties to inform us of a cybersecurity incident that could affect our information contained in their systems. Further, our information, facilities and systems and those hosted or supported by third parties on our behalf could also be impacted by the intentional or unintentional improper conduct of our employees, vendors or others who have access to and may mishandle or misappropriate sensitive, confidential or proprietary information. Any such actual or perceived event could cause us to lose potential customers, investors, government contracts and governmental approvals, become subject to regulatory actions, litigation, sanctions, requirements or other statutory penalties, disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Cybersecurity incidents may jeopardize the security, trade secrets, confidential, sensitive or proprietary data, or other information stored in and transmitted through our systems or the systems of third parties. In addition, cybersecurity incidents may cause extended disruptions to systems and operations and thus could impact our ability to develop products and conduct research and development. This may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The techniques used to obtain unauthorized, improper or illegal access to systems and information (including confidential, sensitive and proprietary information), disable, or degrade service, or sabotage systems, change frequently, may be difficult and/or costly to detect for a long time, and often are not recognized until after data has been taken or significant systems or information are compromised. Evolving technologies, such as the use of AI, also pose new threats to cybersecurity. Certain threats are designed to remain dormant or undetectable until launched against a target, and we may not be able to implement adequate preventative measures. Even when a cybersecurity incident is detected, the full extent of the incident may not be determined immediately. Certain efforts may be nation-state sponsored and/or supported by significant financial and technological resources and therefore may be even more difficult to detect. Cybersecurity incidents may cause outages and disruptions of our systems. Certain types of security incidents could harm us even if our systems are left undisturbed. For example, data breaches, cyberattacks or other security incidents may be designed to deceive employees and service providers into releasing control of our systems or data to a hacker while others may aim to introduce computer viruses or malware or other corruptants into our systems with a view to stealing confidential, sensitive or proprietary data.

We, or the third parties with whom we contract, may not anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures. We currently expend and may be required to further expend significant additional capital and other resources to protect against or respond to cybersecurity incidents. Despite our efforts, we may not have implemented all systems, security tools, measures, and processes that are consistent with industry standards and there can be no assurance that the security measures we have developed and implemented, or that we may develop and implement in the future, will provide absolute security or prevent data breaches, cyberattacks or other security incidents. It may be difficult and/or costly to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain, and remediate a security incident, and our efforts to do so may not be successful. Actions taken by us or the third parties with whom we work to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain, and remediate a security incident could result in outages, data losses, and disruptions of our business. Threat actors may also gain access to other networks and systems after a compromise of our networks and systems. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to compensate us for any related losses we incur and, in some cases, our insurance coverage may not cover the cybersecurity incident at all. These issues are likely to become more difficult as we expand our operations. Any breach of our security measures or other cybersecurity incident, or even a perceived breach of our security measures or other perceived cybersecurity incident, could cause us to lose potential customers, investors, government contracts and governmental approvals; suffer material harm to our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation, be subject to regulatory actions, litigation, sanctions, requirements or other statutory penalties, disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our information technology assets, including those we acquired out of bankruptcy, may contain cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, which may be undetected, unidentified or unknown. In addition, future or past business transactions (such as acquisitions or integrations) could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, as our systems could be negatively affected by vulnerabilities present in acquired or integrated

51

Table of Contents

entities, systems and technologies. Furthermore, we may discover additional cybersecurity issues that were not found during due diligence of such acquired or integrated assets and entities. It may also be difficult to integrate companies into our information technology environment and security program.

Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Matters

Government policy, laws, or requirements (including environmental and operational mandates) may change drastically from one administration to another, and in doing so significantly burden or impair our operations.

We are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations relating to various aspects of our business, including with respect to use and possession of radioactive materials; design, manufacture, operations, marketing and transportation of nuclear fuel; import or export of nuclear technology, material, fuel or equipment; and environmental issues. Laws and regulations at the federal, state and local levels are subject to change, including changes in administrative or judicial interpretation and/or changes in implementation through executive orders or agency guidelines. Changes in laws and regulation are especially likely in relation to new and emerging industries and in the event of a change in administration at the state or federal levels, and we cannot always reasonably predict the impact from, or the ultimate cost of compliance with, current or future applicable regulatory requirements. While we monitor these developments and devote a significant amount of management’s time and external resources towards compliance with these laws, regulations and guidelines, we cannot guarantee that these measures will be satisfactory to regulators or other third parties, such as our customers, who are also subject to extensive governmental regulation. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations may result in increased general and administrative expenses, including implementation of complex compliance programs, qualification and training of personnel, and periodic inspections and audits, and a diversion of management time and attention. While recent executive actions prioritize nuclear deployment and fuel supply over certain other forms of energy generation, subsequent administrations or agencies may alter or reverse these priorities, creating planning uncertainty or requiring us to materially modify how we operate our business. For example, our Oak Ridge Facilities and Idaho Facility are under DOE authorization based on a combination of executive orders and the OTA, which together provide a regulatory pathway for pilot fuel production lines outside the traditional NRC licensing process. Under the OTA, we are required to transition key operational elements to full DOE oversight and away from NRC jurisdiction. This provision was incorporated into the OTA to foster nuclear innovation and reduce the time needed to bring advanced nuclear technologies into production. Any future reinstatement of the requirement that nuclear fuel production facilities be under NRC jurisdiction (whether by a future administration, new legislation or otherwise) could result in significant costs, delays, and uncertainties, and could adversely affect our ability to timely commercialize our products and achieve our business objectives. More generally, any changes in law or administration, the imposition of new or additional regulations or the enactment of any new or more stringent legislation that impacts our business could require us to change the way we operate and could have a material adverse effect on our sales, profitability, cash flows, financial condition, and lead to regulatory delays that could impact our ability to obtain licenses, certifications, authorizations, permits, and/or approvals from regulatory agencies. Failure to comply with these laws may also result in civil and criminal penalties or private lawsuits, or the suspension or revocation of regulatory approvals, which would prevent us from operating our business.

Our operations and business plans could be significantly impacted by changes in federal, state, and local government policies and priorities.

Changes in support, in policies, or in priorities by the legislative or executive branch for nuclear fuel, including changes at the NRC, the DOE, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or any other federal agency that affects policy related to nuclear power could impact our operations and business plans. Each of these agencies themselves may experience changes in policies and priorities that impact our operations and business plans. Federal, state, and local policies and priorities could affect regulatory oversight, supply chain availability, tax and other financial incentives or costs, availability of financing, labor force initiatives or restrictions, and many other possible areas. Both the NRC and the DOE have authority to issue new regulatory requirements or to change existing requirements. Changes to any regulatory requirements we are or could be subject to could require us to incur additional expenses to bring our facilities into compliance or could otherwise adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, changes in federal, state, or local government policies and priorities can impact our nuclear fuel operations. These could include changes in interpretations of regulatory requirements,

52

Table of Contents

increased inspection or enforcement activities, changes in budgetary priorities, changes in tax laws and regulations and other government actions or inaction. Any of these local, state, and federal agencies may have the authority to impose civil penalties and additional requirements, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

The nuclear power industry is a highly regulated industry and evolving regulations may impose additional compliance costs or require design modifications.

All entities that operate nuclear fuel manufacturing facilities and transport nuclear materials are subject to the jurisdiction of the NRC, the DOE and/or their counterparts around the world. Our fuel designs differ significantly in some aspects from the fuel used today by commercial nuclear power plants. Extensive testing and performance demonstration may delay approvals or reveal deficiencies. There is a risk that regulators may require additional information from us or our customers regarding our fuel product’s behavior or performance which necessitates additional, unplanned analytical and/or experimental work which could cause program schedule delays and require more R&D funding. In addition, entities within the nuclear industry may be hesitant to invest in Advanced Reactors such as those that use our nuclear fuel, which has limited history of commercial use. Furthermore, our fuel development timeline relies on the relevant nuclear regulator accepting and approving technical information and documentation about our nuclear fuel that is generated during fuel testing and qualification. Although recent U.S. policy actions aim to streamline licensing and accelerate reactor deployment, these initiatives may not translate into shorter or less costly licensing processes for our specific fuels.

Safeguards and security requirements for special nuclear material impose significant ongoing operational burdens and costs.

Handling HALEU and other nuclear materials requires robust security measures, including physical protection, cyber-physical integration, insider threat and access authorization programs, and continuous monitoring and recordkeeping and may be compromised by, among other things, accidents, acts of terrorism or war, physical or electronic break-ins and theft, other intentional conduct, or similar events or incidents. While we have built operational processes and programs that are intended to meet rigorous safety standards, there can be no assurance that we will not experience operational or process failures or other problems that could result in potential safety risks. These programs are capital- and labor-intensive, require specialized personnel, and are subject to frequent audit and inspection. Any failure to implement or maintain these programs could result in enforcement actions or operational restrictions, which would significantly adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Security requirements can also constrain operating hours, logistics windows, and staffing models, and they may necessitate upgrades over time as threat assessments evolve, each of which increases costs. Even with ongoing investments in compliance and security programs and a culture of continuous improvement, the complexity of safeguards may limit operational flexibility and raise costs.

Limitations or modifications to indemnification regulations of the United States or foreign countries could adversely affect our business.

The Price-Anderson Nuclear Industries Indemnity Act, commonly called the Price-Anderson Act, is a U.S. federal law, which, among other things, regulates radioactive materials and the nuclear energy industry, including liability and compensation in the event of nuclear related incidents. The Price-Anderson Act provides certain protections and indemnification to nuclear energy plant operators under NRC jurisdiction as well as DOE contractors. Under current laws and regulations, while the Price-Anderson Act would protect us against certain types of claims arising from a nuclear incident at a customer site in the United States, certain categories of losses would not be covered and we could be liable for damages, which may be significant.

For our fuel fabrication facilities that are under DOE jurisdiction, liabilities to third parties arising from nuclear incidents at DOE facilities or facilities under DOE contracts such as the OTA are ultimately required to be paid by the federal government. Such Price-Anderson Act protections and DOE indemnification apply to our Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities as part of our services to the DOE and are documented in the OTA, pursuant to which the DOE has agreed to indemnify us against liabilities arising from nuclear incidents up to an available indemnification amount of approximately $16.5 billion.

For fuel fabrication facilities that are under NRC jurisdiction (including the Richland SN-F Facility), such facilities and, through an omnibus clause, anyone who might have liability for a nuclear incident at the site or when nuclear material is in transit between covered sites, are covered by American Nuclear Insurers’ “Facility Form”

53

Table of Contents

nuclear liability insurance, which is the same coverage available to commercial reactor operators and provides protection against third-party claims for bodily injury, property damage or covered environmental cleanup costs resulting from a nuclear incident. At such time as we transition any of our facilities from DOE oversight to NRC licensing in the future, we will no longer benefit from Price-Anderson Act indemnification through the DOE for those facilities and will instead need to obtain a Facility Form nuclear liability insurance policy from American Nuclear Insurers for such facilities. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such coverage on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In particular, because certain of our facilities are located on or adjacent to former U.S. government nuclear properties with legacy environmental conditions, including sites that may be designated as ‘Superfund’ sites, American Nuclear Insurers or other insurers may decline to underwrite a Facility Form policy or may impose exclusions, limitations, or pricing that is cost-prohibitive. If we are unable to obtain adequate nuclear liability insurance coverage for any of our facilities upon our transition to NRC oversight, we may be required to limit or suspend operations at the affected facilities, or seek alternative risk mitigation arrangements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, other jurisdictions in the world maintain their own indemnification regulations. The nuclear liability protections available in foreign jurisdictions in which we may operate or sell fuel in the future may not apply to all liabilities that we might incur. If an incident, damages or evacuation is not covered under the indemnification provisions of the Price-Anderson Act or other applicable nuclear liability regime, we could be held liable for damages, in some cases regardless of fault if we are the licensed operator of the facility at which the incident occurs, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Further, because we transport toxic, hazardous and radioactive materials, there can be no assurance that a counterparty may not try to bring a secondary claim against us for a transport accident that is outside the indemnification provided by the Price-Anderson Act or such other indemnification regulation.

Neither the Price-Anderson Act nor international nuclear liability conventions and national domestic nuclear liability laws cover on-site loss or damage to property due to a nuclear incident. Rather, most nuclear regulators (including the NRC) require nuclear operators to maintain on-site property damage insurance. While we maintain on-site property damage insurance, there can be no assurance that the insurance pool is adequate because it has never been tested.

Cross-border activity in nuclear materials is tightly regulated, and export/import approvals or international agreements may restrict our business.

Any exports or imports of enriched uranium (including HALEU), fuel components, or technology are subject to licensing and international agreement constraints, including NRC export/import licensing, DOE authorizations for assistance to foreign atomic energy activities, and applicable bilateral nuclear cooperation agreements that may limit retransfers or end uses. Such approvals may involve extensive review, may impose conditions on end use and retransfers, and can be delayed or denied. Restrictions under country-specific nuclear cooperation frameworks may limit our ability to serve certain markets or counterparties, adversely affecting growth prospects. Additionally, technology transfers, technical assistance, and access by foreign nationals to controlled technology may require separate authorizations and compliance programs, and inadvertent disclosures could result in enforcement actions or loss of market access. Requirements may differ by jurisdiction and can change with little notice, increasing compliance costs and schedule risk. Even approved transactions may be subject to reporting, recordkeeping, and prior consent obligations that add friction, delay delivery, and increase costs.

Our activities may trigger environmental reviews and potential litigation that could delay projects and increase costs.

Our operations and properties are subject to a wide variety of increasingly complex and stringent federal, foreign, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those governing discharges into the air and water, the handling, storage and disposal of mixed, solid and hazardous wastes, the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated by hazardous substances and the health and safety of employees. Sanctions for non-compliance may include revocation of permits, corrective action orders, administrative or civil penalties and criminal prosecution. Some environmental laws provide for strict, joint and several liability for remediation of spills and other releases of hazardous substances, as well as damage to natural resources. In addition, companies

54

Table of Contents

may be subject to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances. Such laws and regulations may also expose us to liability for the conduct of or conditions caused by others or for our acts that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time such acts were performed.

These laws and regulations include the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), the Clean Air Act (“CAA”), the Clean Water Act (“CWA”), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and similar laws that provide for responses to, and liability for, releases of hazardous substances into the environment. These laws and regulations also include similar foreign, state or local counterparts to these federal laws, which regulate air emissions, water discharges, hazardous substances and waste and require public disclosure related to the use of various hazardous substances. We are also subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing worker health and safety requirements. Failing to comply with these laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Construction, modification, or expansion of facilities and certain licensing actions may require environmental reviews and consultations. These processes can be lengthy and are subject to challenge by third parties, including on environmental justice grounds and with respect to cumulative impacts. Adverse findings, additional mitigation requirements, or litigation could delay schedules, increase capital expenditures, or lead to permit denials or modifications. We may incur costs for baseline studies, monitoring, mitigation measures, and community engagement, and we could face injunctions or stay orders pending resolution of administrative or judicial proceedings. Even if we ultimately prevail, delays could cause us to miss customer milestones and lose revenue. Additionally, we may be responsible for Decontamination and Decommissioning (“D&D”) of facilities where we conduct, or previously conducted, operations. Activities of our contractors, suppliers or other counterparties similarly may involve toxic, hazardous, and radioactive materials and we may be liable contractually, or under applicable law, to contribute to remedy damages or other costs arising from such activities, including the D&D of third-party facilities.

Our operations involve the use, transportation and disposal of toxic, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and could result in liability without regard to fault or negligence.

Our operations involve the use, transportation, and disposal of toxic, hazardous and/or radioactive materials. A release of these materials could pose a health risk to humans or animals. If an accident were to occur, its severity would depend on the volume of the release and the speed of corrective action taken by emergency response personnel, as well as other factors beyond our control, such as weather and wind conditions. Actions taken in response to an actual or suspected release of these materials, including a precautionary evacuation, could result in significant costs for which we could be legally responsible. In addition to health risks, a release of these materials may cause damage to, or the loss of, property and may adversely affect property values.

We may be liable if we fail to comply with federal, state, and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations with respect to hazardous or radioactive materials. Failing to comply with such laws and regulations, including failing to obtain any necessary permits, could result in substantial fines or enforcement actions. These actions might require us to stop or curtail operations or conduct or fund remedial or corrective measures, make additional investments into safety-related improvements or perform other actions. The enactment of more stringent laws, regulations or permit requirements or other unanticipated events may arise in the future and adversely impact our ability to operate, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We could incur substantial costs as a result of a violation of, or liabilities under, environmental laws.

Regulatory enforcement actions, safety culture concerns, or quality program deficiencies could halt or restrict our operations.

Our compliance programs, including the maintenance of a safety-conscious work environment and nuclear-grade quality assurance, are critical to our ability to operate. Adverse inspection findings, notices of violation, or systemic quality issues could trigger corrective actions, work stoppages, or escalated enforcement. Any such actions may result in increased costs, loss of customer confidence, schedule delays, and reputational harm. In severe cases, regulators may require shutdowns, independent third-party assessments, or long-term corrective action plans before operations can resume at full scope. Findings related to material control and accounting, physical protection, or cyber security could also require immediate compensatory measures that reduce throughput and raise costs. Enforcement actions can also affect our ability to bid for government contracts, obtain insurance, or maintain customer approvals, compounding the operational impact.

55

Table of Contents

We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.

From time to time, we may become involved in various legal proceedings relating to matters incidental to the ordinary course of our business, including intellectual property, commercial, product liability, employment, class action, whistleblower and other litigation and claims, and governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources from the operation of our business and cause us to incur significant expenses or liability or require us to change our business practices. Because of the potential risks, expenses, and uncertainties of litigation, from time to time, we may settle disputes, even where we believe that we have meritorious claims or defenses. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable, we cannot assure you that the results of any of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our operations are subject to operating risks, which could expose us to potentially significant professional liability, product liability, warranty and other claims. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all of our significant risks, or our insurers may deny coverage of material losses we incur, which could adversely affect our profitability and overall financial condition.

We operate in a business where accidents or system failures can have significant consequences. Risks inherent in our operations include:

•        accidents resulting in injury or the loss of life or property;

•        environmental or toxic tort claims, including delayed manifestation claims for personal injury or loss of life;

•        pollution or other environmental mishaps;

•        natural disasters;

•        adverse weather conditions;

•        mechanical or design failures;

•        property losses;

•        business interruption due to political action or other reasons; and

•        labor stoppages.

Any accident or failure at a site where we have provided products or services could result in significant professional liability, product liability, warranty and other claims against us, regardless of whether our products or services caused the incident. In the future we may be named as defendants in lawsuits asserting large claims as a result of litigation arising from events such as those listed above.

We endeavor to identify and obtain, in established markets, insurance agreements to cover significant risks and liabilities. Insurance against some of the risks inherent in our operations is either unavailable or available only at rates or on terms that we consider uneconomical. Also, catastrophic events customarily result in decreased coverage limits, more limited coverage, additional exclusions in coverage, increased premium costs and increased deductibles and self-insured retentions. Depending on competitive conditions and other factors, we endeavor to obtain contractual protection against certain uninsured risks from our customers. When obtained, such contractual indemnification protection may not be as broad as we desire or may not be supported by adequate insurance maintained by the customer. Such insurance or contractual indemnity protection may not be sufficient or effective under all circumstances or against all hazards to which we may be subject. A successful claim for which we are not insured or for which we are underinsured could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, disputes with insurance carriers over coverage may affect the timing of cash flows and, if litigation with the carrier becomes necessary, an outcome unfavorable to us may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Although we have product liability insurance coverage, with policy limits that we believe are customary for the nuclear industry, such coverage may not be adequate, requiring that we pay judgments or settlement amounts in excess of policy limits. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at adequate levels. Any product liability claims could be costly to defend, time-consuming and result in adverse judgments, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, reputation and results of operations.

56

Table of Contents

Further, our insurance coverage may be subject to certain limitations or restrictions and may not cover all potential losses. Certain risks, such as extended business interruption, cybersecurity incidents, transportation losses or onsite property damage, may be uninsured or underinsured and we may also face disputes with insurers regarding coverage. As a result, we may be required to bear significant costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in federal and state tax laws, or interpretations thereof, and expiration of tax incentives and credits could materially and adversely affect our financial performance.

We are a U.S. corporation and thus subject to U.S. corporate income tax on our worldwide income. Further, since our operations and customers are located throughout the U.S. and expanding, we will be subject to various U.S. state, local and foreign taxes. U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax laws, policies, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us and may have an adverse effect on our business and future profitability. In addition, the complexity and variability of tax regulations, combined with the potential for legislative or administrative changes, expose our business to significant tax-related risks. Federal and state governments periodically enact changes to income tax rates, tax deductions, credits, and other provisions. Increases in corporate income tax rates or reductions in available deductions could materially increase our tax obligations. Furthermore, differences in state tax laws and interpretations can also result in disputes with tax authorities, audits, and potential assessments for unpaid taxes, penalties, or interest. Changes in enforcement practices or increased scrutiny from federal or state tax agencies could also lead to greater compliance costs and risks of financial penalties. Similarly, unanticipated changes in tax policy could disrupt our financial planning and operational strategies, potentially impacting cash flow and investment decisions.

Projects in the nuclear energy sector may benefit from U.S. federal income tax incentives, including the investment tax credit, the production tax credit, and accelerated depreciation. Certain tax benefits under U.S. tax regulations applicable to investments in the nuclear power sector, however, have expired or are set to expire and there can be no assurance that such benefits will be extended or renewed, retroactively or prospectively, by the U.S. Congress. Energy policy has been, and is expected to continue to be, a matter of political discussion, and there can be no assurance that U.S. tax legislation favorable toward the nuclear power sector will continue or that changes in the tax laws will not limit or eliminate the present tax incentives. Further, current and future legislative proposals, if enacted into law, could significantly modify the existing U.S. federal income tax incentives for projects in the nuclear power sector. The expiration of U.S. tax incentives for nuclear energy could materially impact the profitability of our business. The elimination of, or reduction in, government policies that support nuclear energy could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operation. To the extent any tax credits, other favorable tax treatment or other forms of support for renewable energy are changed, our business may be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to complex and evolving data privacy and cybersecurity laws, rules and regulations.

We are subject to complex and evolving laws, rules, regulations and industry standards related to data privacy and cybersecurity. Compliance with these laws, rules and regulations is costly and will result in additional costs in our efforts to continue to comply. We or third parties we work with may at times fail (or be perceived to have failed) in our efforts to comply with such laws, rules and regulations. If we or the third parties with whom we work fail, or are perceived to have failed, to address or comply with these laws, rules or regulations, we could face significant consequences, including but not limited to, enforcement actions, regulatory investigations and fines, individual or class action litigation, mass arbitration demands, additional costs of compliance, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight, bans or restrictions on processing personal data, orders to destroy or not use personal data, imprisonment of company officials, and/or reputational harm. Ongoing efforts to comply with these laws also may divert management and employee attention from other business and growth initiatives. We could be liable for loss or misuse of personal data in our possession or control if we fail to prevent or mitigate such misuse or loss. Failure to prevent or mitigate such misuse or breaches may affect our reputation and operating results negatively and may require significant management time and attention and could result in significant regulatory fines and/or other penalties. Government enforcement actions and violations of data privacy and cybersecurity laws, rules or regulations may be costly or interrupt our business operations. Further, plaintiffs have become increasingly more active in bringing privacy-related claims against companies, including class claims and mass arbitration demands. Some of these claims allow for the recovery of statutory damages on a per violation basis, and, if viable, carry the

57

Table of Contents

potential for monumental statutory damages, depending on the volume of data and the number of violations. Any disruption to our business arising from such issues, or an increase in our costs to cover or remediate these issues may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Numerous U.S. states have enacted comprehensive privacy laws that impose certain obligations on covered businesses, including providing specific disclosures in privacy notices and affording residents with certain rights concerning their personal data. As applicable, such rights may include the right to access, correct, or delete certain personal data, and to opt-out of certain data processing activities, such as targeted advertising, profiling, and automated decision-making. The exercise of these rights may impact our business and ability to provide our products and services. Certain states also impose stricter requirements for processing certain personal data, including sensitive information, such as conducting data privacy impact assessments. These state laws allow for statutory fines for noncompliance. Moreover, laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice under certain circumstances to consumers whose personal data has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. Outside the U.S., an increasing number of laws, rules, regulations, and industry standards govern data privacy and cybersecurity. Certain foreign laws, rules, regulations and industry standards impose stricter requirements for processing personal data.

Obligations related to data privacy and cybersecurity are quickly changing, becoming increasingly stringent, and creating uncertainty. Additionally, these obligations may be subject to differing applications and interpretations, which may be inconsistent or conflict among jurisdictions. Preparing for and complying with these obligations requires us to devote significant resources, which may necessitate changes to our services, information technologies, systems, and practices and to those of any third parties that process personal data on our behalf.

Risks Related to Our Acquisition of Assets Out of Bankruptcy

Despite acquiring the Ultra Safe assets “free and clear” of any specified claims and interests, we could still be responsible for successor, statutory, or other legacy liabilities associated with the acquired assets.

We acquired certain assets in Ultra Safe’s bankruptcy proceeding in 2024. Although we purchased these assets through a court-approved bankruptcy process intended to transfer assets “free and clear” of specified claims and interests, those protections have limits. We could remain responsible for liabilities that run with the assets or are not dischargeable in a bankruptcy proceeding, including regulatory, environmental, health and safety, decommissioning, or land-use obligations embedded in permits and statutes. In addition, parties may assert successor liability based on continuity of operations, shared facilities or brand, overlap in management or employees, or alleged representations to counterparties. If asserted successfully, these claims could require remediation, injunctive relief, or monetary payments not contemplated by our acquisition underwriting and could adversely affect our liquidity and operations. Further, defending against these claims can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources from the operation of our business and cause us to incur significant expenses or liability.

Creditors or other parties in interest may challenge the transaction as a fraudulent transfer, preference, or otherwise, which could result in monetary or injunctive relief and disrupt our business.

Notwithstanding the sale order issued in the bankruptcy proceeding, creditors or other stakeholders may allege that the purchase price we paid for the Ultra Safe assets was not “reasonably equivalent value,” that pre- or post-petition transfers should be avoided and recovered from us, or that aspects of the sale process were defective. These claims can persist until applicable limitations periods expire. While we believe the sale complied with applicable law, litigation risk remains and could result in damages, rescission, re-running of sale processes, or other remedies that consume management time, increase costs, and delay projects. See also “— We may become involved in litigation that may materially adversely affect us.”

We may discover title defects, unreleased liens, real property restrictions, or breaks in intellectual property chain of title (including with respect to the assets acquired from Ultra Safe) that require costly remediation and could constrain operations.

Post-closing diligence of the assets we purchased may reveal filing defects, unreleased liens or encumbrances, easement gaps, ground-lease limitations, or restrictive covenants affecting facilities and equipment. Similarly, we have identified and may continue to identify breaks in chain of title or unreleased liens and encumbrances for patents, software, data, or other intellectual property, or discover that certain rights were non-assignable and/or

58

Table of Contents

require re-grant. Clearing these issues may necessitate further court relief, settlements with lienholders or landlords, negotiations with third parties to enter into assignment or licensing agreements (which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all), corrective filings, replacement licenses, redevelopment of technology, or redesign of processes or products. Until resolved, these defects can delay licensing, impair customer qualifications, and increase operating costs. Further, such defects may lead to disputes as to the ownership of our technologies or other intellectual property and subject us to third-party claims of infringement, misappropriation or violation, and we may have to initiate litigation or other proceedings to establish, enforce and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Litigation or other proceedings relating to intellectual property claims are inherently unpredictable and time-consuming, and even if resolved in our favor, such litigation or proceedings may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. If issues concerning the acquired intellectual property cannot be resolved, we could be forced to stop or delay development, use or commercialization of our fuel design, other technology or a component thereof, redevelop or redesign all or a portion thereof, or, if the claims in such suit were to involve our trademarks, change our branding. See also “— If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights, including trade secrets relating to our technology, the commercial value of our technology and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.”

Environmental conditions, waste liabilities, or decommissioning obligations associated with the acquired assets may exceed our estimates.

Legacy environmental contamination, historical waste management practices, or radiological inventories associated with the assets we acquired may not have been fully characterized at closing. Additional investigation, monitoring, engineering controls, packaging, transportation, or disposal may be required, and disposal pathways for certain waste streams may be limited or more expensive than anticipated. New regulatory guidance or inspections could impose additional corrective actions. Any of these developments could increase costs, require additional capital expenditures, and delay operations.

Accounting, valuation, and tax treatment of the acquisition involve significant judgments, and future adjustments could adversely affect our financial statements and cash taxes.

We allocated the purchase price for the acquired assets based on estimated fair values of identifiable assets and liabilities, including intangibles and contingencies. If actual performance or facts differ from our estimates, we may incur impairment charges, goodwill write-downs, inventory write-offs, or valuation allowance changes. The tax characterization of the transaction and any inherited tax attributes can be complex and subject to change with audit outcomes or changes in law, potentially increasing our cash tax obligations and adversely affecting our reported results.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company, Investment in Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

59

Table of Contents

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of such material weaknesses is not effective, or if we experience additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to develop and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of the NYSE. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems, and resources.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control, over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls, internal control over financial reporting, and other procedures that are designed to ensure information required to be disclosed by us in our financial statements and in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our internal controls and procedures, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs and significant management oversight.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Beginning with our second annual report following this offering, we will be required to provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting, as well as an attestation of our independent registered public accounting firm. Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm were required to, and therefore did not, perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of or for any period included in our financial statements, nor any period subsequent in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. However, while preparing the financial statements that are included in this prospectus, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses we identified primarily relate to the design and operation of controls as we have rapidly scaled our business, manufacturing activities and organizational infrastructure. Specifically, (i) we did not design and maintain effective controls over user access and segregation of duties across our financial systems and related processes, and (ii) we did not have a sufficient complement of personnel with the appropriate level of technical accounting expertise in U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements, which created a risk that complex accounting matters and financial statements and related disclosures would not be identified, evaluated, resolved, or prepared accurately and timely in accordance with these standards. These material weaknesses arose in part because we have historically operated with a limited accounting and finance organization and have been in a period of significant growth as we expanded our advanced fuel development and fabrication capabilities. During this period, we have been scaling operations related to TRISO fuel production and related infrastructure, including initiatives associated with DOE-supported fuel-line activities, which has increased the complexity of our accounting, financial reporting and compliance environment.

Although these material weaknesses did not result in an identified material misstatement in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, they could result in misstatements of account balances or disclosures that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Accordingly, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective.

We have implemented measures to remediate these material weaknesses, including hiring and continuing to build our finance and accounting team, enhancing the design and documentation of key controls and close procedures, improving role-based access and segregation of duties within our financial systems, and engaging external advisors with public-company reporting and technical accounting experience and we are currently in the

60

Table of Contents

process of testing these applicable controls. However, the material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until the applicable controls have been designed, implemented, operated for a sufficient period of time, and tested, and management has concluded that these controls are operating effectively.

The process of designing and implementing internal control over financial reporting required to comply with the disclosure and attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will be time consuming and costly. If during the evaluation and testing process we identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or determine that existing material weaknesses have not been remediated, our management will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that there are material weaknesses with respect to our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our stock could be adversely affected and we could become subject to litigation or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Further, upon becoming a public company, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will incur significant increased costs and management resources as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will be subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other federal securities laws, rules and regulations related thereto, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, the listing requirements and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. Among other things, as a public company we are required to:

•        maintain and evaluate a system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

•        maintain policies relating to disclosure controls and procedures;

•        prepare and distribute periodic reports in compliance with our obligations under federal securities laws;

•        institute a more comprehensive compliance function, including with respect to corporate governance; and

•        involve, to a greater degree, our outside legal counsel and accountants in the above activities.

The costs of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC and furnishing audited reports to stockholders is expensive and much greater than that of a privately-held company, and compliance with these rules and regulations will require us to hire additional financial reporting, internal controls and other finance personnel, and will involve a material increase in regulatory, legal and accounting expenses and the attention of our board of directors and management. In addition, being a public company makes it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. In the future, we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain this coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executives and members of our board of directors. We expect a substantial increase in legal, accounting, insurance and certain other expenses incurred to comply with these additional regulatory and other requirements in the future, which will negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

61

Table of Contents

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply or suddenly regardless of our operating performance.

You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price and may lose all or part of your investment. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters, and may vary from the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate or decline significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

•        actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenues or other results of operations;

•        variations between our actual results of operations and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial community;

•        any forward-looking financial or operating information we may provide to the public or securities analysts, any changes in this information or our failure to meet expectations based on this information;

•        actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow us or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

•        additional shares of our Class A common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders, or the anticipation of such sales, including if existing stockholders sell shares into the market when the applicable “lock-up” periods end;

•        announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, capital commitments, divestitures or other dispositions;

•        loss of relationships with significant suppliers or other customers;

•        developments in AI;

•        changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry, including our competitors;

•        difficulties in integrating new projects or technologies into existing assets;

•        loss of services from members of management or employees or difficulty in recruiting additional employees;

•        deterioration of economic conditions in the United States and reduction in demand for our products;

•        price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of general economic trends;

•        lawsuits threatened or filed against us, or events that negatively impact our reputation; and

•        developments in new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings by judicial or regulatory bodies.

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect the stock prices of many companies. Often, their stock prices have fluctuated in ways unrelated or disproportionate to their operating performance. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation against companies following periods of market volatility. Such securities litigation, if instituted against us, could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and seriously harm our business. See also “— Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy, and impact our stock price.”

62

Table of Contents

New investors in our Class A common stock will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of the shares purchased in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding common stock immediately after the offering. Based on our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2026, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will suffer immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share of $16.71 per share. To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

In order to fulfill our business plan, we may require additional funding, and our ability to obtain such funding will be dependent on market conditions and the progress of our business, and we may not be able to obtain such funding on favorable terms or at all.

Our business is capital intensive. We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations, including commercialization efforts, facility build outs, expanded research and development activities and costs associated with operating a public company. Market volatility or sector-specific sentiment could limit our ability to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms. To raise capital, we may enter into financing arrangements that may be costly or impose certain restrictive covenants or otherwise restrict our ability to seek additional leverage or financing. We may also seek to sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to the holders of our common stock. Any of the above events could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy, and impact our stock price.

Our stock price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities litigation, including class action litigation. Stockholder activism, which could take many forms or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing recently. Once our Class A common stock is publicly traded, volatility in the stock price of our Class A common stock or other reasons may in the future cause us to become the target of securities litigation or stockholder activism. Securities litigation and stockholder activism, including potential proxy contests, could result in substantial costs and divert the attention and resources of management and our board of directors from our business. Additionally, such securities litigation and stockholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future, adversely affect our relationships with our suppliers or customers and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel. Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other expenses related to any securities litigation and activist stockholder matters. Further, our stock price could be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties of any securities litigation and stockholder activism.

There has been no prior market for our Class A common stock and an active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained, which may cause shares of our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from their initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class A common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be determined by agreement between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our Class A common stock will trade in the public market after this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or how liquid

63

Table of Contents

that market might become. An active public market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our Class A common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, as well as the way analysts and investors interpret our financial information and other disclosures. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our business. If few or no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, our stock price could be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts downgrade our Class A common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our Class A common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 157,345,234 shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Of these shares, the 18,250,000 shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering (or 20,987,500 shares of Class A common stock, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full) will be freely tradable without further restriction or registration under the Securities Act. Upon the completion of this offering, 11,578,308 shares of Class B common stock and the remaining outstanding shares of Class A common stock will be deemed “restricted securities,” as such term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. Immediately following the completion of this offering, certain holders of these remaining shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day underwriter “lock-up” period, subject to certain customary exceptions. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially. See also “Underwriting.”

Some provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may deter third parties from acquiring us and diminish the value of our Class A common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors who are not nominated by current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions:

•        establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

•        provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of at least two-thirds of our stockholders;

•        following the Voting Threshold Date, require the approval of at least two-thirds of our stockholders to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

•        designate the Delaware Court of Chancery as the exclusive forum for certain legal actions, including derivative actions, claims of breach of fiduciary duty, matters arising under Delaware law or our governing documents, and actions governed by the internal affairs doctrine;

•        prohibit cumulative voting;

•        provide that, from and after the Voting Threshold Date, our stockholders will no longer be able to take action by written consent, and will only be able to take action at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

64

Table of Contents

•        provide that only the chairperson of our board of directors, the chief executive officer, or our board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders; and

•        establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

These and other provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation, our restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including actions to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

In addition, until the Voting Threshold Date, we have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as board approval of the business combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. See “Description of Capital Stock” for more information.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the U.S. as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum (or, if, and only if, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if, and only if, all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation, any action, suit or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, given the provision in Section 22 of the Securities Act for concurrent jurisdiction by federal and state courts, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this forum selection provision with respect to claims arising under the Securities Act. These choice of forum provisions may make it more costly for stockholders to bring a claim, discourage claims or limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring such a claim arising under the Securities Act against us, our directors, officers or other employees in a venue other than in the federal district courts of the United States of America. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.

65

Table of Contents

The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with Founder and Executive Chairman, Thomas Hendrix; this will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has 20 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in our initial public offering, has one vote per share. Upon the completion of this offering, Thomas Hendrix, our Founder and Executive Chairman, will beneficially own approximately 59.5% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 59.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). If all 4,323,251 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Hendrix pursuant to the Class B Equity Exchange Agreement were issued as of the date of the completion of this offering, Mr. Hendrix would beneficially own approximately 67.1% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 66.7% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). Because of the 20-to-one voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, Mr. Hendrix will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval so long as the shares of Class B common stock represent at least 5% of all outstanding shares of common stock. Mr. Hendrix may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. Mr. Hendrix’s concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. For example, during such period of time, Mr. Hendrix will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital, and whether to amend our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as Mr. Hendrix continues to own a significant percentage of our Class B common stock, Mr. Hendrix will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon the occurrence of certain events described in “Description of Capital Stock — Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock — Conversion.” The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of the remaining outstanding shares of Class B common stock. For a description of our dual class structure, see “Description of Capital Stock — Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.”

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for, and will rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the NYSE rules. A “controlled company” is one in which more than 50% of the voting power is held by a single entity or a group of entities acting together. As a result, we will qualify for, and may choose to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        not being required to have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors;

•        being exempt from requirements to have fully independent nominating and corporate governance committees, or fully independent compensation committees; and

•        reduced governance oversight.

While we believe that our governance structure and the composition of our board of directors will serve the best interests of us and our stockholders, reliance on these exemptions means that minority stockholders may have limited influence over corporate governance matters. This could result in decisions that favor the interests of our controlling stockholder(s) at the expense of other stockholders. The implications of being a controlled company could materially and adversely affect the perception of our corporate governance practices, stockholder confidence and the market value of our common stock.

66

Table of Contents

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Class A common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our board of directors will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Class A common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our Class A common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends after the offering or for the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our Class A common stock if the market price of our Class A common stock increases.

We have broad discretion to use the proceeds from this offering, and our investment of those proceeds may not yield a favorable return.

Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could harm our business and could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

For as long as we are an EGC, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and, for as long as we continue to be an EGC, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to EGCs, including not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and annual report on Form 10-K; and exemptions from Say-on-Pay and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Our status as an EGC will end as soon as any of the following takes place: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.235 billion in annual revenues; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering date. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded EGCs. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile. Under the JOBS Act, EGCs can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this provision of the JOBS Act. As a result, we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time as other public companies that are not EGCs. Therefore, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to those of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

67

Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “design,” “intend,” “expect,” “forecast,” “could,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” “target,” “should,” “would,” or the negative version of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, strategy, short- and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include statements about:

•        our ability to generate significant revenue from the sale of nuclear fuel;

•        our ability to compete with existing or new competitors or technologies domestically and internationally;

•        volatility in supply, demand, prices and other conditions for enriched uranium (including HALEU);

•        our ability to obtain supplies of nuclear material utilized in our fuel assembly design;

•        extensive regulation of the nuclear power industry including costly regulatory approval processes and industry acceptance of our nuclear fuels;

•        potential rescission of nonbinding customer agreements;

•        our reliance on a limited number of suppliers for key materials, components, or equipment;

•        our dependence on the global nuclear energy industry and the financial health of customers and suppliers;

•        cybersecurity incidents or disruptions to or involving our information technology systems or those of our service providers, or a deficiency in our cybersecurity or the cybersecurity of our service providers;

•        uncertainty regarding the development and growth of the market for alternative low-carbon energy technologies;

•        potential infringement, misappropriation or other violation, or alleged infringement of misappropriation or other violation, of intellectual property and similar proprietary rights of third parties;

•        our ability to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights, including trade secrets relating to our technology;

•        risks associated with climate change;

•        public support for nuclear power;

•        adverse events, cancellations of significant projects, delays in project timelines, adjustments in cost structures, and other negative developments announced by competitors;

•        changing policies, regulations, mandates, and funding levels of governmental entities;

•        potential involvement in litigation and other disputes, and governmental and regulatory investigations;

•        changes in federal, state, and local government policies and priorities;

•        potential nuclear liabilities, health and property risks associated with the use, transportation and disposal of toxic, hazardous and/or radioactive materials;

•        unfavorable changes in U.S. export control laws and regulations or U.S. government licensing policies and our ability to comply with these laws and regulations;

•        our ability to manage our growth effectively;

68

Table of Contents

•        developments relating to our competitors and our industry;

•        existing regulations and regulatory developments in the United States and other jurisdictions;

•        general economic, industry, and market conditions;

•        our ability to attract, hire, and retain our key personnel and additional qualified personnel;

•        our ability to remediate our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting;

•        our anticipated use of our existing cash and cash equivalents and the net proceeds from this offering;

•        our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing; and

•        other risks and uncertainties, including those listed in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance or achievements. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are given only as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into or review of all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

69

Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $330.0 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 2,737,500 additional shares of our Class A common stock, we estimate our net proceeds will be approximately $380.2 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately $17.2 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately $18.3 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, calculated at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, create a public market for our Class A common stock, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, increase awareness of our company, improve our competitive position. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include sales and marketing activities, research and development, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, complementary companies, products, services, technologies or assets. However, we have no current understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or make any such investments.

We have not yet determined our anticipated expenditures and therefore cannot estimate the amounts to be used for each of the purposes discussed above. The amounts and timing of any expenditures will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Accordingly, our management will have significant discretion and flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these net proceeds.

Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

70

Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends after the offering or for the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and requirements under the DGCL and will depend upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Furthermore, we may, from time to time, enter into loan or credit agreements or similar borrowing arrangements that may further restrict our ability to declare or pay dividends on our Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

71

Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments and capitalization as of March 31, 2026 on:

•        an actual basis;

•        a pro forma basis to reflect: (i) the Stock Split; (ii) the Preferred Conversion; (iii) the Class B Conversion; (iv) the Class B Stock Exchange and (v) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

•        a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the sale and issuance of 18,250,000 shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering, based upon the receipt by us of the estimated net proceeds from this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at the pricing of this offering. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in “Summary Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

March 31, 2026

   

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma
as Adjusted
(1)

   

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

$

124,925,366

 

 

$

124,925,366

 

 

$

454,947,866

 

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 58,070,744 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma adjusted

 

$

214,999,997

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 87,500,000 shares authorized, 6,748,000 issued and outstanding, actual; 464,000,000 shares authorized, 138,148,180 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 464,000,000 shares authorized, 156,398,180 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

67

 

 

 

1,381

 

 

 

1,564

 

Class B Convertible Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 17,807,500 shares authorized, 7,252,000 issued and outstanding, actual; 16,000,000 shares authorized, 11,578,308 shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma adjusted

 

 

73

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

116

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

3,530,778

 

 

 

218,529,418

 

 

 

548,551,735

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(79,852,302

)

 

 

(79,852,302

)

 

 

(79,852,302

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

$

(76,321,384

)

 

$

138,678,613

 

 

$

468,701,113

 

Total capitalization

 

$

138,678,613

 

 

$

138,678,613

 

 

$

468,701,113

 

__________

(1)     Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $17.2 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $18.3 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range

72

Table of Contents

set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial price to the public and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock issued and outstanding in the table above does not include the following shares:

•        11,156,182 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.37 per share, granted under the 2025 Stock Plan;

•        4,430,764 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2025 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2026;

•        18,125,474 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan (excluding any potential future increases pursuant to certain provisions of the 2026 Plan that will automatically increase the share reserve each year), which plan will become effective in connection with this offering, as described further in “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans”, consisting of:

•        9,513,587 shares of our Class A common stock to be issued in respect of grants to be made under the 2026 Plan in connection with this offering, including the Director IPO Grants, calculated using an initial public offering price of $19.50 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and contingent upon the 2026 Plan becoming effective in connection with this offering and the filing of a Form S-8 to register the shares subject to our 2026 Plan; and

•        8,611,887 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan;

•        5,437,642 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP, which plans will become effective in connection with this offering and contain provisions that will automatically increase their share reserves each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans”; and

•        4,323,251 shares of our Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Hendrix pursuant to the Class B Equity Exchange Agreement in exchange for (i) 2,863,393 shares of our Class A common stock that may be received by Mr. Hendrix upon the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of certain equity awards held by Mr. Hendrix and (ii) up to 1,459,858 shares of Class A common stock that may be received by Mr. Hendrix upon a distribution by Decisive Point Group, LLC following this offering.

73

Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2026, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $138.7 million, or $0.93 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2026, after giving effect to (i) the Stock Split; (ii) Preferred Conversion; (iii) the Class B Conversion; (iv) the Class B Stock Exchange; and (v) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

After giving further effect to the sale of 18,250,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2026 would have been approximately $468.7 million, or $2.79 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.86 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $16.71 per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

$

19.50

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2026

 

$

0.93

 

 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

 

 

1.86

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

2.79

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

 

 

 

 

$

16.71

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.10 per share and the dilution per share to investors in this offering by $0.90 per share, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Similarly, a 1,000,000 increase (decrease) in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $0.09 per share and the dilution per share to investors in this offering by $0.09 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock would be $3.04 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $16.46 per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above as of March 31, 2026, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average Price
Per Share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing stockholders

 

149,726,488

 

89.1

%

 

215,279,997

 

37.7

%

 

$

1.44

Investors purchasing shares in this offering

 

18,250,000

 

10.9

%

 

355,875,000

 

62.3

%

 

 

19.50

Total

 

167,976,488

 

100.0

%

 

571,154,997

 

100.0

%

 

$

3.40

74

Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full, our existing stockholders would own 87.7% and our new investors would own 12.3% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

75

Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Standard Nuclear, Inc. (the “Company” “we” “us” and “our”) should be read together with the section(s) entitled “Business” and “Risk Factors” and our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. It is also intended to provide you with information that will assist you in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the changes in key items in those consolidated financial statements from period to period, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes. To the extent that this discussion describes prior performance, the descriptions relate only to the periods listed, which may not be indicative of our future financial outcomes. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. The forward-looking statements are dependent upon events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside of the Company’s control. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Unless otherwise indicated, the historical information presented in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” speaks only with respect the Company’s operations for the periods after July 15, 2024, as there were no operations prior to the Company’s inception.

Overview

Standard Nuclear is a leading independent advanced nuclear fuel company and the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO manufacturing facilities to date, based on our commercialized manufacturing capability supported by production-grade equipment, established processes, and facility infrastructure designed for sustained, high-throughput output and scalable expansion. We design, engineer, and manufacture advanced nuclear fuels with a primary focus on TRISO fuel that is utilized by Advanced Reactors, and we believe we are the only participant in the market that is currently positioned to be able to work with and develop fuel for any developer of an SMR, microreactor or other Advanced Reactor. As of the date of this prospectus, we operate the only dedicated, privately funded, industrial scale TRISO production line in the U.S. and are currently producing and shipping fuel for Advanced Reactor demonstrations scheduled for 2026, with additional TRISO production facilities expected to come online in mid- and late-2026.

Led by internationally recognized nuclear fuel expert Dr. Kurt Terrani, who serves as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s technical team leverages over 150 years of combined U.S. National Laboratory experience in the development, fabrication, and testing of advanced fuels, and many of the Company’s technical team members have previously held critical leadership roles in the U.S. Department of Energy’s advanced gas reactor program, which established the modern TRISO fuel standard currently accepted by the NRC. We believe our elite technical team, which is capable of integrating the latest advancements in manufacturing, monitoring, and characterization technologies, together with our ownership and operation of facilities licensed for the large-scale manufacturing of TRISO-based fuels, makes us a leading nuclear fuel company capable of delivering advanced nuclear fuel to the growing industry.

We were incorporated on July 15, 2024, as an advanced nuclear fuel company focused on converting enriched uranium feedstock into highly engineered nuclear fuel products. Prior to our formation, we had no assets or operations.

Our capabilities position us at the fuel manufacturing layer of the nuclear value chain, supporting Advanced Reactor developers and end customers with scalable domestic fuel supply solutions. Our disciplined, repeatable and reliable manufacturing process converts enriched uranium feedstock into finished fuel products in accordance with nuclear-grade safety, quality, and regulatory frameworks.

We do not design, own or operate nuclear reactors. Instead, our nuclear fuel products are engineered to be compatible with a broad range of Advanced Reactor designs which use TRISO fuel, and can be used by reactor owners and operators, utilities, hyperscale data center operators, and domestic and international government entities that own or operate such reactors. We believe we are well positioned to capture a meaningful share of this market given our current and planned industrial-scale operating capacity, technology platform, secured licenses, and cost advantages derived from modular manufacturing architecture.

76

Table of Contents

In addition, we do not directly procure or source uranium for the nuclear fuel we manufacture. Our customers are generally responsible for procuring enriched uranium feedstock, which we then convert into nuclear fuel for our customers to use in their reactors for their various commercial needs. Our business model is based on long-term fuel supply arrangements under which our customers deliver feedstock to us and purchase finished fuel products, typically priced on a kgU basis and adjusted for enrichment level, final fuel form, and other specified requirements. We expect long-term unit economics to improve through automation, yield optimization, and replication of standardized fuel manufacturing modules that we have developed. We do not take direct commercial exposure to uranium price volatility, focusing instead on fabrication and fuel engineering services within the nuclear fuel value chain.

Fuel specifications are typically defined early in the reactor development process and require close coordination with our customers, resulting in structured commercial arrangements that may include Fuel Development Agreements and Fuel Sales Agreements with related non-refundable customer deposit arrangements entered into up to 24 months in advance of fuel delivery. In addition to the customer deposit payments required upon order, our Fuel Sales Agreement structure includes milestone-based payments throughout the process and penalty payments should a customer choose to cancel early. These payments are intended to support our engineering, qualification and production planning activities and we believe this commercial structure supports disciplined capacity planning and reduces demand uncertainty.

For the quarter ended March 31, 2026, we primarily generated revenue from the conduct of our nuclear fuel manufacturing operations at our initial Oak Ridge facilities, consisting of work performed for our customers under fuel development agreements (which comprised 100% of our total revenue for the quarter). For the year ended December 31, 2025, we primarily generated revenue from the conduct of our nuclear fuel manufacturing operations at our initial Oak Ridge facilities, consisting of work performed for our customers under fuel development agreements (which comprised 65.2% of our total revenue for the year) and research and development projects performed for U.S. government agencies (which comprised 34.8% of our total revenue for the year). For the quarter ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025, we also engaged in certain nuclear service support and consultation services, which did not generate any material revenue.

We are designated as a prime contractor to the DOE under the OTA, supporting advanced fuel development and availability of advanced fuel supply for Advanced Reactors. See “Business — Government Regulation and Nuclear Materials Compliance — Nuclear Safety Regulation under the DOE” for additional information.

We actively participate in federal HALEU supply-chain programs and maintain Qualified Supplier List (“QSL”) status with various commercial entities, federally funded research and development centers (“FFRDCs”) and other government-related agencies, enabling direct engagement on development, demonstration, and deployment programs. We also benefit from a broad network of strategic and financial investors.

USNC Asset acquisition

On November 21, 2024, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with USNC (such agreement, as amended, the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) to acquire specific nuclear fuel-related assets (the “USNC Assets”). USNC had filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in October 2024, and the assets were acquired through a Section 363 auction process under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Under an Asset Purchase Agreement, we purchased the USNC Assets on an as-is, where-is basis, free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, other than certain specified liabilities that we agreed to assume as described below. The purchase was approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware on December 19, 2024, and the acquisition closed on December 27, 2024.

The USNC Assets primarily consisted of advanced nuclear fuel-related intellectual property and know-how, design documentation and process technology applicable to the development of TRISO and related advanced fuels, certain contracts, records, and engineering data associated with USNC’s fuel development activities, and specified equipment, inventory, and related materials necessary for future production activities. The acquired assets support our strategy to develop, manufacture, and commercialize advanced nuclear fuel in the United States.

77

Table of Contents

We only assumed limited and specific liabilities as a result of the acquisition of the USNC Assets, which was structured as an asset purchase and did not include the acquisition of, or assumption of the historical liabilities of, any entity. As a result, the only liabilities assumed by us as part of the asset acquisition were those that were specifically enumerated in the Asset Purchase Agreement and related schedules. The transaction was further structured to separate assets from obligations using two distinct contract categories:

•        Assignable Contracts:     We were under no obligation to take on any assignable contract and had the discretion to selectively assume only those contracts we deemed beneficial to benefit operation of the assets we purchased in the future. We chose to assume one contract related to the supply of industrial gases for our manufacturing operations, solely on a moving forward basis to support our manufacturing operations, which did not include the assumption of any material historical liabilities.

•        Designated Contracts:     The “Designated Contracts” described in the Asset Purchase Agreement were comprised of agreements determined by the parties to be of greater value in related to the purchased assets, consisting of those generating revenue, providing intellectual property rights, securing favorable partnerships, or securing critical feedstock. We pursued novation for the Designated Contracts that we selectively pursued for the benefit of our going-forward operation, which allowed us to establish new agreements for the Designated Contracts in our own name, without assuming any of USNC’s prior obligations under such agreements. Further, any cure costs associated with the assignment or novation of the initial Designated Contracts were borne by the seller.

While the Assignable Contracts and Designated Contracts reflected agreements that, at the time, we believed could be useful to our future business, none of the Assignable Contracts or Designated Contracts assumed, entered into or novated by the Company is material to our ongoing business or included any assumed historical liabilities of USNC under the applicable agreements.

As part of the acquisition, we also assumed the asset retirement obligations for the assets we acquired, but we did not assume any liabilities associated with USNC’s pre-petition indebtedness, historical litigation, taxes, contracts other than Assignable Contracts or Designated Contracts (and then only to the extent described above), or employee expenses.

At the time of acquisition, there were no operations or development efforts related to the USNC Assets, which had been idle during the USNC bankruptcy process. Prior to bankruptcy, USNC had only used the assets to conduct research and development activities with a goal to eventually produce fuel to the exact technical specifications of its own nuclear reactor. Following the acquisition, our research and development activities are focused on developing a different production process that aligns with our strategy. The USNC Assets were primarily comprised of in-process research and development assets used for the development of a specific TRISO fuel particle specification and fully ceramic microencapsulated fuel form, which were each specifically designed and engineered for application in the micro modular reactor that was under development by USNC prior to its insolvency. As we are not a nuclear reactor developer and did not acquire USNC Assets for the development of our micro modular reactor, the specific TRISO fuel form and related manufacturing process developed by USNC was not usable by us or for any of our target customers at the time. However, given our strategy as a reactor-agnostic nuclear fuel manufacturer that is able to produce TRISO fuel to meet any given customer’s specific needs and application, following the acquisition of the USNC Assets, which were originally developing a process for production of a specific fuel for a specific reactor end use, we further developed, modified and refined both the equipment and manufacturing processes we initially acquired to enable the modular manufacturing capability that advances our strategy of being able to produce a variety of TRISO-based fuel forms and specifications for a range of advanced nuclear power applications and customers. In addition, as part of the USNC bankruptcy proceedings, USNC’s assets relating to the development of modular reactor technologies were acquired by Nano Nuclear Energy Inc. (“Nano”), which continues to develop such reactor assets for use with TRISO based advanced fuels. We have since entered into non-binding memorandum of understanding with Nano to consider arrangements pursuant to which we (including through our JV with Framatome) would become a supplier of TRISO fuel to Nano for use in its reactor platforms.

We acquired the USNC Assets for a total cash purchase price of $32.9 million, paid at closing.

78

Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Commencement of operations and government support

During February 2025, the Company issued 4,999,997 shares of Series Seed preferred stock at $2.00 per share for aggregate cash proceeds of $10.0 million. For additional information regarding the Series Seed financing and our other subsequent preferred stock financings, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below. We also began initial hiring and facility-commissioning activities to advance regulatory readiness and prepare the facilities acquired as part of the USNC Assets for future commercial fuel manufacturing.

In August 2025, we were selected as a supplier for the DOE Office of Nuclear Energy’s previously announced Fuel Line Pilot Program, and we entered into the OTA as a prime contractor to the DOE in September 2025 to build, operate, and commission advanced fuel fabrication facilities at our Oak Ridge Facilities and Idaho Facility. Additionally, the fuel line pilot program directly supports DOE’s Reactor Pilot Program, which aims to have at least three advanced reactor designs achieve criticality by July 4, 2026, and both pilot programs advance the implementation of executive orders designed to reform reactor testing and deploy nuclear technologies for national security.

In September 2025, we entered into the OTA with the DOE in an effort to bring privately funded advanced nuclear-fuel production infrastructure online in support of TRISO-fueled reactor demonstrations in 2026. Under the OTA, the Company transitioned key operational elements to be under DOE oversight, ensuring adherence to a rigorous regulatory framework. This enhanced oversight enabled a substantial increase in our TRISO fuel manufacturing throughput within our existing facilities.

In December 2025, we successfully received a shipment of HALEU feedstock at our facility in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. This shipment established us as the first company to both receive authorization by the DOE and to physically receive HALEU for production of advanced TRISO fuel, a key component for next-generation nuclear reactors. We believe the volume of material received is sufficient to position us to significantly contribute to the rapid deployment of new nuclear technology across the United States.

Partnership with Framatome

In September 2025, we established Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC — a joint venture with Framatome that operates the Richland SN-F Facility. The Richland SN-F Facility benefits from our modular equipment while leveraging Framatome’s decades of experience in light-water reactor fuel production. By utilizing Framatome’s existing infrastructure and commercial relationships, Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC can help integrate Standard Nuclear into an established global value chain. In September 2024, Framatome, the 10 CFR Part 70 licensee for the Richland, Washington SN-F facility, submitted a license amendment request to the NRC for approval to amend Framatome’s existing NRC license to permit the manufacturing of our advanced fuel products, including TRISO, at that facility. The LAR was approved by the NRC in June 2026 and the joint venture plans to commence manufacturing at the Richland SN-F Facility in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

First Commercial TRISO Delivery

In June 2026, we completed our first commercial delivery of over 100 lbs (50 kgU) of TRISO fuel to Radiant, a leading developer of advanced nuclear technologies, at the National Reactor Innovation Center’s Demonstration of Microreactor Experiments (DOME) facility located at Idaho National Laboratory. The TRISO fuel was fabricated to Radiant’s specifications and is expected to be used to power Radiant’s Kaleidos reactor to conduct a full-power, full-temperature test during the summer of 2026.

Trends and Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our results of operations, cash flows and capital requirements have been and are expected to continue to be affected by the timing of our facility commissioning and production ramp-up, the timing of customer program execution and revenue recognition, the availability of feedstock, the timing and level of government-supported program activity, and the pace at which we expand our manufacturing capabilities. Because we were incorporated in July 2024, acquired the USNC Assets in December 2024 and began initial revenue-generating activities in 2025, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

79

Table of Contents

Facility commissioning and production ramp-up.

Our near-term growth depends on our ability to commission, qualify and expand operations at our Oak Ridge facilities and our SN-ID facility and to bring additional manufacturing capacity online in accordance with our operating plan. The timing of facility readiness, throughput increases, process yields and workforce ramp-up will affect the timing of revenue generation, our operating costs and our margin profile. Delays in commissioning, lower-than-expected yields or slower-than-expected capacity expansion could defer revenue, increase costs and require additional capital.

DOE OTA and government-supported development.

In September 2025, we entered into the OTA with the DOE to build, operate and commission advanced fuel fabrication facilities at our Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities. The timing and amount of funding, milestone achievement, required expenditures and any company cost-share or other performance obligations under the OTA may materially affect our results of operations, liquidity and capital requirements. In addition, the OTA may be terminated by either party upon 30 days’ written notice. Any modification, delay or termination of the OTA could adversely affect our operating plan and increase our liquidity needs, particularly to the extent we have incurred or committed expenditures in anticipation of program activity.

Regulatory approvals and facility readiness.

Our business is subject to DOE and NRC regulatory requirements. The timing of regulatory approvals, license amendments and facility qualification activities, including those relating to our planned operations at the Richland SN-F facility, may affect when we are able to commence or expand revenue-generating activities. For example, currently, the primary constraint on our ability to further scale production operations is obtaining the regulatory authorizations required to commission and operate additional production facilities and install incremental modular processing equipment, together with completion of associated safety reviews and operational approvals. While our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 pilot facility is authorized to possess and process meaningful quantities of enriched uranium feedstock, future capacity expansion is expected to occur principally through our other facilities. Delays in any such approvals or activities could increase pre-operating and compliance costs, delay revenue and increase our capital requirements.

Feedstock availability.

Our ability to perform under customer arrangements depends in part on the availability and timely receipt by our customers of enriched uranium feedstock, including HALEU where applicable. Although we received a shipment of HALEU feedstock in December 2025, future operations will continue to depend on customer procurement, supply availability, regulatory authorization and transportation of feedstock. Constraints or delays in feedstock availability could delay production, defer revenue recognition and reduce capacity utilization.

Customer programs, deposits and revenue timing.

Our customer arrangements may include fuel development work and fuel supply commitments, each of which may include milestone-based payments, and non-refundable deposits related to customers’ fuel supply commitments. As a result, the timing of cash receipts may differ from the timing of revenue recognition, and our period-to-period results may fluctuate based on program timing, milestone achievement and delivery schedules. Our future operating results will also depend on the mix of revenue derived from our fuel development work, commercial fuel sales, specialty material supply arrangements and government-related projects, which may have different margin and working capital characteristics.

Entry into new customer commitments and increased Total Contract Backlog

We expect our results of operations to be impacted in future periods as we increase our development and production activities in connection with our existing and prospective new customer commitments. For example, subsequent to March 31, 2026, we entered into a binding purchase commitment with a customer for the delivery of TRISO fuel, which contained a customer purchase option for the purchase of additional fuel and, as of the date of

80

Table of Contents

this prospectus, we have up to $245 million in Total Contract Backlog, reflecting $65 million of Funded backlog, $157 million of Purchase Options under Executed Contracts and $23 million of contingent Unfunded backlog. As work commences under any such additional binding arrangements or we execute contracts relating to our contingent Unfunded backlog or qualified pipeline, we would expect to generate additional revenue, though the magnitude and timing of such revenue remains dependent on customer funding decisions, regulatory approvals and licensing for ourselves and our customers, and the availability nuclear material, including HALEU. We would also expect to experience increased cost of revenue in future periods as we commission additional production capacity at our existing and planned facilities. For definitions of our Total Contract Backlog, see “— Key Performance Indicators,” and see also “Our Competitive Strengths — Strong Backlog Visibility.

Future expansion and manufacturing economics.

We expect our future performance to depend on our ability to improve throughput, yield and capacity utilization and to scale manufacturing efficiently. Our results may also be affected by expenditures associated with future expansion activities, including our planned Tennessee, Idaho and Richland-related operations. If we are unable to achieve expected operating efficiencies or if expansion activities are delayed or more costly than expected, our margins, cash flows and capital requirements could be adversely affected.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue. No revenue was recorded in 2024. Commencing in 2025, we primarily generated revenue from the conduct of our nuclear fuel manufacturing operations at our initial Oak Ridge facility, consisting of work performed for our customers under fuel development agreements and research and development projects performed for U.S. government agencies.

Cost of revenue. We incur costs related to the services we provide for our customers. These costs include labor and other employee related costs, materials and certain consulting costs in support of these services.

General and administrative costs. General and administrative costs primarily consist of personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation costs, for executive leadership and employees in legal, finance, accounting, human resources, information technology, and other administrative functions. In addition, these expenses include allocated facility costs and costs of consultants and advisors. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred.

Asset retirement obligation accretion expense. We recognize a liability for asset retirement obligation which represents the fair value of a legal obligation to perform asset retirement activities, including those that are conditional on a future event, when the amount can be reasonably estimated. The asset retirement obligation is initially measured at its fair value and recorded as a liability with an offsetting retirement cost that is capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Increases in the asset retirement obligations resulting from the passage of time are recorded as asset retirement obligation accretion expense.

Research and development expense. Research and development expense will largely represent personnel and materials costs. Ongoing research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Development costs are recognized as assets when we can demonstrate technical feasibility and that the asset will generate probable future economic benefits. During 2024, research and development expense was primarily attributed to indefinite-lived in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) intangible assets related to our advanced nuclear fuel development efforts. Because the acquired technologies cannot be repurposed or used in alternative applications, the amount fully allocated to IPR&D assets was expensed immediately through research and development expense. There was no research and development expense in 2025.

Change in fair value of SAFE Notes. Our Simple Agreement for Future Equity (“SAFE”) Notes are classified as a liability and are required to be marked to fair value at each reporting period. This represents the movement in the fair value for SAFE Notes at each balance sheet date. The SAFE Notes were all redeemed and rescinded according to their contractual provisions in 2025. See also Note 10 — Related Parties, in our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

81

Table of Contents

Income tax benefit. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year.

Results of Operations

We are a development-stage advanced nuclear fuel company.

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our activity was primarily focused on work performed for our customers under fuel development agreements and scaling to meet our customers’ demands for TRISO fuel. Our expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2026, included, but were not limited to:

•        General and administrative costs equaling $3.8 million, primarily due to personnel costs, stock compensation expense depreciation expense, legal and professional fees.

•        Cost of revenue of $5.0 million related to our services to our customers.

•        Share based compensation expense of $1.5 million, of which $0.5 million is classified as a cost of revenue.

For the three months ended March 31, 2025, we were scaling our operations to meet the requirements of our new contracts with customers and U.S. government agencies. Our expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2025, included, but were not limited to:

•        General and administrative costs equaling $0.7 million, primarily due to personnel costs, legal and professional fees.

•        Cost of revenue of $1.1 million, primarily due to work performed on newly signed customer contracts.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, our activity was primarily focused on meeting the requirements of our contracts with customers and U.S. government agencies. Our expenditures for the period ending December 31, 2025, included, but were not limited to:

•        General and administrative costs equaling $4.4 million, primarily due to personnel costs, depreciation expense, legal and professional fees.

•        Cost of goods sold of $7.7 million, primarily due to work performed on newly signed customer contracts.

•        Stock-based compensation expense of $1.7 million, of which $0.8 million is classified as a cost of goods sold.

For the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) to December 31, 2024, our activity was primarily focused on organizational activities, operations preparations, and asset acquisition. Our expenditures for the period ending December 31, 2024, included, but were not limited to:

•        General and administrative costs equaling $0.7 million, primarily due to personnel costs, depreciation expense, legal and professional fees.

•        Research and development expense of $30.3 million related to the acquisition of the USNC Assets which was expensed as incurred, as it reflected the acquisition of IPR&D assets.

•        Change in fair value of SAFE Notes of $25.6 million.

82

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the components of our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025:

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2026

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2025

Revenue

 

$

593,802

 

 

$

377,926

 

Cost of Revenue

 

 

5,006,006

 

 

 

1,120,504

 

General and administrative costs

 

 

3,832,048

 

 

 

671,213

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(8,244,252

)

 

 

(1,413,791

)

Other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in fair value of SAFE Notes

 

 

—

 

 

 

7,725,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

—

 

 

 

(853,000

)

Interest income

 

 

(529,301

)

 

 

—

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(7,714,951

)

 

 

(8,285,791

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(7,714,951

)

 

 

(8,285,791

)

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2026 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2025

Revenue

Revenue increased by $0.2 million, to $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase in revenue primarily reflects the commencement of work under fuel development contracts. Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026, including $0.5 million of revenue recognized from fuel development contracts with three public-sector customers and revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025, including $0.3 million of revenue recognized from a subcontract with a U.S government agency for services that were completed during 2025. See also Note 3 — Revenue, in our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue increased by $3.9 million, to $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase principally reflects the growth of our production operations at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility. The principal components of the approximately $3.9 million period-over-period increase were: (i) approximately $1.5 million of incremental direct production payroll and related employee costs, reflecting the addition of production-line technicians, engineers and operators dedicated to our manufacturing activities; (ii) approximately $0.9 million of incremental equipment, small-tools, and consumables period expense related to production-line growth; (iii) approximately $0.5 million of stock-based compensation expense allocated to cost of revenue, reflecting equity awards granted to production personnel; (iv) approximately $0.4 million of incremental third-party engineering, qualification and commissioning consulting fees related to our production line growth; and (v) approximately $0.6 million of facility-related and other incremental production costs, including depreciation, equipment rentals, and utilities.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative expense increased by $3.1 million, to $3.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The principal components of the approximately $3.1 million period-over-period increase were: (i) approximately $1.1 million of incremental third-party consulting fees, primarily related to public company readiness, including financial reporting transformation and internal controls implementation and other professional services, offset by the deferral of certain costs being in contemplation of an equity financing transaction; (ii) approximately $1.0 million

83

Table of Contents

of stock-based compensation expense, reflecting equity awards granted to executive officers, non-employee directors and other administrative personnel; (iii) approximately $0.8 million of incremental payroll, payroll tax and employee benefit costs, reflecting expanded corporate headcount; and (iv) approximately $0.3 million of other costs, including incremental marketing, investor relations and business development costs; as headcount and operations were realigned for public company operations.

Income Tax Benefit

The Company recorded no income tax benefit or expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 or the three months ended March 31, 2025.

The following table sets forth the components of our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024:

 

For the
fiscal year
ended
December 31,
2025

 

For the
period from
July 15, 2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

Revenue

 

$

3,140,065

 

 

$

—

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

7,672,905

 

 

 

—

 

General and administrative costs

 

 

4,420,156

 

 

 

669,774

 

Asset retirement obligation accretion expense

 

 

79,364

 

 

 

859

 

Research and development expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,297,773

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(9,032,360

)

 

 

(30,968,406

)

Other expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in fair value of SAFE Notes

 

 

7,725,000

 

 

 

25,628,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(853,000

)

 

 

—

 

Interest income

 

 

(363,415

)

 

 

—

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(15,540,945

)

 

 

(56,596,406

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

$

(15,540,945

)

 

$

(56,596,406

)

Comparison of Fiscal year 2025 and the period ended December 31, 2024

Revenue

Revenue increased to $3.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $0.0 million of revenue for the period ended December 31, 2024. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by completed work on newly signed customer fuel development contracts and research and development projects performed for U.S. government agencies. See also Note 3 — Revenue, in our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional discussion.

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold increased to $7.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $0.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2024. The increase in cost of goods sold was driven by increasing business operations in connection with our revenue generating activities and a full year of operations.

General and Administrative Costs

General and administrative expense increased by $3.7 million, to $4.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $0.7 million for the period ended December 31, 2024. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by an increase in stock-based compensation expense, increasing business operations in connection with our revenue generating activities and a full year of operations.

84

Table of Contents

Asset Retirement Obligation Accretion Expense

Asset retirement obligation accretion expense increased to $0.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $859 for the period ended December 31, 2024. The increase in asset retirement obligation accretion expense was primarily driven by a full year of operations.

Research and Development Expense     

Research and development expense decreased by $30.3 million, to $0.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $30.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in research and development expense was primarily driven by the Company moving past the research and development phase and into commercial operations, with our research and development expense for 2024 having related to the acquisition of the USNC Assets, which was completed in 2024 and immediately recognized as IPR&D.

Change in fair value of SAFE Notes

Change in fair value of SAFE Notes decreased by $17.9 million, to $7.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $25.6 million for the period ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in the fair value of SAFE Notes was primarily driven by the full redemption of the notes in February 2025 as a result of their contractual terms.

Income Tax Benefit

We recorded no Income Tax Benefit or expense in either the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 or the period ended December 31, 2024.

Key Performance Indicators

In managing our business, our management regularly reviews certain KPIs, to evaluate our operations, guide decision-making, and measure progress. We utilize a variety of operational metrics to understand growth and ultimately drive profitability.

•        Total Contract Backlog:

•        Funded.    This metric represents contracted fuel sales under binding commitments or agreements with firm delivery obligations, which provides direct visibility into near-term revenue.

•        Purchase Option under Executed Contracts.    This metric represents the dollar value of contractually granted but unexercised customer options to purchase additional fuel under existing agreements, including extension options, follow-on purchase rights, and volume options at predetermined or formula-based pricing. We use this metric to assess potential incremental demand from our existing customer base and to inform our capacity planning, though option exercise is at the sole discretion of the counterparty and there can be no assurance that any such option will be exercised or result in revenue. Option values are not reflected in our financial statements until exercised and converted to funded backlog.

•        Unfunded.    This metric represents the dollar value of intended fuel sales under memoranda of understanding, non-binding framework agreements or term sheets, and letters of intent. We use this metric as a distinction from contracted funded backlog to assess the breadth of prospective demand and to inform our capacity expansion planning, though these unfunded opportunities are not reflected in our financial statements and there can be no assurance that any such opportunity will result in a binding agreement or revenue.

•        Fuel/TRISO production capacity

•        Throughput capacity.    We report on both (i) Module Throughput Capacity and (ii) Building Throughput Capacity. Module Throughput Capacity represents the annualized TRISO fuel throughput production capacity (in MTU/yr) for which production lines are installed and available for commercial production at any of our nuclear fuel manufacturing facilities. We also report Building Throughput Capacity, which represents the maximum annualized TRISO fuel throughput

85

Table of Contents

production capacity (in MTU/yr) that our existing constructed facilities could accommodate if all available modular production line positions within such facilities were installed and operational, based on our current process yield.

•        Process yield %.    Process yield is measured and reported across our overall manufacturing process that comprises a series of batch process steps and reflects realizable throughput from each individual processing cycle for our TRISO fuel. Our manufacturing process is designed to recycle substantially all intermediate material that does not meet specification at any given stage of a processing cycle, to recover the input feedstock, which is then processed through additional cycles until it meets specification. As such, the feedstock enriched uranium input is expected to be substantially fully converted to finished TRISO fuel output over the course of the overall production cycle, with minimal material waste. Process yield is a key operating KPI for any TRISO production line and ultimately drives cost per kilogram of fuel produced and effective throughput production capacity.

•        Regulatory Milestones:

•        Nuclear Facility License status.    Represents authorization status for each of our nuclear facilities that may be under DOE (10 CFR Part 830) or NRC (10 CFR Part 70) jurisdiction to possess and process special nuclear material (“SNM”) that will be low enriched uranium (< 20% U-235). These will include either application status (i.e., in preparation or in progress for each stage of the license) or authorization approved.

•        Fuel Transportation Package License Status.    This metric represents the status of open matters and review schedules under each regulatory docket applicable to packaging and transportation of SNM. While our core business is processing enriched uranium feedstock into advanced fuel, transportation of the feedstock and finished fuel form to and away from our nuclear facilities is an essential process. We track docket status for this specific area in addition to the license status for our nuclear facilities to maintain visibility into regulatory friction, potential delays, and expected timeline for resolution of pending matters that could affect receipt of feedstock or delivery of fuel to customers.

The table below details our KPIs as of March 31, 2026:

($ in thousands)

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2026

Total Contract Backlog – Funded

 

$

8,227

 

Total Contract Backlog – Unfunded

 

$

83,100

 

Total Contract Backlog – Purchase Option under Executed Contracts

 

$

0

 

Fuel/TRISO production capacity – Module Throughput Capacity

 

 

0.5 MTU/y

​(1)

Fuel/TRISO production capacity – Building Throughput Capacity

 

 

3.0 MTU/y

​(2)

Fuel/TRISO production capacity – Process Yield %

 

 

63.3

%

____________

(1)      Reflects the current authorized and operational throughput capacity of the Oak Ridge SN-0 facility, which is operational today under DOE authorization and supports the Company’s current commercial fuel manufacturing activities.

(2)      Reflects 0.5 MTU of throughput capacity at SN-0 (operational) plus 2.5 MTU of maximum throughput capacity at the Oak Ridge SN-TN facility, which is expected to commence operations in the second half of 2026. Building Throughput Capacity for any facility represents the total anticipated throughput capacity of the modular production lines the facility’s physical footprint can accommodate, not lines currently installed.

Regulatory Milestones — Nuclear Facility License Status

Project

 

Licensor

 

Licensee

 

License
Pathway

 

License status

 

Target
Approval

SN-0

 

DOE

 

SN

 

10CFR830

 

Operational

 

—

SN-TN

 

DOE

 

SN

 

10CFR830

 

In progress

 

Q3 2026

SN-ID

 

DOE

 

SN

 

10CFR830

 

In progress

 

Q3 2026

SN-F

 

NRC

 

Framatome

 

10CFR70 (LAR)

 

Approved

 

—

SN-TN Transition (DOE to NRC)

 

NRC

 

SN

 

10CFR70

 

Engagement Plan submitted

 

—

86

Table of Contents

Regulatory Milestones — Fuel Transportation Package License Status

Project

 

Licensor

 

Licensee

 

License
Pathway

 

Docket status

 

Target
Approval

SNFC (Standard Nuclear Fuel Container)

 

NRC

 

SN

 

10CFR71

 

In progress

 

Q3 2027

SFFC (Standard Fresh Fuel Container)

 

NRC

 

SN

 

10CFR71

 

In progress

 

Q1 2028

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, we had cash and cash equivalents of $124.9 million and $63.1 million, respectively. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through equity financings, SAFE issuances, and customer payments under fuel development agreements and customer deposits relating to fuel sales arrangements, and, beginning in 2025, revenue-generating operating activities. Our principal uses of cash have been the acquisition of the USNC Assets, the build-out and commissioning of our Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities, personnel-related costs, professional fees and other general corporate expenditures.

We are in the early stages of commercializing our advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing platform, and our historical operating losses and cash flows are not necessarily indicative of future cash requirements. Our future liquidity needs will depend on, among other things, the pace of commissioning and scaling our Oak Ridge facilities, the timing and amount of expenditures for our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho facilities under the DOE OTA, the timing of any capital contributions or other funding obligations associated with Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC and the Richland SN-F Facility, the level and timing of customer deposits and milestone payments under fuel development and fuel sales agreements, the pace of hiring and related payroll costs, regulatory and compliance expenditures, capital expenditures for manufacturing equipment and facility improvements, and the timing of revenue generation from commercial and government programs.

Short-Term Liquidity

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with expected cash receipts from customer deposits, milestone-based payments under existing commercial arrangements, revenue from operations, and other available sources of liquidity, will be sufficient to fund our planned operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the 12 months following the date of this prospectus. This assessment is based on our current operating plan, which includes continued commissioning and throughput expansion at our Oak Ridge facilities, ongoing hiring to support manufacturing, engineering, quality, regulatory and administrative functions, continued research and development activities, and expenditures associated with our obligations under the DOE OTA.

Our expected short-term material cash requirements primarily consist of:

•        operating expenditures required to support our existing Oak Ridge operations, including payroll and related personnel costs, materials, utilities, occupancy, insurance and professional fees;

•        capital expenditures for facility commissioning, manufacturing equipment, process modules and related infrastructure at our Oak Ridge facilities;

•        expenditures to advance our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho facilities under the DOE OTA;

•        regulatory, safety, quality assurance and compliance expenditures required to maintain and expand operations in regulated nuclear environments;

•        payments associated with lease obligations, purchase commitments and other contractual arrangements, to the extent applicable;

•        expenditures associated with customer program execution, including engineering, qualification, development and production planning activities; and

•        working capital needs, including the timing of receivables, equipment, payables, customer deposits and milestone payments.

87

Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2026, we did not have any committed revolving credit facilities or other committed third-party debt financing arrangements. We had no unused committed sources of liquidity as of March 31, 2026.

Long-Term Liquidity

Beyond the next 12 months, our liquidity requirements will depend largely on the timing and scale of our expansion activities and commercialization efforts. We expect to continue to incur significant expenditures as we expand annual TRISO production capacity, including investments in manufacturing modules and facility infrastructure, additional hiring, qualification and regulatory activities, and potential funding obligations related to the Richland SN-F Facility and our other planned facilities. We continue to explore opportunities to invest in research and development and process optimization to support customer programs and broader commercialization of our nuclear fuel products.

We may require additional capital to support our long-term growth strategy, including expansion of our Oak Ridge and Idaho operations, development of additional manufacturing capability, and support for future commercial fuel delivery obligations. Our ability to meet these longer-term liquidity needs will depend on our ability to generate cash from operations, continue to obtain customer deposits and milestone payments under commercial agreements, and, if needed, access the capital markets or other financing sources on acceptable terms. There can be no assurance that additional capital will be available when needed or on terms acceptable to us.

Material Cash Requirements

Our material cash requirements as of March 31, 2026 include both contractual and other obligations arising in the ordinary course of business and through the execution of our growth strategy. These requirements include:

•        expenditures to commission, operate and expand our Oak Ridge facilities;

•        expenditures to build, operate and commission the facilities contemplated by the DOE OTA, including our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho facilities;

•        potential capital contributions, equipment commitments or other funding obligations associated with the SN Framatome JV and the Richland SN-F Facility;

•        lease payments and other facility-related commitments;

•        purchase obligations for equipment, specialized materials, services and infrastructure necessary to support current and planned manufacturing capacity;

•        payroll and related personnel costs associated with the expansion of our workforce;

•        regulatory, quality assurance, environmental, health and safety and other compliance-related expenditures;

•        obligations associated with our asset retirement obligation; and

•        working capital requirements associated with the execution of fuel development agreements, fuel sales agreements and government-related projects.

Sources of Liquidity

Our primary internal sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash generated from operating activities, customer deposits and milestone payments under our commercial agreements, and cash receipts generated from government and commercial project work. Our customer arrangements are structured to include deposits upon order, milestone-based payments during execution and, in some instances, penalty payments for early cancellation, which we believe support disciplined capacity planning and reduce demand uncertainty.

Our primary external sources of liquidity have been proceeds from the issuance of SAFE Notes and preferred stock financings. In 2024, we raised $33.5 million in gross proceeds through SAFE Note investments. In February 2025, we completed our Series Seed preferred stock financing, generating gross proceeds of approximately $10.0 million, and our outstanding SAFE Notes converted into Series Seed-1 preferred stock in connection with

88

Table of Contents

that financing. In August 2025, we completed our Series A preferred stock financing, generating gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. In January 2026, we completed our Series A-2 preferred stock financing, generating gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million, which we intend to use to expand annual TRISO production.

As of March 31, 2026, we had no outstanding indebtedness other than ordinary-course obligations.

Ability to Meet Capital Requirements

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with anticipated operating cash receipts, customer deposits and milestone payments, and the proceeds from our Series A-2 financing, will be sufficient to meet our expected operating and capital requirements for the foreseeable future, including at least the 12 months following the date of this prospectus. However, our operating plan may change as a result of many factors, including the timing of facility commissioning, progress under the DOE OTA, regulatory developments, the timing of NRC-related approvals affecting the Richland SN-F Facility, customer demand, the level of customer prepayments, and broader market and financing conditions. As a result, we may seek additional capital through equity financings, debt financings or other strategic transactions.

The discussion below has been adjusted for the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026.

Common stock and SAFE issuance

At inception, we issued 28,000,000 shares of common stock to various investors for net cash proceeds of $108.35. Additionally, in 2024, we raised $32.5 million in gross proceeds from various investors pursuant to SAFE Note investments. The terms of the SAFE Notes required that they automatically convert upon the next equity financing to shares with the same terms and conditions as investors of our next equity financing. The SAFE Notes automatically converted into a number of shares equal to the purchase amount divided by the conversion price, which means either (1) the SAFE Note price or (2) the discount price (lowest price per share sold in the equity financing multiplied by the discount rate), whichever results in a greater number of shares of capital stock. The SAFE Notes converted in connection with the Series Seed Preferred Stock Financing described below.

Series Seed Preferred Stock Financing

On February 13, 2025, we entered into a Series Seed Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. Under the agreement, investors purchased an aggregate of 9,999,994 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, resulting in total gross proceeds of approximately $10.0 million.

Further, on February 13, 2025, the SAFE Notes were settled through conversion into shares of newly issued Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock upon us entering into the Series Seed Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued Series Seed Preferred Stock at a fixed pre-money valuation to the holders of the SAFE Notes pursuant to the terms thereof. The SAFE Note instruments automatically converted into 65,000,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock at a conversion price of $0.50 per share. Additionally, one investor wished to rescind their $1.0 million investment, and we issued a lawful refund to the investor.

Series A Preferred Stock Financing

On August 14, 2025, we entered into a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $2.59755 per share. Under the agreement, investors purchased an aggregate of 26,948,464 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, resulting in total gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million.

Series A-2 Preferred Stock Financing

On January 23, 2026, we entered into a Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which we issued Series A-2 Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $4.932 per share. Investors purchased an aggregate of 14,193,030 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, resulting in total gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. The Company intends to use the proceeds from this financing to expand annual TRISO production.

89

Table of Contents

Ability to meet upcoming capital requirements

Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to generate sufficient liquidity from our operations and capital markets and financing transactions in order to meet our obligations and operating needs. If we require additional capital that we are not able to generate from our operations and are unsuccessful in raising that capital, we may not be able to continue our business operations and/or may be unable to advance growth initiatives, either of which could adversely impact our business and financial condition.

We believe that our cash will be adequate to meet our liquidity requirements for at least the 12 months following the date of this prospectus. Our future capital requirements will depend on several factors, including our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations and our ability to raise additional capital. We could be required, or could elect, to seek additional financing through the sale and issuance of common or preferred stock, incurrence of debt or other capital-raising transactions; however, additional funds may not be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Cash Flows

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025

The following table summarizes our cash flows and cash and cash equivalents, for the periods indicated:

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2026

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2025

 

$ Change

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(4,307,490

)

 

$

(1,477,442

)

 

$

(2,830,048

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

$

(3,868,868

)

 

$

(178,789

)

 

$

(3,690,079

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

$

70,000,020

 

 

$

7,945,686

 

 

$

62,054,334

 

Net Cash used in Operating Activities — Net cash used in operating activities increased by $2.8 million, to $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, primarily reflecting $8.8 million of costs of revenue and general and administrative costs, partially offset by cash collected from customers.

Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $1.5 million, primarily reflecting incurred costs of revenue and general and administrative costs.

Net Cash used in Investing Activities — Net cash used in investing activities increased by $3.7 million, to $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, resulting from an increase of $3.7 million of purchases of property, plant and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $0.2 million, related to the purchase of property, plant and equipment.

Net Cash provided by Financing Activities — Net cash provided by financing activities increased by $62.1 million, to $70.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2026, consisting of proceeds of $70.0 million from the issuance of our Series A-2 Preferred Stock.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $7.9 million, consisting of proceeds of $7.9 million from the issuance of our Series Seed Preferred Stock.

Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024

90

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our cash flows and cash and cash equivalents, for the periods indicated:

 

For the
year ended
December 31,
2025

 

For the
period from
July 15, 2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

 

$ Change

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(6,728,118

)

 

(381,594

)

 

(6,346,524

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(9,735,670

)

 

(32,485,510

)

 

22,749,840

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

77,945,674

 

 

34,486,921

 

 

43,458,753

 

Net Cash used in Operating Activities — Net cash used in operating activities increased by $6.3 million, to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, primarily reflecting $7.7 million of costs of sales and general and administrative costs, partially offset by cash collected from customers.

Net cash used in operating activities for the period ended December 31, 2024 was $0.4 million, primarily reflecting incurred general and administrative costs.

Net Cash used in Investing Activities — Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $22.7 million, to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting from an increase of $7.5 million of purchases of property, plant and equipment and investments in our joint venture with Framatome, offset by the completion of the acquisition of the USNC Assets in the prior year.

Net cash used in investing activities for the period ended December 31, 2024 was $32.5 million, related to the acquisition of the USNC Assets for the purchase of IPR&D of $30.3 million and the purchase of property, plant and equipment of $2.2 million.

Net Cash provided by Financing Activities — Net cash provided by financing activities increased by $43.5 million, to $77.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, resulting from $77.9 million of proceeds received from the issuance of preferred stock.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the period ended December 31, 2024 was $34.5 million, primarily resulting from proceeds received from issuance of our SAFE Notes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations within the United States and as such we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of credit risk. Information related to quantitative and qualitative disclosure about this market risk is set forth below.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents held at financial institutions. Amounts on deposit may at times exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the related credit risk is not significant. Our maximum exposure to credit risk was equal to the carrying value of our cash and cash equivalents of $124.9 million and $63.1 million as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and the accompanying notes. We consider an estimate to be critical if it requires us to make assumptions that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made and if changes in those assumptions are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

91

Table of Contents

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion addresses the estimates and judgments that we believe are most critical to understanding our financial statements and the uncertainties associated with those estimates.

Fair value of SAFE Notes

Prior to their conversion in February 2025, our SAFE Notes were classified as current liabilities and remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. Estimating the fair value of the SAFE Notes required significant judgment because the valuation incorporated unobservable inputs and company-specific assumptions. The most significant assumptions included the probability and expected timing of a qualifying financing event, the implied value of our equity, expected volatility and the discount rate used in the valuation model.

The valuation of the SAFE Notes was particularly sensitive to changes in our expected financing outcomes and related equity value assumptions. Increases in the probability of, or a shorter expected time to, a qualifying financing event generally increased the estimated fair value of the SAFE Notes, while decreases in those assumptions generally reduced the estimated fair value. Changes in these assumptions could have resulted in materially different fair values and corresponding non-cash gains or losses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods in which the SAFE Notes were outstanding. Because the SAFE Notes converted in connection with our Series Seed financing in February 2025, this estimate was most significant for the 2024 period and through the date of conversion in 2025 and is not expected to affect periods following conversion in the same manner.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we primarily derived revenue from fuel development and services agreements. We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. We evaluate the products or services promised in each contract at inception to determine whether the contract should be accounted for as having one or more performance obligations. In cases where products and services in our contracts are not distinct from one another due to their complex relationships our contracts are typically accounted for as one performance obligation. In cases in which we perform activities that are not highly complex or interrelated, our contracts may have more than one distinct performance obligation. Judgment is required in determining performance obligations, and these decisions could change the amount of revenue and profit recorded in a given period.

Our contracts with customers may include variable consideration such as performance bonuses and incentives. We estimate variable consideration using the method that best predicts the amount of consideration expected to be received and include such amounts in the transaction price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration are reassessed at each reporting date and updated as circumstances change.

Fuel Development Agreements

Fuel Development Agreements are typically structured as time and materials or fixed price with milestone-based invoicing arrangements. These services are accounted for as a single performance obligation in cases where the services are highly interrelated and are not separately identifiable within the context of the contract. Revenue is recognized over time as services are performed. Revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation, generally using an input method based on a cost-to-cost measure of progress for our contracts. Under an input method based on a cost-to-cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to complete the performance obligation(s). For time-and-materials arrangements in which we have a right to consideration in an amount that corresponds directly with the value transferred to the customer, we apply the right-to-invoice practical expedient under ASC 606-10-55-18 and recognize revenue in the amount to which we have the right to invoice.

92

Table of Contents

Other Agreements

Other services agreements may include customer deposits or capacity reservation payments related to future fuel production and delivery. Amounts received under these arrangements are evaluated to determine whether they represent payment for completed performance obligations or advance payments for future performance. To the extent such amounts represent advance payments, they are recorded as contract liabilities (deferred revenue) and recognized as revenue when the related performance obligations are satisfied or when the amounts become nonrefundable in accordance with the contract terms.

Stock-based compensation

For granted stock options or other equity awards, stock-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Determining fair value requires judgment, particularly with respect to the fair value of our common stock prior to an initial public offering, as well as assumptions regarding expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and, where relevant, estimated forfeitures.

The determination of the fair value of our common stock before there is an active public market involves significant judgment and considers several objective and subjective factors, including contemporaneous third-party valuations, the prices of preferred stock financings, our stage of development, operating and financial performance, market conditions and the likelihood and timing of a potential liquidity event. Changes in these assumptions could materially affect the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Standards

Please refer to Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Emerging Growth Company Accounting Election

As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exceptions from reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, relief from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced executive — compensation disclosures obligations in periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and from obtaining shareholder approval for golden-parachute arrangements not previously approved.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act allows emerging growth companies to defer compliance with new or revised financial accounting standards until such standards are applicable to private companies — that is, companies that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective and do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act. The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company to irrevocably elect to opt out of this extended transition period and instead comply with the accounting standards applicable to non-emerging growth companies. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make it difficult or impossible to compare our financial statements with those of another public company that is either an emerging growth or non-emerging growth company that has elected to opt out of the extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the end of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the end of the first fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in the Exchange Act; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the end of the fiscal year during which the fifth anniversary of this listing occurs. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We are electing to use the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, and we currently intend to take advantage of the other exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

93

Table of Contents

Business

Our Mission

Our mission is to supply advanced nuclear fuels that enable safe, reliable and scalable nuclear power generation. We aim to support the re-emergence of the U.S.’s newbuild nuclear infrastructure, strengthen domestic energy security and meet the nation’s growing demand for safe, reliable and clean baseload power.

Company Overview

Standard Nuclear is a leading independent advanced nuclear fuel company and the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO manufacturing facilities to date, based on our commercialized manufacturing capability supported by production-grade equipment, established processes, and facility infrastructure designed for sustained, high-throughput output and scalable expansion. We design, engineer, and manufacture advanced nuclear fuels with a primary focus on TRISO fuel that is utilized by Advanced Reactors, and we believe we are the only participant in the market that is currently positioned to be able to work with and develop fuel for any developer of Advanced Reactors which use TRISO fuel. As of the date of this prospectus, we operate the only dedicated, privately funded, industrial scale TRISO production line in the United States and are currently producing and shipping fuel for Advanced Reactor demonstrations scheduled for 2026, with additional TRISO production facilities expected to come online in the second half of 2026.

Led by internationally recognized nuclear fuel expert Dr. Kurt Terrani, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer, our technical team leverages over 150 years of combined U.S. National Laboratory experience in the development, fabrication, and testing of advanced fuels, and many of our technical team members have previously held critical leadership roles in the DOE advanced gas reactor program, which established the modern TRISO fuel standard currently accepted by the NRC. We believe the qualifications exhibited by our elite technical team, together with our ownership and operation of facilities licensed for the large-scale manufacturing of TRISO-based fuels, makes us a leading nuclear fuel company capable of delivering advanced nuclear fuel to the growing industry.

Our capabilities position us at the fuel manufacturing layer of the nuclear value chain, supporting Advanced Reactor developers and end customers with scalable domestic fuel supply solutions. Our disciplined, repeatable and reliable manufacturing process converts enriched uranium feedstock into finished fuel products in accordance with nuclear-grade safety, quality, and regulatory frameworks.

We do not design, own or operate nuclear reactors. Instead, our nuclear fuel products are engineered to be compatible with a broad range of Advanced Reactor designs which use TRISO fuel, and can be used by reactor owners and operators, utilities, hyperscale data center operators, and domestic and international government entities that own or operate such reactors. We believe we are well positioned to capture a meaningful share of this market given our current and planned industrial-scale operating capacity, technology platform, secured licenses, and cost advantages derived from a modular manufacturing architecture.

94

Table of Contents

In addition, we do not directly procure or source uranium for the nuclear fuel we manufacture. Our customers are generally responsible for procuring enriched uranium feedstock, which we then convert into nuclear fuel for our customers to use in their reactors for their various commercial needs. Our business model is based on long-term fuel supply arrangements under which our customers deliver feedstock to us and purchase finished fuel products, typically priced on a kgU basis and adjusted for enrichment level, final fuel form, and other specified requirements. However, we have never sold our products at large-scale commercial levels, and the production of TRISO fuel is generally untested at industrial scale, and as a result, we have limited data regarding the full cycle economics of manufacturing, marketing, pricing and selling TRISO fuel, leaving us with limited visibility into the prices our customers are willing to pay for our products and the cost structures that are required to ensure positive profit margins. We also expect that long-term unit economics will improve through automation, yield optimization, and replication of standardized fuel manufacturing modules that we have developed. We do not take direct commercial exposure to uranium price volatility, focusing instead on fabrication and fuel engineering services within the nuclear fuel value chain. Given our focus to date on investing in R&D, facilities, and commercialization of our nuclear fuel manufacturing and products, we have historically incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $79.9 million, and negative operating cash flows of $4.3 million and, for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the period ended December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $72.1 million and $56.6 million, respectively, and negative operating cash flows of $6.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

Industry and Market Opportunity

Electricity Demand

Based on data from the U.S. Energy Information Administration, U.S. electricity demand is expected to rise materially over the coming decades, reversing a prolonged period of relatively flat consumption. According to the Wood Mackenzie Report, total U.S. electricity demand is projected to increase from approximately 4,990 TWh in 2026 to more than 7,200 TWh by 2040, representing an increase of approximately 44%. This growth is driven not only by population and economic expansion, but also by structural changes in energy usage as industrial processes, transportation systems, and digital infrastructure become increasingly electrified. In particular, next-generation AI training clusters and large-scale inference deployments require sustained, high-density electricity supply. Hyperscale data center campuses can draw more than 500 megawatts of continuous load, often operating at utilization levels that place significant demands on existing generation and transmission infrastructure. According to the Wood Mackenzie Report, data center growth alone may increase overall U.S. electricity demand growth from approximately 1% per year to approximately 3% per year, supported by an estimated $700 billion of hyperscaler capital expenditure commitments in 2026. This pace of load growth significantly exceeds planned additions of firm, dispatchable generation capacity and is not expected to be met by intermittent resources alone.

Overview of Advanced Nuclear Reactor Technologies

Advanced Reactors are increasingly viewed as viable solutions for meeting long-term demand for reliable, low-carbon baseload electricity. These reactor designs differ from traditional light-water reactors in several respects, including higher operating temperatures, improved thermal efficiency, and the ability to achieve higher fuel burnup levels. Many Advanced Reactor designs also incorporate passive safety features that rely on natural physical processes rather than active systems or human intervention, which may enhance safety performance and expand potential siting options.

The operating characteristics of Advanced Reactors require fuel forms capable of withstanding significantly higher temperatures and more demanding operating conditions than conventional nuclear fuel. As a result, advanced reactor designs increasingly rely on specialized fuels, including TRISO particle fuel. TRISO fuel is engineered to encapsulate fissile material within multiple protective layers, allowing it to retain radioactive fission products at extremely high temperatures and providing a level of inherent safety not achievable with conventional fuel types.

95

Table of Contents

Advanced Reactor Deployment Outlook

The DOE has articulated a policy objective of expanding domestic nuclear generation capacity, which includes a target of deploying approximately 35 GW of additional nuclear capacity by 2035 and achieving a sustained deployment rate of approximately 15 GW of nuclear energy per year by 2040. These goals encompass deployment of traditional large reactors as well as SMRs and microreactors.

Advanced nuclear projects are already progressing through development and regulatory review. As of July 2025, more than 30 advanced reactor projects had been publicly announced to the NRC, with multiple demonstration projects expected to enter operation beginning in 2026. While commercialization timelines vary by technology and project, these initiatives indicate continued momentum toward deployment of Advanced Reactors in the United States.

Advanced Reactor Adoption Curve — Microreactors

Based on public sources and management’s assessment of our current pipeline and customer order book, we believe that the near-term deployment of Advanced Reactor projects is going to be focused on microreactors. The DOE defines microreactors by three main features: factory fabricated, transportable and self-adjusting, and expects most microreactors to be able to produce 1 — 20Mw of thermal energy that can be used directly as heat or converted to electric power.

1.      Factory fabricated:    All components of a microreactor would be fully assembled in a factory and shipped out to location. This eliminates difficulties associated with large-scale construction, reduces capital costs and would help get the reactor up and running quickly.

2.      Transportable:    Smaller unit designs will make microreactors very transportable. This would make it easy for vendors to ship the entire reactor by truck, shipping vessel, airplane or railcar.

3.      Self-adjusting:    Simple and responsive design concepts will allow microreactors to self-adjust. They would not be expected to require a large number of specialized operators and would utilize passive safety systems that prevent any potential for overheating or reactor meltdown.

Given these attributes, and based on management’s visible contract pipeline, we expect that the pipeline of nuclear reactor fuel requirements through 2030 is going to be largely driven by microreactor developers and project owners.

For example, the following is a list of selected microreactor-focused programs that have been publicly announced as of the date of this prospectus, as well as a DOE initiative supporting infrastructure and fuel qualification programs:

1.      Janus Program:    U.S. Army’s next-generation energy initiative aimed at deploying commercial nuclear microreactors to provide secure, resilient power to defense installations with goals for operation by 2030.

2.      Defense Innovation Unit — Advanced Nuclear Power for Installations (2024):    An initiative to evaluate and pilot commercial microreactors for U.S. Air Force installations, with potential deployments targeted around 2030. Joint Base San Antonio, Texas — Antares Nuclear, Inc.; Buckley Space Force Base, Colorado — Radiant Industries, Inc.; and Malmstrom Air Force Base, Montana — Westinghouse Government Services have been identified as potential site-developer pairings for proposed microreactor deployments under this initiative.

3.      DOE Nuclear Reactor Pilot Program:    A DOE program targeting demonstrations of commercial nuclear reactors by July 4, 2026 and support to bridge demonstrations to commercial operations by 2030.

4.      DOE Demonstration of Microreactor Experiments (“DOME”) — A DOE-led initiative at Idaho National Laboratory designed to support accelerated testing and qualification of microreactor fuels and components. We are participating in the DOME program, including engaging in collaborations with reactor developers, to support fuel testing and qualification activities. We believe participation in such programs may influence the timing of fuel qualification and subsequent commercial supply opportunities.

96

Table of Contents

Advanced Reactor Fuel Market Size and Demand

Demand for Advanced Reactor fuel is directly linked to the deployment of Advanced Reactors and their ongoing refueling requirements. According to the Wood Mackenzie Report, approximately 20% of future United States nuclear generation capacity is expected to be served by Advanced Reactor technologies. Under this outlook, total installed advanced nuclear capacity is projected to exceed 58 GWe by 2040.

The amount of TRISO fuel required per GWe of electric power varies by reactor design, based on the physics and engineering characteristics of each reactor type. For example, larger SMRs produce more electric output per unit of fuel consumed, while smaller microreactors, though individually requiring less total fuel, consume more fuel relative to their electric output on a per-GWe basis. Based on publicly disclosed reactor designs and our discussions with current and prospective customers, annual TRISO fuel requirements are expected to range from approximately 12 MTU per GWe for larger-format SMRs to approximately 26 MTU per GWe for smaller microreactors. This range reflects the inherent differences in fuel consumption across reactor types. In addition, fuel demand timing also varies by reactor type. Microreactors typically require securing their fuel load approximately one year prior to commercial operation, while SMRs generally require it approximately two years prior to commercial operation.

For purposes of our analysis of prospective annual TRISO fuel demand, management assumes approximately 16 MTU of TRISO fuel per GWe, which represents management’s calculation of the blended average fuel requirement across the mix of Advanced Reactor types management expects to be deployed in the future. This expectation reflects management’s assessment based on discussions with reactor developers and project owners and publicly disclosed information, including announcements relating to anticipated reactor deployments, regarding the anticipated proportion of SMR and microreactor designs expected to comprise the deployed Advanced Reactor fleet over time.

Based on anticipated deployment schedules and refueling profiles, according to the Wood Mackenzie Report, annual TRISO fuel demand associated with Advanced Reactors could exceed the equivalent of 1.5 GWe and 7.0 GWe by 2030 and 2035, respectively, which, assuming 16 MTU per year per GWe, we believe could require approximately 26 and 116 MTU of TRISO fuel annually, respectively, based on the anticipated mix of reactor types expected to be deployed at such times.

At scale, deployment of Advanced Reactors implies recurring annual fuel demand measured in tens to hundreds of MTU, depending on the technology mix, operating cycles, and refueling intervals. By comparison, approximately 100 GWe of electric power in the United States is currently generated by nuclear power plants, which collectively consume an estimated 2,000 MTU of nuclear fuel annually. Consistent with the legacy nuclear fuel procurement dynamics for the operating U.S. nuclear reactor fleet, we expect project owners and operators will be the eventual long-term counterparties for fuel contracts.

Long-Term Nuclear Power Growth and Emerging Demand Drivers

Federal policy objectives further support expansion of nuclear power generation. In addition to target deployments of approximately 15 GWe per year by 2040, the DOE has previously stated a long-term goal of tripling U.S. nuclear power output by 2050, implying substantial growth in installed capacity and associated fuel demand over time.

In addition, growth in electricity consumption driven by data centers — particularly those supporting AI and high-performance computing workloads — has increased interest in nuclear power as a source of reliable, low-carbon baseload energy. Industry participants expect that a portion of incremental electricity demand from data centers and other energy-intensive applications may be met through nuclear generation, including Advanced Reactor deployments.

Assuming that 10 – 20% of future incremental nuclear capacity is supplied by TRISO-fueled reactors, industry-wide demand for TRISO fuel could reach hundreds of MTU per year over time.

Regulatory and Policy Environment

U.S. regulatory and policy frameworks increasingly support the development and deployment of advanced nuclear reactors and domestic nuclear fuel manufacturing capacity. Federal agencies have adopted measures intended to coordinate regulatory reviews, streamline licensing pathways, and facilitate transitions from DOE authorization to NRC licensing for Advanced Reactors and nuclear fuel cycle facilities.

97

Table of Contents

The NRC has also indicated its intent to streamline licensing reviews for advanced reactor and fuel cycle projects that have previously undergone technical review and authorization by the DOE, including through appropriate reliance on DOE technical assessments.

Federal policy support for nuclear fuel development accelerated following a series of executive actions and supply-chain directives beginning in 2021 that identified domestic nuclear fuel production as a national security priority. These initiatives provided the foundation for federal programs such as the DOE’s ARDP and the HALEU Availability Program, both of which established direct demand signals for domestically manufactured advanced nuclear fuel.

Collectively, these technology trends, deployment objectives, demand drivers, and policy initiatives establish a framework intended to support domestic fuel manufacturing, facilitate advanced reactor commercialization, and sustain fuel demand over multi-decade operating lifetimes. For industry participants like us who are capable of meeting applicable regulatory, quality assurance, and security requirements, this environment offers the potential for long-term participation in the evolving advanced nuclear ecosystem.

Industry Challenges

While we believe that the market opportunity for our nuclear fuel is significant, there are a number of factors that may cause demand not to develop to the extent, or as quickly, as anticipated, or may otherwise pose headwinds to scaling our business as we have planned.

For example, the Advanced Reactor technologies described above generally remain in varying early stages of development, demonstration, licensing and commercialization and, while we currently expect a number of Advanced Reactors to be demonstrated in 2026, none have been deployed at commercial scale as of the date of this prospectus, and a wide range of technical, regulatory, financial and operational factors could influence the ultimate deployment and commercialization timelines of Advanced Reactor companies.

In addition, even if Advanced Reactors develop at the pace and scale anticipated, TRISO fuel demand depends in part on the availability of enriched uranium, including HALEU, and on customers’ ability to procure, transport and provide feedstock that meets reactor-specific specifications. However, supply of enriched uranium, and specifically HALEU, is currently limited and we do not know when, or if, supplies will increase. For example, for our customers that have reactors that require HALEU, there is presently no commercial supply of HALEU available in the United States and HALEU can only be sourced in limited quantities from the DOE. Despite U.S. government initiatives designed to ensure initial HALEU quantities, including the establishment of the HALEU Availability Program, which was established through the Energy Act of 2020, to ensure access to HALEU for civilian domestic research, development, demonstration, and commercial use, the HALEU program is still in its early stages, and significant progress is required to achieve reliable and scalable production

Further, recent interest in nuclear power in the United States has been driven, in part, by the rapid growth of AI development and the corresponding demand from hyperscale data center operators for reliable, low-carbon energy. This dynamic has been a meaningful catalyst for renewed investment, development activity, and public policy support across the nuclear energy sector, including for various Advanced Reactor designs. However, the trajectory of AI development and adoption, and the associated demand for data center capacity and energy, is inherently uncertain, and a contraction in that market could delay or reduce demand for new nuclear capacity and, in turn, demand for our nuclear fuel products. A slowdown in AI-driven demand for nuclear energy could also reduce the flow of public and private capital into the nuclear sector generally, which has so far benefited from heightened investor interest tied to AI and data center growth. Further, public opinion regarding nuclear energy has historically fluctuated and remains subject to change. Future shifts in public sentiment on nuclear power, whether driven by political, environmental, safety-related or other factors, or as to AI and the benefits of continuing to scale power generation and infrastructure needs in support of AI, could result in lessened support or increased opposition to nuclear power, which could adversely affect regulatory policies, licensing, operations and the overall demand for nuclear energy.

As a result, the timing and success of our customers’ and potential customers’ reactor programs and demand scaling in the industry generally are subject to significant uncertainty and forces outside of our control, and we have limited ability to influence the pace at which Advanced Reactors are developed, deployed and commercialized. If these or any of the other factors anticipated to drive energy demand described in the Wood Mackenzie Report do not materialize, either at all or to the extent currently expected, it could meaningfully reduce the demand opportunity for our TRISO nuclear fuel and adversely impact our anticipated results of operations.

98

Table of Contents

See also “Risk Factors — Our future performance is dependent on the commercialization timelines of advanced reactor developers, which are subject to uncertainty and factors outside of our control,” “Risk Factors — The market for alternative low-carbon energy generation technologies has not yet been established and may not achieve the potential we expect or may grow more slowly than expected,” and “Risk Factors — Our TRISO fuel production is dependent on our customers obtaining enriched uranium (including HALEU) from third-party suppliers and providing it to us for production, and any difficulty in our customers obtaining these materials and/or supplying them to us could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.”

The Role of TRISO Fuel

Nuclear fuel that powers the existing U.S. fleet of light-water reactors consists of ceramic uranium dioxide (UO₂) pellets stacked inside long zirconium-alloy metal tubes (or cladding) that form fuel rods. Multiple fuel rods are bundled together to form fuel assemblies. The zirconium alloy cladding provides the primary barrier to fission product release, while water serves as both coolant and moderator and safety depends heavily on maintaining cladding integrity and active cooling.

TRISO fuel is a coated fuel particle architecture originally developed for HTGRs and is known as the “most robust nuclear fuel on earth” according to the DOE. TRISO is designed so that each particle functions as a self-contained containment system: multiple ceramic coating layers surround a fuel kernel and are intended to retain fission products during normal operation and under severe off-normal conditions.

The all-ceramic TRISO architecture enables Advanced Reactor designs to operate at higher temperatures and achieve higher burnup than conventional light-water reactors, which may reduce reliance on large-scale water cooling and high-pressure containment structures in certain reactor configurations. This can significantly reduce nuclear plant capital costs and simplify the engineering required for safe and reliable reactor operation.

Our Manufacturing Process

By combining a proven TRISO architecture with an industrial, manufacturing-first approach, we are positioned to produce fuel products that meet reliability, quality and traceability requirements of commercial customers (including U.S. government-authorized exports to overseas markets) and government customers. Our strategy is focused on industrial-scale production with manufacturing systems designed to support near term fuel qualification (which is the process of demonstrating that a fuel design and specification meets the performance and safety requirements for that fuel form’s specific application within a specific reactor system, as provided to us by the reactor owner/operator, after which we manufacture fuel in compliance with those specifications), and to drive longer-term cost reductions as production volumes increase.

99

Table of Contents

Our TRISO fuel manufacturing platform is designed as a modular, repeatable process built around (i) controlled production units, (ii) automated inspection and monitoring, (iii) data-driven quality controls and (iv) comprehensive documentation and traceability. This modular design is intended to support consistent product quality, scalability across facilities, and compliance with applicable regulatory, security, and safety frameworks. Our processes also incorporate an in-line scrap fuel recycling loop intended to recover and reintroduce usable uranium material, improving material utilization and reducing waste. Maximizing material yield is a core operating objective, and this closed-loop approach increases effective throughput per unit of feedstock and reduces input cost, contributing to a structural cost advantage relative to manufacturing processes with higher material loss or less integrated recovery capabilities.

As a result of our modular manufacturing platform and process, we are able to support industrial scale production at our facilities, which we define as having commercialized manufacturing capability, at our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and, once completed, at our other facilities that is intended for, and capable of, bulk production of TRISO fuel to be delivered to our customers that seek to fuel their reactors. This is effected using established and repeatable manufacturing processes enabling us to commercialize our TRISO fuel production activities and deliver TRISO fuel to Advanced Reactors. Further, the existing manufacturing capacity at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is sufficient for us to fully service the nuclear fuel demands of certain existing and prospective customers, demonstrating our ability to operate at industrial scale today. This will be further supported by our additional production capacity expected to come online at our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities in the second half of 2026, and additional production capacity we intend to construct and scale at the other facilities described below. In addition, given our modular facility design and approximately one-year build and commissioning timeline per standard facility, we believe we could quickly scale further through the construction of additional production facilities on land we own in Oak Ridge, Tennessee as customer demand warrants. See also “— Expansion Strategy.”

Currently, the primary constraint on our ability to further scale production operations is obtaining the regulatory authorizations required to commission and operate additional production facilities and install incremental modular processing equipment, together with completion of associated safety reviews and operational approvals. While our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 pilot facility is authorized to possess and process meaningful quantities of enriched uranium feedstock, future capacity expansion is expected to occur principally through our other facilities. See also “— Regulatory Status of our Facilities.”

Our manufacturing sequence begins with receipt of enriched uranium oxide feedstock (or deconversion of enriched uranium hexafluoride (UF₆) as needed into uranium oxide feedstock) to be used in subsequent fabrication steps and consists of the principal stages described below, each comprising a single module that is “design frozen” and can be replicated to scale, meaning that the core process flow, equipment configuration, and facility integration

100

Table of Contents

across these stages has been standardized following initial development, and are not expected to require material modification for subsequent deployments. This standardization is intended to support consistent product quality, streamline regulatory and engineering requirements, and enable repeatable, parallel deployment of additional modules across facilities. We believe this approach reduces engineering complexity, shortens deployment timelines, and lowers execution risk relative to bespoke, facility-specific designs.

•        Kernel Formation — Forming the uranium oxide feedstock into high-density spherical fuel kernels with controlled geometry and material properties tailored to specifications provided to us by our customers.

•        TRISO Coating — Applying successive coating layers (including carbon and silicon carbide layers) to the fuel kernels using high-temperature coating systems to create the structural and containment architectures of the TRISO particles. We monitor the coating thickness, uniformity, and defect rates to ensure conformance with customer specifications.

•        Fuel Form Fabrication — Converting the coating particles into the customer-specified fuel form (e.g., compacts, pebbles or other geometries), including embedding particles in a matrix where required. We inspect the finished fuel forms using destructive and/or non-destructive methods, as appropriate and required by the final fuel form specification.

•        Characterization and Certification — Performing testing and analysis throughout the entire manufacturing process to verify that the fuel forms meet the intended specifications and to support quality documentation, traceability and regulatory requirements.

•        Packaging and Shipment — Packaging finished fuel forms in approved fissile material containers designed to meet applicable NRC, DOE, and/or other regulatory requirements and delivering these fuel forms to our customers.

Our Facilities

We launched our commercial journey by establishing operations at the historic K-25 Site in Oak Ridge, TN — the site of the world’s first large-scale uranium enrichment. Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility, which is operational today, is equipped with specialized infrastructure, a workforce experienced in regulated nuclear operations, and an operating environment with deep institutional familiarity with nuclear materials, safety, and compliance. Since beginning our operations, we are continuously looking to expand our manufacturing capabilities and facilities, and are currently completing construction and anticipate bringing our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities online in the second half of 2026, both upon completion of a readiness review for each facility conducted in accordance with applicable DOE requirements. We also plan to operate an additional facility in Richland, Washington with our joint venture partner, Framatome.

Our Oak Ridge SN-0, Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities operate, or are anticipated to operate, under DOE authorization for the possession and processing of nuclear materials, and we intend to leverage an existing NRC license granted to our joint venture partner, Framatome, at the Richland SN-F Facility. In September 2024, Framatome, the 10 CFR Part 70 licensee for the Richland, Washington SN-F facility, submitted an NRC license amendment request to the NRC for approval to amend Framatome’s existing NRC license to permit the manufacturing of our advanced fuel products, including TRISO, at that facility. The LAR was approved by the NRC in June 2026 and the joint venture plans to commence manufacturing at the Richland SN-F Facility in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews. See “— Our Strategic Partnerships — Framatome.” In addition, we own additional land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee that is located in proximity to other industry participants’ sites in Tennessee and we believe could be used to construct further production facilities as demand warrants, in addition to SN-TN20. See also “Business — Expansion Strategy.”

101

Table of Contents

•        Oak Ridge SN-0 Facility: Located in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, our Oak Ridge SN-0 production facility is operational today and can produce 500 kgU of finished fuel per year, based on our current process yield.

•        Oak Ridge SN-TN Facility: Located in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, our Oak Ridge SN-TN production facility is currently under construction and is anticipated to come online in the second half of 2026. While it is currently slated to produce 1 MTU of finished fuel per year, once operational, SN-TN’s footprint is designed for seamless scaling, allowing for a potential throughput capacity of 2.5 MTU per year without requiring additional land.

•        Idaho SN-ID Facility: Located in Idaho Falls, Idaho, SN-ID has been designed to be a carbon copy of our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility, mirroring the 1 MTU anticipated initial capacity at Oak Ridge SN-TN with the same 2.5 MTU peak throughput capacity potential based on our current process yield. We intend to operate our Idaho Facility on DOE land pursuant to a long-term lease, which allows us to plug directly into the DOE contracting complex and provide streamlined nuclear fuel support for the DOE, Department of War, NASA, and other critical government missions. The Idaho SN-ID production facility is currently under construction and we expect it to come online in the second half of 2026.

•        Richland SN-F Facility: We have formed Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC, a joint venture with Framatome. The SN Framatome JV will establish a facility for the manufacture of TRISO fuel particles and other TRISO-based fuel forms, which will be located at Framatome’s existing nuclear fuel manufacturing facility in Richland, Washington. We believe the Richland SN-F Facility will benefit from our modular equipment and would initially be scalable to up to 2.5 MTU, and can be enabled to establish up to a peak 20 MTU, of throughput capacity potential based on our current process yield, while leveraging Framatome’s decades of experience in light-water reactor fuel production. In addition, by utilizing Framatome’s existing infrastructure and commercial relationships, Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC can help integrate Standard Nuclear into an established global value chain. The joint venture plans to commence manufacturing at the Richland SN-F Facility in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

•        Oak Ridge SN-TN20 Facility: We are also planning our additional Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, which we intend to enable with our modular equipment to establish an additional 20 MTU of production capacity. While construction has not yet begun, we have acquired the land on which we intend to build the SN-TN20 facility. Once construction is complete, we expect to install and commission production modules on a phased basis, progressively increasing the facility’s output as additional modules come online, and reaching full operational capacity thereafter.

102

Table of Contents

Regulatory Status of Our Facilities

Oak Ridge SN-0 Facility

Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is authorized by the DOE to possess HALEU and process it into advanced nuclear fuel under its existing safety basis. The Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is operational today and supports our current commercial fuel manufacturing activities, including work under existing customer agreements and the DOE Fuel Line Pilot Program. SN-0 is a less than Hazard Category III facility. Its authorized possession limits for enriched uranium feedstock vary based on enrichment level and operating configuration, and currently permit possession of quantities sufficient to support production of approximately 0.5 MTU of TRISO fuel per year, based on our current process yield. Rather than seeking expanded authorization at the Oak Ridge SN-0 facility, our scaling strategy is to commission additional production capacity at our Oak Ridge SN-TN, Idaho SN-ID, Oak Ridge SN-TN20 and Richland SN-F facilities, each of which is described below, and potential additional facilities in the future. We may seek future modifications to the Oak Ridge SN-0 facility’s existing safety basis or other authorizations to support additional volumes or process configurations at that facility, but do not currently view any such modifications as necessary to execute our near-term operating plan.

Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID Facilities

Our planned Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities are each anticipated to operate under DOE regulatory authority pursuant to DOE-STD-1271-2025, “Authorization Pathway for Nuclear Facilities,” which establishes the framework for the documented safety basis required to commence and sustain nuclear operations at DOE facilities. The principal milestones in this authorization process are:

•        Nuclear Safety Design Agreement (NSDA).    We have received DOE approval of an NSDA for each of the Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities, establishing the regulatory framework, safety design objectives and the critical milestones required to obtain final authorization to commence operations at each facility.

•        Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis (PDSA).    We have submitted a PDSA (which is documentation prepared in connection with design and construction of a new facility, that provides a reasonable basis for the preliminary conclusion that the facility can be operated safely) for each of the Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities, have received initial positive feedback from the DOE, and anticipate DOE approval of each PDSA in the near term, subject to the DOE’s review schedule and potential requests for additional information.

•        Documented Safety Analysis (DSA).    Following positive DOE feedback on our PDSA submissions, we are preparing the DSA (which is a formal documented analysis of how the nuclear facility can be operated safely with respect to workers, the public, and the environment, including a description of the conditions, safe boundaries, and hazard controls that provide the basis for ensuring safety) for each of the Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities for parallel submission to the DOE.

•        Readiness Review and Authorization to Operate.    After DOE approval of the DSA, each facility must complete a DOE-led operational readiness review before receiving authorization to commence operations. We anticipate full DOE approval of the DSAs and completion of readiness reviews for both facilities in the second half of 2026, although the timing is subject to, among other things, the DOE’s schedule, the satisfaction of the NSDA conditions and the readiness review process, as well as other factors described under “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities are each expected to be authorized as DOE Hazard Category II facilities. We expect to initially install sufficient equipment at each facility to support throughput production capacity of up to 1 MTU of TRISO fuel per year. As a DOE Hazard Category II facility, the primary constraint on future capacity expansions at these facilities is expected to be additional regulatory approvals associated with the installation and operation of incremental modular equipment and related safety reviews, rather than increases in authorized enriched uranium possession quantities. While we do have certain possession limits in place with respect to our facilities, such limits do not apply to TRISO fuel held on site in our storage containers, and we do not expect the possession limits to which our facilities are subject to be a meaningful impediment to our ability to scale our facilities and obtain appropriate regulatory approvals to produce our target throughput of TRISO fuel concurrently with receiving regulatory approval to expand our modular production capacity at any of our facilities.

103

Table of Contents

Oak Ridge SN-TN20 Facility

Our planned Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility is expected to be located on the Oak Ridge Reservation in Tennessee. We expect to initiate the formal NSDA, PDSA, DSA and readiness review process once the Oak Ridge SN-TN facility achieves authorized operations and the design basis for the Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility has been finalized. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not initiated the formal NSDA process for the Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility, the regulatory schedule remains subject to development and we have not yet begun construction.

Richland SN-F Facility

Our Richland SN-F facility is operated by Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC and is located within Framatome’s existing NRC-licensed nuclear fuel cycle facility in Richland, Washington. Operations at the Richland SN-F facility are subject to NRC oversight under 10 CFR Part 70, in contrast to our DOE-jurisdictional sites.

To accommodate TRISO-based fuel production at the Richland SN-F facility, the joint venture directed Framatome to submit a license amendment request to the NRC to identify the new hazards associated with TRISO fuel production and establish corresponding safety controls. The LAR was submitted in September 2024 and was approved in June 2026, with operations at the Richland SN-F facility expected to commence in 2027 pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

DOE and NRC Memorandum of Understanding

The DOE and NRC operate under a Memorandum of Understanding, currently based on Addendum No. 9 thereto, which provides a framework for coordinated oversight and streamlined transition of nuclear facilities from DOE authorization to NRC licensing if such a transition is pursued by a licensee. We may utilize this pathway in the future to transition certain DOE-jurisdictional operations to NRC oversight, including in connection with the long-term scaling of the Oak Ridge SN-TN or Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facilities. To support the potential future use of this pathway, we have engaged with the NRC for the NRC’s observation of the DOE authorization process for our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities. We have not made any binding commitment to pursue an NRC transition for any DOE-jurisdictional facility and any such transition would require a separate licensing process and approvals, however, we anticipate transitioning some or all of our DOE-jurisdiction facilities to NRC licensing and oversight in the future as we continue to scale and commercialize our business.

Expansion Strategy

Our expansion strategy, “Replicate, Don’t Redesign,” emphasizes repeatable, licensed, building blocks rather than bespoke scale-ups. This strategy is intended to increase throughput by deploying our existing standardized, reliable manufacturing modules at new and existing sites, reducing technical and licensing risk. Modules can operate on independent shift schedules while sharing centralized utilities, analytical lab support and waste-management systems, enabling incremental capacity additions within an established licensing and operating framework. This architecture is designed for sustained commercial production, not pilot-scale demonstration, and our plans for our Oak Ridge, Idaho Falls and Richland facilities are part of our broader scaling strategy to target up to 40 MTU of aggregate run-rate TRISO production capacity, which we expect to achieve no earlier than 2030, unless additional demand materializes earlier and results in an acceleration of our business plan.

Despite the industry challenges outlined above under “— Industry Challenges,” we believe our path to our target of up to 40 MTU reflects a flexible approach to deploying additional capacity across our existing and planned sites. We currently expect the majority of expansion to be driven by our planned Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility, which we expect to come online on a modular basis to up to 20 MTU of production capacity, together with continued modular expansion at the Richland SN-F Facility and build-out of other sites.

In particular, we own additional land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee that is located in proximity to other industry participants’ sites in Tennessee, which we intend to use for the construction of additional production facilities as demand warrants to achieve our scaling goals. Given our modular facility design and approximately one-year build and commissioning timeline per standard facility, this additional land provides us with the optionality to determine how best to scale to our target of up to 40 MTU of production capacity and respond to increases in customer demand by either constructing new facilities or deploying additional standardized production modules at available sites that are not yet fully utilized.

104

Table of Contents

We believe we have multiple, complementary pathways to achieve our target of up to 40 MTU of aggregate run-rate TRISO production capacity, which we expect to achieve no earlier than 2030, assuming we continue to construct production facilities and install production lines at such facilities as outlined below, and additional demand does not otherwise cause an acceleration to our business plan. These pathways are not mutually exclusive, and our modular manufacturing platform is specifically designed to allow us to pursue them in parallel or to sequence expansion accordingly depending on the timing and magnitude of anticipated customer demand. The following is a summary of the principal capacity expansion opportunities that are currently planned or that we believe are available to us to achieve our target installed production capacity of up to 40 MTU based on our current business plan:

•        Existing SN-0 Facility (0.5 MTU).    As of the date of this prospectus, our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is capable of producing up to 0.5 MTU of throughput capacity.

•        Near-Term Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID Facilities (up to approximately 5.0 MTU).

•        Oak Ridge SN-TN (up to 2.5 MTU).    Our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility, which we expect to come online in the second half of 2026, is expected to have initial throughput production capacity of approximately 1 MTU, which we intend to scale to up to approximately 2.5 MTU of throughput capacity per year through the installation of additional modular production lines at the facility.

•        Idaho SN-ID (up to 2.5 MTU).    Our Idaho SN-ID facility, which we expect to come online in the second half of 2026, is expected to have initial throughput production capacity of approximately 1 MTU, which we intend to scale to up to approximately 2.5 MTU of throughput capacity per year through the installation of additional modular production lines at the facility.

•        Richland SN-F Facility (up to 20 MTU).    We believe that the Richland SN-F Facility, which will be established by our SN Framatome JV, will initially have throughput production capacity of approximately 1 MTU, be scalable to up to 2.5 MTU, and can be enabled to establish up to a peak 20 MTU of throughput capacity potential through the installation of additional modular production lines at the facility. Our SN Framatome JV plans to commence manufacturing at the Richland SN-F Facility in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

•        Oak Ridge SN-TN20 Facility (up to 20 MTU).    We are planning our Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, which we intend to enable with our modular equipment to establish up to 20 MTU of throughput production capacity. Once construction is complete, we expect to install and commission production modules on a phased basis, progressively increasing the facility’s output as additional modules come online.

•        New Facility Construction in Oak Ridge.    As of the date of this prospectus, we own approximately 48 acres of land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee. The land we own in Oak Ridge is located in proximity to other industry participants’ sites in Tennessee and we believe provides us with substantial optionality to construct new production facilities to supplement, or in place of, our anticipated capacity expansion at Oak Ridge SN-TN20 and Richland SN-F, based on the following assumptions derived from, among other things, our experience with the Oak Ridge SN-TN facility:

•        Our manufacturing facilities are purpose-built nuclear fuel fabrication plants comprised of a defined set of production modules designed for industrial-scale manufacturing. Each of these modules is based on finalized designs that are already installed and operating at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and are expected to be replicated without material modification in new facilities.

•        We believe a standard 12,000 square foot facility can accommodate modular production lines that support up to 2.5 MTU of throughput capacity per year. Taking into consideration our planned SN-TN20 facility, we believe we currently own land that has sufficient acreage to allow for the construction of additional TRISO fabrication facilities in Tennessee.

•        We estimate an approximately one-year build and commissioning timeline per each standard facility, subject to the procurement and delivery of any long-lead-time equipment, particularly custom thermal processing systems (furnaces).

105

Table of Contents

•        The construction of a new standard facility would follow a multi-phase development process: (i) site preparation, including grading, utility connections, and foundation work; (ii) pre-engineered metal building erection; (iii) mechanical, electrical, and plumbing installation, including power distribution, cooling water, ventilation, and process gas and chemical supply systems sized to support the full modular capacity of the facility; (iv) production equipment installation, including our standardized manufacturing modules; and (v) operational readiness activities, including regulatory review and commissioning.

•        Certain phases of the process are executed concurrently, particularly long-lead equipment procurement and site development activities, in order to support overall schedule efficiency.

We believe this build cycle is replicable for future facilities we may elect to build on our additional Oak Ridge land or other land we may acquire in the future. We also expect that future facility build-outs will benefit from repeat vendor engagement and established supplier relationships developed during the construction of our SN-TN and SN-ID facilities, which we believe will reduce procurement risk and potentially shorten delivery timelines. See also “— Assumptions Underlying Target Installed Production Capacity” and “— Modular Scaling of Capacity.”

•        Process Yield Improvements.    Our current production capacity targets are based on the anticipated throughput capacity at any given facility, which is based on the current process yield from our manufacturing processes, which was 63.3% as of March 31, 2026. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators.” If we are able to improve our process yield over time, it could also increase our effective throughput capacity at our planned and potential facilities beyond the levels assumed in our current capacity targets without requiring additional production lines or facility construction. While we do not assume any potential process yield improvements in our target of achieving up to 40 MTU of throughput capacity, any such improvements would be expected to provide incremental additional capacity and enhance our ability to meet customer demand.

Collectively, the capacity levers described above represent our anticipated path to up to 40 MTU of throughout production capacity, which we expect to achieve no earlier than 2030, assuming we continue to complete and/or expand current planned facilities or construct additional production facilities as outlined above, and additional demand does not otherwise cause an acceleration to our business plan. Our modular approach is designed to allow us to deploy capacity incrementally in response to customer demand and market conditions, and to select the combination of capacity expansion opportunities that we believe will be most effective and capital-efficient at any given time.

The target production capacity numbers described above reflect management’s current expectations based on anticipated customer demand and projected deployment timelines. No assurance can be given that we will achieve this target production capacity in the manner described above or at all. This target is subject to change based on the timing, scale, and certainty of customer reactor deployments, contract execution, regulatory approvals, and other factors. We do not intend to construct or invest in additional production capacity unless and until it is supported by anticipated customer demand or contractual commitments. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — The target production capacity figures and certain other figures included in this prospectus are based on a number of assumptions, and may not reflect our actual future performance” for further information.

Assumptions Underlying Target Installed Production Capacity

Our target installed production capacity forecast above is presented in MTU per year and reflects our anticipated production model, under which each production line within a given facility is expected to produce approximately 1 MTU of TRISO fuel per year, based on our current process yield. Each standard facility is expected to be able to accommodate approximately 2.5 production lines, representing approximately 2.5 MTU of annual throughput capacity per facility. In addition, we believe our modular facility and production design, under which production capacity can be expanded by adding incremental production lines within a given facility footprint, will allow us to establish additional facilities in the future, such as our planned Oak Ridge SN-TN20 facility, with targeted annual production capacity of up to 20 MTU, and to potentially scale our Richland SN-F facility to up to 20 MTU of peak throughput capacity potential based on our current process yield, or to quickly scale further through the construction of additional facilities on the land we own in Oak Ridge, Tennessee or otherwise.

106

Table of Contents

We estimate an approximately one-year build and commissioning timeline per each standard facility, based on management’s experience with the design and in-progress buildout of our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities. For example, with respect to the Oak Ridge SN-TN facility, meaningful spending commenced in August 2025 and facility completion is targeted for the second half of 2026, encompassing site and design work, long-lead-time equipment procurement, site preparation, pre-engineered metal building erection, mechanical, electrical and plumbing installation, equipment installation, and operational readiness activities. Management expects long-lead-time production equipment, particularly furnaces, to be a key driver of the timeline for new capacity expansion, with lead times of approximately 9 to 12 months for larger furnace orders, while other major facility equipment, including HVAC, exhaust, cooling, power and monitoring systems, have historically had shorter procurement timelines. Management’s expectations also assume that future facility build-outs will benefit from repeat facility design, repeat vendor engagement, and modular production-line replication, which management believes will reduce design uncertainty relative to FOAK construction.

We expect that we are currently fully funded to support the buildout of aggregate production capacity of up to approximately 8 MTU of throughput capacity per year across our SN-0, SN-TN, SN-ID and SN-F facilities. While construction has not yet begun, we have acquired the land on which we intend to build the SN-TN20 facility, with production capacity expected to scale and come online at the site on a modular basis once construction has commenced. We also own additional land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, which provides us with the option to construct additional production facilities at our Tennessee headquarters as demand warrants. However, the pace at which we invest in and expand additional production capacity at our existing and future facilities will depend on, among other things, customer demand for TRISO fuel. While we believe demand for TRISO fuel will be robust, if demand does not grow at the rate anticipated, or if we do not expand our customer base or increase the amount of fuel purchased by our current customers, our modular production line design would allow us to pause or stagger our buildout over additional years as management feels may be appropriate to ensure we are meeting the needs of the market.

Our actual installed production capacity will depend on a number of variables including, among other things, the timing of customer demand, the timing and outcome of required regulatory approvals, our ability to commission and qualify production lines on schedule, and the availability of long-lead-time equipment, as well as other factors described under “Risk Factors.” See also “— Regulatory Status of Our Facilities.”

Modular Scaling of Capacity

Historical Scaling of SN-TN

Our approach to scaling the production of our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility is informed by our recent buildout of our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility, which serves as our reference point for construction costs, project timelines, supplier relationships, and execution considerations.

Our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility is under DOE authorization and comprises approximately 12,000 square feet and is designed to accommodate sufficient manufacturing modules to support up to 2.5 MTU of throughput capacity per year. Upon initial commissioning, our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility is equipped with manufacturing modules sufficient to produce approximately 1 MTU of throughput capacity per year. The facility has been constructed with auxiliary systems and utilities, including power distribution, cooling water, ventilation, and process gas and chemical supply, sized to support the installation of additional manufacturing modules in the future. Subject to regulatory approvals, capital availability, and operational considerations, this modular configuration is intended to allow us to expand throughput production capacity up to the facility’s designed maximum of approximately 2.5 MTU per year based on our current process yield.

Historical Cadence and Cost

As of March 31, 2026, total anticipated capital expenditures for our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility were approximately $11.9 million, of which approximately $7.2 million had been paid since first spend in mid-2025. These committed expenditures relate to production equipment, facility systems, construction activities, regulatory licensing, and engineering services.

Our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility is expected to commence operations in the second half of 2026, following the initiation of major procurement and construction activities in mid-2025. This schedule reflects a coordinated execution approach, including overlapping site preparation, building construction, and equipment procurement activities.

107

Table of Contents

Build Time and Supply Chain Dependencies

The Oak Ridge SN-TN facility buildout reflects a multi-phase development process, including site preparation, building construction, mechanical, electrical and plumbing installation, and production equipment installation. Certain phases of the project are executed concurrently, particularly long-lead equipment procurement and site development activities, in order to support overall schedule efficiency.

We rely on a limited number of specialized suppliers for selected critical production and monitoring systems, including thermal processing equipment, automation and control systems, and radiation monitoring infrastructure. While these specialized systems may be sourced from more than one supplier, and we are not dependent on any single supplier for all such systems, these suppliers are integral to both the initial deployment of our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility and our ability to scale production capacity in the future.

Long Lead-Time Items

A significant portion of our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility build timeline is driven by the procurement and delivery of long-lead-time equipment, particularly custom manufacturing systems. For example, the primary furnace systems for our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility were ordered in July 2025 and had an estimated delivery lead time of under ten months from the order date. Deployment of a greater number of such furnace systems, including for production capacities exceeding the initial phase of our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility (for example, scaling up to an additional 20 MTU of production capacity at SN-TN20 beyond the first 2.5 MTU of throughput capacity at SN-TN), is expected to require additional lead time for manufacturing and delivery.

Other critical systems, including automation and control equipment and radiation monitoring systems, have estimated lead times ranging from approximately six to twelve months. As a result, procurement decisions for these systems must be made well in advance of facility completion, which may require us to commit capital significantly in advance of generating revenue from facility operations.

Licensing and Capacity

Our Oak Ridge SN-TN facility operates within a broader licensing and regulatory framework applicable to our operations at our Oak Ridge, Tennessee site. This framework includes technology licensing arrangements, nuclear and non-nuclear regulatory approvals, and site- and facility-specific permits. We have obtained the licenses and regulatory approvals we believe are necessary to support our planned near-term operations at the Oak Ridge site and are in the process of pursuing additional authorizations intended to support future increases in production capacity.

We expect that we are currently fully funded to support aggregate production capacity of up to approximately 8 MTU per year across our SN-0, SN-TN, SN-ID and SN-F facilities. The timing, scope, and ultimate attainment of this capacity expansion remain subject to applicable regulatory approval processes, including nuclear materials licensing and authorizations from the DOE with respect to our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities. These regulatory processes may vary by site and facility and may involve additional review periods, conditions, or requirements that could extend development timelines or constrain our ability to expand production capacity as planned.

Our Business Model

Our business model is designed as a reactor-agnostic, pure-play manufacturing platform. This approach allows us to supply fuel across a broad range of next-generation reactor designs without exposure to the capital intensity, or technology-specific risks associated with owning or operating nuclear generation assets.

We believe our flexibility positions us as a critical supply-chain participant in the commercialization of advanced nuclear technologies. However, our business model remains subject to the same development-stage and supply-chain uncertainties that affect the broader Advanced Reactor ecosystem. Our customers’ SMR and microreactor programs may not commercialize on the timelines we expect, if at all, and our ability to execute long-term fuel supply arrangements, and to obtain our anticipated pricing for such arrangements, depends on customers obtaining reactor approvals, finalizing fuel specifications, securing financing and obtaining and delivering enriched uranium feedstock, including HALEU, to us that meets applicable requirements. If these conditions are delayed or do not occur, our fuel demand, production utilization, unit economics, revenue timing and ability to expand capacity could be materially adversely affected. See also “— Industry Challenges.”

108

Table of Contents

TRISO Fuel Pricing Expectations

Based on the factors set forth below, we expect initial pricing of our TRISO fuel and our ability to generate revenue to reflect current market conditions, including limited supply availability, our anticipated initial market share of nuclear fuel manufacturing, and expectations regarding nuclear fuel’s overall market share in the domestic fuel market.

While the ultimate price will depend on market conditions at the time our facilities come online, our current customer order book reflects assumed TRISO pricing of approximately $50.0 – 80.0 million per MTU. Management’s analysis, informed by contracted customer agreements and those in negotiation, expected inputs and operating costs, and publicly available disclosures relating to anticipated TRISO-fueled projects from the DOE and other industry participants, is that TRISO pricing per MTU will compress as additional TRISO fabrication capacity comes online from other suppliers.

In establishing our TRISO fuel pricing assumptions, we took into account our existing customer agreements, as well as comparable competitors’ pricing models.

•        Existing customer agreements.    Our expectations for future TRISO fuel pricing are informed, in part, by our negotiations with prospective customers and the commitments contained in customer agreements entered into as of the date of this prospectus, including in connection with our total contract backlog of up to $245 million and our pipeline of $986 million in potential additional prospective fuel order opportunities (that we expect to be available either directly to us or through our joint venture with Framatome), which provide us with visibility into potential per-MTU pricing terms that customers are prepared to accept for delivery between 2026 through 2030. See also “Our Competitive Strengths – Strong Backlog Visibility” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators.”

•        Competitor and comparable program pricing.    Management has analyzed publicly disclosed contract awards associated with TRISO-related fuel development conducted through Idaho National Laboratory (“INL”), including an approximately $37 million award announced in June 2022 in connection with the Project Pele program. Based on management’s estimate of a prototype core size on the order of approximately 200 kilograms of uranium (0.2 MTU), such contract value would imply a normalized cost on the order of approximately $185 million per MTU. Management has also considered total publicly disclosed program-level expenditures for Project Pele, of which the $37 million award forms a part, including an approximately $300 million cost-type contract awarded by the Department of Defense’s Strategic Capabilities Office. When normalized over estimated prototype core fuel quantities, such total program-level expenditures would imply costs significantly in excess of our anticipated TRISO fuel pricing range; however, we believe such values reflect fully burdened FOAK system-level costs, including engineering, fabrication, testing and program management, and we do not believe they are representative of standalone fuel pricing. Management believes that such costs are likely to decline over time with scale, learning effects and repeat production, and therefore are not representative of expected pricing for subsequent cores or commercial-scale supply.

Our assumed pricing is also informed by the relationship between the estimated market sale price and the underlying cost structure required to fabricate TRISO fuel at scale, and in particular direct production costs and indirect operating costs, each of which is discussed further below.

•        Direct Costs.    Direct costs represent ongoing, fixed expenses for TRISO production, including direct production labor, consumables, utilities, and facility overhead.

•        Indirect Costs.    Indirect costs represent indirect operating costs related to TRISO fabrication, including facilities, administrative expenses, licenses and other expenses.

The estimates described above represent management’s current judgment of the prospective initial market sale price for our TRISO fuel and our realized prices on any particular transaction may differ from this range, in some cases materially. Realized prices and our ability to achieve any sales at a particular price are subject to a number of factors including pricing pressure from customers, competitor entry, scaling and yield outcomes and regulatory developments, as well as other factors described under “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

109

Table of Contents

Our Customers

Our existing customer base as of the date of this prospectus spans two principal categories:

•        Developers of Advanced Reactors designing SMRs and microreactors that require TRISO fuel. Engagements often begin with Fuel Development Agreements (e.g., consulting, testing, and sample production) and progress to Fuel Sales Agreements for metric tons of fuel. Our Fuel Sales Agreements typically include related non-refundable customer deposits made well in advance of fuel delivery, as well as milestone payment obligations for our customers.

•        Federal agencies pursuing HALEU-fueled demonstration reactors and mobile microreactor systems, including mission deployments (e.g., space power and forward operating deployments). These contracts often involve specialized fuel development and long-term production commitments.

Consistent with the legacy nuclear fuel procurement dynamics for the operating U.S. nuclear reactor fleet, we believe project owners and operators will be the eventual long-term counterparties for fuel contracts. This may include utilities, independent power producers, government agencies and other qualified independent reactor owner-operators.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our key competitive strengths include:

1.      U.S.’s Only Industrial-Scale Advanced Nuclear Fuel Company

We believe we are the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO fuel fabrication capabilities to date. While certain of our competitors have existing TRISO manufacturing technology and operate facilities that are currently capable of receiving enriched uranium feedstock and manufacturing TRISO fuel, we believe we are the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO fuel fabrication facilities, based on our existing installed TRISO fuel production capacity, as well as our modular, scalable manufacturing process, which provides us with the ability to, and through which we plan to, meaningfully scale our output capacity of TRISO fuel in the future. Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is operational today and our Oak Ridge SN-TN and Idaho SN-ID facilities, once operational, will operate under DOE authorization alongside our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility. In addition, the Richland SN-F Facility will operate under NRC authorization pursuant to our joint venture with Framatome. In contrast to facilities that are solely able to produce TRISO fuel for R&D or reactor demonstration purposes, the equipment at our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and, once completed, at our other facilities, is intended for, and capable of, bulk production of TRISO fuel to be delivered to our customers that seek to fuel their reactors. This is effected using established and repeatable manufacturing processes enabling us to commercialize our TRISO fuel production activities and deliver TRISO fuel to Advanced Reactors. Once all of our initial facilities are operational, based on our assumptions that each TRISO production line is constructed, online, and operating at intended production capacity, we expect the combined initial run-rate annual throughput capacity of our SN-0, SN-TN, SN-ID and SN-F facilities will be 3.5 MTU of TRISO fuel (0.5 MTU, 1.0 MTU, 1.0 MTU and 1.0 MTU respectively), sufficient to support roughly 5,600 GWh of thermal energy output from Advanced Reactors, with capacity further scaling to up to 8 MTU upon the modular expansion of our SN-TN, SN-ID and SN-F facilities to up to 2.5 MTU of throughput production capacity each, and target scalability of up to 40 MTU of aggregate run-rate production capacity through our planned SN-TN20 facility, prospective continued modular expansion of capacity at SN-F and through the construction of other potential facilities as demand warrants. For example, we own land in Oak Ridge, Tennessee that is located in proximity to other industry participants’ sites in Tennessee and we believe could be used to construct further production facilities, in addition to SN-TN20.

2.      Technology-Agnostic Approach Driving Large and Growing TAM and SAM

We operate a technology-agnostic advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing model that allows us to serve customers utilizing various reactor designs, rather than being vertically integrated with a single proprietary reactor design.

110

Table of Contents

By decoupling fuel fabrication from reactor ownership, we can operate as an independent advanced fuel supplier, aligning commercial and operational incentives with reactor vendor and plant operator customers, avoiding the conflict of interest commonly associated with vertically integrated fuel-reactor models.

By serving multiple reactor developers across different designs and deployment timelines, we reduce reliance on any single reactor program and can benefit from a diversified customer portfolio, reducing customer concentration risk and smoothing demand.

In addition, through our experience and expertise with the nuclear fuel cycle, we believe additional opportunities may be available in the future for advanced nuclear fuel and feedstock processing, containers for fissile material transport, and shipping logistics, among other things.

We also estimate TAM of approximately 11.5 GWe per year of TRISO fuel for advanced reactor deployments by 2035. This estimate is informed by the Wood Mackenzie Report, which projects “mid-case” cumulative TRISO fuel demand of approximately 7.0 GWe by 2035 and “high case” cumulative TRISO fuel demand of approximately 27.5 GWe by 2035. The Wood Mackenzie “mid-case” assumes that (i) government initiatives effectively support HALEU supply and streamlined licensing, (ii) FOAK demonstrations and deployments are largely successful and drive NOAK learning curves, and (iii) supply chain and workforce capacity scale with demand. The Wood Mackenzie “high-case” assumes that (i) government initiatives have an even more accelerated effect on private sector adoption and unlock abundant HALEU supply, (ii) the first wave of reactor demonstrations and FOAK deployments are almost all successful and drive rapid NOAK learning curves, accelerating adoption even in cost sensitive and technologically conservative segments like utilities and industrials, and (iii) TRISO-based reactors begin to out-compete alternative platforms.

Our TAM estimate of 11.5 GWe reflects management’s belief that demand for TRISO fuel in 2035 will exceed the Wood Mackenzie “mid-case” but remain significantly beneath Wood Mackenzie’s “high-case” demand. Management’s perspective is driven by, among other things, management’s assessment of the likelihood of certain publicly disclosed reactor development programs reaching completion on the timelines projected by the reactor developers. In particular, based on management’s industry expertise and discussions with a wide range of nuclear reactor developers and project owners, management placed a greater weighting on the likelihood of certain such publicly announced reactor projects achieving commercial deployment on a timely basis than the Wood Mackenzie “mid-case,” which management estimates would result in higher anticipated aggregate TRISO fuel demand by 2035 than is reflected in the Wood Mackenzie mid-case assessment.

In contrast, in the period from the date of this prospectus through 2030, consistent with the Wood Mackenzie mid-case, we estimate annual TRISO fuel demand associated with Advanced Reactors will reach approximately 1.5 GWe, resulting in estimated cumulative demand of approximately 3.2 GWe over the period from 2026 through 2030 as reactors are phased onto the grid. Applying our assumption of TRISO fuel pricing at approximately $50 – $80 million per MTU and approximately 16 MTU of TRISO fuel per GWe, based on the blended average fuel requirement across the mix of Advanced Reactor types management expects to be deployed at that time, we believe our cumulative dollar-denominated TAM through 2030 will be over $4 billion.

Furthermore, we estimate our cumulative SAM opportunity to be approximately $3.2 billion, representing approximately three quarters of the estimated TAM through 2030. The SAM reflects management’s assumptions as to the prospective market opportunity that may be available to us, taking into account our current and anticipated manufacturing capabilities, participation in key fuel qualification programs, and ongoing commercial engagement with reactor developers and project owners, as well as management’s assessment that, in a near-term market with initially limited supply availability and limited competition from other industry participants able to deliver TRISO fuel at scale, we could have the opportunity to service a substantial portion of the total available market opportunity for TRISO fuel, as balanced by management’s expectations relating to both our and prospective competitors’ ability to scale during this period to pursue the TAM opportunity. The $3.2 billion SAM estimate includes the potential fuel orders and contract backlog described below and should not be viewed as incremental to those amounts. See also “Industry and Market Opportunity” for more information.

111

Table of Contents

The TAM and SAM estimates represent management’s assessment of the market opportunity that may be available to our business and are not a forecast of revenue or a representation that we will achieve any particular level of market share. We are an early-stage company with limited historical revenue, and there can be no assurance that the Advanced Reactor market will develop at the pace or scale reflected in these estimates, or that we will be able to capture the share of addressable demand contemplated by our SAM analysis.

3.      Specialization in TRISO, a Highly Configurable Fuel That Can Enable the Nuclear Renaissance

We are primarily focused on TRISO fuel due to its inherent robustness and fuel-level containment characteristics, which support simplified reactor designs, passive safety performance and predictable operation.

TRISO fuel incorporates multiple concentric containment layers, designed to retain fission product under high temperatures and a wide range of operating conditions. These fuel-level characteristics provide intrinsic performance and safety benefits that reduce or eliminate the need for reliance on complex and active safety systems at the reactor level, which are typically needed for conventional light-water reactors.

The DOE describes TRISO fuel as the “most robust nuclear fuel on Earth,” noting that TRISO particles are more stable than traditional nuclear fuels and cannot melt under non-normal operating conditions.

These attributes are designed to translate to enhanced overall safety, lower capital intensity, reduced construction risk and improved schedule certainty relative to more system-dependent fuel technologies.

4.      Competitive Intellectual Property Moat Built for Scalability

We retain ownership of our proprietary manufacturing processes, quality systems and operational know-how required to produce the TRISO-based fuels that meet our customers’ unique specifications, including the final attributes and characteristics of the fuel products we deliver. Each step of our manufacturing process is protected by our intellectual property or other proprietary rights, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage over other companies that may rely on third-party input or licenses. While our customers define the specifications for the final fuel products they receive (the ‘what’), we retain ownership of the underlying manufacturing methodologies, proprietary processes, and technical know-how (the ‘how’) utilized to arrive at those specifications.

This differentiation is based less on any one or more standalone patents and more on our process expertise, including equipment configuration, process control and monitoring parameters, quality assurance methodologies and manufacturing expertise accumulated over repeated production cycles.

Our competitive advantage is driven by our accumulated manufacturing experience, process control expertise and regulatory qualifications embedded in our platform, which we believe are hard to replicate and can improve with scale.

We expect this approach to reduce customer capital and execution risk while potentially creating high switching costs and durable differentiation as the nuclear industry evolves.

5.      Purpose-Built, Efficient Operational Facilities

Our facilities are purpose-built for advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing, with an emphasis on centralized process control, regulatory rigor and scalable operations. We have invested in specialized equipment, integrated quality systems, and experienced operating teams to support repeatable production, continuous improvement and consistent performance as volume increases. We believe this disciplined, infrastructure-oriented approach positions our facilities at the leading edge of advanced nuclear fuel manufacturing and will support the market as it transitions into commercial deployments.

We have been deliberate about leaving the laboratory setting and operating at industrial scale, by leveraging our initial R&D activities to develop modular equipment and repeatable manufacturing processes that are intended to support consistent product quality and be scalable across facilities in compliance with applicable regulatory, security, and safety frameworks, allowing us to commercialize our manufacturing capability in a manner designed for sustained, high-throughput output and scalable expansion. This head start has also allowed us to internalize critical lessons and refine risk-mitigation strategies that only come from real-world, high-volume production operations.

112

Table of Contents

6.      Strong Backlog Visibility

We benefit from enhanced visibility into our customer pipeline due to long lead times and the technical specificity associated with our customers’ fuel requests. This visibility is further enhanced by our value proposition as the only independent advanced fuel supplier that is currently able to operate at-scale, ensuring trust and alignment with our customers, and enables a head start on any future competition. Fuel specifications are typically defined early in the reactor development process and require close coordination, resulting in structured commercial arrangements that may include Fuel Development Agreements and Fuel Sales Agreements that are often entered into well in advance of fuel delivery.

Our Fuel Development Agreements are customer-funded development arrangements under which we collaborate with customers to define reactor-specific fuel requirements and perform development activities to enable production of fuel that meets a customer’s fuel specifications. The arrangements may include consulting, testing, and production of surrogate fuel and typically run six to twelve months, establishing technical baselines and commercial terms for future production. These development efforts allow us to establish and validate the process parameters and key manufacturing inputs necessary to reliably meet the customer’s specifications at scale.

Our Fuel Sales Agreement structure requires upfront customer deposit payments upon order, and milestone-based payments tied to production progress and payments for work performed to date, subject to minimum payment provisions, in the event of early termination. Under this structure, customers commit to provide deposits in advance of executing a definitive Fuel Sales Agreement and express intent to purchase specified quantities of fuel, with such deposits generally credited toward future fuel purchases. These deposits may become non-refundable upon achievement of agreed milestones and, in certain cases, may be retained by us if a customer elects not to proceed with a definitive Fuel Sales Agreement. However, delivery of fuel remains contingent upon execution of such definitive agreements. These payments provide visibility into customer demand and support production planning and capacity allocation. We believe this commercial structure supports disciplined capacity planning and reduces demand uncertainty.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are in the process of negotiating contracts for approximately $986 million in potential additional prospective fuel order opportunities, which we refer to as our “qualified pipeline.” Our qualified pipeline represents vetted potential sales opportunities which are not yet subject to executed agreements, represent non-binding indications of interest and remain subject to negotiation of commercial terms and other conditions. This also includes vetted potential sales opportunities that would be serviced through our joint venture with Framatome, if definitive agreements are entered into. We make no assurance that any agreements with parties in our qualified pipeline will be entered into on the terms we anticipate or at all. See “Risk Factors.”

Additionally, as of the date of this prospectus, we have up to $245 million total contract backlog, reflecting $65 million of funded backlog, $157 million of purchase options associated with executed contracts and $23 million of contingent unfunded backlog, each as described below. Collectively, our total contract backlog reflects amounts due under certain Fuel Development Agreements and Fuel Sales Agreements, together with our customers’ aggregate minimum order commitments, contractually granted purchase options and intent-to-purchase amounts in connection with existing customer deposit arrangements.

Approximately $65 million of our contract backlog, which we refer to as our “funded” backlog, relates to executed Fuel Development Agreements and binding commitments for fuel delivery.

Approximately $157 million of our contract backlog, which we refer to as “purchase options under executed contracts,” represents the dollar value of contractually granted but unexercised customer options to purchase additional fuel under existing agreements, including extension options, follow-on purchase rights, and volume options at predetermined or formula-based pricing. We use this metric to assess potential incremental demand from our existing customer base and to inform our capacity planning, though option exercise is at the sole discretion of the counterparty and there can be no assurance that any such option will be exercised or result in revenue. Option values are not reflected in our financial statements until exercised and converted to funded backlog.

The remaining $23 million of this backlog, which we refer to as our “unfunded” backlog, relates to arrangements that are contingent upon the execution of definitive Fuel Sales Agreements (or, in certain cases, definitive Fuel Development Agreements) and do not yet constitute binding commitments for fuel delivery. We

113

Table of Contents

use this metric as a distinction from contracted funded backlog to assess the breadth of prospective demand and to inform our capacity expansion planning, though these unfunded opportunities are not reflected in our financial statements and there can be no assurance that any such opportunity will result in a binding agreement or revenue. The contingent portion of the backlog primarily relates to offtake, capacity reservation or similar arrangements pursuant to which customers have made deposits or otherwise reserved or expressed an intent to purchase future TRISO fuel supply, but which remain subject to negotiation and execution of definitive agreements and are subject to various conditions, including customer performance and our ability to meet contractual and regulatory requirements, and therefore may not ultimately be realized as revenue.

Our approximately $986 million of qualified pipeline is not inclusive of our total contract backlog of up to $245 million.

Below is a table detailing our qualified pipeline and total contract backlog:

     

Value ($mm)

 

Description

   

Qualified pipeline

 

986

 

Potential fuel orders under negotiation either directly through Standard Nuclear or via our joint venture with Framatome.

   

Total Contract Backlog

 

245

 

Represents funded backlog, purchase options under executed contracts and unfunded backlog, each as detailed below.

   

Funded

 

65

 

Represents contracted fuel sales under binding commitments or agreements with firm delivery obligations, which provides direct visibility into near-term revenue.

   

Purchase Option under Executed Contracts

 

157

 

Represents the dollar value of contractually granted but unexercised customer options to purchase additional fuel under existing agreements, including extension options, follow-on purchase rights, and volume options at predetermined or formula-based pricing.

   

Unfunded

 

23

 

Represents the dollar value of intended fuel sales under memoranda of understanding, non-binding framework agreements or term sheets, and letters of intent.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Performance Indicators” for additional information.

7.      Significant Government Support

We participate in U.S. government initiatives designed to strengthen the domestic advanced nuclear fuel supply chain. We were selected by the DOE as the first recipient of the Fuel Line Pilot Program contract to support the development and operation of TRISO fuel fabrication capabilities, and we have entered into the OTA as a prime contractor to the DOE. We believe participation in these programs reflects our alignment with U.S. domestic energy policy and security priorities and supports the development and operation of TRISO fuel fabrication capabilities, including scale up and readiness for commercial deployment.

Our customers also include other U.S. government agencies (e.g., NASA), other DOE prime contractors, and national defense programs, who we support through the development and supply of advanced nuclear fuels required to power critical infrastructure both on Earth and in space, informing the future of our energy independence and national security.

8.      World-Class Management Team

Our management team brings significant execution-oriented experience and extensive track record in advanced nuclear fuel and infrastructure development and manufacturing which helps us reduce technical and operational risk at scale. Our leadership and technical staff include engineers and operators with prior experience in nuclear fuel fabrication, materials science, manufacturing scale-up and engagement with U.S. government agencies and national laboratories.

114

Table of Contents

Unlike competitors where teams are focused on both reactor design and research, our workforce is oriented toward building, deploying and producing nuclear fuel cycle facilities and infrastructure at industrial scale.

Our Strategic Partnerships

Department of Energy Partnership

Pilot Program

In August 2025, the DOE announced Standard Nuclear as the first U.S. company selected under its newly established Fuel Line Pilot Program, marking the first pilot project for advanced nuclear fuel lines, and we entered into the OTA as a prime contractor to the DOE in September 2025 to build, operate, and commission advanced fuel fabrication facilities at our Oak Ridge Facilities and Idaho Facility. The DOE stated that this initiative was issued in accordance with President Trump’s Executive Order Deploying Advanced Nuclear Reactors for National Security and is designed to strengthen domestic nuclear fuel supply chains and “help eliminate America’s reliance on foreign sources of enriched uranium and critical materials,” while enabling private-sector investment in U.S. nuclear energy development.

Additionally, the DOE fuel line pilot program directly supports DOE’s Reactor Pilot Program, which aims to have at least three advanced reactor designs achieve criticality by July 4, 2026, and both pilot programs advance the implementation of executive orders designed to reform reactor testing and deploy nuclear technologies for national security.

In parallel, the DOE’s Loan Programs Office has signaled support for domestic nuclear manufacturing under its Title XVII authority, reflecting a policy emphasis on rebuilding U.S. nuclear supply-chain infrastructure. The Department of War is also advancing microreactor demonstration and deployment programs, including initiatives at Idaho National Laboratory, further reinforcing demand for qualified advanced nuclear fuel.

Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program

In June 2026, we were selected by the DOE for advanced negotiations under the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program, which was established in accordance with President Trump’s Executive Order Reinvigorating the Nuclear Industrial Base. The program aims to demonstrate disposition through use by making designated surplus plutonium material available to industry participants and enabling the conversion of those materials into fuel for advanced nuclear reactors. Plutonium is an energy-dense feedstock that is expected to be well-suited for safe, productive consumption as advanced nuclear fuel. As the only participant in the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program without a proprietary reactor program, we intend to fabricate plutonium-based TRISO fuel as an independent supplier to any advanced reactor developer seeking to utilize this material. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not yet commenced any activities under the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program.

Our participation in the program does not obligate us to any operations relating to the program and there can be no assurance that our participation in the program will generate revenue.

Framatome Joint Venture

We have formed a joint venture with Framatome, organized as a Delaware limited liability company under the name “Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC”, the purpose of which is to manufacture and bring advanced fuel products, including TRISO fuel particles and other TRISO-based fuel forms, to market. The SN Framatome JV plans to utilize Framatome’s existing Richland, Washington nuclear fuel manufacturing facility, which has been approved by the NRC to allow the manufacture of TRISO fuel by the joint venture pursuant to an amendment to the NRC 10 CFR Part 70 license for such facility. The LAR for such license was submitted to the NRC in September 2024 and approved by the NRC in June 2026. The Richland SN-F Facility will benefit from our modular equipment while leveraging Framatome’s decades of experience in light-water reactor fuel production. By utilizing Framatome’s existing infrastructure and commercial relationships, the SN Framatome JV can help integrate Standard Nuclear into an established global value chain.

Standard Nuclear holds a 66.667% percentage interest in the SN Framatome JV and Framatome holds a 33.333% percentage interest in the SN Framatome JV, with profits being distributed to us and Framatome proportionately based on such interests. The SN Framatome JV currently has no employees and is expected to

115

Table of Contents

operate through service agreements with both us and Framatome, pursuant to which each member will provide certain agreed services to the SN Framatome JV. Framatome’s services are expected to cover, among other things, facility operations, environmental health and safety, regulatory compliance, manufacturing labor, and material storage at the Richland SN-F Facility. Standard Nuclear’s services are expected to cover, among other things, process engineering, manufacturing equipment maintenance, product quality engineering, and procurement of specialized chemicals and materials for advanced fuel process manufacturing.

The business and affairs of the SN Framatome JV are managed by the JV Board, which is composed of three directors appointed by us and three directors appointed by Framatome. Actions to be taken by the six member JV Board typically require approval of a simple majority of directors. However, certain special matters require the approval of all directors then in office, including entry into loan agreements or similar borrowing arrangements, the admission of new members or changes in percentage interests, and the purchase or sale of real estate or assets necessary for the SN Framatome JV’s purpose.

The SN Framatome JV is also subject to ongoing oversight by CFIUS pursuant to a NSA. Among other things, the NSA subjects Framatome, the Company and the SN Framatome JV to restrictions and oversight related to the receipt, storage, processing, and distribution of our proprietary information related to the design or fabrication of TRISO particles and TRISO-based fuel forms that is shared with the joint venture.

Oklo Partnership

On April 13, 2026, we entered into a non-binding memorandum of understanding with Oklo Inc., an advanced nuclear technology company, to explore commercial collaboration on nuclear fuel recycling and advanced fuel manufacturing. The MOU aligns with recent White House executive orders aimed at accelerating U.S. nuclear energy deployment and establishing domestic supplies of critical nuclear materials and fuel. Under the MOU, the collaboration would focus on the supply of reprocessed uranium and uranium-transuranic material streams from used nuclear fuel, which could serve as feedstock for our TRISO fuel manufacturing.

In addition, the MOU establishes a framework for the companies to collaboratively explore the responsible use of U.S. surplus plutonium for advanced reactor fuel, following both companies’ selection by the DOE for advanced negotiations under the Surplus Plutonium Utilization Program. The companies intend to evaluate opportunities to collaborate on shared facilities, licensing, packaging, and transportation to support secure, cost-effective conversion of surplus plutonium into advanced reactor fuel for clean, baseload electricity.

The MOU is generally non-binding, other than certain customary provisions relating to confidentiality and fees and expenses, among other things, and does not create any obligation on either party to enter into any definitive agreement or to consummate any transaction. There can be no assurance that the collaboration contemplated by the MOU will result in definitive agreements or generate revenue.

Our Acquisition of Ultra Safe Nuclear Assets

USNC filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code on October 29, 2024 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. On November 21, 2024, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with USNC to acquire specific nuclear fuel-related assets. Under the agreement, we purchased the USNC Assets for a total cash purchase price of $32.9 million, paid at closing. The purchase was approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware on December 19, 2024, and the acquisition closed on December 27, 2024.

Our Technology and Workforce

We are built upon the deep expertise of our skilled employees and key management members, rooted in the U.S. national laboratory ecosystem. Key members of our team transitioned from national laboratory environments to the private sector and bring 150+ years of combined experience across TRISO fuel manufacturing, testing, and modeling. Our production model is designed for continuous operations while maintaining nuclear safety, quality and security requirements.

116

Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2026, we employed 80 full-time employees, and as of the date of this prospectus, we employ 106 full-time employees across engineering, manufacturing, quality assurance, safety, facilities, and program management. A significant portion of the team holds advanced degrees, including 23 employees with PhDs and/or master’s degrees in engineering, materials science, physics and related disciplines. This structure supports coordinated technical decision-making across manufacturing, qualification, and facility operations.

Operating Efficiencies

We believe we can scale manufacturing capacity by replicating reliable, industrial-scale modules and facility designs, rather than redesigning processes or increasing the size of individual pieces of equipment. Our fuel manufacturing technology is currently commercially operational, and we intend deployment of additional capacity to be a straightforward replication of existing designs using systems that are already installed, qualified, and operating today. Because the underlying system designs, equipment configurations, and operating procedures are already codified and demonstrated, we believe additional production lines can be deployed rapidly and consistently as demand increases. We also believe that operating more modules at larger facilities will result in additional efficiencies rising from lower operating costs (e.g., enabling us to negotiate better rates for power and feedstock chemicals and consumables for the larger use case).

Customer Agreements

We have a network of customers across the advanced nuclear energy sector that are invested in our growth and success. We enter into a variety of contractual arrangements with such customers, reflecting the diverse needs and development stages of our customers, including:

•        Fuel Development Agreements:    Customer-funded development arrangements under which we collaborate with customers to define reactor-specific fuel requirements and perform development activities to enable production of fuel that meets a customer’s fuel specifications. Fuel Development Agreements may include consulting, testing, and production of surrogate fuel and typically run 6 to 12 months, establishing technical baselines and commercial terms for future production. Under these agreements, we generate revenue through milestone-based payments tied to the completion of defined development activities. These development efforts allow us to establish and validate the process parameters and key manufacturing inputs necessary to reliably meet the customer’s specifications at scale.

•        Fuel Sales Agreements:    Full-scale fabrication contracts for commercial quantities of TRISO fuel. Our Fuel Sales Agreement arrangements are structured to include customers providing a non-refundable deposit in advance of executing a definitive Fuel Sales Agreement, as well as milestone-based payments. In connection with the deposits, customers express intent to purchase specified quantities of fuel, with such deposits generally credited toward future fuel purchases. This allows customers priority access to our production queue. These deposits may become non-refundable upon achievement of agreed milestones and, in certain cases, may be retained by us if a customer elects not to proceed with a definitive Fuel Sales Agreement. However, delivery of fuel remains contingent upon execution of such definitive agreements.

•        Government & Specialized Contracts:    Agreements with agencies such as the DOE, U.S. Department of War and NASA, for specialized fuel or advanced materials. These often involve unique specifications, long-term commitments and are on behalf of strategic programs (e.g., space power systems).

Growth Opportunities

We intend to grow our business by leveraging our competitive advantages in scalability, safety, reliability and cost. We have several avenues to achieve our growth objectives:

•        Scaling of Advanced Reactor Ecosystem:    As Advanced Reactor developers move into commercial-scale deployment, we expect to sustain a leading share of the TRISO fuel market, supported by our belief that we are positioned as the only third-party TRISO manufacturer operating at-scale. Growth is expected to come from existing customers expanding their reactor fleets, new reactor developers entering the market, and long-term recurring demand from multi-cycle refueling needs.

117

Table of Contents

•        Advanced Materials:    Includes development and manufacturing of specialty materials for nuclear and harsh environment applications. These include refractory ceramics, advanced moderators and neutron absorbers, and radioisotope heat sources for power applications.

•        Fuel Logistics:    We intend to participate in the emerging transportation and logistics infrastructure required to safely and efficiently move advanced nuclear materials, including TRISO fuel, domestically and internationally. This encompasses various processes upstream and downstream of our core business (fuel manufacturing) spanning chemical processing of uranium feedstock materials, specialty transportation packages for nuclear fuel, and services for conveyance and delivery of nuclear fuel.

Competition

We expect to compete with alternative nuclear fuel suppliers, vertically integrated reactor developers, and other entities developing advanced fuel manufacturing capabilities. As of the date of this prospectus, our primary competitor is BWXT Technologies, which currently maintains TRISO fuel production capabilities but has historically served U.S. government customers with limited third-party commercial customers. In addition, while both BWXT and certain other prospective competitors have announced plans to establish dedicated TRISO fuel manufacturing facilities, such facilities are not yet operational and, based on such announcements, are generally expected to come online in 2030 or later.

While certain of our competitors have existing TRISO manufacturing technology and operate facilities that are currently capable of receiving enriched uranium feedstock and manufacturing TRISO fuel, we believe we are the only company in the United States with industrial-scale TRISO fuel fabrication, based on our existing installed TRISO fuel production capacity, as well as our modular, scalable manufacturing process, which provides us with the ability to, and through which we plan to, meaningfully scale our output capacity of TRISO fuel in the future. As a result, we view our current TRISO fuel production capabilities to be distinct from those of BWXT and other prospective competitors.

Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is operational today, and once operational, our Oak Ridge SN-TN Facility and Idaho SN-ID Facility will operate under DOE authorization alongside our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility. In addition, the Richland SN-F Facility will operate under NRC authorization pursuant to our joint venture with Framatome. Once all facilities are operational and based on our assumptions that each TRISO production line is constructed, online, and operating at intended initial production capacity, we expect the combined run-rate annual capacity of our SN-0, SN-TN, SN-ID and SN-F facilities will be 3.5 MTU of TRISO fuel, sufficient to support roughly 5,600 GWh of thermal energy output from Advanced Reactors, with target scalability up to approximately 40 MTU of aggregate run-rate production capacity, which contemplates initial expansion of SN-TN and SN-ID to approximately 2.5 MTU each, the SN-TN20 facility being capable of producing up to 20 MTU and further scaling across the Richland SN-F Facility or through the construction of additional facilities, as demand warrants.

Key competitive factors include demonstrated manufacturing performance, a trained and proven workforce, the ability to meet specifications, regulatory authorizations, schedule reliability, quality assurance systems, capacity availability, and customer support during development and qualification.

Operating Licenses

We are designated as a prime contractor to the DOE under the OTA, supporting advanced fuel development to enable reliable fuel supply for Advanced Reactors. We actively participate in federal HALEU supply-chain programs and maintain QSL status with various commercial entities, FFRDCs and other government-related agencies, enabling direct engagement on development, demonstration, and deployment programs. In addition, we benefit from a network of strategic and financial investors that support our long-term growth and commercialization efforts.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property portfolio is a critical component of our competitive advantage and business strategy. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, license agreements, confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements.

118

Table of Contents

The majority of our core intellectual property consists of trade secrets, including proprietary manufacturing methodologies and operational know-how for the production of advanced nuclear fuel. The essential details of our manufacturing modules and processes are custom-designed and built to our specifications, and their design and operation are documented in proprietary materials that are not disclosed to third parties (except to the extent necessary or required), unless under nondisclosure agreements. However, we cannot assure you that we have entered into, or will be able to enter into, such agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our trade secrets, know-how, confidential or proprietary information or that has developed any intellectual property on our behalf, or that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our intellectual property in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information or ownership disputes with inventors of any intellectual property developed by them on our behalf.

Our issued patents and pending patent applications cover key aspects of our advanced nuclear fuel operations. As of March 31, 2026, we owned 17 issued U.S. utility patents and jointly owned one issued U.S. utility patent with UT-Battelle, LLC, owned two issued Canadian utility patents and owned two issued South Korean utility patents. In addition, as of March 31, 2026, we owned seven U.S. utility patent applications, two South Korean utility patent applications and one Patent Cooperation Treaty patent application. Such patents and patent applications cover core aspects of our TRISO fuel manufacturing processes, including kernel formation, coating technologies, fuel form fabrication, and related systems and methods. Our patents, and any patents that may issue from our pending patent applications, are expected to expire between 2030 and 2045.

In addition, as of March 31, 2026, we owned two registered trademarks in the United States, as well as four registered trademarks in Canada, European Union, China and Republic of Korea, and have one pending trademark application in South Africa.

We have also registered domain names for websites that we use in our business. We intend to pursue additional intellectual property protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, they may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights, including trade secrets relating to our technology, the commercial value of our technology and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Acquisition of Assets Out of Bankruptcy — We may discover title defects, unreleased liens, real property restrictions, or breaks in intellectual property chain of title (including with respect to assets acquired from Ultra Safe) that require costly remediation and could constrain operations.”

Government Regulation and Nuclear Materials Compliance

We are subject to numerous U.S. federal, state, and local, as well as foreign laws and regulations covering a wide variety of subjects relating to our operations, and the scope of this coverage continues to broaden with continuing new legal and regulatory developments in the U.S. and internationally. In particular, we must comply with a range of laws and regulations including those relating to nuclear energy, nuclear materials, the environment, export controls and other broad areas of law.

Like other companies in the nuclear industry, we deal with intense scrutiny from both U.S. and foreign governments with respect to our compliance with laws and regulations. Many of these laws and regulations are evolving and their applicability and scope, as interpreted by agencies or ultimately the courts, remain uncertain. Some of these laws and regulations require that certain aspects of our operations, facilities, and business model be licensed or approved by specific regulators.

Atomic Energy Act of 1954 and Energy Reorganization Act of 1974

The Atomic Energy Act (“AEA”) is the foundation of nuclear regulation in the United States. It establishes the framework for civilian nuclear energy, including the development, licensing, and regulation of nuclear facilities and materials. The AEA originally vested regulatory authority over the commercial nuclear industry in the Atomic Energy Commission (“AEC”). The Energy Reorganization Act of 1974 separated the AEC’s promotional and regulatory functions by abolishing the AEC and creating two new agencies: the NRC and the Energy Research and Development Administration (“ERDA”). The ERDA was later abolished in 1977, with its functions transferred to the newly formed DOE.

119

Table of Contents

Nuclear Safety Regulation under the DOE

Operating under DOE authorization means a nuclear facility is permitted to operate under the authority of the DOE rather than under a license issued by the NRC. This occurs when a facility is operated “for the account of” the federal government, typically because it is sponsored, owned, or directly contracted by DOE as part of a government research, demonstration, or national security mission. Authorization is granted through DOE’s internal nuclear safety process, which includes review and approval of safety analyses, operating limits, and readiness determinations prior to startup. DOE authorization does not have a fixed license term; it remains in effect so long as DOE continues to sponsor the activity and the facility complies with DOE requirements, subject to DOE’s authority to modify, suspend, or revoke approval. Ultimate approval authority resides within DOE through designated senior officials responsible for nuclear safety and operations.

In connection with Executive Order 14301 (EO 14301) — Reforming Nuclear Reactor Testing, we entered into the OTA with the DOE in furtherance of the DOE’s research and development mission to provide advanced nuclear fuel for Advanced Reactors authorized by DOE through the DOE reactor pilot program.

An “other transaction agreement” is a legally binding agreement that certain federal agencies may use to fund or support research, development, or prototype projects outside of traditional government procurement contracts or grants. An “other transaction agreement” is authorized and executed by the government pursuant to specific statutory authority and is designed to provide flexibility in structuring project scope, milestones, cost sharing, and intellectual property rights. “Other transaction agreements” are commonly used to accelerate innovative or FOAK projects where standard procurement mechanisms would be impractical or overly burdensome. An “other transaction agreement” does not itself provide regulatory authorization to operate a nuclear facility; rather, it governs the contractual relationship, authorization requirements and funding terms for a specific project. “Other transaction agreements” have defined periods of performance and expire or terminate in accordance with their contractual terms, with ultimate approval authority resting with the issuing agency and its delegated officials. Under this pilot program and the OTA with the DOE, we will leverage the DOE authorization process to build, operate, and commission advanced fuel fabrication facilities at our Oak Ridge Facilities and Idaho Facility.

As a condition to entering into the OTA, we were required to demonstrate, among other things, adequate financial resources and a mature supply chain to complete design, construction, commissioning, operation, and decommissioning of our facilities, as appropriate.

Under the OTA, the DOE’s role is to exercise discretionary decision-making authority over the operation of our fuel production lines, including oversight of milestones and the authority to oversee and authorize design, construction, management, and operations. Our primary obligation under the OTA is to provide regular reports to the DOE documenting our progress toward a series of milestones related to the design, construction, licensing, and operation of our Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities. The milestones do not have specific deadlines.

The OTA is explicitly not a procurement contract, grant, cooperative agreement, or loan, and the DOE does not provide any funding to us under the agreement for the construction, operation or decommissioning of our facilities, but rather allows us to take advantage of the DOE Fuel Line Pilot Program’s accelerated regulatory pathway. The DOE’s role is limited to exercising regulatory authority and control. Under the OTA, we are responsible for the design, construction, commissioning, operation, and, if applicable, decommissioning of our facilities, as well as all design and construction costs, including procurement and installation of all fuel line materials, systems, and components, and the engagement of qualified staffing to support all project phases.

Pursuant to the OTA, we are also required to execute a lease agreement with the DOE for DOE-owned land in Idaho to host the SN-ID facility. All construction and operational costs on the leased land related to the SN-ID Idaho Facility are our responsibility, as are any construction and operation costs for our Oak Ridge Facilities.

Further, we are solely responsible for all decontamination and decommissioning costs relating to our facilities, and the OTA expressly provides that DOE shall not be responsible for, or have any obligation to us for, decontamination and decommissioning of any facilities or any costs incurred in connection thereto.

As part of the OTA, we must meet a series of milestones as described in the OTA itself and in DOE Standard “Authorization Pathway for Nuclear Facilities” DOE-STD-1271-2025 (the “DOE Authorization Standard”), which include, among other things, the transition of our existing Oak Ridge SN-0 facility to DOE jurisdiction (from Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation jurisdiction), completion of requirements/preconditions

120

Table of Contents

for use of land at the Idaho Facility, and completion of all contracts/agreements necessary to obtain special nuclear material (LEU, HALEU or Pu), the completion of design and safety analysis work for each facility, and ultimately the establishment of the fuel manufacturing lines and completion of orders. The DOE Authorization Standard identifies a streamlined regulatory pathway to implement Executive Order 14301.

For any of our facilities operating under the OTA with the DOE, including the SN-TN and SN-ID facilities, prior to commencing operations, we must complete the installation of all safety and operational fuel line equipment at the fabrication facility, complete the calibration and commissioning of such equipment, and successfully undergo a readiness review for the fuel production facility conducted in accordance with applicable DOE requirements. Upon satisfaction of these conditions, we are also required to demonstrate first fuel production to required specifications and throughput levels before being deemed to have achieved an established fuel line.

We must also comply with a wide range of DOE regulations and orders while operating at the Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities, including, but not limited to, regulations regarding nuclear safety management (10 CFR Part 830), radiation protection (10 CFR Part 835), and orders governing quality assurance, facility safety, personnel training and qualification, radioactive waste management, emergency preparedness, information security, protection of nuclear information, whistleblower protections, and nuclear material control and accountability. The DOE exercises direct oversight of our operations, including the authority to conduct inspections, audits, and site visits at any time to ensure compliance with the above. We are required to submit regular reports to the DOE, including technical progress updates and incident notifications.

Liabilities to third parties arising from nuclear incidents at our Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities are ultimately paid by the federal government pursuant to the Price-Anderson Act. Such Price-Anderson Act protections and DOE indemnification are documented in the OTA, pursuant to which the DOE has agreed to indemnify us against liability arising from nuclear incidents up to an available indemnification amount of approximately $16.5 billion.

Nuclear Safety Regulation under the NRC

The DOE in its sole discretion may determine whether we will be allowed to continue our relationship with the DOE to operate the subject fuel production lines under the OTA. In the event we do not operate the Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities under the OTA in the future, we instead will need to obtain licensing through the NRC. The NRC is working to streamline its licensing reviews for fuel-line projects that have already been authorized and reviewed by the DOE, enabling reliance on DOE technical reviews where appropriate, and the DOE authorization process reflected in the DOE Authorization Standard detailed above is intended to accommodate efficient and effective leveraging into an NRC license for the Oak Ridge and Idaho facilities to the extent necessary.

Operating under NRC authorization means a nuclear facility is licensed and regulated by the NRC, the independent federal agency responsible for civilian commercial nuclear regulation in the United States. Authorization is granted through a formal licensing process in which the NRC evaluates the facility’s design, safety systems, environmental impacts, and operational plans and issues a legally binding license if regulatory standards are satisfied. NRC authorization entails ongoing inspection, enforcement, and compliance with detailed operational, security, and safety requirements. NRC licenses are issued for a defined term, generally up to 40 years, with the possibility of renewal subject to additional NRC review. The NRC, acting through its Commissioners and delegated staff, is the ultimate approving authority.

Existing NRC licensing frameworks were developed primarily for large light-water reactors. Several recent legislative and executive actions have directed the NRC to modernize its regulatory processes to better accommodate Advanced Reactors (and the fuel that will be utilized by such reactors), including:

•        ADVANCE Act of 2024 — Directs the NRC to develop microreactor-specific and performance-based regulatory strategies addressing eight topical areas, including staffing, inspections, security, emergency preparedness, transportation, and risk-informed methods. It also updates the NRC’s mission statement to explicitly recognize the national interest in enabling the deployment of nuclear energy.

•        Executive Order 14300 (May 2025) — Requires the NRC to improve efficiency, transparency, and the scientific basis of its regulatory framework to establish more predictable licensing timelines.

121

Table of Contents

On September 30, 2025, we entered into a joint venture with Framatome, Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC, enabling us to use Framatome’s NRC-licensed Richland SN-F Facility. Framatome was required to submit an amendment to its facility license for the Richland SN-F Facility in order to allow the manufacture of TRISO fuel by the joint venture, and such LAR was submitted to the NRC in September 2024 and approved by the NRC in June 2026. Standard Nuclear × Framatome LLC intends to commence manufacturing in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

In connection with their review of the LAR, nuclear safety regulators from the NRC will consider how the proposed additional activities would alter existing safety and environmental analyses and decommissioning costs. The NRC will also need to make an environmental related finding of no significant impact (FONSI) prior to approval of the LAR.

Fuel fabrication facilities that are under NRC jurisdiction (including, the Richland SN-F Facility), and, through an omnibus clause, anyone who might have liability for a nuclear incident at the site or when nuclear material is in transit between covered sites, are covered by American Nuclear Insurers’ “Facility Form” nuclear liability insurance, which is the same coverage available to commercial reactor operators and provides protection against third-party claims for bodily injury, property damage or covered environmental cleanup costs resulting from a nuclear incident.

Export Controls

Our business is subject to the U.S. nuclear export and import control regimes, and we are required to comply with stringent regulations administered by the DOE and the NRC. These regulations are designed to protect national security, advance foreign policy and nonproliferation objectives, and control the transfer of nuclear-related materials, technology, and services.

Under DOE regulations at 10 CFR Part 810, the export of certain nuclear-related technology and the provision of technical assistance by U.S. persons to foreign nuclear programs require prior authorization or reporting. These controls apply to a broad range of technical exchanges and commercial activities, including design, engineering, consulting, and training services. Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 810 provides a list of countries that are considered “Generally Authorized,” meaning they are considered to be non-sensitive. Countries not on this list are required to be specifically authorized prior to sharing any nuclear technology.

The NRC regulates the physical export and import of nuclear materials and equipment under 10 CFR Part 110, including source and special nuclear material and related commodities. Exports may require specific licenses depending on the destination country and nature of the item and exports of major nuclear equipment and nuclear material from the U.S. also require there to be a bilateral nuclear cooperation agreement between the United States and the end-user country before the export license can be granted.

Further, the use of NRC-certified transportation packages under applicable federal rules and meeting the appropriate Department of Transportation regulatory requirements for radioactive materials is necessary for nuclear fuel shipments within the United States. Additionally, international shipping requirements which follow International Atomic Energy Agency (the “IAEA”) regulations (and those of the recipient country) are applicable to any international transport of nuclear fuel.

The U.S. government agencies responsible for administering the nuclear export control regulations have a degree of discretion interpreting and enforcing these regulations. These agencies also have significant discretion in approving, denying, or instituting specific conditions regarding authorizations to engage in controlled activities. Such decisions are influenced by the U.S. government’s commitments to multilateral export control regimes.

Nuclear Consultation Services

We currently provide nuclear service support and consultation services for the expanding and resurgent nuclear energy industry. Our consulting services include, among other things, regulatory advice, site assessment, roadmap development, and stakeholder engagement. Regulatory approval is not required to provide such services other than any applicable export control approvals.

122

Table of Contents

Environmental Regulation

Our operations and properties are subject to a wide variety of increasingly complex and stringent federal, foreign, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the handling, storage and disposal of mixed, solid and hazardous wastes, the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated by hazardous substances and the health and safety of employees. Sanctions for non-compliance may include revocation of permits, corrective action orders, administrative or civil penalties and criminal prosecution. Some environmental laws provide for strict, joint and several liability for remediation of spills and other releases of hazardous substances, as well as damage to natural resources. In addition, companies may be subject to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances. Such laws and regulations may also expose us to liability for the conduct of or conditions caused by others or for our acts that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time such acts were performed.

Below is a non-exhaustive discussion of the most notable federal environmental laws and how those laws could affect our operations.

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act

Certain aspects of our operations may be subject to CERCLA, which provides for the investigation, cleanup, and restoration of natural resources from releases of hazardous substances. Liability under CERCLA can be imposed on a joint and several basis and without regard to fault or the legality of the conduct giving rise to contamination.

Clean Air Act

Our operations are subject to the CAA and comparable state and local laws. Under the CAA, the EPA has the authority to control air pollution by issuing and enforcing regulations for entities that emit substances into the air. The EPA has promulgated regulations for major sources of air pollution and has delegated implementation of these regulations to state agencies. We are subject to ongoing emissions standards, requirements, and reporting obligations.

Clean Water Act

Our projects are subject to the CWA, which regulates discharges of pollutants into the waters of the United States, as well as analogous state and local laws. Under Section 401 of the CWA, a federal agency may not issue a permit for any activity that may result in any discharge into the waters of the United States unless the state where the discharge would originate either issues a water quality certification verifying compliance with existing water quality requirements or waives the certification requirement or waives this requirement.

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act

Under the RCRA, and comparable state hazardous waste laws, the EPA and authorized state agencies regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous waste. If hazardous wastes are generated or stored in connection with any of our facilities, we would be subject to the requirements of such laws.

National Environmental Policy Act

The issuance of requisite permits and authorizations for our projects may be subject to environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”). NEPA requires federal agencies such as the DOE to integrate environmental considerations into their decision-making processes by evaluating the potential environmental impacts of their proposed actions. While NEPA compliance is a federal agency responsibility and the agency is responsible for the accuracy, scope, and content of any environmental documents, we will be required to assist in the timely and effective completion of the NEPA process. As a result, we may be required to provide environmental data and documentation to DOE.

For additional information regarding certain risks related to government regulations, see also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Matters.”

123

Table of Contents

Properties

Our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is operational today and is equipped with specialized infrastructure, a workforce experienced in regulated nuclear operations, and an operating environment with deep institutional familiarity with nuclear materials, safety, and compliance. The Oak Ridge SN-0 facility is 24,600 square feet and can produce 500 kgU of finished fuel per year.

We are currently in the process of building two sister facilities with identical technical specifications, one in Tennessee (the Oak Ridge SN-TN facility) and one in Idaho (SN-ID). Each facility is 12,500 square feet and is expected to be able to produce up to 2.5 MTU per year at maximum capacity based on our current process yield, though is only furnished with sufficient manufacturing modules to commence production at 1 MTU per year. A large portion of these facilities are expected to be left empty at inception, enabling future capacity expansion through the addition of parallel modules, without requiring changes to facility layout or equipment scale.

As a general matter, our manufacturing facilities are purpose-built nuclear fuel fabrication plants comprised of a defined set of production modules designed for industrial scale manufacturing, including solution-gelation kernel precursor formation, high-temperature kernel conversion furnaces, fluidized-bed chemical vapor deposition TRISO coating systems, final fuel-form (compact, pebble or pellet) fabrication equipment, and fuel product assortment and characterization equipment. Each of these modules is based on finalized designs that are already installed and operating at our Oak Ridge SN-0 facility and are expected to be replicated without material modification in our new facilities. New facilities are constructed to meet natural phenomena hazard regulations as required by nuclear facility licensing requirements. For production of approximately 1 MTU of fuel product per year, an area of roughly 5,000 – 9,000 square feet within a facility is needed, with the required area varying based on the final fuel form and whether it represents the initial capacity at a given facility or reflects additional capacity that benefits from already existing infrastructure at the relevant site.

Further, under the DOE’s nuclear safety framework, DOE-authorized facilities such as the Oak Ridge SN-0 facility (and the Oak Ridge SN-TN and SN-ID facility, once operational) are assigned formal hazard categories — Hazard Category 1, 2, 3, or Less Than Hazard Category 3 — based on the type and quantity of nuclear material handled and the potential radiological consequences of credible accidents. Hazard Category 1 facilities present the potential for significant off-site consequences, Hazard Category 2 facilities present significant on-site hazards with limited off-site impact, Hazard Category 3 facilities involve more localized hazards generally confined to the facility itself, and Less Than Hazard Category 3 facilities involve only small quantities of radioactive material and present minimal radiological hazard, such that potential consequences of credible accidents are limited to localized, low-level impacts and are addressed through baseline industrial and radiological safety controls rather than the full suite of nuclear facility safety analysis requirements. As the hazard category increases, regulatory rigor rises materially, requiring more extensive safety analyses, engineered safety controls, formal operating limits, readiness reviews, and ongoing DOE oversight.

The SN-0 facility is a Less Than Hazard Category-3 facility. Our upcoming Oak Ridge facility, SN-TN, and upcoming Idaho facility, SN-ID, are Hazard Category 2 facilities. The equipment (i.e., the manufacturing modules) that are being installed at each of the SN-TN and SN-ID facilities are identical to those in use today at SN-0. The primary difference between these facilities and SN-0, which has a less than Hazard Category 3 designation, is that the facilities under a Hazard Category 2 designation will be able to possess and have in process a larger amount of enriched uranium at any one time compared to the SN-0 facility. As a result, the Hazard Category 2 designation supports the expected higher throughput for these facilities, in contrast to the existing SN-0 facility. Establishing a Hazard Category 2 or higher facility requires purpose-built nuclear infrastructure, detailed and approved safety documentation, specialized equipment, a trained nuclear workforce, and successful completion of multiple sequential DOE reviews before operations may begin. These requirements are capital-intensive, time-consuming, and difficult to replicate, creating high barriers to entry for new market participants.

Lastly, we also plan to operate out of the NRC-licensed Richland SN-F Facility pursuant to our joint venture with Framatome. Our NRC LAR for the Richland SN-F Facility was submitted to the NRC in September 2024 and was approved by the NRC in June 2026. The joint venture plans to commence manufacturing at the Richland SN-F Facility in 2027, pending equipment installation, qualification activities and readiness reviews.

124

Table of Contents

We believe the locations of our facilities provide us with unique access to the NRC and the DOE and accommodate our current operating needs, and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available as needed to accommodate any growth to support new employees or new geographic markets.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims are inherently unpredictable and uncertain, we are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows, or financial condition.

125

Table of Contents

Management

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Executive Officers and Employee Directors

       

Kurt Terrani

 

40

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

Kevin Harrill

 

49

 

Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Hendrix

 

43

 

Executive Chairman and Director, Chairman of the Board

Keeley Marrocco

 

29

 

Chief Operating Officer

Shahram Ghasemian

 

59

 

Chief Legal and Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

       

Alexander Matina

 

50

 

Director

Donald Moul

 

61

 

Director

A. Scott Miller

 

65

 

Director

Executive Officers and Employee Directors

Kurt Terrani

Kurt Terrani has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since January 2025. Prior to joining Standard Nuclear, Mr. Terrani worked at Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation from February 2021 to January 2025, as an Executive Vice President, including as interim CEO from July 2024 to January 2025, where he led the division that was responsible for the development and delivery of nuclear fuel and core structural materials for Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation’s advanced energy systems. Prior to February 2021, Mr. Terrani spent over a decade at Oak Ridge National Laboratory, most recently as a Senior Staff Scientist, earning multiple awards for innovation and leadership in nuclear materials science. Mr. Terrani was previously a National Technical Director for the U.S. DOE Office of Nuclear Energy. Mr. Terrani received his Ph.D. in nuclear engineering from University of California, Berkeley in 2010. His research and technology development focus is on fundamental aspects of nuclear fuel and materials manufacturing, radiation effects, and behavior. Mr. Terrani also earned a Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree from Arizona State University. We believe that Mr. Terrani is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive industry experience, his educational background in nuclear engineering, and his leadership as our Chief Executive Officer.

Kevin Harrill

Kevin Harrill has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2026. Prior to joining Standard Nuclear, from November 2021 to August 2025, Mr. Harrill served in various roles at Centrus Energy Corp. (NYSE American: LEU), a publicly traded company operating in the nuclear fuel supply chain, most recently serving as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from August 2023 to August 2025. In that role, he led long-range capital planning, executed significant equity and debt transactions, managed balance sheet optimization and pension de-risking initiatives, and liability reduction. Prior to that, from November 2021 to August 2023, Mr. Harrill served as Chief Accounting Officer at Centrus Energy Corp., during which time he was responsible for financial reporting, technical accounting, SOX compliance, and internal controls. Prior to his time at Centrus Energy Corp., from 2015 to 2021, Mr. Harrill served as Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at Blackboard Inc, an education technology company. Mr. Harrill earned a Bachelor of Sciences in Business Administration, with a concentration in Finance and Accounting from Georgetown University, McDonough School of Business, and a Master of Arts in National Security Studies from Georgetown University. Mr. Harrill is a Certified Public Accountant.

126

Table of Contents

Thomas Hendrix

Thomas Hendrix is the Founder of Standard Nuclear and has served as chairman of our board of directors since our incorporation in July 2024. Mr. Hendrix was appointed as our Executive Chairman in June 2026. Mr. Hendrix is a founding member of venture capital firm Decisive Point Group, LLC (“Decisive Point Group”) and has been with the firm since 2018. Prior to founding Decisive Point Group, Mr. Hendrix began his career in the private sector at Blackstone. Mr. Hendrix is a former Green Beret with multiple combat deployments in support of the Global War on Terror and served in the U.S. Army for nearly 10 years as an Infantry and Special Forces Officer. He earned a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School, a Master of Studies in Law in Government Procurement Law from George Washington University Law School, and a Bachelor of Science in American Legal Systems from the United States Military Academy at West Point. We believe that Mr. Hendrix is qualified to serve on our board of directors given his role of founder of our Company and his industry expertise and experience.

Keeley Marrocco

Keeley Marrocco has served as our Chief Operating Officer and as a member of our board of directors since January 2025 prior to resigning from the board of directors in June 2026. Prior to joining Standard Nuclear, Ms. Marrocco led energy investing at venture capital firm Decisive Point Group from August 2021 to January 2025. From June 2019 to August 2021, Ms. Marrocco worked at Kraft Heinz where she was a financial analyst, serving in Revenue Management and Financial Planning & Analysis roles across multiple business units. Ms. Marrocco graduated from Harvard University in 2019 with a degree in Government.

Shahram Ghasemian

Shahram Ghasemian has served as our Chief Legal and Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary since May 2026. Previously, Mr. Ghasemian served in a number of roles at Centrus Energy Corp, most recently as a consultant from November 2025 to May 2026, as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary from August 2023 to June 2025, and as Senior Assistant General Counsel & Director, Legal Affairs and Corporate Compliance from April 2020 to August 2023. Mr. Ghasemian also served as the Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of NuScale Power from June 2025 to October 2025 and has also served in various senior positions within the federal government, including the NRC, the DOE and on Capitol Hill since 2006. Prior to his government experience, Mr. Ghasemian worked for USEC Inc. for nearly a decade in positions of increasing responsibility, the latest as Assistant General Counsel, including serving as Chief Counsel at the Paducah Gaseous Diffusion Plant in Kentucky between 1999 and 2001.

Non-Employee Directors

Alexander Matina

Alexander Matina has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2025. Mr. Matina is currently the Chief Executive Officer of Nu Ride Inc., which is the post-bankruptcy public successor to Lordstown Motors, a position he has held since September 2025 and has served on the board of directors of Nu Ride since March 2024. Mr. Matina is currently the Managing Member of LANECR Consulting LLC, a consultant to family offices on investments and strategy, a position he has held since January 2024. From 2007 through 2023, Mr. Matina served in various leadership roles, including as Portfolio Manager, at MFP Investors LLC, investing across both public and private markets. He has served on the board of directors of Trinity Place Holdings Inc. since 2013, Range Capital Acquisition Corp, a special purpose acquisition company, since 2024, and Range Capital Acquisition II, a special purpose acquisition company. He is also a director of SIXGEN, a privately held cyber-security company. Mr. Matina previously served as a director of Crowheart Energy LLC, a private energy company, Madava Financial, a private energy-focused finance company, S&W Seed Company, a public agricultural company and Papa Murphy’s, a public take-and-bake franchisor. Mr. Matina received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, with concentrations in finance and accounting, from Fordham University and a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School. We believe Mr. Matina is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive public company board experience and financial expertise.

127

Table of Contents

Donald Moul

Donald Moul joined our board of directors in July 2026. Mr. Moul served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Tennessee Valley Authority (“TVA”), the nation’s largest public power provider, from April 2025 to July 2026, and prior to that as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of TVA from June 2021 to April 2025, where he was primarily responsible for power generation, transmission, and power supply, while also overseeing safety, major infrastructure projects, grid modernization, and emergency management. Previously, Mr. Moul served as Executive Vice President, Nuclear Division and Chief Nuclear Officer at NextEra Energy, Inc. from January 2020 to May 2021, and as Vice President and Chief Nuclear Officer at NextEra Energy, Inc. from May 2019 to December 2019, where he directed the safe and reliable operation of a nuclear fleet spanning seven operating units across five plant sites. Prior to that, Mr. Moul held a range of senior leadership roles over 15 years at FirstEnergy Corporation from 2004 to 2019. Earlier in his career, Mr. Moul held positions at American Electric Power, Public Service Electric & Gas, Duquesne Light Company and GPU Nuclear Corporation. Mr. Moul holds a Bachelor of Science in Nuclear Engineering from The Pennsylvania State University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Notre Dame, and has earned senior reactor operator certifications at multiple nuclear stations. We believe Mr. Moul is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his nearly four decades of leadership experience across all areas of power generation and operations, including deep expertise in nuclear energy and his extensive experience in executive management at major utilities, including serving as CEO of the largest public power provider in the United States.

A. Scott Miller

Austin “Scott” Miller joined our board of directors in June 2026. Since August 2025, Mr. Miller has served as an independent director of The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company (NYSE: SMG), where he is a member of the Innovation & Technology Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Miller was a Senior Advisor of Orbis Operations, LLC, a security services provider, from November 2021 to March 2026. He served as Executive Chairman of Prairie Fire Nevada from January 2023 through April 2025. From April 2022 through April 2025, he served as a senior advisor to SIG Sauer. From May 2022 to December 2025, Mr. Miller served as a director of Workhorse Group Inc. (Nasdaq: WKHS), a manufacturer of electric vehicles, where he also served on the Human Resource Management and Compensation Committee. Since September 2022, Mr. Miller has served as a Senior Fellow at the Combating Terrorism Center at the United States Military Academy at West Point. Prior to his civilian career, Mr. Miller served nearly 40 years in the United States Army, retiring in December 2021 at the rank of four-star General. From September 2018 to July 2021, he served as the commander of NATO’s Resolute Support Mission and United States Forces — Afghanistan, making him the longest serving and final commander of the war in Afghanistan. From March 2016 to August 2018, he served as commanding general of the Joint Special Operations Command. Earlier in his career, Mr. Miller held numerous leadership positions as an Airborne-Ranger and Infantry officer, including commanding the Task Force Ranger assault force during Operation Gothic Serpent known as “Blackhawk Down” in Mogadishu, Somalia in 1993. Mr. Miller also has over two decades of experience in the deployment and tactical use of drones and global logistics planning and execution. Mr. Miller received a Bachelor of Science degree from the United States Military Academy at West Point in 1983 and a Master’s degree in Military Strategic Studies from the Marine Corps War College in 2005. We believe Mr. Miller’s extensive leadership experience commanding large, complex organizations in high-stakes environments, his expertise in strategic planning and operational decision-making, his service on other public company boards, and his deep understanding of national security, technology, and geopolitical risk qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “pre-IPO Charter”), provides that, subject to certain share thresholds: (i) the holders of record of the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Company (the “Common Directors”), (ii) the holders of record of the shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Convertible Preferred Stock”), exclusively and voting as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company (the “Preferred Director”), (iii) the holders of record of the shares of the Class B Common Stock, exclusively and voting as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company (the “Class B Director”), and (iv) the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of

128

Table of Contents

voting stock (including the Convertible Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the remaining directors (each, a “Mutual Director”).

Pursuant to our amended and restated voting agreement (as defined herein), Andrew Price, Keeley Marrocco, Thomas Hendrix, Kurt Terrani, and Alexander Matina were designated to serve as members of our board of directors. In June 2026, Ms. Marrocco, who previously served as a Common Director, resigned from the board of directors. Effective upon Ms. Marrocco’s resignation, A. Scott Miller was designated as a Common Director to fill the vacancy on the board of directors resulting from Ms. Marrocco’s resignation. In July 2026, Andrew Price, who previously served as a Preferred Director, resigned from the board of directors. Effective upon Mr. Price’s resignation, Don Moul was designated as a Preferred Director to fill the vacancy on the board of directors resulting from Mr. Price’s resignation.

The amended and restated voting agreement, by which the directors are currently elected, will terminate immediately prior to this offering, and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors upon the completion of this offering.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws will divide our board of directors into three classes, with staggered three-year terms:

•        Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering;

•        Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering; and

•        Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering.

At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Upon the completion of this offering, the Class I directors will consist of Thomas Hendrix and Alexander Matina; the Class II director will be Kurt Terrani; and the Class III directors will consist of Donald Moul and A. Scott Miller. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws provide that only the board of directors may fill vacancies, including newly created seats, on the board of directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to limited exceptions. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.

This classification of our board of directors and the provisions described above may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for the removal of a director only for cause and by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors. See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

Controlled Company Exemption

Upon the completion of this offering, Thomas Hendrix, our Founder and Executive Chairman, will beneficially own approximately 59.5% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or approximately 59.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock in full). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and, therefore, will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Following this offering, we intend to rely on some of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee (or a group of independent directors making nominating decisions) and will not conduct an annual performance evaluation of a nominating and corporate governance committee.

129

Table of Contents

The nominating and corporate governance committee functions will be managed by our full board of directors until the rules change, we cease to be a “controlled company,” or we otherwise determine to do so. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Board Independence

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE. The listing rules of this stock exchange generally require that a majority of the members of a listed company’s board of directors be independent within specified periods following the completion of an initial public offering. In addition, the listing rules generally require that, subject to specified exceptions, including the “controlled company” exemption, described in more detail above, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and governance committees be independent.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries, or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. Compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria as required by Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act.

Our board of directors has determined that Alexander Matina, A. Scott Miller and Donald Moul do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of them are “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of the NYSE.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Following the completion of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of our website. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Donald Moul, A. Scott Miller and Alexander Matina, who is the chair of the audit committee. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Matina is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act.

All audit services to be provided to us and all permissible non-audit services to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm will be approved in advance by our audit committee. Our audit committee recommended, and our board of directors adopted, a charter for our audit committee, which will be posted on our website. Our audit committee, among other things:

•        selects a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

•        helps to ensure the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        discusses the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviews, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

•        develops procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters; and

•        considers the adequacy of our internal accounting controls and audit procedures.

130

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Donald Moul, who is the chair of the compensation committee and A. Scott Miller. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under NYSE listing rules and SEC rules and regulations. Each of the two members of this committee are also non-employee directors, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee, among other things:

•        reviews and determines the compensation of our executive officers and recommends to our board of directors the compensation for our directors;

•        administers our stock and equity incentive plans;

•        reviews and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to incentive compensation and equity plans; and

•        establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Code of Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of ethics will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of ethics or waivers of these provisions, on our website and/or in public filings.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of the compensation committee is, nor has ever been, an officer or employee of our company.

Director Compensation

Historically, we have neither had a formal compensation policy for our non-employee directors, nor have we had a formal policy of reimbursing expenses incurred by our non-employee directors in connection with their board service. However, we have reimbursed our non-employee directors for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board of directors or committee meetings and occasionally granted stock options.

Other than as described below, we did not provide our non-employee directors, in their capacities as such, with any cash, equity or other compensation in 2025. Neither Mr. Terrani nor Ms. Marrocco received any additional compensation for service as a director for 2025. The compensation of Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco as named executive officers is set forth below under “Executive Compensation — Summary Compensation Table.”

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation of our non-employee directors for 2025:

Name

 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
(1)

 

Stock
Awards

 

Option
Awards
(2)(3)

 

All Other
Compensation

 

Total

Thomas Hendrix(4)

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

Alexander Matina

 

—

 

—

 

$

184,000

​(5)

 

—

 

$

184,000

Andrew Price

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

____________

(1)      None of our non-employee directors received cash compensation from the Company during 2025.

131

Table of Contents

(2)      The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted under our 2025 Stock Plan in 2025 as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes of the option awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting value for these option awards and may not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our non-employee directors from the option awards.

(3)      The number of shares underlying outstanding stock options held by each non-employee director as of December 31, 2025, was as follows: Mr. Hendrix, 0; Mr. Matina, 200,000; and Mr. Price, 0.

(4)      Mr. Hendrix served as a non-employee director of the Company during the 2025 fiscal year, prior to his appointment as Executive Chairman and an officer of the Company in June 2026.

(5)      This represents the grant date fair value of an option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock granted to Mr. Matina on June 11, 2025 with an exercise price of $0.21 per share. The exercise price and number of shares reflect the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026. The option grant has a ten-year term and is subject to the following vesting schedule: 25% of the total shares subject to the option vested on January 13, 2026, and an additional 1/48th of the total shares subject to the option shall vest on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service on each applicable vesting date.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

In June 2026, our board of directors approved a non-employee director compensation policy that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. The non-employee director compensation program is intended to provide a total compensation package that enables us to attract and retain qualified and experienced individuals to serve as directors and to align our directors’ interests with those of our stockholders.

Under the non-employee director compensation policy, we will pay our non-employee directors a cash retainer for service on our board of directors and an additional cash retainer for service on each committee on which the director is a member, which will be paid quarterly in arrears. The chairman of each committee will receive higher retainers for such service. The fees paid to non-employee directors for service on our board of directors and for service on each committee of our board of directors on which the director is a member are as follows:

 

Member
Annual Cash
Retainer

 

Committee
Chair
Annual Cash
Retainer

Board of Directors

 

$

115,000

 

$

—

Audit Committee

 

$

18,000

 

$

30,000

Compensation Committee

 

$

12,000

 

$

20,000

In addition, each non-employee director elected to our board of directors following the completion of this offering will, upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment to be a non-employee director, be granted a restricted stock unit (“RSU”) award covering a number of shares of common stock having a grant date fair value of $172,500, pro-rated based on the number of days that are expected to lapse between the appointment to the board and the next annual stockholder meeting. 100% of the shares subject to such equity award will vest in full on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the next annual stockholder meeting, subject to the director providing service through the vesting date.

At the close of business on the date of each annual stockholder meeting following the initial public offering, each continuing non-employee director will be granted an additional RSU award covering a number of shares of common stock having a grant date fair value of $172,500. 100% of the shares subject to such equity award will vest in full on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the next annual stockholder meeting, subject to the director providing service through the vesting date.

All equity awards to non-employee directors following the completion of this offering are expected to be made pursuant to the 2026 Plan. For each non-employee director who remains in continuous service as a member of the board until immediately prior to: (a) the non-employee director’s death, (b) the non-employee director’s disability, or (c) the closing of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2026 Plan), any unvested portion of any RSU award granted in consideration of such non-employee director’s service as a member of the board shall vest in full immediately prior to, and contingent upon, the consummation of the change in control. For additional information, see “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefit Plans — 2026 Equity Incentive Plan.”

132

Table of Contents

We will also continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our board of director and committee meetings.

Director IPO Grants

In connection with this offering, our board of directors approved grants of 2,863,393 RSUs to Mr. Hendrix, 3,817,857 RSUs to Mr. Terrani, 381,786 RSUs to Ms. Marrocco and 12,821 RSUs to each of Mr. Matina and Mr. Price in connection with their service on the Company’s board of directors (and in the case of Ms. Marrocco and Mr. Price, prior service), pursuant to our 2026 Plan, subject to and contingent upon the 2026 Plan becoming effective and the filing of a Form S-8 to register the shares subject to our 2026 Plan (this group of directors referred to as the “Pre-IPO Directors”, and such grants, collectively, the “Pre-IPO Director Grants”). The number of shares underlying the RSUs reflects the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026. Subject to the closing of this offering, 1/12th of the total number of RSUs subject to each Pre-IPO Director Grant shall vest on the corresponding day of each three-month period thereafter (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the applicable month) for a three-year period, subject to the director’s continued service with the Company through each vesting date. In the event that Mr. Hendrix’s, Mr. Terrani’s or Ms. Marrocco’s service is terminated without cause or he/she resigns for good reason within 12 months following a “change in control” (as defined in the 2026 Plan), 100% of the then-unvested RSUs shall immediately vest. Further, in the event that Mr. Terrani’s or Ms. Marrocco’s service is terminated without cause or the executive resigns for good reason within 12 months following the closing of this offering, then 100% of the then-unvested RSUs which would have vested within 12 months after such termination will vest on an accelerated basis.

In addition, as contemplated by our non-employee director compensation policy to be in effect following the completion of this offering, upon the completion of this offering, each of Mr. Miller and Mr. Moul will receive RSU grants having a grant date fair value of $172,500, pro-rated based on the number of days that are expected to lapse between their respective appointment to the board and our next annual stockholder meeting, in each case pursuant to our 2026 Plan, subject to and contingent upon the 2026 Plan becoming effective and the filing of a Form S-8 to register the shares subject to our 2026 Plan (the “New Director IPO Grants” and, together with the Pre-IPO Director Grants, the “Director IPO Grants”). Subject to the closing of this offering, 100% of the shares subject to the New Director IPO Grant will vest in full on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the next annual stockholder meeting, subject to the director providing service through the vesting date. See also “— Director Compensation — Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.”

133

Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information concerning all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer and each of our two other most highly compensated officers, whom we collectively refer to as “named executive officers,” during 2025.

Name and Principal Position

 

Fiscal
Year

 

Salary

 

Bonus(1)

 

Stock
Awards(2)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)

 

All Other
Compensation(4)

 

Total

Kurt Terrani

 

2025

 

$

275,000

 

$

41,250

 

$

3,322,250

 

$

27,500

 

$

10,208

 

$

3,676,208

Chief Executive Officer

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Keeley Marrocco

 

2025

 

$

185,000

 

 

—

 

$

2,095,200

 

$

30,000

 

$

37,692

 

$

2,347,892

Chief Operating Officer

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

____________

(1)      The amount reported in this column represents a one-time guaranteed bonus paid to Mr. Terrani pursuant to his offer letter, as described below in “Agreements with our Named Executive Officers — Offer Letters — Kurt Terrani.”

(2)      The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted under our 2025 Stock Plan to our named executive officers in 2025 as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes of the equity awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting value for these equity awards and may not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our named executive officers from the equity awards.

(3)      The amounts reported in this column represent the performance bonus payment earned by each of our named executive officers for 2025, as described below in “Bonuses.”

(4)      The amounts reported in this column include: (i) for Mr. Terrani, $10,208 in connection with 401(k) company matching contributions; and (ii) for Ms. Marrocco, $6,442 in connection with 401(k) company matching contributions and $31,250 in relocation expenses incurred as a result of moving from Boston, Massachusetts to Oak Ridge, Tennessee.

Salaries

During the year ended December 31, 2025, Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco received an annual base salary of $275,000 and $185,000, respectively. Pursuant to their amended and restated offer letters entered into in June 2026, the annual base salary of each of Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco was increased to $300,000 and $200,000, respectively. Effective upon the closing of this offering, the Company intends to change the annual base salaries of Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco to $500,000 and $350,000, respectively.

Bonuses

Pursuant to their respective offer letters in place in 2025, each of Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco were eligible to receive performance-based cash bonuses, payable in the sole discretion of our board of directors, which were designed to provide appropriate incentives to our executives to achieve defined performance goals and to reward our executives for individual achievement towards these goals. The performance bonus was subject to goals relating to the Company’s financial results and each executive’s individual performance. The corporate goals that our board of directors established for 2025 included the successful closing of our Series A financing and the achievement of 85% of our annual projected EBITDA. For Mr. Terrani, the individual performance goals that our board of directors established for 2025 related to financial health and revenue growth, operational execution, market position and growth, and organizational strength. For Ms. Marrocco, the individual performance goals that our board of directors established for 2025 related to operational excellence, process optimization, team performance and capacity building, and strategic execution. For 2025, Mr. Terrani’s target bonus was 25% of his base salary (with a bonus of 15% of his base salary guaranteed in his first year of employment), and Ms. Marrocco’s target bonus was 15% of her base salary. Following the end of the 2025 performance year, our board of directors determined that the performance goals for 2025 had been achieved. Accordingly, Mr. Terrani received a bonus equal to $68,750 and Ms. Marrocco received a bonus equal to $30,000.

134

Table of Contents

Equity Awards

2025 Equity Grants

On June 14, 2025, Mr. Terrani received a restricted stock award covering 3,425,000 shares of our Class B common stock, and Ms. Marrocco received a restricted stock award covering 2,160,000 shares of our Class B common stock. The number of shares reflects the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026. 25% of the total shares pursuant to the restricted stock award vested on January 13, 2026, and an additional 1/48th of the total shares shall vest on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service on each applicable vesting date. In the event of an involuntary termination of continued service other than for cause (as defined in the 2025 Stock Plan) in connection with or within 12 months following a change of control (as defined in the 2025 Stock Plan), 100% of the then-unvested shares shall vest on a double trigger basis. For additional information regarding the 2025 Plan pursuant to which the stock awards were granted, please see “— Employee Benefit Plans — 2025 Stock Plan.”

2026 Equity Grants

On January 11, 2026, Mr. Terrani received a stock option covering 1,900,844 shares of our Class B common stock and Ms. Marrocco received a stock option covering 760,338 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case with an exercise price per share of $0.21. The exercise price and number of shares reflect the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026. 25% of the total shares pursuant to the stock option award will vest on January 1, 2027, and an additional 1/48th of the total shares shall vest on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service on each applicable vesting date. 10% of the total number of shares subject to the option shall immediately vest and become exercisable on the closing of this offering, subject to the executive’s continued service through such date; provided that such acceleration shall apply to the unvested portion of the option, and in the event the remaining number of unvested shares equals less than 10% of the total number of shares subject to the option, then all remaining unvested shares shall immediately vest and become exercisable as of such date. For additional information regarding the 2025 Plan pursuant to which the option awards were granted, please see “— Employee Benefit Plans — 2025 Stock Plan”.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors approved grants of RSUs to each of Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco in connection with their service on our board of directors, as further described above in “Management — Director Compensation — Director IPO Grants.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-end Table

The following table provides information regarding the outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2025.

Name

 

Grant
Date
(1)

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards


Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options

 

Exercise
Price

 

Expiration
Date

 

Number of
Shares
that

Have Not
Vested(2)

Market
Value of
Shares that
Have Not
Vested(3)

Exercisable

 

Unexercisable

 

Kurt Terrani

 

6/14/2025(4)

                 

3,425,000

$

66,787,500

Keeley Marrocco

 

6/14/2025(4)

                 

2,160,000

$

42,120,000

____________

(1)      All of the outstanding equity awards were granted under and subject to the terms of our 2025 Stock Plan.

(2)      The number of shares reflects the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026.

(3)      The market price for our Class B common stock is based on the assumed initial public offering price of our Class A common stock of $19.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus.

(4)      25% of the total shares pursuant to the restricted stock award vested on January 13, 2026, and an additional 1/48th of the total shares shall vest on each monthly anniversary thereafter, in each case, subject to continued service on each applicable vesting date. In the event of an involuntary termination of continued service other than for cause (as defined in the 2025 Stock Plan) in connection with or within 12 months following a change of control (as defined in the 2025 Stock Plan), 100% of the then-unvested shares shall vest on a double trigger basis.

135

Table of Contents

Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters with each of our named executive officers. Each of these arrangements provide for at-will employment and generally include the named executive officer’s initial base salary and an initial grant of equity awards.

Kurt Terrani

In December 2024, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Terrani providing for his employment as our Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to his offer letter, Mr. Terrani was entitled to receive a base salary of $275,000 per year, and was eligible for a target annual performance bonus equal to 25% of his base salary, payable based on his individual performance and our financial results, in the discretion of our board of directors. The offer letter provided that a portion of the performance bonus (in an amount equal to 15% of his base salary) would be guaranteed for Mr. Terrani’s first year of employment. Additionally, Mr. Terrani’s offer letter provides that he will be recommended for an equity incentive award grant.

In June 2026, Mr. Terrani’s offer letter agreement was amended and restated to establish the terms of his employment as our Chief Executive Officer following the initial public offering. The amended and restated offer letter provides for an initial base salary of $300,000, which shall be increased to $500,000 effective upon the closing of this offering. The amended and restated offer letter further provides for a short-term incentive plan target bonus of 75% of his then-current base salary (the “STIP Bonus”), subject to his continued employment on the applicable payment date. For 2026, the STIP Bonus will be measured against role-specific performance milestones set by the board; following the initial public offering, the STIP Bonus will transition to a mix of company financial metrics and strategic objectives set by the compensation committee. The amended and restated offer letter further provides for a one-time cash bonus equal to $225,000, subject to his continued employment on the payment date.

The amended and restated offer letter provides that if the Company terminates Mr. Terrani’s employment without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in a separation agreement to be entered into between the executive and the Company), he will be entitled to: (i) continued payment of his then-current base salary for a period of 18 months; (ii) payment of his target bonus for such 18 month period, paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule; and (iii) subject to his timely election to continue benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Business Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), Company-paid COBRA continuation coverage until the earliest of (A) the 18-month anniversary of the termination date; (B) the date he is no longer eligible to receive COBRA coverage; and (C) the date on which he becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. Receipt of severance benefits will be conditioned upon his execution of a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company. In the event that Mr. Terrani’s employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, 100% of his then-unvested equity awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable (as applicable). If, within 12 months following the closing of this offering, Mr. Terrani’s employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason, he will receive 12 months of accelerated vesting on all then-unvested equity awards, in addition to the severance benefits described above. Upon any termination of employment other than by the Company for cause, Mr. Terrani will have 12 months following the date of termination to exercise any outstanding vested stock options, notwithstanding any shorter exercise period set forth in the applicable plan or any option agreement. In the event this offering does not close within 12 months of the anticipated offering date, as determined by the Board, any equity awards subject to an initial public offering-related vesting condition will automatically convert to time-based vesting on the same schedule, with the vesting commencement date adjusted to the original grant date.

Keeley Marrocco

In December 2024, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Ms. Marrocco providing for her employment as our Chief Operating Officer. Pursuant to her offer letter, Ms. Marrocco was entitled to receive a base salary of $185,000 per year, and was eligible for a target annual bonus equal to 15% of her base salary, payable based on her individual performance and our financial results, in the discretion of our board of directors. Additionally, Ms. Marrocco’s offer letter provided that she would be recommended for an equity incentive award grant. Ms. Marrocco is eligible to participate in the standard benefit plans offered to our similarly situated employees from time to time, subject to plan terms and our generally applicable policies.

136

Table of Contents

In June 2026, Ms. Marrocco’s offer letter agreement was amended and restated to establish the terms of her employment as our Chief Operating Officer following the initial public offering. The amended and restated offer letter provides for an initial base salary of $200,000, which shall be increased to $350,000 effective upon the closing of this offering. The amended and restated offer letter further provides for a STIP Bonus of 75% of her then-current base salary, subject to her continued employment on the applicable payment date. For 2026, the STIP Bonus will be measured against role-specific performance milestones set by the board; following the initial public offering, the STIP Bonus will transition to a mix of company financial metrics and operational objectives set by the compensation committee. The amended and restated offer letter further provides for a one-time cash bonus equal to $100,000, subject to her continued employment on the payment date.

The amended and restated offer letter provides that if the Company terminates Ms. Marrocco’s employment without “cause” or she resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in a separation agreement to be entered into between the executive and the Company), she will be entitled to: (i) continued payment of her then-current base salary for a period of 12 months; (ii) payment of her target bonus for such 12 month period, paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule; and (iii) subject to her timely election to continue benefits under COBRA, Company-paid COBRA continuation coverage until the earliest of (A) the 12-month anniversary of the termination date; (B) the date she is no longer eligible to receive COBRA coverage; and (C) the date on which she becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer. Receipt of severance benefits will be conditioned upon her execution of a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company. In the event that Ms. Marrocco’s employment is terminated without cause or she resigns for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, 100% of her then-unvested equity awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable (as applicable). If, within 12 months following the closing of this offering, Ms. Marrocco’s employment is terminated without cause or she resigns for good reason, she will receive 12 months of accelerated vesting on all then-unvested equity awards, in addition to the severance benefits described above. Upon any termination of employment other than by the Company for cause, Ms. Marrocco will have 12 months following the date of termination to exercise any outstanding vested stock options, notwithstanding any shorter exercise period set forth in the applicable plan or any option agreement. In the event this offering does not close within 12 months of the anticipated offering date, as determined by the Board, any equity awards subject to an initial public offering-related vesting condition will automatically convert to time-based vesting on the same schedule, with the vesting commencement date adjusted to the original grant date.

Termination or Change in Control Agreements

As discussed above under “Equity Awards,” the equity awards granted to Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco contain certain acceleration provisions. In addition, as discussed above under “Agreements with our Named Executive Officers — Offer Letters,” the amended and restated offer letter for each of Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco provide severance benefits, including equity award acceleration, in connection with qualifying terminations of employment both related and not related to a change in control.

Other Elements of Compensation and Compensation Policies

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our current named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “— 401(k) Plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions to eligible participants up to 4% of an employee’s salary. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and earnings on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

137

Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

None of our named executive officers participate in or have an account balance in any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plan sponsored by us.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We have not offered any nonqualified deferred compensation plans or arrangements or entered into any such arrangements with any of our named executive officers.

Clawback Policy

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will adopt a compensation recoupment policy that complies with the SEC rules under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Clawback Policy”). The Clawback Policy will require us to recover certain cash or equity-based incentive compensation payments or awards made or granted to an executive officer in the event we are required to prepare an accounting restatement due to our material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements, or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.

Equity Award Timing Policies and Practices

From time to time, we grant stock options to our named executive officers, our employees and our other service providers. Historically, we have granted new-hire option awards on or soon after a new-hire’s employment start date and refresh, promotion or retention option grants when and as determined by our board of directors. We have no specific policy or practice regarding the timing of options or other equity grants in relation to our public disclosure of material nonpublic information.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of the offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director or officer, except liability for the following:

•        any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

•        acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

•        with respect to directors, under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases);

•        any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; or

•        with respect to officers, any action by or in the right of the Registrant.

Our restated bylaws will provide that we shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify our employees or agents. Our restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to obtain insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these officers and directors pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

138

Table of Contents

Prior to completion of this offering, we also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements may also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Employee Benefit Plans

2025 Stock Plan

General.    Our board of directors adopted our 2025 Stock Plan on May 9, 2025. The 2025 Stock Plan was last amended in June 2026. Our 2025 Stock Plan will be terminated effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and no new awards will be granted under our 2025 Stock Plan following this offering, but previously granted awards will continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2025 Stock Plan and the stock award agreements pursuant to which such awards were granted.

Share reserve.    Under our 2025 Stock Plan, we reserved for issuance an aggregate of 22,119,000 shares (with the number of shares reflecting the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026). In general, if an award granted under our 2025 Stock Plan expires, terminated, is canceled or otherwise forfeited by a participant, or a share is withheld or received in satisfaction of the exercise price or tax withholding obligation associated with an award, then the number of shares underlying such award will again become available for awards under the 2025 Stock Plan. Following the effectiveness of our 2026 Plan, such shares will again become available for awards under the 2026 Plan.

Plan administration.    Our board of directors has administered the 2025 Stock Plan before this offering. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the 2025 Stock Plan to our compensation committee following this offering.

Types of awards.    Our 2025 Stock Plan provides for incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our common stock, and restricted stock awards. As of the date of this prospectus, we have only issued stock options and restricted stock in connection with early-exercised stock options.

Non-transferability of awards.    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2025 Stock Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and only the recipient of an option right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a non-qualified stock option may be assigned in connection with a participant’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order.

Certain adjustments.    In the event of certain corporate events or changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2025 Stock Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number, kind and class of securities that may be delivered under the 2025 Stock Plan and/or the number, kind, class and price of securities covered by each outstanding award.

Corporate transaction.    The 2025 Stock Plan provides that in the event of (i) a transfer of all or substantially all of our assets, (ii) a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of us with or into another corporation, entity or person, or (iii) the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any “person” becomes the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of more than

139

Table of Contents

50% of our then outstanding capital stock (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the administrator may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the need for the consent of any participant, take one or more of the following actions contingent upon the occurrence of that Corporate Transaction with respect to outstanding stock options and restricted stock granted under the 2025 Stock Plan which provide for: (A) the continuation of such awards by us (if we are the surviving corporation); (B) the assumption of such awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (C) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options or equity awards for such awards; (D) the cancellation of such awards in exchange for a payment to the participants equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value of the shares subject to such awards as of the closing date of such Corporate Transaction over (2) the exercise price or purchase price paid or to be paid for the shares subject to the awards; or (E) the cancellation of any outstanding options or an outstanding right to purchase restricted stock, in either case, for no consideration.

Amendment or termination.    Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2025 Stock Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends a plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless such amendment is required by applicable law. No further awards will be made under the 2025 Stock Plan after this offering.

2026 Equity Incentive Plan

General.

Our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”), was adopted by our board of directors on July 1, 2026 and approved by our stockholders on July 2, 2026. The 2026 Plan will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Purpose.

The 2026 Plan is intended to (i) attract and retain the best available personnel to ensure our success and accomplish our goals, (ii) incentivize employees, directors and independent contractors with long-term equity-based compensation to align their interests with our stockholders, and (iii) promote the success of our business.

Types of Equity Awards.

The 2026 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, RSUs, and stock bonuses (all such types of awards, collectively, “equity awards”).

Share Reserve.

Number of Shares

Subject to adjustments as set forth in the 2026 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2026 Plan will not exceed 18,125,474 new shares of our Class A common stock (with the number of shares reflecting the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026). The shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Class A common stock. Furthermore, subject to adjustments as set forth in the 2026 Plan, in no event will the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2026 Plan pursuant to incentive stock options exceed the number set forth above plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, any shares that again become available for issuance pursuant to the 2026 Plan.

The number of shares available for issuance under the 2026 Plan will be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2027 fiscal year and ending on (and including) the first day of the 2036 fiscal year, in each case, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year (calculated on a fully-diluted and as-converted basis), (ii) the number of shares initially reserved for issuance under the 2026 plan, and (iii) such smaller number of shares determined by the board of directors.

Lapsed Awards

To the extent an award issued under the 2026 Plan or the 2025 Stock Plan should expire or be forfeited or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, the unissued shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the 2026 Plan shall have been terminated, continue to be available under the 2026 Plan for issuance pursuant to future awards. In addition, any

140

Table of Contents

shares which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award issued under the 2026 Plan or the 2025 Stock Plan in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such sward shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the 2026 Plan for issuance pursuant to future awards. Shares issued under the 2026 Plan or the 2025 Stock Plan and later forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest or repurchased by the Company at the original purchase price paid to the Company for the shares (including, without limitation, upon forfeiture to or repurchase by the Company in connection with a participant ceasing to be a service provider) shall again be available for future grant under the 2026 Plan. To the extent an award under the 2026 Plan or the 2025 Stock Plan is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under the 2026 Plan.

Assumption or Substitution of Awards by the Company.

The Plan Administrator (as defined below), from time to time, may determine to substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either: (i) assuming such award under the 2026 Plan or (ii) granting an award under the 2026 Plan in substitution of such other company’s award. Any awards that are assumed or substituted under the 2026 Plan will not reduce the number of shares authorized for grant under the 2026 Plan or authorized for grant to a participant in any fiscal year.

Eligibility.

Employees, directors and independent contractors of us or our affiliates are all eligible to participate in the 2026 Plan. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees of ours or of our parents or subsidiaries.

Administration

The 2026 Plan will be administered by our board of directors or a committee thereof, which committee will be constituted to satisfy applicable laws (the “Plan Administrator”).

Subject to the terms of the 2026 Plan, the Plan Administrator has the authority, in its discretion, to (i) determine the fair market value in accordance with the 2026 Plan; (ii) select the service providers to whom equity awards may be granted under the 2026 Plan; (iii) determine the number of shares to be covered by each equity award granted under the 2026 Plan; (iv) approve forms of equity award agreements for use under the 2026 Plan; (v) determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the 2026 Plan, of any equity award granted thereunder; (vi) institute and determine the terms and conditions of an exchange program under the terms of the 2026 Plan (subject to stockholder approval); (vii) construe and interpret the terms of the 2026 Plan and equity awards granted pursuant to the 2026 Plan; (viii) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2026 Plan, any equity award or any equity award agreement; (ix) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2026 Plan; (x) modify or amend each equity award (subject to the terms of the 2026 Plan); (xi) adjust performance goals applicable to a participant with respect to an equity award to take into account changes in applicable laws or in accounting or tax rules, or such other extraordinary events or circumstances; (xii) allow participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in such manner as prescribed in the 2026 Plan; (xiii) authorize any person to execute on our behalf any instrument required to effect the grant of an equity award previously granted by the Plan Administrator; (xiv) allow a participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an equity award; and (xv) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2026 Plan.

However, to the extent permitted by applicable law and listing requirements, our board of directors or a committee thereof may delegate to one or more of our directors or officers who may be (but are not required to be) an Insider (i.e. an officer or director of the Company whose transactions are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act), the authority to (a) designate employees who are not Insiders to be recipients of equity awards and determine the number of shares subject to equity awards granted to such designated employees, subject to certain restrictions that are set forth in the 2026 Plan and (b) take any and all actions on behalf of our board of directors or a committee thereof other than any actions that affect the amount or form of compensation of insiders or have material tax, accounting, financial, human resource or legal consequences to us or our affiliates.

Members of the Plan Administrator and its delegates are indemnified and held harmless by us from any costs that are imposed on or incurred by such persons in connection with claims due to actions or omissions under the 2026 Plan not attributable to willful misconduct.

141

Table of Contents

Stock Options.

Each stock option will be designated in the equity award agreement as either an incentive stock option (which is entitled to potentially favorable tax treatment) or a nonstatutory stock option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by the participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such stock options will be treated as nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees.

The term of each stock option will be stated in the equity award agreement. In the case of an incentive stock option, the term will be 10 years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the equity award agreement. Moreover, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any of our affiliates, the term of the incentive stock option will be five years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the equity award agreement.

The per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a stock option will be determined by the Plan Administrator, subject to the following: in the case of an incentive stock option (i) granted to an employee who, at the time the incentive stock option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock or the stock of any of our affiliates, the per share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant; and (ii) granted to any other employee, the per share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. In the case of a nonstatutory stock option, the per share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stock options may be granted with a per share exercise price of less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant pursuant to a corporate reorganization, liquidation, etc., described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

At the time a stock option is granted, the Plan Administrator will fix the period within which the stock option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the stock option may vest or be exercised. The Plan Administrator will also determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising a stock option, including the method of payment. In the case of an incentive stock option, the Plan Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant.

If a participant ceases to be a service provider other than for “cause” (as defined in the 2026 Plan), the participant may exercise his or her stock option within such period of time as is specified in the equity award agreement to the extent that the stock option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such stock option). In the absence of a specified time in the equity award agreement, to the extent vested as of a participant’s termination, the stock option will remain exercisable for 12 months following a termination for death or disability, and three months following a termination for any other reason. Any outstanding stock option (including any vested portion thereof) held by a participant will immediately terminate in its entirety upon the participant being first notified of his or her termination for cause and the participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her stock option from and after the date of such notification.

Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs).

The Plan Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each SAR, provided that the exercise price for each SAR will be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares of Class A common stock on the date of grant. Upon exercise of a SAR, a participant will receive payment from us in an amount determined by multiplying the difference between the fair market value of a share on the date of exercise over the exercise price by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. SARs may be paid in cash, in shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof, as determined by the Plan Administrator. SARs are exercisable at the times and on the terms established by the Plan Administrator.

Restricted Stock and RSUs.

Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of Class A common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Plan Administrator. Each RSU is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of Class A common stock. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the participant will be entitled to receive a payout for his or her earned RSUs as determined by the Plan Administrator in the form of cash, shares, or a combination of both.

142

Table of Contents

In determining whether restricted stock or RSUs should be granted, and/or the vesting schedule for such an equity award, the Plan Administrator may impose whatever conditions on vesting and such other terms as it determines to be appropriate.

During the period of restriction, participants holding restricted stock may exercise full voting rights and will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid, in each case with respect to such shares unless the Plan Administrator determines otherwise. All such dividends or other distributions will be subject to the same terms, restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the shares of restricted stock with respect to which the dividends or other distributions accrue and shall not be paid or distributed unless and until such related shares have vested and been earned.

During the vesting period, participants holding RSUs will hold no voting rights by virtue of such RSUs. The Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, award dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of RSUs that may be settled in cash, in shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The Plan Administrator may provide that such dividend equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or at a later specified date and, if distributed at a later date, may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares, awards, or other investment vehicles or accrued in a bookkeeping account without interest, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Plan Administrator may specify. Absent a contrary provision in an award agreement, such dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same terms, restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted stock units with respect to which the dividends accrue and shall not be paid or settled unless and until the related restricted stock units have vested and been earned. To the extent applicable, any such dividend equivalents will comply with Section 409A of the Code or other similar applicable law.

Stock Bonuses.

A stock bonus is an award of shares to a participant without a purchase price that is not subject to any restrictions. The Plan Administrator will determine the number of shares to be awarded to the participant under a stock bonus and any other terms applicable to such stock bonus. A stock bonus may be paid in cash, whole shares, or a combination thereof, based on the fair market value of the shares subject to the stock bonus on the date of payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator.

Performance Awards.

The Plan Administrator may grant stock options, SARs, restricted stock and RSUs that are subject to the satisfaction of specified performance criteria. The Plan Administrator determines the terms surrounding performance awards, including the required levels of performance with respect to specified business criteria (including any adjustment(s) thereto that will be applied in determining the achievement of such performance criteria), the corresponding amounts payable upon achievement of such levels of performance, and the termination and forfeiture provisions; provided that all performance criteria must be determined when the achievement of such criteria remains substantially uncertain.

The Plan Administrator in its discretion may make performance goals applicable to a participant with respect to an equity award. In the Plan Administrator’s discretion, one or more of the following performance goals may apply: (1) sales or non-sales revenue; (2) return on revenue; (3) operating income; (4) income or earnings including operating income; (5) income or earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; (6) income or earnings from continuing operations; (7) net income; (8) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (9) net income excluding amortization of intangible assets, depreciation and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and/or excluding charges attributable to the adoption of new accounting pronouncements; (10) raising of financing or fundraising; (11) project financing; (12) revenue backlog; (13) gross margin; (14) operating margin or profit margin; (15) capital expenditures, cost targets, reductions and savings and expense management; (16) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on stockholder equity; (17) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (18) performance warranty and/or guarantee claims; (19) stock price or total stockholder return; (20) earnings or book value per share (basic or diluted); (21) economic value created; (22) pre-tax profit or after-tax profit; (23) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration or market share, completion of strategic agreements such as licenses, joint ventures, acquisitions, and the like, geographic business expansion, objective customer satisfaction or information technology goals, intellectual

143

Table of Contents

property asset metrics; (24) objective goals relating to divestitures, joint ventures, mergers, acquisitions and similar transactions; (25) objective goals relating to staff management, results from staff attitude and/or opinion surveys, staff satisfaction scores, compliance, headcount, performance management, completion of critical staff training initiatives; (26) objective goals relating to projects, including project completion, timing and/or achievement of milestones, project budget, technical progress against work plans; and (27) enterprise resource planning. Equity awards issued to participants may take into account other criteria (including subjective criteria).

Performance goals may differ from participant to participant, performance period to performance period and from equity award to equity award. Any criteria used may be measured, as applicable, (i) in absolute terms, (ii) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, any increase (or decrease) over the passage of time and/or any measurement against other companies or financial or business or stock index metrics particular to us), (iii) on a per share and/or share per capita basis, (iv) against the performance of us as a whole or against any of our affiliate(s), a particular segment(s), a business unit(s) or a product(s) of ours or an individual project company, (v) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis, (vi) on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis, and/or (vii) using an actual foreign exchange rate or on a foreign exchange neutral basis.

Outside Director Limitations.

Equity awards granted during a single fiscal year under the 2026 Plan or otherwise, taken together with any cash fees paid during such fiscal year for services on our board of directors, will not exceed $500,000 in total value for any outside director, except with respect to the first year of service in which case any equity awards granted and cash fees paid will not exceed $1,000,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes). Such applicable limit will include the value of any equity awards that are received in lieu of all or a portion of any annual committee cash retainers or other similar cash-based payments. Equity awards granted to an individual while he or she was serving in the capacity as an employee or while he or she was an independent contractor but not an outside director will not count for purposes of these limits.

Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations; Time Commitment Change.

The Plan Administrator has the discretion to determine at any time whether and to what extent the vesting of equity awards will be suspended during any leave of absence; provided that in the absence of such determination, vesting of equity awards will continue during any paid leave and will be suspended during any unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by applicable laws). A participant will not cease to be an employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the participant’s employer or (ii) transfers between our locations or between us and any of our affiliates. If an employee holds an incentive stock option and such leave exceeds three months then, for purposes of incentive stock option status only, such employee’s service as an employee will be deemed terminated on the first day following such three month period and the incentive stock option will thereafter automatically be treated for tax purposes as a nonstatutory stock option in accordance with applicable laws, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written company policy.

If a participant’s regular level of time commitment in performing services to us or an affiliate of ours is reduced after an equity award is granted, the Plan Administrator has the discretion, subject to applicable laws, to (i) proportionately reduce the number of shares or cash amount subject to equity awards that vest or become payable after such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting schedule of the equity award. If the Plan Administrator makes such a reduction, the participant will no longer have any rights to the portion of the equity award that is so reduced.

Nontransferability of Equity Awards.

Unless determined otherwise by the Plan Administrator, an equity award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will, by the laws of descent or distribution, or if we so permit, by beneficiary designation, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant. If the Plan Administrator makes an equity award transferable, such equity award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate provided, however, that in no event may any equity award be transferred for consideration to a third-party financial institution.

144

Table of Contents

Clawback/Recovery.

The Plan Administrator may specify in an equity award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an equity award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any applicable vesting, performance or other conditions and restrictions of an equity award. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under the 2026 Plan, an equity award granted under the 2026 Plan will be subject to any clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time by us. The Plan Administrator may require a participant to forfeit or return to and/or reimburse us for all or a portion of the equity award and/or shares issued under the equity award, any amounts paid under the equity award, and any payments or proceeds paid or provided upon disposition of the shares issued under the equity award, pursuant to the terms of such company policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable laws.

Adjustment.

In the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification of the shares, subdivision of the shares, a rights offering, a reorganization, merger, spin-off, split-up, repurchase, or exchange of our common stock or other securities of us or other significant corporate transaction, or other change affecting our common stock occurs, the Plan Administrator, in order to prevent dilution, diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2026 Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number, kind and class of securities that may be delivered under the 2026 Plan and/or the number, class, kind and price of securities covered by each outstanding equity award; provided that all such adjustments will be made in a manner that does not result in taxation under Section 409A of the Code.

Dissolution or Liquidation.

In the event of the proposed winding up, dissolution or liquidation of us, the Plan Administrator will notify each participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised or settled, an equity award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

Corporate Transaction.

In the event of (i) a transfer of all or substantially all of our assets, (ii) a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of us with or into another corporation, entity or person, (iii) the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any person becomes the beneficial owner directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of our then outstanding capital stock, or (iv) a “change in control” (as defined in the 2026 Plan) each outstanding equity award (vested or unvested) will be treated as the Plan Administrator determines, which determination may provide for one or more of the following: (a) the continuation of such outstanding equity awards (if we are the surviving corporation); (b) the assumption of such outstanding equity awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (c) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new stock options or other equity awards for such equity awards; (d) the cancellation of such equity awards in exchange for a payment to the participants equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value of the shares subject to such equity awards as of the closing date of such corporate transaction over (2) the exercise price or purchase price paid or to be paid (if any) for the shares subject to the equity award; provided that such payment may be subject to the same conditions that apply to the consideration that will be paid to holders of shares in connection with the transaction, (subject to applicable laws); (e) the full or partial acceleration of exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of an outstanding equity award, lapse of our right to repurchase or re-acquire shares acquired under an equity award or lapse of forfeiture rights with respect to shares acquired under an equity award; (f) the opportunity for participants to exercise their stock options prior to the occurrence of the corporate transaction and the termination (for no consideration) upon the consummation of such corporate transaction of any stock options not exercised prior thereto for no consideration; or (g) the cancellation of such outstanding equity awards in exchange for no consideration.

145

Table of Contents

Change in Control.

An equity award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a “change in control” (as defined in the 2026 Plan) as may be provided in the equity award agreement for such equity award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between us or any of our affiliates and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur (unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator).

Amendment, Termination and Duration of the 2026 Plan.

The 2026 Plan will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years measured from the earlier of the date our board of directors approves the 2026 Plan or the approval of the 2026 Plan by our stockholders, unless terminated earlier under the terms of the 2026 Plan. The Plan Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2026 Plan. No awards may be granted under the 2026 Plan while the 2026 Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) was adopted by our board of directors on July 1, 2026 and approved by our stockholders on July 2, 2026. Our ESPP will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Purpose.

The ESPP provides a means by which eligible employees and/or eligible service providers of either our company or designated related corporations or affiliates (“Designated Companies”) may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Class A common stock. The ESPP permits us to grant a series of purchase rights to eligible employees and eligible service providers. By means of the ESPP, we seek to (i) retain and assist our related corporations and affiliates in retaining the services of such eligible employees and eligible service providers, (ii) secure and retain the services of new eligible employees and eligible service providers and (iii) provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for our success and that of our related corporations and affiliates.

Qualified and Non-Qualified Offerings Permitted.

The ESPP includes two components: a “423 Component” and a “Non-423 Component.” We intend the 423 Component to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” pursuant to Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the 423 Component will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, including without limitation, to extend and limit ESPP participation in a uniform and non-discriminating basis. In addition, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan authorizes grants of purchase rights under the Non-423 Component that do not meet the requirements of an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in the ESPP or determined by the ESPP Administrator (as defined below), the Non-423 Component will be operated and administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. Eligible employees will only be able to participate in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component of the ESPP. Eligible service providers will only be able to participate in the Non-423 Component of the ESPP.

Administration.

Our board of directors has the power to delegate administration of the ESPP to a committee composed of not fewer than one member of our board of directors. The ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or a committee thereof (the “ESPP Administrator”). The ESPP Administrator has the final power to construe and interpret both the ESPP and the rights granted under it. The ESPP Administrator has the power, subject to the provisions of the ESPP, to determine when and how rights to purchase Class A common stock will be granted, the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical), and whether any employee or other service provider will be eligible to participate in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component of the ESPP. Whether or not our board of directors has delegated administration of the ESPP to a committee, our board of directors will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the ESPP.

146

Table of Contents

Restart.

Our board of directors will have the discretion to structure an offering so that if the fair market value of a share on the first trading day of a new purchase period within that offering is less than or equal to the fair market value of a share on the offering date for that offering, then (i) that offering will terminate immediately as of that first trading day and (ii) the participants in such terminated offering will be automatically enrolled in a new offering beginning on the first trading day of such new offering period and purchase period.

Stock Subject to ESPP.

Subject to adjustments as provided in the ESPP, the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued under the ESPP will not exceed 5,437,642 shares of common stock (with the number of shares reflecting the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026), plus the number of shares of common stock that are automatically added on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2027 fiscal year and ending on (and including) the first day of the 2036 fiscal year, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month prior to the date of such automatic increase (calculated on a fully-diluted and as-converted basis), and (ii) an amount equal to the initial share reserve, unless the ESPP Administrator determines prior to the first day of any fiscal year that there will be no increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Class A common stock. If any purchase right granted under the ESPP terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Class A common stock not purchased under such purchase right will again become available for issuance under the ESPP.

Offerings.

The ESPP is implemented by offerings of rights to all eligible employees and eligible service providers from time to time. Offerings may be comprised of one or more purchase periods. The maximum length for an offering under the ESPP is 27 months. The provisions of separate offerings need not be identical. When a participant elects to join an offering, he or she is granted a purchase right to acquire shares of Class A common stock on each purchase date within the offering, each corresponding to the end of a purchase period within such offering. On each purchase date, all payroll deductions collected from the participant during such purchase period are automatically applied to the purchase of Class A common stock, subject to certain limitations.

Eligibility.

Purchase rights may be granted only to our employees, employees of designated related corporations or, solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, employees of designated affiliates (other than a designated related corporation) or eligible service providers. The ESPP Administrator may provide that employees will not be eligible to be granted purchase rights under the 423 Component if, on the offering date, the employee (i) has not completed at least 2 years of service since the employee’s last hire date (or such lesser period as the ESPP Administrator may determine), (ii) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or such lesser period as the ESPP Administrator may determine), (iii) customarily works not more than 5 months per calendar year (or such lesser period as the ESPP Administrator may determine), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of the Code, or (v) has not satisfied such other criteria as the ESPP Administrator may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the ESPP Administrator for any offering, an employee will not be eligible to be granted purchase rights unless, on the offering date, the employee customarily works more than 20 hours per week and more than 5 months per calendar year.

No employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the 423 Component if, immediately thereafter, such employee owns stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock or the stock of any related corporation. An eligible employee may be granted purchase rights under the 423 Component only if such purchase rights, together with any other rights granted under all our and any related corporations’ employee stock purchase plans, do not permit such eligible employee’s rights to purchase stock to accrue in excess of $25,000 worth of stock in any calendar year.

Participation in the ESPP.

On each offering date, each eligible employee or eligible service provider, pursuant to an offering made under the ESPP, will be granted a purchase right to purchase up to that number of shares of Class A common stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the ESPP Administrator;

147

Table of Contents

provided however, that in the case of eligible employees, such percentage or maximum dollar amount will in either case not exceed 15% of such employee’s earnings during the period that begins on the offering date (or such later date as the ESPP Administrator determines for a particular offering) and ends on the date stated in the offering, which date will be no later than the end of the offering, unless otherwise provided for in an offering.

Purchase Price.

The purchase price of shares of Class A common stock acquired pursuant to purchase rights will be not less than the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock on the offering date; or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock on the applicable purchase date (i.e. the last day of the applicable purchase period).

Payment of Purchase Price; Payroll Deductions.

The purchase price of the shares is accumulated by payroll deductions over the offering. To the extent permitted in the offering document, a participant may increase, reduce or terminate his or her payroll deductions. All payroll deductions made on behalf of a participant are credited to his or her account under the ESPP and deposited with our general funds. To the extent permitted in the offering document, a participant may make additional payments into such account. If required under applicable laws or regulations or if specifically provided in the offering, in addition to or instead of making contributions by payroll deductions, a participant may make contributions through a payment by cash, check, or wire transfer prior to a purchase date, in a manner we direct.

Purchase of Stock.

Our board of directors will establish one or more purchase dates during an offering on which purchase rights granted for that offering will be exercised and shares of Class A common stock will be purchased in accordance with such offering. In connection with each offering, the ESPP Administrator may specify a maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased by any participant or all participants. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Class A common stock issuable on exercise of purchase rights granted under the offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any ESPP Administrator action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each participant’s accumulated contributions) allocation of the shares of Class A common stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

Withdrawal.

During an offering, a participant may cease making contributions and withdraw from the offering by delivering to us or any third party designated by us a company provided withdrawal form. We may impose a deadline before a purchase date for withdrawing. On such withdrawal, such participant’s purchase right in that offering will immediately terminate and we will distribute as soon as practicable to such participant all of his or her accumulated but unused contributions without interest. A participant’s withdrawal from that offering will have no effect on his or her eligibility to participate in any other offerings under the ESPP, but such participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent offerings.

Termination of Eligibility.

Purchase rights granted pursuant to any offering under the ESPP will terminate immediately if the participant either (i) is no longer an eligible employee or eligible service provider for any reason or for no reason, or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. We will have the exclusive discretion to determine when a participant is no longer actively providing services and the date of the termination of employment or service for purposes of the ESPP. As soon as practicable, we will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused contributions without interest.

Leave of Absence.

A participant will not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain continuously employed by us or a Designated Company in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by us; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than three months or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. We will have sole discretion to determine whether a participant

148

Table of Contents

has terminated employment and the effective date on which the participant terminated employment, regardless of any notice period or garden leave required under local law. Where the period of leave exceeds three months and an employee’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three months and one day following the commencement of such leave.

Employment Transfers.

Unless otherwise determined by the ESPP Administrator, a participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire with no break in service by or between us and a Designated Company or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the ESPP or an offering; however, if a participant transfers from an offering under the 423 Component to an offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the participant’s purchase right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a participant transfers from an offering under the Non-423 Component to an offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the purchase right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. In the event that a participant’s purchase right is terminated under the ESPP, we will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused contributions.

Restrictions on Transfer.

During a participant’s lifetime, purchase rights will be exercisable only by such participant. Purchase rights are not transferable by a participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if we so permit, by a beneficiary designation.

Exercise of Purchase Rights.

On each purchase date, each participant’s accumulated contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Class A common stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock permitted by the ESPP and the applicable offering, at the purchase price specified in the offering. Unless otherwise specified in the offering, no fractional shares will be issued and, if any amount of accumulated contributions remains in a participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Class A common stock on the final purchase date in an offering, such remaining amount will roll over to the next offering.

No purchase rights may be exercised to any extent unless and until the shares of Class A common stock to be issued on such exercise under the ESPP are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act, and the ESPP is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities, exchange control, and other laws applicable to the ESPP. If, on the purchase date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Class A common stock are not registered and the ESPP is not in material compliance with all applicable laws or regulations, as determined by us in our sole discretion, no purchase rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused contributions will be distributed as soon as practicable to the participants without interest.

Capitalization Adjustments.

In the event of a capitalization adjustment, the ESPP Administrator will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the ESPP, (ii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding offerings and purchase rights, and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing offering.

Dissolution or Liquidation.

In the event of our dissolution or liquidation, the ESPP Administrator will shorten any offering then in progress by setting a new purchase date prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation. The ESPP Administrator will notify each participant in writing, prior to the new purchase date that the purchase date for the participant’s purchase rights has been changed to the new purchase date and that such purchase rights will be automatically exercised on the new purchase date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering.

149

Table of Contents

Effect of Certain Corporate Transactions.

In the event of: a transfer of all or substantially all of our company’s assets; a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of our company with or into another corporation, entity or person; or the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of our then outstanding capital stock, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding purchase rights or may substitute similar rights for outstanding purchase rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such purchase rights or does not substitute similar rights for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares of Class A common stock prior to the corporate transaction under the outstanding purchase rights, and the purchase rights will terminate immediately after such purchase. The ESPP Administrator will notify each participant in writing, prior to the new purchase date that the purchase date for the participant’s purchase rights has been changed to the new purchase date and that such purchase rights will be automatically exercised on the new purchase date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering.

Spin-Off.

In the event of a spin-off or similar transaction involving us, the ESPP Administrator may take actions deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with an ongoing offering and subject to compliance with applicable laws (including the assumption of purchase rights under an ongoing offering by the spun-off company, or shortening an offering and scheduling a new purchase date prior to the closing of such transaction). In the absence of any such action by the ESPP Administrator, a participant in an ongoing offering whose employer ceases to qualify as a related corporation as of the closing of a spin-off or similar transaction will be treated in the same manner as if the participant had terminated employment.

Amendment, Termination or Suspension of the ESPP.

Our board of directors may amend the ESPP at any time in any respect the ESPP Administrator deems necessary or advisable. However, except with respect to capitalization adjustments described above, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the ESPP for which stockholder approval is required by applicable laws, regulations or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) increases the number of shares of Class A common stock available for issuance under the ESPP, (ii) expands the class of individuals eligible to become participants and receive purchase rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to participants under the ESPP or reduces the price at which shares of Class A common stock may be purchased under the ESPP, (iv) extends the term of the ESPP, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the ESPP, but in each case only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable laws.

The ESPP Administrator may suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. No purchase rights may be granted under the ESPP while the ESPP is suspended or after it is terminated.

Any benefits, privileges, entitlements, and obligations under any outstanding purchase rights granted before an amendment, suspension, or termination of the ESPP will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension, or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such purchase rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain any special tax, listing, or regulatory treatment.

Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

Our Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (“Bonus Plan”) was adopted by our board of directors on July 1, 2026 and approved by our stockholders on July 2, 2026. The Bonus Plan will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

150

Table of Contents

General

The purpose of the Bonus Plan is to motivate and reward eligible officers and employees of the Company, including the named executive officers, for their contributions toward the achievement of certain performance goals. The Bonus Plan is administered by our compensation committee, which shall have the discretionary authority to interpret the provisions of the Bonus Plan, including all decisions on eligibility to participate, the establishment of performance goals, the number of awards payable under the plan, and the payment of awards. The compensation committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Bonus Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. The compensation committee may terminate the Bonus Plan at any time, provided such termination shall not affect the payment of any awards accrued under the Bonus Plan prior to the date of the termination. The compensation committee may, at any time, or from time to time, amend or suspend and, if suspended, reinstate, the Bonus Plan in whole or in part.

Targets and Performance Criteria

The compensation committee may establish (or previously established) cash bonus targets and corporate performance metrics for a specific performance period or fiscal year pursuant to the Bonus Plan. Corporate performance goals may be based on wide-ranging criteria and metrics described in the plan. However, awards issued to participants may also take into account other factors, including subjective factors. Performance goals may differ from participant to participant, performance period to performance period, and from award to award.

Eligibility and Clawback

Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, a participant must be actively employed and in good standing with us on the date the award is paid. The compensation committee may make exceptions to this requirement in the case of retirement, death or disability, an unqualified leave of absence or under other circumstances, as determined by the compensation committee in its sole discretion.

Awards granted under the Bonus Plan are subject to applicable laws and clawback policies requiring forfeiture or repayment of amounts paid under the plan. The compensation committee may require a participant to forfeit or return to and/or reimburse us for any amounts paid with respect to an award, pursuant to the terms of any Company clawback policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable laws.

Amendment or Termination.

The compensation committee may terminate the Bonus Plan at any time, provided such termination shall not affect the payment of any awards accrued under the Bonus Plan prior to the date of the termination. The compensation committee may, at any time, or from time to time, amend or suspend and, if suspended, reinstate, the Bonus Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that any amendment of the Bonus Plan shall be subject to the approval of our stockholders to the extent required to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules.

151

Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, severance and change in control arrangements and indemnification arrangements described in “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described in “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2023 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

•        we have been or are to be a participant;

•        the amount involved exceeds $120,000; and

•        any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

All information below has been adjusted for the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026.

Class B Exchange Agreement and Class B Equity Exchange Agreement

To facilitate the Class B Stock Exchange, we will enter into the Class B Exchange Agreement with Standard Nuclear Trust, an entity affiliated with Mr. Hendrix, pursuant to which, upon the Effective Time, shares of our outstanding Class A common stock beneficially owned by Standard Nuclear Trust as of the Effective Time will be automatically exchanged for an equivalent number of newly issued shares of our Class B common stock.

In addition, we will enter into the Class B Equity Exchange Agreement with Mr. Hendrix pursuant to which, following the completion of this offering, Mr. Hendrix shall have a right (but not an obligation), to require us to exchange up to 4,323,251 shares of Class A common stock for an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, consisting of (i) 2,863,393 shares of our Class A common stock that may be received by Mr. Hendrix upon the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of certain equity awards held by Mr. Hendrix and (ii) up to 1,459,858 shares of Class A common stock that may be received by Mr. Hendrix upon a distribution by Decisive Point Group following this offering.

Convertible Preferred Stock Financings

In December 2024, we received approximately $32.5 million in gross proceeds from various investors, including entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group, entities affiliated with Welara Capital Partners, entities affiliated with Fundomo, and entities affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners (each of which are holders of more than 5% of a class of our capital stock), pursuant to SAFE Note investments. Pursuant to the terms of the SAFE Note investments, such investments were convertible into preferred stock in connection with our next equity financing at a price equal to the purchase amount divided by the conversion price, which means either: (1) the SAFE price or (2) the discount price (lowest price per share sold in the equity financing multiplied by the discount rate), whichever resulted in a greater number of shares of capital stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we have sold an aggregate of 130,645,488 shares of our convertible preferred stock as follows:

•        14,193,030 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.9320 per share;

•        26,948,464 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.59755 per share;

•        65,000,000 shares of Series Seed-1 preferred stock issued upon conversion of SAFE Notes, as described further herein, at an issue price of $0.500 per share; and

•        9,999,994 shares of Series Seed preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share; and

The purchasers of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

152

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the convertible preferred stock purchased by our directors, executive officers, and beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock. The terms of these purchases were the same for all purchasers of a particular class of preferred stock.

Name of stockholder

 

Shares of 
Series A-2
Preferred Stock

 

Total
Purchase Price

Entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group(1)

 

1,012,372

 

$

4,993,018.70

Entity affiliated with Welara Capital Partners(2)

 

1,728,076

 

$

8,522,870.83

Entity affiliated with Fundomo(3)

 

2,027,576

 

$

10,000,004.83

Entity affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners(4)

 

1,419,302

 

$

6,999,997.46

____________

(1)      Shares purchased by Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear IV and Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P. Entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group, including Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear IV and Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P, collectively hold more than 5% of our capital stock. Thomas Hendrix, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Decisive Point Group.

(2)      Shares purchased by Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC. Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC holds more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(3)      Shares purchased by ST-1014 Fund I, a series of Fundomo Syndicates, LP. Entities affiliated with Fundomo, including ST-1014 Fund I, a series of Fundomo Syndicates, LP, collectively hold more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(4)      Shares purchased by Washington Harbour Triso LLC. Entities affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners, including Washington Harbour Triso LLC, collectively hold more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

Name of stockholder

 

Shares of 
Series A
Preferred Stock

 

Total
Purchase Price

Larger Cross Partners I, LLC(1)

 

384,978

 

$

999,999.61

Entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group(2)

 

3,397,264

 

$

8,824,564.64

Entity affiliated with Welara Capital Partners(3)

 

3,515,018

 

$

9,130,435.01

Entity affiliated with Fundomo(4)

 

3,849,782

 

$

10,000,001.23

Entity affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners(5)

 

2,309,868

 

$

5,999,997.62

____________

(1)      The AMP 2014 Protective Trust B, The JFP 2014 Protective Trust B and the JMP 2014 Protective Trust B control Larger Cross Partners I LLC and, consequently, such entities may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held by Larger Cross Partners I, LLC and have voting and dispositive control over such securities. Andrew Price is the authorized person for Larger Cross Partners I, LLC. See “Principal Stockholders.”

(2)      Shares purchased by Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear III and Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P. Entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group, including Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear III and Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P, collectively hold more than 5% of our capital stock. Thomas Hendrix, our Founder and Executive Chairman, is a member of Decisive Point Group.

(3)      Shares purchased by Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC, who holds more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(4)      Shares purchased by Fundomo SN-001, LP. Entities affiliated with Fundomo, including Fundomo SN-001, LP, collectively hold more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(5)      Shares purchased by Washington Harbour Triso LLC. Entities affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners, including Washington Harbour Triso LLC, collectively hold more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

Name of stockholder

 

Shares of 
Series Seed
Preferred Stock

 

Total
Purchase Price

Entity affiliated with Decisive Point Group(1)

 

2,451,678

 

$

2,451,679.00

Entity affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners(2)

 

833,000

 

$

833,000

Standard Nuclear Trust(3)

 

20,308

 

$

20,308

____________

(1)      Shares purchased by Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II. Entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group, including Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, collectively hold more than 5% of our capital stock. Thomas Hendrix, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Decisive Point Group.

(2)      Shares purchased by Washington Harbour Triso LLC. Entities affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners, including Washington Harbour Triso LLC, collectively hold more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(3)      Standard Nuclear Trust is a grantor trust for the benefit of Mr. Hendrix’s immediate family. Andrew Price is the trustee of Standard Nuclear Trust.

153

Table of Contents

Name of stockholder

 

Shares of 
Series Seed-1
Preferred Stock

 

Total
Purchase Price

Entity affiliated with Decisive Point Group(1)

 

9,800,000

 

$

0

(2)

Entity affiliated with Welara Capital Partners(3)

 

15,000,000

 

$

0

(2)

Entity affiliated with Fundomo(4)

 

14,000,000

 

$

0

(2)

Entity affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners(5)

 

4,000,000

 

$

0

(2)

Standard Nuclear Trust(6)

 

50,000

 

$

0

(2)

____________

(1)      Shares held by Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear I and Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P. Entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group, including Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear I and Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P., collectively hold more than 5% of our capital stock. Thomas Hendrix, a member of our board of directors, is a member of Decisive Point Group.

(2)      Reflects shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of the SAFE Notes at an issue price of $1.00 per share.

(3)      Shares held by Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC, who holds more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(4)      Shares held by ST-1014 Fund I, a series of Fundomo Syndicates, LP. Entities affiliated with Fundomo, including ST-1014 Fund I, a series of Fundomo Syndicates, LP, collectively hold more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(5)      Shares held by Washington Harbour Triso LLC. Entities affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners, including Washington Harbour Triso LLC, collectively hold more than 5% of our Class A common stock.

(6)      Standard Nuclear Trust is a grantor trust for the benefit of Mr. Hendrix’s immediate family. Andrew Price is the trustee of Standard Nuclear Trust.

Common Stock Issuances

In October 2024, we sold an aggregate of 28,000,000 shares of common stock to members of our board of directors and their affiliated entities, including Thomas Hendrix, Keeley Marrocco and Andrew Price for net cash proceeds of $108.35.

In March 2025, we entered into Share Exchange Agreements (effective as of February 2025) with the holders of our common stock, pursuant to which certain holders exchanged their shares of common stock for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock and certain holders exchanged their shares of common stock for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock. In connection with this offering, certain of these holders of Class B common stock will have their shares converted to Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis pursuant to the Class B Conversion.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved 5% of the shares of Class A common stock to be offered by us under this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to employees, executive officers, directors, and other related persons of the Company. See the section titled “Underwriting — Reserved Share Program” for additional information.

Other Transactions

In connection with the Series Seed Preferred Stock Financing, we received non-interest-bearing cash advances from Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II. This short-term cash advance of $1,263,500 from Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, together with a separate non-related-party short-term cash advance of $1,231,333, was reclassified from liabilities to equity on February 13, 2025, in connection with the Series Seed Preferred Stock financing. The total reclassification of $2,494,833 was applied as additional consideration for Series Seed preferred equity. As of December 31, 2025, none of such cash advances remained outstanding.

Investors’ Rights, Voting, and Right of First Refusal Agreements

In connection with our convertible preferred stock financings, we entered into an Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2026, by and among us and certain stockholders (the “amended and restated investors’ rights agreement”), a Voting Agreement dated January 23, 2026 by and among us and certain stockholders (the “amended and restated voting agreement”) and an amended and restated Right of First Refusal Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2026, by and among us and certain stockholders (the “amended and restated right of first refusal agreement”), pursuant to which we have granted such stockholders party to these agreements registration rights, voting rights, and rights of first refusal, among other things, with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock

154

Table of Contents

and certain holders of our common stock. The parties to these agreements include Kurt Terrani, our Chief Executive Officer, Thomas Hendrix, our Founder and Executive Chairman, Keeley Marrocco, our Chief Operating Officer, Decisive Point Group, LLC, of which Mr. Hendrix is a member, entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group including Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear I, Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P. and Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear III, which collectively own more than 5% of our capital stock, Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC, which owns more than 5% of our Class A common stock, entities affiliated with Fundomo, including ST-1014 Fund I, a series of Fundomo Syndicates, LP and Fundomo SN-001, LP, which collectively own more than 5% of our Class A common stock, entities affiliated with Washington Harbour Partners, including Washington Harbour Triso LLC, which collectively own more than 5% of our Class A common stock, and other entities affiliated with our directors, including Standard Nuclear Trust and Larger Cross Partners I, LLC. The amended and restated voting agreement and amended and restated right of first refusal agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and the provisions of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering except for the registration rights granted thereunder, as more fully described in “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Promissory Notes

In June 2025, we issued Keeley Marrocco, our Chief Operating Officer, 2,160,000 shares of Class B common stock at a purchase price of $0.21 per share for a total purchase price of $453,600 pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. We also concurrently issued Kurt Terrani, our Chief Executive Officer, 3,425,000 shares of Class B common stock at a purchase price of $0.21 per share for a total purchase price of $719,250. 100% of the shares of restricted stock issued to Ms. Marrocco and Mr. Terrani were initially subject to our ability under the 2025 Plan to repurchase such shares at the original purchase price thereof upon such employee’s termination, subject to the vesting terms and certain other conditions (the “Repurchase Option”). The scheduled vesting provides that 25% of the shares were released from the Repurchase Option on January 13, 2026, with an additional 1/48th released monthly thereafter. In connection with the issuance of such restricted stock, Mr. Terrani and Ms. Marrocco granted an irrevocable proxy to Mr. Hendrix, giving Mr. Hendrix full power and substitution to vote such shares in any and all matters. Such proxies were terminated upon Mr. Terrani’s and Ms. Marrocco’s respective conversion of their Class B common stock to Class A common stock prior to the completion of this offering.

In connection with the purchase of the restricted stock discussed above, we loaned Ms. Marrocco and Mr. Terrani the full purchase prices of their shares of restricted stock ($453,600 and $719,250, respectively) under promissory notes bearing interest at 4.07% per annum, compounded annually. Each promissory note is secured by a pledge of the purchased shares. Each note is 50% recourse to the executives personally and 50% nonrecourse, secured solely by the shares. Each note is due in full on the ninth anniversary of issuance, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events, including termination of employment, and the completion of this offering, subject to applicable repayment terms. In connection with the completion of this offering, the promissory notes will be paid off in full.

In May 2026, we issued Kevin Harrill, our Chief Financial Officer, 941,222 shares of Class B common stock at a purchase price of $1.635 per share for a total purchase price of $1,538,897.97 pursuant to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements. 100% of the shares of restricted stock issued to Mr. Harrill were initially subject to the Repurchase Option. With respect to 877,682 of such shares, the scheduled vesting provides that 25% of the shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the 12-month anniversary of March 9, 2026, with an additional 3/48th released quarterly thereafter, subject to Mr. Harrill’s continuous service through each vesting date. In the event that Mr. Harrill’s service is terminated by the Company other than for “cause” or by Mr. Harrill for “good reason” within 12 months following a “change of control” of the Company, then 100% of the unvested shares will vest and be released from the Company repurchase option on an accelerated basis. In the event that Mr. Harrill’s service is terminated by the Company other than for “cause” or by Mr. Harrill for “good reason” within 24 months following March 9, 2026, then 100% of the unvested shares which would have vested within 12 months after such termination will vest and be released from the Company repurchase option on an accelerated basis. With respect to the remaining 63,540 shares, 100% of such shares shall vest upon the consummation of this offering, subject to Mr. Harrill’s continuous service through such date. In connection with the issuance of such restricted stock, Mr. Harrill granted an irrevocable proxy to Mr. Hendrix, giving Mr. Hendrix full power and substitution to vote such shares in any and all matters. Such proxy was terminated upon Mr. Harrill’s conversion of his Class B common stock to Class A common stock prior to the completion of this offering.

155

Table of Contents

In connection with Mr. Harrill’s purchase of the restricted stock discussed above, we loaned Mr. Harrill the full purchase price of his shares of restricted stock ($1,435,010.07 and $103,887.90, respectively) under promissory notes bearing interest at 4.08% per annum, compounded annually. Each promissory note is secured by a pledge of the purchased shares. Each note is 50% recourse to Mr. Harrill personally and 50% nonrecourse, secured solely by the shares. Each note is due in full on the ninth anniversary of issuance, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events, including termination of employment, and the completion of this offering, subject to applicable repayment terms. In connection with the completion of this offering, the promissory notes will be paid off in full.

Neutroelectric, LLC

In September 2025, we entered into a Master Services Agreement with Neutroelectric, LLC (“Neutroelectric”), pursuant to which Neutroelectric provides specialized engineering and design services to us on a project basis under individually negotiated statements of work. Neutroelectric is owned and operated by Danielle Castley, the spouse of Kurt Terrani, our Chief Executive Officer. The Master Services Agreement has a two-year term and provides for Neutroelectric to furnish services to us as an independent contractor, with compensation determined on a per-project basis as set forth in each statement of work. As of the date of this prospectus, we have paid Neutroelectric approximately $240,000 in the aggregate under the Master Services Agreement and related statements of work.

Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements

Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers, including stock option grants and agreements with executive officers.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

See “Executive Compensation — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers” for information on our indemnification arrangements with our directors and executive officers.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

We intend to adopt a written related person transactions policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock and any members of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a material related person transaction with us without the review and approval of our audit committee or a committee composed solely of independent directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. We expect the policy to provide that any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock or with any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 will be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, we expect that our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including all of the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director’s or officer’s relationship or interest as to the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors would take this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to our company and in the best interest of all of our stockholders.

156

Table of Contents

Principal Stockholders

The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2026 and as adjusted to reflect our sale of common stock in this offering, by:

•        each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

•        each of our directors;

•        each of our named executive officers; and

•        all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Percentage ownership of our common stock before the completion of this offering is based on 150,673,542 shares of our common stock outstanding on June 30, 2026, which includes 139,095,234 shares of our Class A common stock and 11,578,308 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026 (and assumes the Stock Split, Preferred Conversion, the Class B Stock Exchange and the Class B Conversion). Each share of our Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors.

Percentage ownership of our common stock after the offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 2,737,500 additional shares of our Class A common stock) also assumes the foregoing and assumes the sale of 18,250,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Standard Nuclear, Inc., 200 Europia Ave., Oak Ridge, TN 37830.

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering

Class A
Common Stock

 

Class B
Common Stock

 

% of Total
Voting
Power
 

 

Class A
Common Stock

 

Class B
Common Stock

 

% of Total
Voting
Power
 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

 

Shares

 

%

 

5% or Greater Stockholders:

                                       

Entities affiliated with Decisive Point Group(1)

 

25,313,314

 

18.2

 

—

 

—

 

6.8

 

25,313,314

 

16.1

 

—

 

—

 

6.5

Larger Cross Partners I, LLC(2)

 

10,384,978

 

7.5

 

—

 

—

 

2.8

 

10,384,978

 

6.6

 

—

 

—

 

2.7

Standard Nuclear Trust(3)

 

—

 

—

 

5,824,308

 

50.3

 

31.4

 

—

 

—

 

5,824,308

 

50.3

 

30

Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC(4)

 

20,243,094

 

14.6

 

—

 

—

 

5.5

 

20,243,094

 

12.9

 

—

 

—

 

5.2

Entities affiliated with Fundomo(5)

 

19,877,358

 

14.3

 

—

 

—

 

5.4

 

19,877,358

 

12.6

 

—

 

—

 

5.1

Washington Harbour Triso LLC(6)

 

8,562,170

 

6.2

 

—

 

—

 

2.3

 

8,562,170

 

5.4

 

—

 

—

 

2.2

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                                       

Kurt Terrani (7)

 

3,615,084

 

2.6

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

3,615,084

 

2.3

 

—

 

—

 

*

Keeley Marrocco(8)

 

3,076,034

 

2.2

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

3,076,034

 

2.0

 

—

 

—

 

*

Thomas Hendrix(3)(9)

 

—

 

—

 

11,578,308

 

100

 

62.5

 

—

 

—

 

11,578,308

 

100

 

59.5

Alexander Matina(10)

 

79,165

 

*

 

—

 

—

 

*

 

79,165

 

*

 

—

 

—

 

*

Donald Moul

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

A. Scott Miller

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)

 

7,812,667

 

5.6

 

11,578,308

 

100

 

64.5

 

7,812,667

 

5.0

 

11,578,308

 

100

 

61.5

____________

*        Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock.

(1)     Decisive Point Group, Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear I, Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear III, Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear IV, LLC and Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P. are the record holders of such shares (collectively, the “Decisive Point Shares”). Decisive Point Ventures Fund II GP, LLC is

157

Table of Contents

the manager (the “Manager”) of Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P., Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear I, Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear III and Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear IV, LLC. Decisive Point Group is the parent of the Manager and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the Decisive Point Shares and have voting and dispositive control over such securities. Thomas Hendrix, our chairman, is a member of Decisive Point Group. The address for the Decisive Point entities is 330 Railroad Avenue, Suite 201, Greenwich, CT 06830.

(2)      Larger Cross Partners I, LLC is the record holder of such shares. The AMP 2014 Protective Trust B, The JFP 2014 Protective Trust B and the JMP 2014 Protective Trust B control Larger Cross Partners I LLC and, consequently, such entities may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held by Larger Cross Partners I, LLC and have voting and dispositive control over such securities. Andrew Price is the authorized person for Larger Cross Partners I, LLC. The address for Larger Cross Partners is 16192 Coastal Highway Lewes, DE 19958.

(3)      Standard Nuclear Trust is a grantor trust for the benefit of Mr. Hendrix’s immediate family and is the record holder of such shares. Andrew Price is the trustee of Standard Nuclear Trust. Pursuant to a voting agreement entered between Standard Nuclear Trust and Mr. Hendrix, Mr. Hendrix has sole voting and dispositive control over such securities. The address for Standard Nuclear Trust is 16192 Coastal Highway Lewes, DE 19958.

(4)      Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC is the record holder of such shares. Welara Capital Partners LLC is the controlling entity of Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC. Colette K. Young is the managing member of Welara Capital Partners LLC and consequently may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held by Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC and have voting and dispositive control over such securities. The address of Welara Capital Partners Series 3 LLC is 200 Central Park South, New York, New York 10019.

(5)      ST-1014 Fund I, a series of Fundomo Syndicates, LP, Fundomo SN-001, LP and Fundomo SN-002, LP are the record holders of such shares. Fund GP, LLC is the general partner of ST-1014 Fund I, Fundomo SN-001 GP, LLC is the general partner of Fundomo SN-001, LP and Fundomo SN-002 GP, LLC is the general partner of Fundomo SN-002, LP. Consequently, such entities may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held by ST-1014 Fund I (in the case of Fund GP, LLC), Fundomo SN-001, LP (in the case of Fundomo SN-001 GP, LLC) and Fundomo SN-002, LP (in the case of Fundomo SN-002 GP, LLC) and have voting and dispositive control over such securities. Joshua Cowdin is the authorized signatory for Fund GP, LLC, and Corey Nobile and Siranush Babakhanova are the managers of Fundomo SN-001 GP, LLC and Fundomo SN-002 GP, LLC. The address of ST-1014 Fund I is PO Box 3217, Seattle, WA 98114 and the address of Fundomo SN-001, LP and Fundomo SN-002, LP is 401 Park Ave S, 10th Floor New York, NY 10016.

(6)      Washington Harbour Triso LLC is the record holder of such shares. Washington Harbour Partners, LP. is the investment manager of Washington Harbour Triso LLC. Mina Faltas controls Washington Harbour Partners, LP and consequently may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares held by Washington Harbour Triso LLC and have voting and dispositive control over such securities. The address for Washington Harbour Triso LLC is 1201 Wilson Blvd, Suite 2210, Arlington, VA 22209.

(7)      Consists of (i) 3,425,000 shares of restricted stock, with 2,211,980 of such shares subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Company may repurchase such shares at the original purchase price thereof upon Mr. Terrani’s termination, and in connection with which Mr. Terrani may not dispose of such shares while they are subject to the Company’s repurchase option, and (ii) 190,084 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Terrani that will become exercisable upon the consummation of this offering.

(8)      Consists of (i) 2,160,000 shares of restricted stock, with 1,395,000 of such shares subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Company may repurchase such shares at the original purchase price thereof upon Ms. Marrocco’s termination, and in connection with which Ms. Marrocco may not dispose of such shares while they are subject to the Company’s repurchase option, and (ii) 76,034 shares of Class A common stock underlying stock options held by Ms. Marrocco that will become exercisable upon the consummation of this offering.

(9)      Consists of (i) 5,754,000 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Mr. Hendrix in his individual capacity and (ii) 5,824,308 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Standard Nuclear Trust, a grantor trust for the benefit of Mr. Hendrix’s immediate family.

(10)    Consists of (i) 70,832 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Matina that are exercisable as of June 30, 2026 and (ii) 8,333 shares of Class A Common Stock underlying stock options held by Mr. Matina that will become exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2026.

158

Table of Contents

Description of Capital Stock

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they will be in effect following the completion of this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt a restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

•        464,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.00001 par value per share;

•        16,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.00001 par value per share; and

•        20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share.

Assuming the occurrence of the Class B Conversion, Class B Stock Exchange and the Preferred Conversion, which will all occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of June 30, 2026, there were 139,095,234 shares of our Class A common stock and 11,578,308 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, held by 69 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the NYSE listing rules, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our Class A common stock.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share, on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

•        if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

•        if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences, or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

159

Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws establish a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Conversion

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, which occurs after the completion of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers, described in the paragraph that immediately follows this paragraph and further described in our restated certificate of incorporation. Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon the earlier of (i) twelve months following the death or disability of Mr. Hendrix, (ii) upon the first trading day on or after such date that the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 5% of the aggregate then-outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock or (iii) upon the first trading day on or after such date that (A) Mr. Hendrix is no longer providing services to the Company as an officer, employee or consultant and (B) Mr. Hendrix is not a director of the Company as a result of a voluntary resignation by Mr. Hendrix from our board of directors or as a result of a written request or agreement by Mr. Hendrix not to be renominated as a director of the Company at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, which, in instances (i)-(iii) above, may be extended to 18 months upon affirmative approval of a majority of the independent directors.

A transfer of Class B common stock will not trigger an automatic conversion of such stock to Class A common stock if it is a permitted transfer, which is a transfer by a holder of Class B common stock to certain persons specified as a ‘Permitted Transferee’ in our restated certificate of incorporation, and from any such Permitted Transferee back to such holder of Class B common stock and/or any other Permitted Transferee established by or for such holder of Class B common stock.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights and are not subject to conversion or redemption.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Fully Paid and Non-assessable

All of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will have been converted into 116,141,488 shares of our Class A common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our convertible preferred stock and we will have no shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting, and other rights, preferences, and privileges of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

160

Table of Contents

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 12,455,722 shares of our Class A common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.60 per share under the 2025 Stock Plan.

Restricted Stock

As of June 30, 2026, as part of a grant under the 2025 Stock Plan, we issued 6,526,222 shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements (the “Restricted Stock Awards”) all of which are expected to be converted to Class A common stock as part of the Class B Conversion. Such shares of Class B common stock are subject to the Repurchase Option (as defined above).

Registration Rights

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that provides that certain holders of our convertible preferred stock have certain registration rights as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below.

The registration rights set forth in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will expire five years following the date of this prospectus, or, with respect to any particular stockholder, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1)(i) of the Securities Act or holds 1% or less of our common stock and is able to sell all of its Registrable Securities, as defined in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, without registration pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any three-month period. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below, including the reasonable fees of one counsel for the selling holders. In an underwritten offering, the underwriters have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include, subject to certain conditions. Holders of substantially all of our shares with the registration rights described below have entered into agreements with the underwriters prohibiting the exercise of these registration rights for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. For a description of these agreements, see “Underwriting.”

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of a majority of the registrable securities under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the date of this prospectus, the holders of a majority of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of their shares. We are obligated to effect only one such registration. Such request for registration must cover shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $20 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the date of this prospectus, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other

161

Table of Contents

than with respect to (1) a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in our stock plans, (2) a registration relating to a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, (3) a registration in which the only stock being registered is common stock upon conversion of debt securities also being registered, or (4) any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of registrable securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering. For the avoidance of doubt, such piggyback registration rights shall not apply to this offering.

Form S-3 registration rights

After the date of this prospectus, the holders of registrable securities under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered, net of net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would equal or exceed $5.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation, and restated bylaws contain or will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Dual Class Stock

So long as the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock represent a majority of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, Mr. Hendrix will effectively control all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote, as well as the overall management and direction of the Company, which will have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board, chief executive officer, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, prior to the Voting Threshold Date, our stockholders will be able to take action by written consent. From and after the Voting Threshold Date, our stockholders will no longer be able to take action by written consent and will only be able to take action at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders.

162

Table of Contents

Staggered Board

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management — Composition of Our Board of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two-thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Coting

Our restated certificate of incorporation will not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Supermajority Approvals

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, from and after the Voting Threshold Date, certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of two-thirds of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, provided that, if such amendments are approved by two-thirds of the whole board of directors, they will only require the approval of a majority of the combined voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock. In addition, prior to the Voting Threshold Date, our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the combined voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock, and after the Voting Threshold Date, the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the combined voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock. These provisions will have the effect of making it more difficult for our stockholders to amend our restated certificate of incorporation or restated bylaws to remove or modify certain provisions.

Delaware Anti-takeover Statute

In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset, or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. We have expressly elected not to be governed by the “business combination” provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, until after the Voting Threshold Date. At that time, such election shall be automatically withdrawn and we will thereafter be governed by the “business combination” provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Choice of Forum

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees, or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or

163

Table of Contents

determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

While courts in Delaware and several other jurisdictions have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court.

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation, and our restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied for the listing of our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “STDN.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Equiniti Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 28 Liberty Street, 53rd Floor, New York, NY 10005.

164

Table of Contents

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or settlement of outstanding RSUs, or upon conversion of Class B common stock, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and assuming (i) the issuance of 18,250,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering, (ii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iii) the Class B Conversion; and (iv) the Preferred Conversion, we will have 157,345,234 shares of Class A common stock and 11,578,308 shares of Class B common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the 18,250,000 shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except (1) any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144, which may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below and (2) any shares subject to contractual restrictions, including under the lock-up agreements described below under “— Lock-up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions.”

The remaining outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, each of which is summarized below. In addition, all of our securityholders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of their stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Lock-up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, executive officers and our other existing security holders have entered into lock-up agreements or are subject to market standoff provisions in agreements with us that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to certain exceptions, prohibit us and them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock (including our Class B common stock), without the prior written consent of the representatives.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed in this prospectus. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

165

Table of Contents

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 15,734,523 shares immediately after this offering; or

•        the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information and holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701. Moreover, all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements or are subject to market standoff provisions as described under “— Lock-up Agreements and Market Standoff Provisions” above and under the section titled “Underwriting” and will not become eligible for sale until the expiration of those agreements.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock issuable or reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan and our ESPP. We expect to file this registration statement on, or as soon as practicable after, the effective date of this prospectus. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, certain holders of our common stock (including shares issuable upon the Preferred Conversion), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

166

Table of Contents

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of our Class A Common Stock

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to “non-U.S. holders” (as defined below) relating to the ownership and taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This discussion does not address the tax considerations arising under the alternative minimum tax, the net investment income tax, the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

•        banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

•        partnerships or entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

•        corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•        tax-exempt or governmental organizations or tax-qualified retirement plans;

•        real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

•        controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

•        persons who acquired our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation for services;

•        brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

•        traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

•        persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our Class A common stock;

•        certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

•        persons who hold our Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

•        persons required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to our Class A common stock as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;

•        persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

•        persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or owner and the activities of the partnership or entity. Accordingly, this discussion does not address U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partnerships and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

167

Table of Contents

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and taxable disposition of our Class A common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this section, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, other than an entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

•        a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

•        a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

•        an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of source.

Distributions

If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock) in respect of our Class A common stock, the distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. Distributions treated as dividends on our Class A common stock held by a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable income tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder has provided the documentation required to claim benefits under such treaty. Generally, to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form).

If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. by the non-U.S. holder (and, if an applicable tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.), the dividend will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder has provided the appropriate documentation, generally an IRS Form W-8ECI, to the withholding agent), but the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of the dividend on a net income basis in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person. Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and which are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty).

Sale of Class A common stock

Subject to the discussion below of FATCA and backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

•        such non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or disposition, and certain other conditions are met;

•        such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business in the U.S. (and, if an applicable tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.); or

168

Table of Contents

•        our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock.

A non-U.S. holder that is an individual and who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or disposition, if certain other conditions are met, will be subject to tax at a gross rate of 30% on the amount by which such non-U.S. holder’s taxable capital gains allocable to U.S. sources, including gain from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources, except as otherwise provided in an applicable tax treaty.

Gain realized by a non-U.S. holder that is effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty). In addition, if such non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We do not believe that we currently are a USRPHC, however there can be no assurances that we are not now nor will become a USRPHC in the future. If, however, we were a USRPHC during the applicable testing period, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our Class A common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only for a non-U.S. holder who actually or constructively holds (at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period) more than 5% of such Class A common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid with respect to our Class A common stock to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition with respect to our Class A common stock made to a non-U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example by properly certifying the non-U.S. holder’s status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), impose U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain types of U.S. source “withholdable payments” (including dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of U.S. stock) to “foreign financial institutions,” which are broadly defined for this purpose, and other non-U.S. entities in connection with the failure to comply with certain certification and information reporting requirements regarding U.S. account holders or owners of such institutions or entities. The obligation to withhold under FATCA applies to any dividends on our Class A common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied to gross proceeds from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock and to certain “pass-thru” payments received with respect to instruments held through foreign financial institutions after the date on which applicable final Treasury regulations are issued, proposed Treasury regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely

169

Table of Contents

and limit FATCA withholding on these “pass-thru” payments to those payments made two years after the date on which applicable final Treasury regulations are issued. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury regulations until final Treasury regulations are issued. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

170

Table of Contents

Underwriting

BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of Class A common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriter

 

Number of
Shares

BofA Securities, Inc.

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

  

UBS Securities LLC

 

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

 

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

 

  

Total

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares of Class A common stock sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares of Class A common stock are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares of Class A common stock, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of Class A common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

 

Per Share

 

Without
Option

 

With
Option

Public offering price

 

$

   

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discount

 

$

   

$

   

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

   

$

   

$

 

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at approximately $4.5 million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses and fees related to the review by FINRA, in an amount not to exceed $40,000.

171

Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 2,737,500 additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares of Class A common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and our executive officers, directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”) without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

•        offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

•        sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

•        purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

•        grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

•        lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

•        request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the common stock, or

•        enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock, and to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition (the “lock-up securities”).

Our agreement does not apply to (1) sales to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, (2) any shares of common stock issued by us upon the exercise of an option or warrant, settlement of other equity awards or the conversion or exchange of a security outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and referred to this prospectus, including the Class B Conversion and the Class B Stock Exchange, (3) any shares of common stock issued or options to purchase common stock or other equity awards granted pursuant to our existing employee benefit or equity incentive plans described in this prospectus, (4) any shares of common stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan described in this prospectus, (5) the establishment or amendment of a trading plan on behalf of a stockholder or our officer or director pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period, (6) the reacquisition or withholding of all or a portion of shares of common stock subject to an equity award to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with the vesting, exercise or settlement of such equity award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of such equity award, (7) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 or any successor form thereto with respect to the registration of securities to be offered under any of our employee benefit or equity incentive plans described in this prospectus, (8) the issuance of shares of common stock, restricted stock awards or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock in connection with (i) the acquisition of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed in connection with any such acquisition, (ii) joint ventures, (iii) collaboration,

172

Table of Contents

licensing, or commercial relationships or (iv) other strategic transactions with a bona fide business purpose, provided that the aggregate number of shares of common stock, restricted stock awards and shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of securities (on an as converted or as exercised basis, as the case may be) issued pursuant to this clause (8) shall not exceed 10.0% of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the issuance and sale of the securities at the time and date of their payment and delivery pursuant to the underwriting agreement and provided, further, that in the case of clauses (2), (3), (4), and (8), we shall either (a) cause a recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to the representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such securities a lock-up agreement substantially in the form attached to the underwriting agreement for the remainder of the restricted period, which we agree will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of the representatives or (b) if such recipient is subject to market standoff provisions in agreements with us, agree to not waive or amend such markoff standoff provisions for the remainder of the restricted period, or (9) the confidential submission by us of any registration statement with the SEC in respect of any shares of common stock, provided that (i) no public filing with the SEC or any other public announcement may be made during the restricted period in relation to such registration, (ii) the representatives must have received prior written notice from us of a confidential submission of a registration statement with the SEC during the restricted period at least five (5) business days prior to such submission and (iii) no securities of ours may be sold, distributed or exchanged during the restricted period.

The agreements of our executive officers, directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders, do not apply to lock-up securities that are transferred or otherwise disposed of (1) as a bona fide gift or gifts, including, without limitation, gifts to a trust, to a charitable organization or educational institution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (2) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of such holder, (3) to any immediate family member or any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of such holder or one or more immediate family members of such holder, or if the holder is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, (4) to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which such holder or the immediate family of the holder are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (5) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement or pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency having jurisdiction over such holder, (6) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (1) through (5) above, (7) if such holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (i) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of such holder, or to any investment fund or other entity that is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with such holder or affiliates of the holder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where such holder is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (ii) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition to current or former limited partners, limited liability company members, managers, equityholders or stockholders of such holder or holders of similar equity interests in the holder or to the estates of any such limited partners, limited liability company members, managers, equityholders or stockholders, (8) to us (i) upon such holder’s death, disability or termination of employment or other service relationship with us; provided that such shares of lock-up securities were issued to the holder pursuant to an agreement or equity award granted pursuant to a stock incentive or other employee benefit plan, option, warrant or other right disclosed in this prospectus, or (ii) pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase shares, (9) to us pursuant to the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, restricted stock, options, warrants or other rights to purchase common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement or exercise of such restricted stock units, restricted stock, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such restricted stock units, restricted stock, options, warrants or rights are held by such holder pursuant to an agreement or equity award granted under a stock incentive plan or other employee benefit plan, each of which is disclosed in this prospectus, (10) in “sell to cover” or similar open market transactions to satisfy any exercise price or tax withholding obligations as a result of the exercise, vesting and/or settlement of our equity awards (including options) held by such holder and issued pursuant to a plan or arrangement described in this prospectus, provided that, any such shares of common stock retained by such holder after giving effect to this provision shall be subject to the terms of this agreement, and provided further, that no public disclosure or filing shall be made voluntarily during the restricted period nor shall be required within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 30th day, any filing under Section 16(a) of

173

Table of Contents

the Exchange Act during the restricted period shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (10), (11) if such holder is not one of our officers or directors, in connection with a sale of the holder’s Class A common stock acquired (i) from the underwriters in the initial public offering or (ii) in open market transactions after the closing date of the initial public offering, (12) pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, made to all holders of common stock that has been approved by our board of directors, which results in any person or group of persons becoming the beneficial owners (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of at least 50% of our outstanding voting securities (or the surviving entity); provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the lock-up securities shall remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement, or, in the case of Mr. Hendrix, (13) certain permitted transfers of Class B Common Stock or the conversion of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to agreements with us as described in this prospectus, provided that, in each case, (i) such shares received upon conversion shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement; and (ii) any filing required under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the restricted period shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (13); provided that (A) in the case of clauses (1) to (7), the representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement in the form attached to the underwriting agreement for the balance of the restricted period from each donee, devisee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (B) in the case of clauses (1) to (7), any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (C) such transfers are not required to be reported during the restricted period with the SEC on Form 4 or Form 5 in accordance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or, in the case of clauses, in the case of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (7) (8), (9), (10), (11) and (13) above, any such required filing shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto (a) the circumstances of such transfer or distribution and (b) in the case of a transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (1)-(7), that the done, devisee, trustee, distribute, or transferee has agreed to be bound by a lock-up agreement in the form attached to the underwriting agreement, and (D) the lock-up party does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the restricted period.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved 5% of the shares of Class A common stock to be offered under this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to employees, executive officers, directors, and other related persons of the Company. The sales will be made at our direction by Merrill Lynch and its respective affiliates through a reserved share program. At this time, no indications of interest will be taken. Except for any shares acquired by our directors and officers, shares purchased pursuant to the reserved share program will not be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Future sales of such shares may cause the price of our common stock to be reduced or become more volatile. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Once the preliminary prospectus has been filed, an invitation package will be made available or sent to each person identified by management, which will include the preliminary prospectus and other reserved share program documentation. An invitation to participate in the reserved share program does not guarantee that the participant will receive an allocation of shares. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurance that any category of participant set forth above will receive an invitation or an allocation in the reserved share program. If a potential participant is interested in participating, that participant will be required to complete the required documentation and will be required to return such documentation to the program administrator. The program administrator will not accept funds from any participant until after the registration statement for this offering is declared effective, this offering is priced, and the participants are notified of their final allocation and given an opportunity to confirm that they wish to purchase the shares allocated to them. After the registration statement has been declared effective and this offering is priced, we and the program administrator will prepare a final approved list of allocations. Allocations may be reduced below requested amounts if demand exceeds the reserved share program allotment. The program administrator will notify each participant who has been allocated shares of the number of shares that have been allocated and the total purchase price due upon confirmation of their participation. Thereafter, participants will be required to wire or transfer their funds to the program administrator.

174

Table of Contents

Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of Class A common stock sold pursuant to the reserved share program. The shares under the reserved share program will be allocated following pricing and settle in the same manner as the shares sold to the general public. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares of Class A common stock reserved for the reserved share program.

Listing

We expect the shares of Class A common stock to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “STDN”. In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares of Class A common stock to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

•        the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

•        our financial information,

•        the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

•        an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

•        the present state of our development, and

•        the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares of Class A common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares of Class A common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares of Class A common stock is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares of Class A common stock to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

175

Table of Contents

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares of Class A common stock sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market-making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, such activities and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares of Class A common stock be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any shares of Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of Class A common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member

176

Table of Contents

State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

a.      to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

b.      to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

c.      in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares of Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares of Class A common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the company that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares of Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that the shares of Class A common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of Class A common stock to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Class A common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that the offering of the shares of Class A common stock falls within one of the exceptions specified in Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024 (the “POATRs”) and, accordingly, there will not be a prospectus prepared or published for the purposes of the POATRs. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus for the purposes of the POATRs.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not made and will not make an offer of shares of Class A common stock which are the subject of this prospectus to the public in the United Kingdom, except that it may make an offer:

a.      at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs;

b.      at any time to fewer than 150 persons (other than qualified investors as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs) in the United Kingdom subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

c.      at any time in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares of Class A common stock” to the public in relation to any shares of Class A common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares of Class A common stock.

177

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares of Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of Class A common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of Class A common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares of Class A common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of Class A common stock.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares of Class A common stock. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in United Arab Emirates

The shares of Class A common stock have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares of Class A common stock in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority, Financial Services Regulatory Authority (FSRA) or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Brazil

The offer and sale of shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários, or “CVM”) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No. 160, dated 13 July 2022, as amended, or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The shares of Class A common stock may be authorized for trading on organized non-Brazilian securities markets and may only be offered to Brazilian Professional Investors (as defined by applicable CVM regulation), who may only acquire the securities through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. The trading of these shares of Class A common stock on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

178

Table of Contents

Any offer in Australia of the shares of Class A common stock may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares of Class A common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of Class A common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of Class A common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares of Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Class A common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares of Class A common stock were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Class A common stock, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

179

Table of Contents

Where the Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a)     a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b)    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Class A common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(a)     to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(b)    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(c)     where the transfer is by operation of law; or

(d)    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The Class A common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

180

Table of Contents

Legal Matters

Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, New York, New York will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, Foundry Square Investors — XXVI, LP, which is an entity beneficially owned by current and former partners of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, and partners of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP beneficially hold an aggregate of 48,664 and 10,644, respectively, shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York is representing the underwriters in this offering.

Experts

The audited financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

This prospectus contains certain information with respect to the TRISO fuel market that has been sourced from Wood Mackenzie. Wood Mackenzie has agreed to be named as an expert with respect to such information, as indicated in the consent of Wood Mackenzie filed as an exhibit to this registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock covered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers like us that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.standardnuclear.com. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

181

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     

March 31,
2026

 

December 31,
2025

ASSETS

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

$

124,925,366

 

 

$

63,101,704

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

Note 2

 

 

1,013,248

 

 

 

2,291,671

 

Deferred transaction costs

     

 

941,269

 

 

 

—

 

Prepaid and other current assets

     

 

69,197

 

 

 

—

 

Total current assets

     

 

126,949,080

 

 

 

65,393,374

 

Property and equipment, net

 

Note 3

 

 

17,969,625

 

 

 

12,627,624

 

Investment in Joint Venture

     

 

1,130,170

 

 

 

1,130,170

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     

$

146,048,875

 

 

$

79,151,167

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

     

$

4,963,277

 

 

$

2,082,547

 

Accrued and other liabilities

     

 

406,979

 

 

 

354,601

 

Deferred revenue

 

Note 2

 

 

1,225,768

 

 

 

1,076,531

 

Total current liabilities

     

$

6,596,024

 

 

$

3,513,679

 

Asset retirement obligations

     

 

774,239

 

 

 

753,223

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     

$

7,370,263

 

 

$

4,266,902

 

Commitment and contingencies

 

Note 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mezzanine equity:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable preferred stock, 116,141,488 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2026 and 101,948,464 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025; redemption value $214,999,997 and $144,999,977 at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

Note 7

 

$

214,999,997

 

 

$

144,999,977

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Deficit:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, $0.00001 par value; 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025

     

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Class A Common Stock, $.00001 par value; 175,000,000 shares authorized at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025; 13,496,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

Note 8

 

 

135

 

 

 

135

 

Class B Convertible Common Stock, $.00001 par value; 35,615,000 shares authorized at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025; 14,504,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025

 

Note 8

 

 

145

 

 

 

145

 

Additional paid-in capital

     

 

3,530,778

 

 

 

2,021,499

 

Accumulated deficit

     

$

(79,852,302

)

 

$

(72,137,351

)

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

     

$

(76,321,384

)

 

$

(70,115,712

)

Total Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity, and Stockholders’ Deficit

     

$

146,048,875

 

 

$

79,151,167

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-2

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2026

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2025

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service Revenue

 

$

593,802

 

 

$

377,926

 

Total Revenue

 

 

593,802

 

 

 

377,926

 

Cost of Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Services

 

 

5,006,006

 

 

 

1,120,504

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

5,006,006

 

 

 

1,120,504

 

Gross Profit

 

 

(4,412,204

)

 

 

(742,578

)

General and administrative costs

 

$

3,832,048

 

 

$

671,213

 

Loss from operations

 

$

(8,244,252

)

 

$

(1,413,791

)

Other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in fair value of SAFE Notes

 

 

—

 

 

 

7,725,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

—

 

 

 

(853,000

)

Interest income

 

 

(529,301

)

 

 

—

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(7,714,951

)

 

 

(8,285,791

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,714,951

)

 

$

(8,285,791

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

28,000,000

 

 

 

28,000,000

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.275

)

 

$

(0.295

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

 

Class A
Common Stock

 

Class B
Common Stock

 

Ordinary shares

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balances as of December 31, 2024

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

28,000,000

 

 

$

280

 

 

$

279,860

 

$

(56,596,406

)

 

$

(56,316,406

)

Conversion of Ordinary Shares to Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

13,496,000

 

 

135

 

14,504,000

 

 

145

 

(28,000,000

)

 

 

(280

)

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

(8,285,791

)

 

 

(8,285,791

)

Balances as of March 31,
2025

 

13,496,000

 

$

135

 

14,504,000

 

$

145

 

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

279,860

 

$

(64,882,197

)

 

$

(64,602,197

)

 

Class A
Common Stock

 

Class B
Common Stock

 

Ordinary shares

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balances as of December 31,
2025

 

13,496,000

 

$

135

 

14,504,000

 

$

145

 

—

 

$

—

 

$

2,021,499

 

$

(72,137,351

)

 

$

(70,115,712

)

Share-based compensation

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,509,279

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,509,279

 

Net loss

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

$

—

 

 

(7,714,951

)

 

 

(7,714,951

)

Balances as of March 31,
2026

 

13,496,000

 

$

135

 

14,504,000

 

$

145

 

—

 

$

—

 

$

3,530,778

 

$

(79,852,302

)

 

$

(76,321,384

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2026

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2025

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,714,951

)

 

$

(8,285,791

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

1,509,279

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash discount on issuance of common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

245,617

 

 

 

26,647

 

Change in fair value of SAFE Notes liability

 

 

—

 

 

 

7,725,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of SAFE Notes

 

 

—

 

 

 

(853,000

)

Accretion expense on asset retirement obligation

 

 

21,016

 

 

 

—

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

1,278,423

 

 

 

(664,254

)

Deferred transaction costs

 

 

(941,269

)

 

 

—

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

(69,198

)

 

 

—

 

Accounts payable

 

 

1,161,978

 

 

 

171,093

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

$

52,378

 

 

$

2,959

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

149,237

 

 

 

399,904

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(4,307,490

)

 

$

(1,477,442

)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

$

(3,868,868

)

 

$

(178,789

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(3,868,868

)

 

$

(178,789

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred shares

 

 

70,000,020

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series Seed preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,945,686

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

70,000,020

 

 

$

7,945,686

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

61,823,662

 

 

 

6,289,455

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

63,101,704

 

 

 

1,619,817

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

124,925,366

 

 

$

7,909,272

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of SAFE Notes into Series Seed-1 Preferred stock

 

$

—

 

 

$

32,500,000

 

Reclassification of SAFE Notes fair value adjustment to temporary equity upon conversion

 

$

—

 

 

$

32,500,000

 

Extinguishment of SAFE Notes (reduction of SAFE liability)

 

$

—

 

 

$

1,000,000

 

Reclassification of short-term cash advances to Series Seed-1 preferred stock

 

$

—

 

 

$

2,494,833

 

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

 

$

2,560,901

 

 

$

44,406

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Standard Nuclear, Inc. (the “Company”), which include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Standard Property Holdings I, LLC, as of March 31, 2026 and for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation S-X and, therefore, do not include all information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2025, was derived from audited Consolidated Financial Statements, but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Historically, the Company has incurred significant losses from operations and negative operating cash flows. However, as of May 4, 2026, the date these unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued, management believes its current cash on hand is sufficient to meet its current obligations, which alleviates substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2026 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2026. The unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting policies of the Company are set forth in Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Company’s audited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2025. There has not been a material change to the Company’s accounting policies since that report, except as noted below.

Deferred Transaction Costs

Deferred Transaction costs consist of specific incremental legal, accounting and other direct third-party costs directly attributable to the Company’s proposed initial public offering. Deferred transaction costs were 0.9 million as of March 31, 2026. Deferred transaction costs as of December 31, 2025 were not significant. Upon completion of the offering, these costs will be recorded as a reduction of the gross proceeds of the offering in additional paid-in capital. If the offering is not completed, deferred transaction costs will be charged to expense.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Issued or Adopted

In November 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Updated (“ASU”) 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“ASU 2024-03”). ASU 2024-03 requires additional footnote disclosure of the details of certain income statement expense line items as well as additional disclosure about selling expenses. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and early adoption is permitted. The guidance is to be applied prospectively, with the option for retrospective application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its disclosures.

Stock Split

On July 6, 2026, the Company effected a two-for-one stock split of its securities. All share and per share information and earnings per share data has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented. The shares of common stock retain a par value of $0.00001 per share.

2. Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue at a point in time or over time consistent with how it satisfies its performance obligations and transfers control to its customers. A receivable is recorded when the Company has an unconditional right to receive payment based on the satisfaction of performance obligations. The Company’s unbilled

F-6

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Revenue Recognition (cont.)

contract assets are recorded when revenue has been recognized for performance obligations for which the Company does not yet have an unconditional right to payment because contractual billing conditions remain unsatisfied. Accounts receivable and unbilled contract assets consist of the following:

 

March 31,
2026

 

December 31,
2025

Accounts Receivable

 

$

341,749

 

$

2,090,089

Unbilled contract assets

 

 

671,499

 

 

201,582

Receivables, net

 

$

1,013,248

 

$

2,291,671

Deferred revenue was $1.2 million and $1.1 million at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively. Revenue recognized during 2026 that was included in deferred revenue at December 31, 2025, was not significant. The increase in unbilled contract assets was primarily due to additional amounts recognized in revenue in advance of billing. Deferred revenue increased due to advance billings and customer payments received under new and ongoing contracts.

The Company receives payments from customers based on billing schedules, as established in its contracts. Deferred revenue relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract and is recognized as revenue as, or when, the related performance obligations are satisfied.

Disaggregated Revenue

The Company’s revenues disaggregated by revenue type are as follows:

 

Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2026

 

Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2025

Fixed price contracts

 

$

593,802

 

$

70,867

Time and materials contracts

 

 

—

 

 

307,059

Total

 

$

593,802

 

$

377,926

The Company’s revenue disaggregated by geographic region are as follows:

 

Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2026

 

Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2025

United States

 

$

476,313

 

$

377,926

Europe

 

 

117,489

 

 

—

Total

 

$

593,802

 

$

377,926

The Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 that exempts it from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. The Company has also elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-55-18 that allows revenue to be recognized in the amount to which the Company has the right to invoice when that amount corresponds directly with the value transferred to the customer. Accordingly, the Company has not disclosed the value of remaining performance obligations for contracts qualifying for those practical expedients.

Significant Customers

For the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company had three customers that each accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. Revenue from these customers was approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company had one customer that accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. Revenue from this customer was approximately $0.3 million.

F-7

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Revenue Recognition (cont.)

Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company accounts for expected credit losses on financial assets in accordance with FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 326, Financial Statements — Credit Losses. The Company’s methodology for estimating expected credit losses is consistent with that described in the audited annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025. In developing its estimate, the Company considers historical credit loss experience, the aging of receivables, customer-specific facts and circumstances, current economic conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future collectability.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company concluded that expected credit losses were not material based on the composition of its customer base, historical collection experience, the short-term nature of the receivables, and the absence of significant collection issues. Accordingly, no allowance for credit losses was recorded as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025.

3. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

March 31,
2026

 

December 31,
2025

Machinery and equipment

 

$

11,757,144

 

 

$

8,030,173

 

Land

 

 

1,267,338

 

 

 

1,267,338

 

Building and improvements

 

 

813,967

 

 

 

814,893

 

ARO Asset

 

 

673,000

 

 

 

673,000

 

IT and office equipment

 

 

253,023

 

 

 

182,556

 

Construction-in-progress

 

 

3,724,193

 

 

 

1,933,086

 

Total property and equipment, gross

 

 

18,488,665

 

 

 

12,901,047

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(519,040

)

 

 

(273,423

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

17,969,625

 

 

$

12,627,624

 

Depreciation expense recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and March 31, 2025 was $0.2 million and $0.0 million, respectively. Depreciation expense is included within cost of revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Construction-in-progress is primarily comprised of building and building improvement construction not yet placed-in-service.

4. Equity Method Investment

On September 16, 2025, the Company and Framatome, Inc. (“Framatome”) formed Standard Nuclear x Framatome LLC (the “Venture”), a Delaware limited liability company, with the purpose of establishing a facility on Framatome’s U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission — licensed site in Richland, Washington to manufacture and commercialize tristructural isotropic particle fuel (“TRISO”), Fully Ceramic Microencapsulated fuel (“FCM”), and other TRISO-based advanced fuel products.

Pursuant to the Venture’s LLC Operating Agreement, the Company agreed to contribute cash of $66,667 in exchange for a 66.667% membership interest and Framatome agreed to contribute cash of $33,333 in exchange for a 33.333% membership interest. In addition to the initial capital contributions, the Company will provide intellectual property licensing related to advanced fuel product technology and manufacturing know-how and to lease specialized fuel-manufacturing equipment to the Venture. Framatome has agreed to provide access to its Richland site physical plant space and licensed nuclear infrastructure, to lease its specialty fuel building to the Venture, and to license its manufacturing and operational expertise.

F-8

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Equity Method Investment (cont.)

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the carrying amount of the Company’s equity method investment in Standard Nuclear x Framatome LLC was $1.1 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company made no additional material contributions to the Venture. The Company’s share of the Venture net gain or loss was not material. The Venture remained in its pre-operational phase as of March 31, 2026 and had not commenced commercial production or generated revenue. The Company reevaluated its accounting conclusions related to the Venture during the three months ended March 31, 2026, and determined that the Venture continues to be accounted for under the equity method and continues to be a variable interest entity (“VIE”) for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. As of March 31, 2026, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss was approximately $1.1 million, consisting of the carrying amount of its investment and any contractual funding commitments under the LLC Operating Agreement, and the Company has not provided any credit enhancements or other forms of financial support to the Venture beyond those described above.

5. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the FASB “ASC” 820, Fair Value Measurement, approximates the carrying amounts represented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

•        Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

•        Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

•        Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and consideration of factors specific to the asset or liability. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The Company determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the fair value hierarchy by reassessing the inputs used in determining fair value at the end of each reporting period.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company had no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company’s Simple Agreement for Future Equity Notes (“SAFE Notes”) were converted to temporary equity and, accordingly, no SAFE liability remained outstanding as of March 31, 2026. As a result, the Company recorded no fair value adjustment related to SAFE instruments during the three months ended March 31, 2026. There were no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the three months ended March 31, 2026.

F-9

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

5. Fair Value Measurements (cont.)

The Company’s SAFE Notes are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as their valuation incorporates significant unobservable inputs and relies on Company-specific assumptions. Subsequent changes in fair value of the SAFE Notes represent the movement in the fair value for SAFE Notes at each balance sheet date and are reported in other expense on the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, the Company reported a change in the fair value of SAFE Notes of $0 and $7.7 million.

 

Amount

Level 3 Rollforward – SAFE Notes

 

 

 

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2024

 

$

57,619,980

 

Additional proceeds received

 

 

1,508,020

 

Balance refunded

 

 

(1,000,000

)

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(853,000

)

Fair value adjustment during the period

 

 

7,725,000

 

Balance Reclassed to Mezzanine Equity during the period

 

 

(65,000,000

)

Ending balance, March 31, 2025

 

$

—

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which it may agree to indemnify the counterparties from any losses incurred relating to breach of representation, failure to perform, or claims and losses arising from certain events as outlined within the particular contract. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with certain of its officers and directors.

The Company’s maximum exposure under such indemnities is unknown and has not been estimated, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not occurred. To date, the Company has not made any payments related to these indemnities and believes the risk of material obligations under these indemnities to be remote. Accordingly, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to such indemnification obligations in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may become involved in certain legal proceedings and claims incidental to the normal course of its business. As of March 31, 2026, and December 31, 2025, management was not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that could have a material adverse effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock

The Company has issued redeemable convertible preferred stock in four series: Series Seed, Series Seed-1, Series A, and Series A-2. Except as described below, there were no material changes during the three months ended March 31, 2026 to the rights, preferences, privileges, or liquidation provisions of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock from those disclosed in Note 8, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Issuance of Series SEED Preferred Stock

On February 13, 2025, the Company issued 9,999,994 shares of Series Seed preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share to certain investors for aggregate proceeds of $9,999,994. The proceeds included the application of $2.5 million previously recorded as Short-term Cash Advance and Short-term Cash Advance from Related Party on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2024.

F-10

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock (cont.)

SAFE Settlement for Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock

On February 13, 2025, the Company settled the SAFE instruments through conversion into shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the financing, the Company issued and sold preferred stock at a fixed pre-money valuation to the SAFE investors. The SAFE instruments automatically converted into 65,000,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.50 per share. Additionally, one investor requested a rescission of their $1.0 million investment in the SAFE instruments, and the Company issued a refund to the investor in January 2025. Refer to Note 10, SAFE Notes, in the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, for additional discussion.

Series A Funding

On August 14, 2025, the Company entered into a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued 26,948,464 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $2.59755 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. The Company intends to use the proceeds from this financing to expand annual TRISO production.

Series A-2 Preferred Stock Financing

On January 23, 2026, the Company entered into a Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which it issued 14,193,030 shares of Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $4.932 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. The Company intends to use the proceeds primarily to expand annual TRISO production.

Other Terms

Except as provided by law or by the Company’s certificate of incorporation, holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote together with holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis. Except as described above, the voting, dividend, conversion, liquidation, and protective provisions of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock were unchanged during the three months ended March 31, 2026, from those disclosed in the audited annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025. No dividends were declared during the three months ended March 31, 2026. As of March 31, 2026, each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock was convertible into one share of Class A common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.

Classification

The Company continues to classify its redeemable convertible preferred stock outside of permanent equity as mezzanine equity on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Management evaluated the redeemable convertible preferred stock under ASC 480, ASC 815-40, and ASC 480-10-S99-3A and concluded that liability classification is not required. Because the redeemable convertible preferred stock includes liquidation and deemed liquidation features that may require settlement in circumstances not solely within the Company’s control, the shares are presented in temporary equity. The Company will adjust the carrying amount of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to its redemption value when and if such adjustment becomes required under the applicable accounting guidance.

F-11

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock (cont.)

A summary of the Company’s preferred stock was as follows:

As of March 31, 2026

Preferred Stock

 

Shares
Authorized

 

Shares
Issued and
Outstanding

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference

Series Seed

 

9,999,994

 

9,999,994

 

$

9,999,994

 

$

9,999,994

Series Seed-1

 

65,000,000

 

65,000,000

 

 

65,000,000

 

 

65,000,000

Series A

 

26,948,464

 

26,948,464

 

 

69,999,983

 

 

69,999,983

Series A-2

 

14,193,030

 

14,193,030

 

 

70,000,020

 

 

70,000,020

As of December 31, 2025

Preferred Stock

 


Shares
Authorized

 

Shares
Issued and
Outstanding

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference

Series Seed

 

9,999,994

 

9,999,994

 

$

9,999,994

 

$

9,999,994

Series Seed-1

 

65,000,000

 

65,000,000

 

 

65,000,000

 

 

65,000,000

Series A

 

26,948,464

 

26,948,464

 

 

69,999,983

 

 

69,999,983

8. Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock. As of March 31, 2026, the Company was authorized to issue 175,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 35,615,000 shares of Class B common stock and 116,141,488 shares of preferred stock, each with a par value of $0.00001 per share. As of March 31, 2026, there were 13,496,000 shares of Class A common stock and 14,504,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s Class A common stock, Class B common stock and preferred stock are described in Note 9, Stockholders’ Equity, to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025. There were no material changes to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Company’s capital stock during the three months ended March 31, 2026.

Subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Each holder of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share, and each holder of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share.

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Each share of Class B common stock will also automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock upon (i) the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock or (ii) a non-permitted sale, assignment or transfer of such share.

Subject to the preferential rights of any outstanding series of preferred stock, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share equally, on a per-share basis, in any dividends declared by the Board of Directors from legally available funds. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment of all debts and subject to the preferential rights of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share ratably, on a per-share basis, in the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution. The common stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and March 31, 2025, the Company did not issue any shares of common stock. The Company did not declare or pay any dividends during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.

F-12

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Related Party Transactions

SAFE Notes

During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company received $33.5 million in funding commitments from various investors pursuant to SAFE Notes, including related parties through one Company executive who exerts significant influence over certain SAFE investors. The related party SAFE investors are entities affiliated with a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who also serves as CEO Director. The SAFE Notes were classified as liabilities and remeasured to fair value at each reporting period.

On February 13, 2025, the Company completed its Series Seed Preferred Stock equity financing, which triggered the automatic conversion of all outstanding SAFE Notes. The related party SAFE Notes converted into shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock on the same terms and conditions as all other SAFE investors, including the same valuation cap of $20.0 million and discount rate of 50%. The conversion was effected at a price of $0.50 per share, and the related-party SAFEs converted into an aggregate of 9,850,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock. Refer to Note 7 — Redeemable Preferred Stock, for further discussion of the conversion mechanics and the remeasurement of SAFE liabilities to fair value at the conversion date.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, no SAFE Notes remained outstanding to related parties or otherwise. The remeasurement gain recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2025, through the conversion date attributable to the related-party SAFE Notes was $853,000. This amount was recognized as a gain on debt extinguishment as a result of the rescission.

Advances from Related Parties

During 2024, the Company received non-interest-bearing cash advances from Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, a related party. As the advances were non-interest-bearing, the amount payable equaled the amount received.

The short-term cash advance of $1,263,500 from Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, together with a separate non-related-party short-term cash advance of $1,231,333, was reclassified from liabilities to equity on February 13, 2025, in connection with the Series Seed Preferred Stock financing. The total reclassification of $2,494,833 was applied as additional consideration for Series Seed preferred equity.

As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, no short-term cash advance liabilities remained outstanding.

Related-Party Participation in Equity Financings

In connection with the Series Seed Preferred Stock financing that closed on February 13, 2025, related-party SAFE investors received an aggregate of 9,850,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock upon automatic conversion of their SAFE Notes, as described above. The conversion terms were identical to those applicable to all other SAFE investors.

On August 14, 2025, the Company completed its Series A Preferred Stock financing, issuing 26,948,464 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $2.59755 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. Two entities within the Decisive Point affiliated group participated in the Series A Preferred Stock Financing on the same terms and conditions as all unrelated investors.

The related-party Series A investment of approximately $8.8 million represents 12.6% of the total $70.0 million Series A round. Both entities purchased Series A Preferred Stock at the same price per share ($2.59755), with the same rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions as all other Series A investors, as set forth in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2025.

F-13

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Related Party Transactions (cont.)

On January 23, 2026, the Company completed its Series A-2 Preferred Stock financing, issuing 14,193,030 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock at $4.932 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. Two entities within the Decisive Point affiliated group participated in the Series A-2 Preferred Stock Financing on the same terms and conditions as all unrelated investors.

The related-party Series A-2 investment of approximately $5.0 million represents 7.1% of the total Series A-2 Preferred Stock round. Both entities purchased Series A-2 Preferred Stock at the same price per share ($4.932), with the same rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions as all other Series A-2 investors, as set forth in the Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated January 23, 2026.

10. Share-Based Compensation

In May 2025, the Company adopted the 2025 Stock Plan (the “2025 Plan”) which authorizes the issuance of incentive stock options, or non-statutory stock options, and restricted stock to employees and consultants.

Under the 2025 Plan, the Company has granted awards that are subject to annual, cliff-based vesting. The awards typically vest after four years of service. Share based awards are payable in common stock at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Share-based awards are accounted for as compensation costs and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Additional information regarding the Company share-based compensation is included in Note 11, Share-Based Compensation, in the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025. Share-based awards are accounted for as compensation costs and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, and 2025, total share-based compensation expense was $1.5 million and $0 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, Cost of Revenue and General and Administrative Costs in the Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations included share-based compensation costs of $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The summary of awards under the Company’s 2025 Plan as of March 31, 2026, and changes during the period then ended are presented as follows:

Stock Options

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Outstanding at the December 31, 2025

 

6,459,000

 

$

0.21

Granted

 

4,622,182

 

$

0.60

Exercised

 

—

 

$

—

Forfeited/expired

 

75,000

 

$

0.21

Outstanding at March 31, 2026

 

11,156,182

 

$

0.37

Exercisable at March 31, 2026

 

1,840,818

 

$

0.21

Restricted Stock

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

Outstanding at the December 31, 2025

 

5,585,000

 

$

0.945

Granted

 

—

 

$

—

Vested

 

1,628,958

 

$

0.945

Forfeited/expired

 

—

 

$

—

Outstanding at March 31, 2026

 

3,956,042

 

$

0.945

F-14

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Share-Based Compensation (cont.)

The weighted average unrecognized compensation cost at March 31, 2026, for stock options and restricted stock was as follows:

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Recognition
Period (Years)

Stock options

 

$

28,469,836

 

3.4

Restricted stock

 

$

8,415,574

 

2.8

Total compensation cost

 

$

36,885,410

   

Assumptions used in determining the fair value of stock options granted for the three months ended March 31, 2026 were as follows:

Assumption

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2026

Expected volatility

 

 

110.0

%

Expected term (years)

 

 

6.9

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

4.30

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0.0

%

Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value

 

$

2.675

 

At March 31, 2026, the Company reserved 22,119,000 shares of common stock for future issuance under the 2025 Plan and had 5,377,818 shares of common stock available for issuance.

11. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in interim periods under ASC 740-270, Income Taxes — Interim Reporting, which generally requires us to apply an estimated annual consolidated effective tax rate to consolidated pre-tax income. The estimated annual effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, was 0% and 0%, respectively. The difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the statutory rate is primarily driven by the valuation allowance established against U.S. federal and state deferred income tax assets. The Company recorded no income tax expense or benefit for three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.

The Company did not have income taxes paid in 2026 or for the period ended March 31, 2025.

12. Net Loss per Share

Net loss per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. In calculating diluted net income per share, the number of shares is increased by the weighted average number of potential common shares related to stock compensation awards including restricted stock and stock options, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued upon conversion of the preferred stock units. For further details, refer to Note 10, Share-Based Compensation.

F-15

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

12. Net Loss per Share (cont.)

The weighted-average number of common and common stock equivalent shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted computing basic and diluted net loss per shares were as follows:

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2026

 

Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2025

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,714,951

)

 

$

(8,285,791

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding – basic*

 

 

28,000,000

 

 

 

28,000,000

 

Average common shares outstanding, – diluted

 

 

28,000,000

 

 

 

28,000,000

 

Net loss per common share – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.275

)

 

$

(0.295

)

____________

*        Weighted-average shares outstanding includes vested restricted stock awards from the date of vesting

The two-class method does not change the net loss per share calculation because Class A and Class B have identical economic rights.

Fully diluted average common stock outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2026 excludes 116,141,488 shares of common stock that are issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and 16,741,182 shares of common stock issuable under the Company’s 2025 Plan, as the Company reported a net loss for the period. Fully diluted average common stock outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2025, excludes 74,999,994 shares of common stock that are issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and 0 shares of common stock issuable under the Company’s 2025 Plan, as the Company reported a net loss for the period.

13. Segment Information

For the periods ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, the Company determined that it operates as a single operating and reportable segment, as it is engaged in a single business activity of TRISO production. The Consolidated Statements of Operations is presented to the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) without further disaggregation. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer, who is responsible for making strategic operating decisions, allocating resources, and assessing financial performance. Specifically, the CODM uses revenue and net income at a consolidated level, as key financial metrics to make operating decisions and identify growth opportunities as management believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating operating performance relative to other entities that operate within these industries.

All of the Company’s revenue is service revenue. The significant expense categories and assets regularly provided to the CODM on a consolidated basis are consistent with the amounts presented in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Balance Sheets, respectively. In addition, all the Company’s long-lived assets, consisting of property and equipment, are located in the United States.

F-16

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through May 4, 2026, the date that the Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued.

Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the Company approved equity awards under its 2025 Stock Plan, including restricted stock purchase rights to an officer to purchase 941,222 shares of Class B common stock at $1.635 per share and stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,438,790 shares of Class B common stock, generally at an exercise price of $1.635 per share. The restricted stock awards generally vest over four years, subject to continued service. The stock options generally vest over four years, with certain awards subject to alternative vesting terms and/or certain acceleration provisions. The Company determined that these awards were nonrecognized subsequent events and no stock-based compensation expense related to these awards was recorded in the Q1 2026 financial statements.

Subsequent to March 31, 2026, the Company approved a professional services agreement with a related party, who is the spouse of a Company director and officer, to provide project and schedule management support services for the Company’s manufacturing operations. The agreement has a performance period from April 1, 2026 through June 30, 2026 and provides for compensation of $13,600 per month, plus reimbursement of certain pre-approved expenses. No amounts related to this agreement were recognized in the Q1 2026 financial statements.

F-17

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Standard Nuclear, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Standard Nuclear, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2026.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 9, 2026 (except for Note 1, subsection Stock Split, as to which the date is July 7, 2026)

F-18

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     

December 31,
2025

 

December 31,
2024

ASSETS

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Note 2

 

$

63,101,704

 

 

$

1,619,817

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

Note 2

 

 

2,291,671

 

 

 

—

 

Total current assets

     

$

65,393,374

 

 

$

1,619,817

 

Property and equipment, net

 

Note 5

 

$

12,627,624

 

 

$

2,860,737

 

Investment in Joint Venture

 

Note 6

 

 

1,130,170

 

 

 

—

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     

$

79,151,167

 

 

$

4,480,554

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY, AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

Note 11

 

$

2,082,547

 

 

$

122

 

Accrued and other liabilities

     

 

354,601

 

 

 

8,166

 

Deferred revenue, current

     

 

1,076,531

 

 

 

—

 

Short-term cash advance

 

Note 2

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,231,333

 

Short-term cash advance from related parties

 

Note 11

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,263,500

 

Total current liabilities

     

$

3,513,679

 

 

$

2,503,121

 

Simple agreement for future equity (SAFE), net

 

Note 12

 

 

—

 

 

 

48,927,355

 

Simple agreement for future equity (SAFE) from related parties

 

Note 12

 

 

—

 

 

 

8,692,625

 

Asset retirement obligations

 

Note 2

 

 

753,223

 

 

 

673,859

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     

$

4,266,902

 

 

$

60,796,960

 

Commitment and contingencies

 

Note 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mezzanine equity:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable preferred stock, 101,948,464 shares and 0 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; 101,948,464 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; redemption value $112,499,977 and $0 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

 

Note 8

 

$

144,999,977

 

 

$

—

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Deficit:

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, $0.00001 par value; 0 shares and 40,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; 0 shares and 28,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

 

Note 9

 

$

—

 

 

$

280

 

Class A Common Stock, $.00001 par value; 160,000,000 shares
and 0 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; 13,496,000 shares and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

     

 

135

 

 

 

—

 

Class B Convertible Common Stock, $.00001 par value; 35,615,000 shares and 0 shares authorized at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; 14,504,000 shares and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively

     

 

145

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

     

 

2,021,499

 

 

 

279,860

 

Accumulated deficit

     

$

(72,137,351

)

 

$

(56,596,406

)

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

     

$

(70,115,712

)

 

$

(56,316,406

)

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit

     

$

79,151,167

 

 

$

4,480,554

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-19

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

For the
year ended
December 31,
2025

 

For the
period from
July 15,
2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service Revenue

 

$

3,140,065

 

 

$

—

 

Total Revenue

 

 

3,140,065

 

 

 

—

 

Cost of Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Services

 

 

7,672,905

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

7,672,905

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

 

(4,532,840

)

 

 

 

 

General and administrative costs

 

$

4,499,520

 

 

$

670,633

 

Research and development expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,297,773

 

Loss from operations

 

$

(9,032,360

)

 

$

(30,968,406

)

Other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in fair value of SAFE Notes

 

 

7,725,000

 

 

 

25,628,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(853,000

)

 

 

—

 

Interest income

 

 

(363,415

)

 

 

—

 

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(15,540,945

)

 

 

(56,596,406

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Net loss

 

$

(15,540,945

)

 

$

(56,596,406

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

28,000,000

 

 

 

12,517,646

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.555

)

 

$

(4.52

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-20

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

 

Class A
Common Stock

 

Class B
Common Stock

 

Ordinary shares

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Shareholders’
Deficit

   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balances as of July 15, 2024 (inception)

     

$

       

$

   

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Shares issued to Sponsor

     

 

       

 

   

21,670,370

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

213,953

 

$

—

 

 

$

214,061

 

Shares issued to Management

     

 

       

 

   

6,329,630

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

65,907

 

$

 

 

 

$

65,938

 

Net loss

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

$

(56,596,406

)

 

$

(56,596,406

)

Balances as of December 31, 2024

 

—

 

$

—

 

—

 

$

—

 

28,000,000

 

 

$

280

 

 

$

279,860

 

$

(56,596,406

)

 

$

(56,316,406

)

Conversion of Ordinary Shares to Class A and Class B Common Stock

 

13,496,000

 

 

135

 

14,504,000

 

 

145

 

(28,000,000

)

 

 

(280

)

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Stock-based
compensation

     

 

       

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,741,639

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,741,639

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,540,945

)

 

 

(15,540,945

)

Balances as of December 31, 2025

 

13,496,000

 

$

135

 

14,504,000

 

$

145

 

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

2,021,499

 

$

(72,137,351

)

 

$

(70,115,713

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-21

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

For the
year ended
December 31,
2025

 

For the
period from
July 15,
2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(15,540,945

)

 

$

(56,596,406

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash expensing of acquired IPR&D

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,296,510

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

1,741,639

 

 

 

65,939

 

Discount on issuance of common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

213,953

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

271,791

 

 

 

1,263

 

Change in fair value of SAFE Notes

 

 

7,725,000

 

 

 

25,628,000

 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(853,000

)

 

 

—

 

Asset retirement obligation accretion expense

 

 

79,364

 

 

 

—

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(2,224,181

)

 

 

—

 

Accounts payable

 

 

975,380

 

 

 

122

 

Accounts payable – related parties

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

$

346,435

 

 

$

8,166

 

Equity method investment

 

 

(326,132

)

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,076,531

 

 

 

—

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(6,728,118

)

 

$

(382,453

)

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

$

(8,931,632

)

 

$

(2,188,141

)

Acquisition in equity method investment

 

 

(804,038

)

 

 

—

 

Acquisition of IPR&D

 

 

—

 

 

 

(30,296,510

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(9,735,670

)

 

$

(32,484,651

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceed from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred shares

 

 

77,945,674

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from issuance of SAFE Notes

 

 

—

 

 

 

27,066,980

 

Proceeds from issuance of SAFE Notes to related parties

 

 

—

 

 

 

4,925,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series Seed preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

 

 

—

 

 

 

108

 

Short-term cash advance

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,231,333

 

Short-term cash advance from related parties

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,263,500

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

77,945,674

 

 

$

34,486,921

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

61,481,887

 

 

 

1,619,817

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

1,619,817

 

 

 

—

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

63,101,704

 

 

$

1,619,817

 

F-22

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — (Continued)

 

For the
year ended
December 31,
2025

 

For the
period from
July 15,
2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

       

Cash paid for interest

 

—

 

—

Cash paid for income taxes

 

—

 

—

         

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

       
         

Conversion of SAFE Notes into Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock

 

32,500,000

 

—

Reclassification of SAFE Notes fair value adjustment to temporary equity upon conversion

 

32,500,000

 

—

SAFE Notes extinguishment (reduction of SAFE liability)

 

1,000,000

 

—

Reclassification of short-term cash advances to additional paid-in capital in connection with Series Seed financing

 

2,494,833

 

—

Asset retirement obligation and related asset retirement cost recognized upon acquisition of USNC Assets

 

—

 

673,000

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

 

1,107,045

 

—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-23

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Organization and Business Operations

Nature of Operations

Standard Nuclear, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on July 15, 2024, as an advanced nuclear fuel company focused on converting uranium into highly engineered nuclear fuel products. The Company is focused exclusively on supporting the advanced nuclear fuel supply chain through scaled production of Tristructural Isotropic (“TRISO”), a critical and highly durable fuel for advanced nuclear reactors. The Company brings together technical expertise and operational readiness to accelerate the deployment of a domestic TRISO fuel supply while remaining committed to supporting the long-term development of advanced nuclear energy in the United States. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company is a business whose planned principal operation is the production of TRISO fuel. The Company’s activities are subject to risks and uncertainties, including failing to secure additional funding to operationalize the Company’s current production capabilities. As of December 31, 2025, the Company remained in the development stage of its operations and had not commenced full commercial production. During 2025, the Company generated limited revenue; however, such revenue was not sufficient to fund operations or to support the full development and commercialization of the Company’s planned advanced nuclear fuel production capabilities. The Company expects to continue to incur losses and negative cash flows from operations as it expands its commercial operations. Management evaluated these conditions and the Company’s plans to mitigate them, including cash on hand, committed sources of capital, and planned operating expenditures. Based on that evaluation, management concluded that its plans are probable of being effectively implemented and probable of mitigating the relevant conditions and events for a period of at least one year after the date the financial statements are issued. Accordingly, while the Company will require additional capital to execute its longer-term business plan, management concluded that substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern has been alleviated.

Asset Acquisition

On November 21, 2024, Standard Property Holdings I, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Standard Nuclear, Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation (“USNC”) to acquire specific nuclear fuel-related assets (the “USNC Assets”). The acquisition closed on December 27, 2024.

Refer to Note 4 for further disclosures related to the acquisition of the USNC Assets.

Stock Split

On July 6, 2026, the Company effected a two-for-one stock split of its securities. All share and per share information and earnings per share data has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split for all periods presented. The shares of common stock retain a par value of $0.00001 per share.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are presented in U.S. dollars and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Historically, the Company has incurred significant losses from operations and negative operating cash flow. However, as of April 9, 2026, the date that the Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued, management believes its currently available cash on hand and access to additional funding are sufficient to meet its current obligations, which alleviates doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

F-24

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. The Company received $0.0 million and $2.5 million non-interest-bearing short-term cash advance from related and third parties for the year ended December 31, 2025, and in December 2024, respectively. The Company’s cash equivalents consisted of approximately $63.1 million and $1.6 million held as deposits and money market funds at a financial institution as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash accounts, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not incurred any losses related to these accounts, and management believes that such accounts do not expose the Company to significant credit risk.

Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurement, approximates the carrying amounts represented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for sale of an asset or paid for transfer of liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). These tiers include:

•        Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets;

•        Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and

•        Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions, such as valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and consideration of factors specific to the asset or liability. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The Company determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the fair value hierarchy by reassessing the inputs used in determining fair value at the end of each reporting period.

The Company’s Simple Agreement for Future Equity Notes (“SAFE Notes”) are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as their valuation incorporates significant unobservable inputs and relies on Company-specific assumptions. The Company modelled the payoff to holders of the SAFEs using a bond plus call framework, with the bond component capturing the minimum payoff and the call option capturing the upside above the valuation cap. Subsequent changes in fair value of the SAFE Notes represent the movement in the fair

F-25

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

value for SAFE Notes at each balance sheet date and are reported in other expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the year ended December 31, 2025, and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, the Company reported a change in the fair value of SAFE Notes of $7.7 million and $25.6 million, respectively, within other expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Amount

Level 3 Rollforward – SAFE Notes

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance at inception, July 15, 2024

 

$

—

 

Funds received during the period

 

 

31,991,980

 

Fair value adjustment during the period

 

 

25,628,000

 

Ending balance, December 31, 2024

 

$

57,619,980

 

Additional proceeds received

 

 

1,508,020

 

Balance refunded

 

 

(1,000,000

)

Gain on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(853,000

)

Fair value adjustment during the period

 

 

7,725,000

 

Balance Reclassed to Temporary Equity during the period

 

 

(65,000,000

)

Ending balance, December 31, 2025

 

$

—

 

Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company accounts for expected credit losses for financial assets in accordance with ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses. The Company’s financial assets subjected to the allowance model consist of accounts receivable. The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of current expected credit losses over the contractual term of the Company’s receivables and is recorded as a contra-asset to accounts receivable, with the related provision recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In developing the estimate, the Company considers historical credit loss experience, the aging of receivables, customer-specific facts and circumstances, current economic conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future collectability. Trade accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible after collection efforts have been exhausted. Recoveries of amounts previously written off are recorded in the period received.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company concluded that expected credit losses were not material based on the composition of its customer base, historical collection experience, the short-term nature of the receivables, and the absence of significant collection issues. Accordingly, no allowance for credit losses was recorded as of December 31, 2025. The Company did not have any trade receivables at December 31, 2024.

Preferred Stock

The Company accounts for preferred stock in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity. At issuance, the Company evaluates the terms of each preferred stock instrument to determine whether it should be classified as a liability, temporary equity, or permanent equity. Preferred stock is classified as a liability if it embodies an unconditional obligation requiring the Company to redeem the instrument for cash or other assets or otherwise meets the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument under ASC 480. Preferred stock is also classified as a liability if it contains features that require or could require net cash settlement or otherwise fail the equity classification conditions under ASC 815-40. Preferred stock that does not meet liability classification criteria is classified as equity. The Company further evaluates whether such equity-classified instruments should be presented as temporary equity, outside of permanent equity, or within permanent equity. In performing this assessment, the Company considers all relevant contractual terms, including redemption rights, conversion features, dividend provisions, and settlement alternatives. The Company reassesses the classification of preferred stock upon the occurrence of events that may change the substance of the instrument or its settlement provisions.

F-26

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The Company classifies its redeemable convertible preferred stock as temporary equity within mezzanine equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A. Because the shares include liquidation and deemed liquidation features that are not solely within the Company’s control, they are not classified within permanent stockholders’ equity. The redeemable convertible preferred stock is not classified as a liability because it does not embody an unconditional obligation requiring the Company to redeem the shares for cash or other assets, nor does it require settlement in a variable number of shares with a fixed monetary value. The Company adjusts the carrying amount of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to its redemption value in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. Refer to Note 8 — Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock for additional information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Share Based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the award, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield. The expected term represents the period that the stock options are expected to be outstanding. As the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data, it estimates the expected term using the simplified method, which is the midpoint between the vesting term and the contractual term of the option, in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and No. 110. The expected stock price volatility is based on the historical volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies, as the Company does not have sufficient trading history for its own common stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities consistent with the expected term of the stock options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero, as the Company has not historically paid dividends and does not currently expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. As a result, stock-based compensation expense is recognized for awards expected to vest, and adjustments are made in the period of forfeiture to reverse previously recognized expense for awards that do not vest.

Loss Per Share

The Company computes net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

Net loss attributable to common stockholders is determined by adjusting net loss for dividends declared or accumulated on preferred stock and, if applicable, accretion or other adjustments to the carrying amount of redeemable convertible preferred stock that are treated as deemed dividends. Redeemable convertible preferred stock is excluded from basic net loss per share until converted. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders gives effect to all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options, unvested restricted stock, and shares issuable upon conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock. Stock options and other awards are included in diluted net income (loss) per share using the treasury stock method, and redeemable convertible preferred stock is included using the

F-27

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

if-converted method. Under the if-converted method, preferred dividends and deemed dividends, if any, applicable to the redeemable convertible preferred stock are added back to the numerator and the weighted-average shares issuable upon conversion are included in the denominator, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share if their effect would be anti-dilutive. During year ended December 31, 2025, and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share as the inclusion of potentially dilutive shares would have been anti-dilutive.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Current and deferred income taxes are measured based on the tax laws that are enacted as of the balance sheet date of the relevant reporting period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not, based on available positive and negative evidence that some or all the Company’s deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities. The amount of tax benefit recognized for an uncertain tax position is the largest amount of benefit with a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized. Unrecognized tax benefits are included within other liabilities if recognized and are charged to earnings in the period that such determination is made. The Company records interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties, if applicable, as a component of income tax expense.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures on improvements are capitalized, while expenditures on routine maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Acquisitions of net assets that do not constitute a business are accounted for by allocating the cost of the acquisition, including transaction costs, to individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a relative fair value basis. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over management’s estimated useful lives of the related assets, as listed below:

Assets

 

Years

Machinery and equipment

 

7 to 20

Buildings and building improvements

 

30 – 39

IT and office equipment

 

5

ARO Asset

 

20

Land

 

Not depreciated

Property and Equipment Impairment

Property and equipment are evaluated for impairment whenever indicators of impairment exist. In accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, the Company evaluates the realizability of these property and equipment as events occur that might indicate potential impairment. In doing so, the Company assesses whether the carrying amount of the related asset group is recoverable by estimating the sum of the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset group, undiscounted and without interest charges. If the carrying amount is more than the recoverable amount, an impairment charge is recognized based on the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the asset group and allocated to the long-lived assets in the asset group on a relative carrying value basis.

F-28

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception and classifies the lease as an operating or finance lease at the commencement date. An arrangement is or contains a lease where the Company has a right to control an identified asset. For leases with an initial term of greater than twelve months, the Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability as of the lease commencement date. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use the underlying assets for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease.

Lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. Right-of-use assets are recognized as the initial measurement of the lease liabilities, plus any initial direct costs, any prepaid lease payments, and less incentives received, if any.

For any leases requiring capitalization, the Company expects it would use its incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of lease payments, as the rate implicit in the lease may not be readily determinable. The Company’s incremental borrowing rate is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments and in economic environments where the leased asset is located. The Company recognizes lease expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease expense for finance leases is generally front-loaded as the finance lease right-of-use asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis, but interest expense on the liability is recognized utilizing the interest method that results in more expense during the early years of the lease. Accordingly, costs for finance leases are disaggregated and recognized as both an operating expense (for the amortization of the right-of-use asset) and interest expense (for interest on the lease liability).

The Company’s operating and finance lease terms may include renewal or early termination options. The Company only includes renewal or termination options in the lease term when the options are reasonably certain of exercise. The assessment of whether such options are reasonably certain of exercise is based on facts and circumstances at lease commencement, including contract-based, asset-based, and entity-based factors.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not have any Right-of-use assets or Lease liabilities.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company recognizes a liability for a legal obligation to perform asset retirement activities, including those that are conditional on a future event, when the obligating event has occurred and the amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated. The asset retirement obligation is initially measured at its fair value and recorded as a liability with an offsetting retirement cost that is capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The estimated fair value is measured by reference to the expected future cash flows required to satisfy the obligation, discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free rate. Changes in the estimated obligation resulting from revisions to estimated timing or amount of future cash flows are recognized as a change in the asset retirement obligation and the related asset retirement cost.

The amounts capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset are depreciated and classified together with the depreciation of the underlying asset in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Increases in the asset retirement obligations resulting from the passage of time are recorded as asset retirement obligation accretion expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Actual expenditures incurred are charged against the accumulated asset retirement obligation.

In December 2024, the Company purchased machinery and equipment as part of the USNC Assets which the Company is obligated to decommission at the end of the related assets 20-year useful life. As of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, the Company recorded an asset retirement obligation of $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for the present value of the decontamination costs estimated using the discounted cash flow method using an 11.65% discount rate and 2.59% escalation factor.

F-29

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

The accretion expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2025, and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception), through December 31, 2024, is $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company primarily derives revenue from fuel development and services agreements. The Company accounts for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. The Company evaluates the products or services promised in each contract at inception to determine whether the contract should be accounted for as having one or more performance obligations. In cases where products and services in the Company’s contracts are not distinct from one another due to their complex relationships the Company’s contracts are typically accounted for as one performance obligation. In cases in which the Company performs activities that are not highly complex or interrelated, the Company contracts may have more than one distinct performance obligation. Judgment is required in determining performance obligations, and these decisions could change the amount of revenue and profit recorded in a given period.

The Company’s contracts with customers may include variable consideration such as performance bonuses and incentives. The Company estimates variable consideration using the method that best predicts the amount of consideration expected to be received and includes such amounts in the transaction price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. Estimates of variable consideration are reassessed at each reporting date and updated as circumstances change.

Fuel Development Agreements

Fuel development agreements are typically structured as time and materials or fixed price with milestone-based invoicing arrangements. These services are accounted for as a single performance obligation in cases where the services are highly interrelated and are not separately identifiable within the context of the contract. Revenue is recognized over time as services are performed. Revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation, generally using an input method based on a cost-to-cost measure of progress for its contracts. Under an input method based on a cost-to-cost measure of progress, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to complete the performance obligation(s). For time-and-materials arrangements in which the Company has a right to consideration in an amount that corresponds directly with the value transferred to the customer, the Company applies the right-to-invoice practical expedient under ASC 606-10-55-18 and recognizes revenue in the amount to which it has the right to invoice.

Other Agreements

Other services agreements may include customer deposits or capacity reservation payments related to future fuel production and delivery. Amounts received under these arrangements are evaluated to determine whether they represent payment for completed performance obligations or advance payments for future performance. To the extent such amounts represent advance payments, they are recorded as contract liabilities (deferred revenue) and recognized as revenue when the related performance obligations are satisfied or when the amounts become nonrefundable in accordance with the contract terms.

F-30

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Unbilled contract assets

The Company’s unbilled contract assets are recorded when revenue has been recognized for performance obligations for which the Company does not yet have an unconditional right to payment because contractual billing conditions remain unsatisfied. Unbilled contract assets are recorded at the net amount expected to be invoiced and collected and are included in Accounts Receivable, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists primarily of customer billings and deposits received for goods or services that had not been delivered as of the balance sheet date. Deferred revenue is recognized as revenue when the related performance obligations are satisfied, and control of the goods or services is transferred to the customer. Deferred revenue is classified as a current liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, based on the Company’s contract operating cycle and reported on a contract-by-contract basis, net of revenue recognized, at the end of each reporting period.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of cost of services. Cost of services includes direct labor costs, including salaries and benefits of personnel performing fuel development services, materials and consumables used in performing those services, and depreciation of equipment utilized in service delivery. Cost of revenue is recognized in the period in which the related revenue is recognized.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel-related costs, including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation costs, for executive leadership and employees in legal, finance, accounting, human resources, information technology, and other administrative functions. In addition, these expenses include allocated facility costs and related costs of consultants and advisors. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred.

Research and Development

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses represent costs incurred for designing and engineering products, including the costs of developing design tools, as well as the costs to acquire technology and other assets from third parties. All research and development costs related to product development are expensed as incurred. There were no R&D expenses in 2025.

Related Party Transactions

A party is considered to be related to the Company if the party directly or indirectly or through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company. Related parties also include principal owners of the Company, its management, members of the immediate families of principal owners of the Company and its management and other parties with which the Company may deal if one party controls or can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the other to an extent that one of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests. A party which can significantly influence the management or operating policies of the transacting parties or if it has an ownership interest in one of the transacting parties and can significantly influence the other to an extent that one or more of the transacting parties might be prevented from fully pursuing its own separate interests is also a related party.

The Consolidated Financial Statements include disclosure of material related party transactions, such as compensation arrangements, expense allowances, and other similar items in the ordinary course of business.

F-31

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Issued or Adopted

In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”). This ASU enhances the transparency of income tax disclosures related to rate reconciliation and income taxes. ASU 2023-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted ASU-2023-09 on December 31, 2025, on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s respective Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 12, Income Taxes, for additional disclosures related to effective tax rate reconciliation as well as jurisdictional disclosures.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses. ASU 2024-03 requires additional footnote disclosure of the details of certain income statement expense line items as well as additional disclosure about selling expenses. This standard is effective for the annual period of fiscal 2027, and early adoption is permitted. The guidance is to be applied prospectively, with the option for retrospective application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this standard will have on its disclosures.

3. Revenue Recognition

As described in Note 2 — Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies, the Company recognizes revenue at a point in time or over time consistent with how it satisfies its performance obligations and transfers control to its customers. Revenue from point-in-time contracts was $0.1 million. Revenue from over-time contracts was $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. A receivable is recorded when the Company has an unconditional right to receive payment based on the satisfaction of performance obligations. Accounts receivable and unbilled contract assets consist of the following:

 

December 31,
2025

 

December 31,
2024

Accounts Receivable

 

$

2,090,089

 

$

—

Unbilled contract assets

 

 

201,582

 

 

—

Receivables, net

 

$

2,291,671

 

$

—

Deferred revenue was $1.1 million and $0 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Revenue recognized during 2025 that was included in deferred revenue at December 31, 2024, was $0. The change in unbilled contract assets and deferred revenue related to the commencement of revenue generating activities in 2025.

The Company receives payments from customers based on billing schedules, as established in its contracts. Billed accounts receivable are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Unbilled contract assets are recorded as performance under the contract is completed. Deferred revenue relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract. Deferred revenue is recognized as revenue as (or when) the related performance obligations are satisfied.

Disaggregated Revenue

The Company’s revenues disaggregated by revenue type are as follows:

 

Year ended
December 31,
2025

Fixed price contracts

 

$

2,046,383

Time and materials contracts

 

 

1,093,682

   

$

3,140,065

The Company did not record any revenue for the period from July 15, 2024 through December 31, 2024.

F-32

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

3. Revenue Recognition (cont.)

The Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 that exempts it from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less, and the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-55-18 that allows it to recognize revenue in the amount to which it has the right to invoice.

Significant Customers

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company had three customers that each accounted for more than 10% of total revenue. Revenue from these customers was approximately $1.1 million, $0.9 million, and $0.6 million, respectively. All such revenue was generated in the Company’s single reportable segment. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, as the Company had not yet commenced revenue-generating activities.

4. Asset Acquisition

On November 21, 2024, Standard Property Holdings I, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Standard Nuclear, Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with USNC to acquire the USNC Assets. USNC had filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in October 2024, and the assets were acquired through a Section 363 auction process under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Under the agreement, the Company purchased the USNC Assets on an as-is, where-is basis, free and clear of all liens, claims, and encumbrances, other than certain specified liabilities that the Company agreed to assume, such as the related asset retirement obligations for certain assets. The purchase was approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware on December 19, 2024, and closed on December 27, 2024.

The USNC Assets primarily consisted of advanced nuclear fuel-related intellectual property and know-how, design documentation and process technology applicable to the development of TRISO and related advanced fuels, records, and engineering data associated with USNC’s fuel development activities (collectively, in-process research and development), certain contracts, and specified equipment, and related materials necessary for future production activities. The acquired assets support the Company’s strategy to develop, manufacture, and commercialize advanced nuclear fuel in the United States. The Company acquired the USNC Assets for a total cash purchase price, including transaction costs of $0.4 million, of $32.9 million, paid at closing. In addition, the Company assumed certain agreed-upon liabilities associated with the USNC Assets.

Allocation of the total consideration transferred is summarized as follows:

 

Fair Value

Identified assets:

 

 

 

 

In-Process Research & Development (IPR&D)

 

$

30,678,000

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

1,397,000

 

Land

 

 

1,040,000

 

Building and building improvements

 

 

425,000

 

Total fair value of gross identifiable assets acquired

 

$

33,540,000

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

Asset retirement obligation

 

 

(673,000

)

Total net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

$

32,867,000

 

Cash consideration paid (including buyer transaction cost of $0.38 million)

 

$

32,867,000

 

Acquisitions of net assets that do not constitute a business are accounted for by allocating the cost of the acquisition to individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed on a relative fair value basis and shall not give rise to goodwill, as prescribed in ASC 805. The fair value was primarily attributed to indefinite-lived in-process research

F-33

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Asset Acquisition (cont.)

and development (“IPR&D”) intangible assets related to the Company’s advanced nuclear fuel development efforts. Because the acquired IPR&D cannot be repurposed or used in alternative applications, the full allocated carrying amount of $30.7 million allocated to IPR&D assets was expensed immediately on the transaction date.

The Company presents acquisitions of IPR&D as an investing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, even when immediately expensed, and a related reconciling item in operating cash flows.

5. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 

December 31,
2025

 

December 31,
2024

Machinery and equipment

 

$

8,030,173

 

 

$

711,657

 

Land

 

 

1,267,338

 

 

 

1,040,000

 

Building and improvements

 

 

814,893

 

 

 

425,927

 

ARO Asset

 

 

673,000

 

 

 

673,000

 

IT and office equipment

 

 

182,556

 

 

 

12,343

 

Construction-in-progress

 

 

1,933,086

 

 

 

—

 

Total property and equipment, gross

 

 

12,901,047

 

 

 

2,862,927

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(273,423

)

 

 

(1,263

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

12,627,624

 

 

$

2,860,737

 

Total depreciation expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2025, and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, is $0.3 million and less than $0.1 million respectively. Depreciation expense is included within cost of revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Construction-in-progress is primarily comprised of building and building improvement construction not yet placed-in-service.

Upon the acquisition described in Note 4, the Company recognized $2.9 million as cost basis for acquired property and equipment, comprised of allocated cash consideration of $2.2 million and the non-cash attribution of $0.7 million of related asset retirement costs from initial recognition of the assumed asset retirement obligation. The cash consideration paid is reflected in investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

6. Equity Method Investment

On September 16, 2025, the Company and Framatome, Inc. (“Framatome”) formed Standard Nuclear x Framatome LLC (the “Venture”), a Delaware limited liability company, with the purpose of establishing a facility on Framatome’s U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission — licensed site in Richland, Washington to manufacture and commercialize tristructural isotropic particle fuel (“TRISO”), Fully Ceramic Microencapsulated fuel (“FCM”), and other TRISO-based advanced fuel products.

Pursuant to the Venture’s LLC Operating Agreement, the Company agreed to contribute cash of $66,667 in exchange for a 66.667% membership interest and Framatome agreed to contribute cash of $33,333 in exchange for a 33.333% membership interest. In addition to the initial capital contributions, the Company will provide intellectual property licensing related to advanced fuel product technology and manufacturing know-how and to lease specialized fuel-manufacturing equipment to the Venture. Framatome has agreed to provide access to its Richland site physical plant space and licensed nuclear infrastructure, to lease its specialty fuel building to the Venture, and to license its manufacturing and operational expertise.

Although the Company holds a 66.667% membership interest in the Venture, the LLC Operating Agreement requires the joint approval of both members for all significant operating and financial decisions. Because neither member has the unilateral ability to direct the activities that most significantly affect the Venture’s economic performance, the Company has concluded that it does not control the Venture and accounts for its investment under the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC 323, Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures.

F-34

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

6. Equity Method Investment (cont.)

The Company’s investment in the Venture is initially recorded at cost, consisting of capital contributions made and committed, and is subsequently adjusted for the Company’s proportionate share of the Venture’s net income or loss and any additional contributions or distributions.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had contributed approximately $1.1 million in cash and other contributions in kind to fund initial organizational and pre-operational activities. The carrying amount of the Company’s equity method investment was $1.1 million as of December 31, 2025.

As of December 31, 2025, the Venture was in its pre-operational phase and had not commenced commercial production or generated revenue. The Venture’s activities during the period from formation through December 31, 2025, consisted primarily of organizational activities, initial facility planning, and regulatory preparation. The Company’s share of the Venture’s net gain or loss for the year ended December 31, 2025, was not material.

Variable Interest Entity

The Company has determined that the Venture is a variable interest entity (“VIE”) as defined in ASC 810, Consolidation, because the Venture’s equity at risk is not sufficient to permit it to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from its members. The Company holds variable interests in the Venture through its equity investment, its intellectual property licensing arrangements, and its equipment leasing arrangements with the Venture.

The Company has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of the Venture because it does not have the power to unilaterally direct the activities that most significantly affect the Venture’s economic performance. Under the LLC Operating Agreement, all significant operating and financial decisions — including approval of budgets, capital expenditure plans, commercial contracts, and changes to the scope of operations — require the joint approval of both members. Accordingly, power over the Venture’s most significant activities is shared and neither member individually possesses the power criterion required to be the primary beneficiary. The Company will reassess whether it is the primary beneficiary of the Venture on an ongoing basis.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with the Venture consisted of the carrying amount of its equity method investment of $1.1 million and any additional capital contributions that may be required under the LLC Operating Agreement. The Company’s exposure to loss from the Venture is limited to its investment and contractual commitments; the Company has not provided any guarantees, credit enhancements, or other forms of financial support to the Venture beyond those described above.

The Venture plans to commence manufacturing operations in 2027, subject to receipt of a license amendment from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission for Framatome’s Richland facility, which is currently under review.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Indemnification

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into contractual arrangements under which it may agree to indemnify the counterparties from any losses incurred relating to breach of representation, failure to perform, or claims and losses arising from certain events as outlined within the particular contract. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with certain of its officers and directors.

The Company’s maximum exposure under such indemnities is unknown and has not been estimated, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not occurred. To date, the Company has not made any payments related to these indemnities and believes the risk of material obligations under these indemnities to be remote. Accordingly, the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to such indemnification obligations in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-35

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Commitments and Contingencies (cont.)

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may become involved in certain legal proceedings and claims incidental to the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, management is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that could have a material adverse effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

8. Redeemable Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2025, the Company was authorized to issue 101,948,464 shares of preferred stock, each with a par value of $0.00001 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to establish one class of preferred stock consisting of four separate series.

Issuance of Series SEED Preferred Stock

On February 13, 2025, the Company issued 9,999,994 shares of Series Seed preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share to certain investors for aggregate proceeds of $9,999,994. The proceeds include application of $2.5 million previously recorded as Short-term Cash Advance and Short-term Cash Advance from Related Party on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2024.

SAFE Settlement for Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock

On February 13, 2025, the SAFE instruments were settled through conversion into shares of newly issued Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock upon the Company’s entry into the Series Seed Preferred Stock equity financing. Pursuant to the financing, the Company issued and sold preferred stock at a fixed pre-money valuation to the SAFE investors. The SAFE instruments automatically converted into 65,000,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.50 per share. Additionally, one investor requested a rescission of their $1.0 million investment in the SAFE instruments, and the Company issued a refund to the investor in January 2025. Refer to Note 10, SAFE Notes, for additional discussion.

Series A Funding

On August 14, 2025, the Company entered into a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued 26,948,470 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $2.59755 per share, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. The Company intends to use the proceeds from this financing to expand annual TRISO production.

Voting

Except as provided by law or by the Company’s certificate of incorporation, holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote together with holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis.

Dividends

Holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as, and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”). Such dividend rights are noncumulative, and no dividends accrue if not declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared since inception.

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into shares of Class A common stock. The conversion rate is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price then in effect. The conversion price initially equals the original issue price and is subject to

F-36

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Redeemable Preferred Stock (cont.)

customary anti-dilution adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and certain other corporate events. As of December 31, 2025, each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock was convertible into one share of Class A common stock.

Conversion becomes mandatory upon the earliest to occur of: (i) immediately prior to the closing of the sale of shares of common stock in an initial public offering that results in at least $50.0 million of gross proceeds and in connection with which the common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange, or another recognized exchange or marketplace, or (ii) the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or a deemed liquidation event, including a merger or disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Company, holders of each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution to holders of common stock, an amount equal to the greater of: (i) the original issue price of such shares plus any declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) the amount that such holders would have received had all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such event.

Protective Provisions

The redeemable convertible preferred stock includes customary protective provisions requiring the approval of a majority of the holders of preferred stock for certain significant corporate actions, including amendments to the charter or bylaws that adversely affect preferred stock rights, the creation of senior securities, changes to authorized share counts, non-ordinary-course dividends or redemptions, mergers or reorganizations that materially alter preferred rights, and significant subsidiary or asset transactions. Certain additional actions, including incurring indebtedness above specified thresholds, adopting or amending equity compensation plans, and making certain loans or guarantees, also require approval of the Class B Director.

Classification of Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company classifies its redeemable convertible preferred stock outside of permanent equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as mezzanine equity (temporary equity). Management evaluated the terms of the redeemable convertible preferred stock under the applicable guidance in ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, and ASC 480-10-S99-3A.

Based on this evaluation, the redeemable convertible preferred stock does not contain features that require liability classification, such as an unconditional obligation to redeem the shares for cash or other assets at a fixed or determinable date, an obligation to repurchase the shares, or a requirement to settle the instrument in cash or in a variable number of shares with a fixed monetary value. Accordingly, the instrument is not classified as a liability. The redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, and the Company has reserved sufficient authorized shares to settle conversions in shares. The rights, preferences, and privileges of the redeemable convertible preferred stock are governed by the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

However, the redeemable convertible preferred stock includes liquidation and deemed liquidation features that may require settlement in circumstances that are not solely within the Company’s control. As a result, although the instrument is legal-form equity, it is not classified within permanent stockholders’ equity. Instead, the Company presents the redeemable convertible preferred stock in temporary equity in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A.

F-37

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Redeemable Preferred Stock (cont.)

The Company will adjust the carrying amount of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to its redemption value in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, if and when such adjustment is required.

As of December 31, 2025

Preferred Stock

 

Shares
Authorized

 

Shares
Issued and
Outstanding

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference

Series Seed

 

9,999,994

 

9,999,994

 

$

9,999,994

 

$

4,999,997

Series Seed I

 

65,000,000

 

65,000,000

 

 

65,000,000

 

 

32,500,000

Series A

 

26,948,470

 

26,948,470

 

 

69,999,983

 

 

13,474,235

9. Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s stockholders’ equity consists of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. During 2025, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to establish separate classes of common stock and a class of preferred stock with multiple series, reflecting changes in its capital structure in connection with equity financings completed during the year. The following discussion summarizes the key rights, preferences, and significant transactions related to the Company’s equity securities.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2025, the Company was authorized to issue 160,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.00001 per share and 35,615,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.00001. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had one class of common stock and was authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.00001 per share. As of December 31, 2024, there were 28,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to designate separate Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

In October 2024, the Company issued 6,594,000 shares of ordinary common stock at par value to founding shareholders who were members of management and 21,406,000 shares of ordinary common stock at par value to other founding shareholders, or a total of 28,000,000 shares of ordinary common stock. All shares were fully vested at issuance. In February 2025, the Company entered into a share exchange agreement with each of the holders of ordinary common stock and reclassified the 28,000,000 shares of ordinary common stock into 13,496,000 shares of Class A common stock and 14,504,000 shares of Class B common stock.

Voting

The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote as one class on all matters submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders. Each holder of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Each holder of Class B Common Stock is entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Both holders of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock receive notice of stockholder meetings in accordance with the Company’s bylaws.

Conversion

Shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holders at any time upon written notice to the Company. Further, each share of Class B common stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A Common Stock upon the vote or written consent of Class B Common stockholders representing a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock or upon the non-permitted sale, assignment or transfer shares of Class B Common Stock.

F-38

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Stockholders’ Equity (cont.)

Dividend and Liquidation Rights

Dividends may be declared at the discretion of the Board of Directors from funds legally available for distribution. The holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to share equally on a per share basis, in dividends and other distributions that may be declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the preferences applicable to any series or class of preferred stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to share equally on a per share basis ratably in all assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock subject to the preferences applicable to any series or class of preferred stock. The common stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder.

10. Related Party Transactions

SAFE Notes

During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company received $33.5 million in funding commitments from various investors pursuant to SAFE Notes, including related parties through one Company executive who exerts significant influence over certain SAFE investors. The related party SAFE investors are entities affiliated with a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who also serves as CEO Director.

The proceeds received from the issuance of SAFE notes to related parties for the year ended December 31, 2025, and during the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, were as follows:

 

December 31,
2025

 

December 31,
2024

Decisive Point – Standard Nuclear I, LLC

 

$

—

 

$

2,900,000

Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P.

 

 

—

 

 

2,000,000

Standard Nuclear Trust

 

 

—

 

 

25,000

Total proceeds from issuance of SAFE notes to related parties

 

$

—

 

$

4,925,000

As discussed in Note 10, the SAFE Notes were classified as liabilities and remeasured to fair value at each reporting period. As of December 31, 2024, the fair value of SAFE Notes payable to related parties was as follows:

 

December 31,
2025

 

December 31,
2024

Decisive Point – Standard Nuclear I, LLC

 

$

—

 

$

5,118,543

Decisive Point Ventures II Master Fund, L.P.

 

 

—

 

 

3,530,030

Standard Nuclear Trust

 

 

—

 

 

44,125

Total SAFE notes payable to related parties

 

$

—

 

$

8,692,699

On February 13, 2025, the Company completed its Series Seed Preferred Stock equity financing, which triggered the automatic conversion of all outstanding SAFE Notes. The related party SAFE Notes converted into shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock on the same terms and conditions as all other SAFE investors, including the same valuation cap of $20.0 million and discount rate of 50%. The conversion was effected at a price of $0.50 per share, and the related-party SAFEs converted into an aggregate of 9,850,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock. Refer to Note 8 — Redeemable Preferred Stock, for further discussion of the conversion mechanics and the remeasurement of SAFE liabilities to fair value at the conversion date.

As of December 31, 2025, no SAFE Notes remained outstanding to related parties or otherwise. The remeasurement gain recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2025, through the conversion date attributable to the related-party SAFE Notes was $853,000. This amount was recognized as a gain on debt extinguishment as a result of the rescission.

F-39

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Related Party Transactions (cont.)

Advances from Related Parties

During 2024, the Company received non-interest-bearing cash advances from Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, a related party. As the advances were non-interest-bearing, the amount payable as of December 31, 2024, equaled the amount received. The advances from related parties were as follows:

 

December 31,
2025

 

December 31,
2024

Decisive Point – Standard Nuclear II

 

$

—

 

$

1,263,500

Total related party short-term cash advance liabilities

 

$

—

 

$

1,263,500

The short-term cash advance of $1,263,500 from Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear II, together with a separate non-related-party short-term cash advance of $1,231,333, was reclassified from liabilities to equity on February 13, 2025, in connection with the Series Seed Preferred Stock financing. The total reclassification of $2,494,833 was applied as additional consideration for Series Seed preferred equity.

As of December 31, 2025, no short-term cash advance liabilities remained outstanding.

Related-Party Participation in Equity Financings

In connection with the Series Seed Preferred Stock financing that closed on February 13, 2025, related-party SAFE investors received an aggregate of 9,850,000 shares of Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock upon automatic conversion of their SAFE Notes, as described above. The conversion terms were identical to those applicable to all other SAFE investors.

On August 14, 2025, the Company completed its Series A Preferred Stock financing, issuing 26,948,470 shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $2.59755 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. Two entities within the Decisive Point affiliated group participated in the Series A Preferred Stock Financing on the same terms and conditions as all unrelated investors:

The related-party Series A investment of approximately $8.8 million represents 12.6% of the total $70.0 million Series A round. Both entities purchased Series A Preferred Stock at the same price per share ($2.59755), with the same rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions as all other Series A investors, as set forth in the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2025.

Decisive Point — Standard Nuclear III is a new entity that did not exist as of December 31, 2024. Its entire equity position in the Company consists of 2,242,330 shares of Series A Preferred Stock acquired in the August 2025 financing. The entity is affiliated with the Decisive Point investment platform.

Amounts Due from Officer

During 2025, the Company advanced $31,250 to Ms. Marrocco, Chief Operating Officer, for relocation-related expenses including moving costs and temporary housing in connection with the officer’s relocation to the Company’s Oak Ridge, Tennessee headquarters. The advances were non-interest-bearing.

The full $31,250 was repaid or otherwise settled on October 31, 2025, and no balance remained outstanding as of December 31, 2025. The corresponding credit entries were funded through the Company’s expense reimbursement process.

F-40

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

11. Share Based Compensation

In May 2025, the Company adopted the 2025 Stock Plan (the “2025 Plan”) which authorizes the issuance of incentive stock options, or non-statutory stock Options, and restricted stock to employees and consultants.

Under the 2025 Plan, the Company has granted awards that are subject to annual, cliff-based vesting. The awards typically vest after four years of service. Share based awards are payable in common stock at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Share based awards are accounted for as compensation costs and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For the periods ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, total share-based compensation expense was $1.7 million and $0.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2025, Cost of Sales and General and Administrative Costs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations includes share-based compensation costs of $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the period ended December 31, 2024, Cost of Sales and General and Administrative Costs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations include share based compensation costs of $0.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The summary of the Company’s 2025 Plan as of December 31, 2025, and changes during the period then ended are presented as follows:

Stock Options

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

—

 

$

—

Granted

 

6,459,000

 

$

0.21

Exercised

 

—

 

$

—

Forfeited/expired

 

—

 

$

—

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

6,459,000

 

$

0.21

Exercisable at the end of the year

 

—

 

$

—

Restricted Stock

 

Number of
Shares

 

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

 

—

 

$

—

Granted

 

5,585,000

 

$

0.945

Vested

 

—

 

$

—

Forfeited/expired

 

—

 

$

—

Outstanding at the end of the year

 

5,585,000

 

$

0.945

The weighted average unrecognized compensation cost at December 31, 2025 for stock options and restricted stock was as follows:

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Recognition
Period (Years)

Stock options

 

$

4,898,607

 

3.03

Restricted stock

 

$

4,469,984

 

3.03

Total compensation cost

 

$

9,368,591

 

 

F-41

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

11. Share Based Compensation (cont.)

Assumptions used in determining the fair value of stock options granted for the year ended December 31, 2025 were as follows:

Assumption

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2025

Expected volatility

 

 

110.0

%

Expected term (years)

 

 

7.0

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

4.17

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0.0

%

Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value

 

$

0.945

 

At December 31, 2025, the Company reserved 12,118,000 shares of common stock for future issuance under the 2025 Plan and had 74,000 shares of common stock available for issuance.

12. Income Taxes

The following table sets forth loss before taxes and the benefit for income taxes:

 

For the
year ended
December 31,
2025

 

Period from
July 15, 2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

Loss before income taxes:

 

$

(15,540,944

)

 

(56,596,406

)

Current income tax benefit:

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

   

 

 

 

 

—

 

Deferred income tax benefit:

 

$

—

 

 

—

 

Total income tax benefit:

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

The following table presents pretax income (loss) and income tax expense (benefit), disaggregated between domestic and foreign jurisdictions, for the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024:

 

For the year ended
December 31,
2025

 

Period from
July 15, 2024 (inception)
through
December 31, 2024

Jurisdictional Disclosure

 

Domestic

 

Foreign

 

Domestic

 

Foreign

Pretax Income (Loss)

 

$

(15,540,944

)

 

—

 

(56,596,406

)

 

—

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

$

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

F-42

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

12. Income Taxes (cont.)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

For the
year ended
December 31,
2025

 

Period from
July 15, 2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2024

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

   

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

3,359,693

 

 

140,653

 

In-process research and development costs

 

 

7,390,127

 

 

6,362,267

 

Other

 

 

234,233

 

 

180

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

10,984,053

 

 

6,503,100

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(10,984,053

)

 

(6,503,100

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

Other

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

—

 

 

—

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

—

 

 

—

 

For the year ended December 31, 2025, and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, the Company had no income tax expense. The difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the statutory rate is primarily driven by the valuation allowance established against U.S. federal and state deferred income tax assets.

ASC 740 requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses, temporary differences and credit carryforwards be recorded as an asset to the extent that management assesses that realization is more likely than not. Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. Because of the Company’s recent history of operating losses, management believes that recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from the above-mentioned future tax benefits is currently not likely to be realized and, accordingly, has provided for a full net valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for U.S federal income tax purposes of $10.4 million, all of which have an indefinite carryforward period. Further, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of $9.8 million that expire starting in 2041. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $0.1 million, all of which have an indefinite carryforward period.

F-43

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

12. Income Taxes (cont.)

A reconciliation of income taxes calculated based on the federal statutory income tax rate and the effective tax rate follows:

 

For the year ended
December 31,
2025

 

Period from
July 15, 2024 (inception)
through
December 31, 2024

ETR Reconciliation

 

Tax

 

Percentage

 

Tax

 

Percentage

U.S. federal statutory tax rate

 

$

(3,263,598

)

 

21.0

%

 

(11,885,245

)

 

21.00

%

Nontaxable or nondeductible items

 

$

1,450,459

 

 

-9.3

%

 

5,381,880

 

 

-9.51

%

State and local income tax net of federal income tax effect*

 

$

(2,667,813

)

 

17.2

%

 

—

 

 

0.00

%

Other

 

$

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

265

 

 

0.00

%

Change in Valuation allowance

 

$

4,480,953

 

 

-28.8

%

 

6,503,100

 

 

-11.49

%

Reported income tax expense

 

$

—

 

 

0.00

%

 

—

 

 

0.00

%

____________

*        State taxes in Tennessee made up the majority (greater than 50 percent) of the tax effect in this category.

The Company did not have income taxes paid in 2025 or for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024.

13. Net Loss per Share

Net income(loss) per share is calculated by dividing income (loss) allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. In calculating diluted net income per share, the number of shares is increased by the weighted average number of potential common shares related to stock compensation awards including restricted stock and stock options, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued upon conversion of the preferred stock units. For further details, refer to Note 9, Stockholders’ Equity.

The weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per common share are as follows:

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2025

 

Period from
July 15, 2024
(inception)
through
December 31,
2025

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(15,540,945

)

 

$

(56,596,406

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding – basic

 

 

28,000,000

 

 

 

12,517,646

 

Average common shares outstanding, – diluted

 

 

28,000,000

 

 

 

12,517,646

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.555

)

 

$

(4.52

)

The two-class method does not change the net loss per share calculation because Class A and Class B have identical economic rights.

Fully diluted average common stock outstanding excludes 101,948,464 shares of common stock that are issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and 12,044,000 shares of common stock issuable under the Company’s 2025 Plan, as the Company reported a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2025.

F-44

Table of Contents

Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Segment Information

For the year ended December 31, 2025 and for the period from July 15, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, the Company has determined that it manages its operations and allocates resources as a single operating segment as it engages in a single business activity of TRISO production and the Consolidated Statements of Operations is presented to the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) without further disaggregation. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer, who is responsible for making strategic operating decisions, allocating resources, and assessing financial performance. Specifically, the CODM uses revenue and net income at a consolidated level, as key financial metrics to make operating decisions and identify growth opportunities as management believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating operating performance relative to other entities that operate within these industries.

The significant expense categories and assets regularly provided to the CODM on a consolidated basis are consistent with the amounts presented in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Balance Sheets, respectively. In addition, all the Company’s long-lived assets, consisting of property and equipment, are in a single geographic area.

15. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through April 9, 2026, the date that the Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued.

Series A-2 Funding

On January 23, 2026, the Company entered into the Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which it issued 14,193,030, shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $4.932 per share, resulting in total gross proceeds of approximately $70.0 million. The Company will use the proceeds from this financing to expand annual TRISO production.

F-45

Table of Contents

 

18,250,000 Shares

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

___________________________________

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

          , 2026

___________________________________

Book Running Managers

BofA Securities

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Barclays

 

UBS Investment Bank

Evercore ISI

 

RBC Capital Markets

 

William Blair

 

Stifel

___________________________________

  

 

Table of Contents

Part II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the shares of Class A common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee.

SEC registration fee

 

$

60,866

FINRA filing fee

 

 

66,611

Stock Exchange listing fee

 

 

330,000

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

140,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

3,060,000

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

210,000

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

 

 

20,000

Road show expenses

 

 

45,000

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

 

 

567,523

Total

 

$

4,500,000

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of the offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors and officers for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director or officer, except liability for the following:

•        any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

•        acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

•        with respect to directors, under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases);

•        any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; or

•        with respect to officers, any action by or in the right of the Registrant.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of the offering provide that:

•        the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended;

•        the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;

II-1

Table of Contents

•        the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

•        the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

The Registrant has entered, and intends to continue to enter into separate indemnification agreements with its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of the Registrant and its directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by the Registrant within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by the Registrant for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act or SEC rule under which exemption from registration was claimed. All information below has been adjusted for the 2-for-1 stock split of our capital stock that was effected on July 6, 2026.

Common Stock Issuances

In October 2024, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 28,000,000 shares of common stock to various investors for net cash proceeds of $108.35.

In March 2025, we entered into Share Exchange Agreements (effective as of February 2025) with the holders of our common stock, including Thomas Hendrix, Keeley Marrocco and Andrew Price and their affiliated entities, pursuant to which holders exchanged their shares of common stock for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock and certain holders exchanged their shares of common stock for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock.

Convertible Preferred Stock Issuances

In December 2024, the Registrant received approximately $32.5 million in gross proceeds a number of investors pursuant to Simple Agreement for Future Equity (“SAFE”) Note investments. Pursuant to the terms of the SAFE Note investments, such investments were convertible into preferred stock at a price equal to the purchase amount divided by the conversion price, which means either: (1) the SAFE Note price or (2) the discount price (lowest price per share sold in the equity financing multiplied by the discount rate), whichever resulted in a greater number of shares of capital stock. In February 2025, the Registrant sold 9,999,994 shares of its Series Seed convertible preferred stock to accredited investors at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000,000. The Registrant concurrently issued 65,000,000 shares of its Series Seed-1 convertible preferred stock at an issue price of $0.500 per share, upon conversion of the SAFE Note investments. Additionally, one investor wished to rescind their $1.0 million investment, and we issued a lawful refund to the investor.

In August 2025, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 26,948,464 shares of its Series A convertible preferred to accredited investors at a purchase price of $2.59755 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $69,999,983.

In January 2026, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 14,193,030 shares of its Series A-2 convertible preferred to accredited investors at a purchase price of $4.9320 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $70,000,023.96.

II-2

Table of Contents

Option and Restricted Stock Issuances

From June 11, 2025 to the date of this registration statement, the Registrant granted stock options to purchase (i) an aggregate of 6,534,000 shares of its Class A common stock, with an exercise price of $0.21 per share, (ii) an aggregate of 3,822,182 shares of its Class A common stock, with an exercise price of $0.60 per share and (iii) an aggregate of 2,438,790 shares of its Class A common stock, with an exercise price of $1.635 per share under the 2025 Plan.

In June 2025, the Registrant issued 2,160,000 shares of Class B common stock to its Chief Operating Officer, at a purchase price of $0.21 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $453,600, and 3,425,000 shares of Class B common stock to its Chief Executive Officer, at a purchase price of $0.21 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $719,250, each pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. Further, in May 2026, the Registrant issued its Chief Financial Officer 470,611 shares of Class B common stock at a purchase price of $1.635 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1,435,010. In connection with the issuance of such shares of Class B common stock, the holders thereof granted an irrevocable proxy to Mr. Hendrix giving Mr. Hendrix full power and substitution to vote such shares in any and all matters. Such proxies were terminated upon the holders’ respective conversion of their Class B common stock to Class A common stock prior to the consummation of this offering.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Title

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1*

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect

3.2*

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated March 12, 2026

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated July 6, 2026

3.4

 

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering

3.5*

 

Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect

3.6

 

Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering

4.1

 

Form of Registrant’s Class A Common Stock Certificate

4.2*#

 

Form of Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2026, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant

5.1

 

Opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP

10.1

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers

10.2+

 

2025 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of agreement thereunder

10.3+

 

2026 Equity Incentive Plan, and forms of agreement thereunder

10.4+

 

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

10.5+

 

Incentive Bonus Plan

10.6

 

Other Transaction Agreement (OTA) for Fuel Production Line Authorization, dated as of September 26, 2025, between the United States Department of Energy and the Registrant.

10.7

 

Form of Exchange Agreement between the Registrant and Standard Nuclear Trust

10.8

 

Form of Equity Exchange Right Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas Hendrix

10.9*#

 

LLC Operating Agreement of Standard Nuclear x Framatome LLC

II-3

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Title

10.10*+#

 

Amended and Restated Employment Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Kurt Terrani, dated as of June 17, 2026.

10.11*+#

 

Amended and Restated Employment Offer Letter, by and between the Registrant and Keeley Marrocco, dated as of June 17, 2026.

10.12*#

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 21, 2024, by and among Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation, Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation-Technologies, USNC Holdings LLC and Standard Nuclear, Inc.

10.13*#

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Asset Purchase Agreement, date December 18, 2024 by and among Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation, Ultra Safe Nuclear Corporation-Technologies, USNC Holdings LLC and Standard Nuclear, Inc.

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01)

23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.3

 

Consent of Wood Mackenzie, Inc.

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement)

107

 

Filing Fee Table

____________

*        Previously filed.

#        Certain of the exhibits and schedules to this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601. The Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request.

+        Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Oak Ridge, State of Tennessee, on July 7, 2026.

 

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

   

By:

 

/s/ Kurt Terrani

       

Kurt Terrani

       

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Name

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Kurt Terrani

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

July 7, 2026

Kurt Terrani

 

(principal executive officer)

   

/s/ Kevin Harrill

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

July 7, 2026

Kevin Harrill

 

(principal financial and accounting officer)

   

*

 

Director

 

July 7, 2026

Thomas Hendrix

       

*

 

Director

 

July 7, 2026

A. Scott Miller

       

*

 

Director

 

July 7, 2026

Alexander Matina

       

/s/ Donald Moul

 

Director

 

July 7, 2026

Donald Moul

       

By:

 

/s/ Kurt Terrani

   
   

Kurt Terrani

   
   

Attorney-in-Fact

   

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[●] Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: [●], 2026

 

 

STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[●] Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[●], 2026

BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

 

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its respective agreements with BofA Securities, Inc. (“BofA”), Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom BofA and Goldman Sachs are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [●] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [●] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

 

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Underwriting Agreement (this “Agreement”) has been executed and delivered.

 

The Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, (an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, hereafter referred to as “Merrill Lynch”) agree that up to 5% shares of the Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by Merrill Lynch to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Company solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the Underwriters or Merrill Lynch, the Invitees who will purchase Reserved Securities (including the amount to be purchased by such persons) sold by Merrill Lynch. To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

 

 

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-296922), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [●][A.M./P.M.], New York City time, on [●], 2026 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

 

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses (as defined herein) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule C-1 hereto, all considered together.

 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

 

2

 

 

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) and/or Rule 163B of the 1933 Act.

 

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

 

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.

 

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses. Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, and, in each case, at the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering of the Securities and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(ii) Accurate Disclosure. Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, on the date hereof, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. At the Applicable Time and any Date of Delivery, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

3

 

 

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting–Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under the heading “Underwriting–Electronic Distribution” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.

 

(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and otherwise comply with the requirements of Rule 163B under the Securities Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-1 hereto.

 

(v) Company Not Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

(vi) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person (as defined herein) authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

(vii) Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants with respect to the Company as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

4

 

 

(viii) Financial Statements. The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except, in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the exclusion of certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited and unaudited financial statements included therein, as applicable. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations.

 

(ix) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

 

(x) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction (or such equivalent concept to the extent it exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries. Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

 

5

 

 

(xii) Capitalization. The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit or equity incentive plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, pursuant to the Class B Stock Exchange (as defined in the Prospectus), or pursuant to the conversion, exercise or vesting and settlement of securities convertible or exercisable into Class A Common Stock, restricted stock or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company, except as have been duly and validly waived.

 

(xiii) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(xiv) Authorization and Description of Securities. The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company, except as have been duly and validly waived. The Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a holder.

 

(xv) Registration Rights. There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

 

(xvi) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except, in the case of clause (ii) above, for such violation that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

6

 

 

(xvii) Absence of Labor Dispute/Compliance with Labor Laws. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Further, the Company is not in violation of, and has not received notice of any violation with respect to, any federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in the hiring, promotion or pay of employees, nor any applicable federal or state wage and hour laws, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii) Absence of Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xix) Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(xx) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of the Company’s amended and restated charter to be in effect prior to the Closing Time and (A) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, state securities laws or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and (B) such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered.

 

(xxi) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no knowledge of any event that has occurred, which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would reasonably be expected to allow, revocation, termination or impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Governmental License, which revocation, termination or impairment would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings from any Governmental Entity relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7

 

 

(xxii) Title to Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property owned by them and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the value of such property and do not materially adversely interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

 

(xxiii) Possession of Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess valid and enforceable rights to use all patents, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and other intellectual property and similar proprietary rights (including all registrations and applications for registrations of, and all goodwill associated with, the foregoing) (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in or necessary for the conduct of their business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to own or possess such right to use any such Intellectual Property would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor the conduct of their business is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property of any third party except for violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as has been previously disclosed to the Representatives prior to the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened claim alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violation of, or conflict with respect to, any Intellectual Property of any person or challenging the validity, enforceability, scope or ownership of any Intellectual Property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which infringement, misappropriation or other violation or conflict, or invalidity, unenforceability, limitation of scope or ownership issues, singly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the knowledge of the Company, no Intellectual Property owned or exclusively licensed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries has been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any third party and all Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries is valid and enforceable. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property, the value of which to the Company or any of its subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all employees and contractors engaged in the development of Intellectual Property for or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries have executed an invention assignment agreement whereby such employees and contractors presently assign all of their right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company or its applicable subsidiary, and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such agreement has been breached or violated.

 

8

 

 

(xxiv) Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health and safety, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), natural resources or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) the Company is not aware of any events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws. Except as described in any of the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there is no proceeding that is pending, or that is known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $300,000 or more will be imposed; (ii) none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning Hazardous Materials, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries anticipates any capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws that are required to be made and which , if made, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxv) Accounting Controls. Except as described in the in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (such rules and regulations, the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to comply under applicable law).

 

9

 

 

(xxvi) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is taking reasonable steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect, upon the effectiveness of such provisions, or which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

(xxvii)  Payment of Taxes. All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed as of the date hereof and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided or which would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxviii) Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as, in the Company’s reasonable judgement, is generally maintained by similarly sized companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xxix) Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

10

 

 

(xxx) Absence of Manipulation. Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xxxi) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer or, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or related law, statute or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws ), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of Anti-Corruption Laws and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(xxxii)  Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable anti-money laundering laws including, but not limited to, the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulation or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened. The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person: (i) to fund or facilitate any money laundering or terrorist financing activities; or (ii) in any other manner that would cause or result in a violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(xxxiii)  Sanctions. None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the Department of Energy National Nuclear Security Administration, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions including, without limitation, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, or any other Covered Region of Ukraine identified pursuant to Executive Order 14065, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, and North Korea (each, a “Sanctioned Jurisdiction”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is knowingly engaged in, or has, at any time since inception, knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with or involving any individual or entity that was or is, as applicable, at the time of such dealing or transaction, the subject or target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Jurisdiction; the Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, and maintain, policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with Sanctions.

 

11

 

 

(xxxiv) Sales of Reserved Securities. In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the same is distributed. The Company has not offered, or caused the Representatives or Merrill Lynch to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any of its affiliates to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its affiliates, or their respective businesses or products.

 

(xxxv) Lending Relationship. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(xxxvi)  Statistical and Market-Related Data. Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxvii)  No Covered Foreign Person. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a “covered foreign person,” as that term is defined in 31 C.F.R. Section 850.209. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries currently engages, or has plans to engage, directly or indirectly, in a “covered activity,” as that term is defined in in 31 C.F.R. Section 850.208 (“Covered Activity”). The Company does not have any joint ventures that engage in or plan to engage in any Covered Activity. The Company also does not, directly or indirectly, hold a board seat on, have a voting or equity interest in, or have any contractual power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of any person or persons that engages or plans to engage in any Covered Activity.

 

(xxxviii) Cybersecurity; Privacy. Except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ respective information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, data and databases (including the data and information of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any other third-party data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data) maintained, processed or stored by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and any such data processed or stored by third parties on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries), equipment or technology (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”) are adequate for, and operate and perform as required in connection with, the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants, (B) there has been no breach, violation, interruption, outage, loss, misappropriation, modification, unauthorized access, use, disablement, distribution, disclosure or other processing, or other compromise of, or other security incident relating to any IT Systems and Data (each, a “Breach”), (C) neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have any knowledge of any event or condition that could result in, any Breach relating to their IT Systems and Data, and (D) the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and technological safeguards to maintain and protect the integrity, continuous operation, and security of their IT Systems and Data reasonably consistent with industry standards and practices and as required by applicable regulatory standards. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have complied with, and are presently in compliance with, all applicable laws and statutes, and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal and external policies, industry standards, and contractual obligations, in each case, relating to the privacy, security and/or processing of IT Systems and Data and/or to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from any Breach (collectively, “Data Security Obligations”). Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notification of or complaint regarding, or is aware of any other facts that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably indicate, any non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (ii) there is no action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or any of its subsidiaries alleging any non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

12

 

 

(xxxix) No Ratings. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries have any debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the 1934 Act).

 

(xl) Market Standoff Provisions. The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock that have not delivered executed lock-up agreements (as described in Section 5(j)) to the Representatives as of the date hereof are bound by market standoff provisions with the Company pursuant to which such holders have agreed not to sell, lend, offer, pledge, transfer or dispose (directly or indirectly), make any short sale of, grant any option, warrant or right for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of Class A Common Stock (or other securities) held by such holder during the Restricted  Period (as defined below) without the consent of the Company (“Market Standoff Provisions”) that are enforceable by the Company. Each such Market Standoff Provision is in full force and effect as of the date hereof and shall remain in full force and effect during the Restricted Period, except that this provision shall not prevent the Company from effecting such a waiver or amendment to permit a transfer of securities which would be permissible if such securities were subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

(xli) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA) (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (ix) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (B) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year, except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (ix) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

13

 

 

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.

 

(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(b) Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Schedule A, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the first (second, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.

 

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. BofA and Goldman Sachs, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

14

 

 

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will promptly notify the Representatives, and confirm the notice in writing (which may be by electronic mail), (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof as soon as practicable.

 

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. If requested, the Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, if requested, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested in writing, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request in writing. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

15

 

 

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(f) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR) to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(g) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(h) Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Class A Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180 days (the “Restricted Period”) from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file or confidentially submit any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant, settlement of other equity awards or the conversion or exchange of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including the Class B Conversion and the Class B Stock Exchange, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock or other equity awards granted pursuant to existing employee benefit or equity incentive plans of the Company described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (E) the establishment or amendment of a trading plan on behalf of a stockholder, officer or director of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period, (F) the reacquisition or withholding of all or a portion of shares of Common Stock subject to an equity award to satisfy a tax withholding obligation of the Company in connection with the vesting, exercise or settlement of such equity award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of such equity award, (G) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 or any successor form thereto with respect to the registration of securities to be offered under any employee benefit or equity incentive plans of the Company described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (H) the issuance of shares of Common Stock, restricted stock awards or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock in connection with (i) the acquisition of the securities, business, property or other assets of another Person or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed in connection with any such acquisition, (ii) joint ventures, (iii) collaboration, licensing, or commercial relationships or (iv) other strategic transactions with a bona fide business purpose, provided that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, restricted stock awards and shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of securities (on an as converted or as exercised basis, as the case may be) issued pursuant to this clause (H) shall not exceed 10.0% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the issuance and sale of the Securities at the Closing Time pursuant hereto; provided, further, that in the case of clauses (B), (C), (D) and (H), the Company shall either (a) cause a recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to the Representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto for the remainder of the Restricted Period, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of the Representatives or (b) if such recipient is subject to Market Standoff Provisions, agree to not waive or amend such Markoff Standoff Provisions for the remainder of the Restricted Period, or (I) the confidential submission by the Company of any registration statement with the Commission in respect of any shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) no public filing with the Commission or any other public announcement may be made during the Restricted Period in relation to such registration, (ii) the Representatives must have received prior written notice from the Company of a confidential submission of a registration statement with the Commission during the Restricted Period at least five (5) business days prior to such submission and (iii) no securities of the Company may be sold, distributed or exchanged during the Restricted Period.

 

16

 

 

(j) Release or Waiver of Lock-Up Restrictions. If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(j) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(k) Market Standoff. During the Restricted Period, the Company agrees to (a) enforce the Market Standoff Provisions and any similar transfer restrictions contained in any agreement between the Company and any of its securityholders, including, without limitation, through the issuance of stop transfer instructions to the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities and (b) not waive or amend any such transfer restrictions with respect to any such securities, unless it is (x) with the prior written consent of the Representatives or (y) in the same manner as such restrictions would be waived had such securityholder entered into the lock-up agreements.

 

(l) Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations.

 

(m) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(n) Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners. The Company will deliver to the Representatives, on or before the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as the Representatives may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing certification.

 

17

 

 

[(o) Compliance with FINRA Rules. The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement. Merrill Lynch will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted. At the request of Merrill Lynch, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse Merrill Lynch for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.]

 

(p) Testing-the-Waters Materials. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication prepared or authorized by the Company included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly following notice or discovery of the error or omission notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

(q) Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

 

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.

 

(a) Expenses. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any reasonable costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining 50% of the cost of such aircraft and other chartered transportation to be paid by the Underwriters); provided, that, the use of such aircraft and other transportation chartered shall expressly be approved by the Company, and the Company shall not be responsible for any aircraft or other transportation chartered by any Underwriter without the Company’s prior written consent, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities (provided that, the amount payable by the Company with respect to the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Representatives incurred pursuant to this clause (viii) and clause (v) above shall not exceed $40,000 in the aggregate), (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii) and (xi) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters and Merrill Lynch, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters and counsel for Merrill Lynch, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees; provided that the aggregate amount payable by the Company pursuant to this clause (xi) shall not exceed $25,000.

 

18

 

 

(b) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii), or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the non-defaulting Underwriters for all of their reasonably incurred and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided that, if this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company will have no obligation to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter.

 

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of the covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

(b) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for Company. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters as previously agreed upon by the Representatives and such counsel.

 

(c) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

 

(d) Officers’ Certificate. At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or of the Chief Financial or Chief Accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

 

(e) CFO Certificate. At the time of the execution of this Agreement and at the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company with respect to certain financial data contained in the General Disclosure Package and the preliminary prospectus providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

19

 

 

(f) Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Grant Thronton LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(g) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Grant Thronton LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(h) Approval of Listing. At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(i) No Objection. FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

 

(j) Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto signed by (i) each of the Company’s directors and officers and (ii) the persons holding substantially all of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as listed in Schedule C hereto.

 

(k) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and any of its subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(i) Officers’ Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii) CFO Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company with respect to certain financial data contained in the General Disclosure Package and the preliminary prospectus providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(iii) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for Company. If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion and negative assurance letter of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion and/or negative assurance letter of such firm required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

20

 

 

(iv) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel for Underwriters. If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion and/or negative assurance letter of such firm required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(v) Bring-down Comfort Letter. If requested by the Representatives, a letter from Grant Thronton LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(l) Additional Documents. At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such customary documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained.

 

(m) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. Indemnification.

 

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its directors, officers and employees, its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(e) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

 

(iii) against any and all reasonable and documented expense whatsoever, as reasonably incurred (including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives); provided, however the Company shall not be liable for more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

21

 

 

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, in any preliminary prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or settlement of any claim in connection with any violation referred to in Section 6(e) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

22

 

 

(e) Indemnification for Reserved Securities. In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Merrill Lynch, its Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls Merrill Lynch within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have been offered, (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of the Agreement or (iv) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities.

 

SECTION 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(f), which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

 

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof.

 

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

23

 

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors, any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.

 

(a) Termination. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Material Adverse Effect or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15, 16 and 17 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

24

 

 

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters. If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24- hour period, then:

 

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to BofA at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (email: dg.ecm_execution_services@bofa.com), with a copy to ECM Legal (email: dg.ecm_legal@bofa.com) and Goldman Sachs at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, attention of Registration Department (email: registration-syndops@ny.email.gs.com); notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 200 Europia Ave., Oak Ridge Tennessee 37830, attention of Chief Executive Officer (email: kterrani@standardnuclear.com).

 

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, and does not constitute a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any of its subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory, investment or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate, and (f) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person.

 

25

 

 

SECTION 13. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

 

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

For purposes of this Section 13, a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

SECTION 14. Parties. This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and its successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company and its successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Company and its successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 15. Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

 

SECTION 16. Trial by Jury. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

26

 

 

SECTION 17. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

SECTION 18. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 19. TIME. TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 20. Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement. Electronic signatures complying with the New York Electronic Signatures and Records Act (N.Y. State Tech. §§ 301-309), as amended from time to time, or other applicable law will be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Agreement. Transmission by telecopy, electronic mail or other transmission method of an executed counterpart of this Agreement will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

 

SECTION 21. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

27

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first above written:

 

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.  
     
By:    
Name:    
Title: Authorized Signatory  

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC  
     
By:    
Name:    
Title: Authorized Signatory  

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

28

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

 

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[●], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[●] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter  Number of Initial Securities   Number of Option Securities 
 BofA Securities, Inc.                          
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC          
Barclays Capital Inc.          
Evercore Group L.L.C.          
RBC Capital Markets, LLC          
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated          
UBS Securities LLC          
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.          
           
Total          

 

Schedule A

 

 

SCHEDULE B-1

 

Pricing Terms

 

1. The Company is selling [●] shares of Common Stock.

 

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock.

 

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

 

Schedule B-1

 

 

SCHEDULE B-2

 

Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[●]

 

Schedule B-2

 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-Up

 

[●]

 

Schedule C

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Lockup

 

BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

 

as Representatives of the several

Underwriters to be named in the

within-mentioned Underwriting Agreement

 

Re: Proposed Initial Public Offering of Class A Common Stock by Standard Nuclear, Inc.

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, a securityholder and/or an officer and/or a director, as applicable, of Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that BofA Securities, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, as representatives of the several underwriters (the “Representatives”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with the Company providing for the initial public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”). In recognition of the benefit that the Public Offering will confer upon the undersigned as a securityholder and/or an officer and/or a director, as applicable, of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date that is 180 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of the Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (including shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (including, without limitation, Class A Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities, or file, cause to be filed or cause to be confidentially submitted any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (ii) enter into any hedging, swap, loan or any other agreement or any transaction (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such hedging, swap, loan or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Class A Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing described in clauses (i) through (iii) above. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company (whether as of the date hereof or at the time of receiving any shares of the Class A Common Stock), the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed shares of Class A Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

 

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company (whether as of the date hereof or at the time of receiving any shares of Class A Common Stock), (1) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of the Class A Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company has agreed, or will agree, in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or that is to an immediate family member (as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5)) and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer or otherwise dispose of the Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representatives, as described below, provided that (1) in the case of clauses (i) to (vii),  the Representatives receive a signed lock-up agreement in the form of this lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, devisee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) in the case of clauses (i) to (vii), any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported during the Lock-Up Period with the Commission on Form 4 or Form 5 in accordance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or, in the case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi), [and] (xii) [and (xiii)]1 below, any such required filing shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto (A) the circumstances of such transfer or distribution and (B) in the case of a transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i)-(vii), that the done, devisee, trustee, distribute, or transferee has agreed to be bound by a lock-up agreement in the form of this lock-up agreement, and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the Lock-Up Period:

 

(i)as a bona fide gift or gifts, including, without limitation, gifts to a trust, to a charitable organization or educational institution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes;

 

(ii)upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned;

 

(iii)to any immediate family member or any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or one or more immediate family members of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

(iv)to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

 
1To be included where applicable.

 

 

(v)by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement or pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the undersigned;

 

(vi)to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (v) above;

 

(vii)if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity that is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition to current or former limited partners, limited liability company members, managers, equityholders or stockholders of the undersigned or holders of similar equity interests in the undersigned or to the estates of any such limited partners, limited liability company members, managers, equityholders or stockholders;

 

(viii)to the Company (A) upon the undersigned’s death, disability or termination of employment or other service relationship with the Company; provided that such shares of Lock-Up Securities were issued to the undersigned pursuant to an agreement or equity award granted pursuant to a stock incentive or other employee benefit plan, option, warrant or other right disclosed in the prospectus for the Public Offering, or (B) pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase shares;

 

(ix)to the Company pursuant to the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, restricted stock, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement or exercise of such restricted stock units, restricted stock, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such restricted stock units, restricted stock, options, warrants or rights are held by the undersigned pursuant to an agreement or equity award granted under a stock incentive plan or other employee benefit plan, each of which is disclosed in the prospectus for the Public Offering;

 

(x)in “sell to cover” or similar open market transactions to satisfy any exercise price or tax withholding obligations as a result of the exercise, vesting and/or settlement of Company equity awards (including options) held by the undersigned and issued pursuant to a plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus, provided that, any such shares of Common Stock retained by the undersigned after giving effect to this provision shall be subject to the terms of this agreement, and provided further, that no public disclosure or filing shall be made voluntarily during the Lock-Up Period nor shall be required within 30 days after the date of the Prospectus, and after such 30th day, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (x);

 

 

(xi)if the undersigned is not an officer or director of the Company, in connection with a sale of the undersigned’s Class A Common Stock acquired (A) from the Underwriters in the Public Offering or (B) in open market transactions after the closing date of the Public Offering; or

 

(xii)pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, made to all holders of Common Stock that has been approved by the Company’s board of directors, which results in any person or group of persons becoming the beneficial owners (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of at least 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity); provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this lock-up agreement.

 

(xiii)[certain permitted transfers of Class B Common Stock or the conversion of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to agreements with the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided that, in each case, (i) such shares received upon conversion shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this agreement; and (ii) any filing required under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the Lock-Up Period shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (xiii).]2

 

For purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” of the undersigned shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin of the undersigned.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent or restrict (i) the conversion of the outstanding shares of preferred stock of the Company into Class A Common Stock; or (ii) any conversion of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, or any other exchange, conversion or reclassification (or other means by which shares of any class or series can become another class or series) of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company for shares of any other class or series of shares of capital stock of the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, including the Class B Conversion and the Class B Stock Exchange; provided that any such shares of capital stock of the Company received upon such exchange, conversion or reclassification shall be subject to terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and provided, in each case of clauses (i) or (ii), that no filing or announcement by any party shall be voluntarily made in connection with such exercise, settlement or conversion, and if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in such clause, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that shares received upon such exercise, settlement or conversion are subject to a lock-up agreement with the Representatives.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing or modifying a trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (a “10b5-1 Trading Plan”) for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities, so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under such plan during the Lock-Up Period; and provided that the establishment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan providing for sales of Lock-Up Securities shall only be permitted if any public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if required or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Lock-Up Securities may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period.

 

 

2To be included where applicable.

 

 

If any record or beneficial owner of any Lock-Up Securities of the Company is granted an early release from the restrictions described herein during the Lock-Up Period, then each Major Holder (as defined below) shall also be granted an early release from its obligations hereunder on a pro rata basis with all other record or beneficial holders of similarly restricted Lock-Up Securities of the Company based on the maximum percentage of shares held by any such record or beneficial holder being released from such holder’s lock-up agreement (a “Pro-Rata Release”); provided that such Pro Rata Release shall not be applied in the event of (A) releases effected solely to permit a transfer not involving a disposition for value and the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer, (B) releases granted to a natural person due to circumstances of an emergency or hardship as determined by the Representatives in their sole judgment, and (C) releases granted from such lock-up restrictions to any individual by the Representatives in an amount less than or equal to 1% of the Company’s total outstanding Common Stock, taken as a whole on a fully diluted basis, in the aggregate across all such releases and after giving effect to such release(s). For purposes of this lock-up agreement, each of the following persons is a “Major Holder”: each record or beneficial owner, as of the date hereof, of more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (for purposes of determining record or beneficial ownership of a stockholder, all shares of Common Stock held by investment funds affiliated with such stockholder shall be aggregated). In the event that, as a result of this paragraph, the undersigned is released from any of its obligations under this letter agreement or, by virtue of this agreement, becomes entitled to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock of the Company or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock of the Company during the Lock-Up Period, the Representatives shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the Company within one (1) business day of the effective date of such release, provided that in the absence of bad faith the failure to give such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the underwriters, and the Company, in turn, in consultation with the Representatives, shall notify the undersigned, to the extent that such release gives rise to a corresponding release of the undersigned from its obligations hereunder pursuant to the terms of this paragraph, within two (2) business days thereafter. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the underwriters have neither provided any recommendation or investment advice nor solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Class A Common Stock and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the underwriters may be required or choose to provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures to you in connection with the Public Offering, the underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to enter into this lock-up agreement and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that any underwriter is making such a recommendation.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power, capacity and authority to enter into this lock-up agreement. The undersigned understands that the Company and the underwriters are relying upon the lock-up agreement in proceeding toward the consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this lock-up agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

In the event that a Representative withdraws or is terminated from, or declines to participate in, the Public Offering, all references in this lock-up agreement to the Representatives shall refer to the remaining Representatives. If all Representatives withdraw, are terminated from or decline to participate in the Public Offering, all references in this lock-up agreement to the Representatives shall refer to the lead left book runner in the Public Offering (“Replacement Entity”), and in such event, any written consent, waiver or notice given or delivered in connection with this lock-up agreement by or to such Replacement Entity shall be deemed to be sufficient and effective for all purposes under this lock-up agreement.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this lock-up agreement will automatically terminate and the undersigned will be released from all of their or its obligations hereunder upon the earliest to occur, if any, of the following: (i) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company advises the Representatives in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the Company files an application with the Commission to withdraw the registration statement relating to the Public Offering, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated (other than with respect to the provisions thereof which survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Class A Common Stock to be sold thereunder or (iv) September 30, 2026 in the event that the Public Offering shall not have occurred on or before such date; provided, that the Company may, by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date, extend such date for a period of up to an additional three (3) months.

 

This lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

This lock-up agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same lock-up agreement. Electronic signatures complying with the New York Electronic Signatures and Records Act (N.Y. State Tech. §§ 301-309), as amended from time to time, or other applicable law will be deemed original signatures for purposes of this lock-up agreement. Transmission by telecopy, electronic mail or other transmission method of an executed counterpart of this lock-up agreement will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  [NAME OF STOCKHOLDER / OFFICER/ DIRECTOR]
   
  By: ______________________________
  Name:                                       
  Title:  
   
  If not signing in an individual capacity:
   
  Name of Authorized Signatory (Print)
   
  Title of Authorized Signatory (Print)
  (Indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Press Release

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

 

[Date]

 

Standard Nuclear, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that the Representatives, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of its Class A common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [date] and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE

OF INCORPORATION OF

STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.

 

Standard Nuclear, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the name of the Corporation is Standard Nuclear, Inc. and that the Corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on July 15, 2024, under the name set forth above.

 

SECOND: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth a proposed amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, (the “Restated Certificate”), declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders, and authorized the appropriate officers of the Corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that the first paragraph of Article Fourth is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“FOURTH. Effective immediately upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Amendment”) with the Delaware Secretary of State (the “Effective Time”), and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any of the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock, the following shall occur: (i) each one (1) share of the Corporation’s common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, that is issued and outstanding (the “Old Common Stock”) shall automatically convert and reconstitute into two (2) fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation, and (ii) each one (1) share of the Corporation’s preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share, that is issued and outstanding (the “Old Preferred Stock” and together with the Old Common Stock, the “Old Stock”) shall automatically convert and reconstitute into two (2) fully paid and nonassessable shares of preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Corporation. The conversion and reconstitution described in the foregoing clauses (i)-(ii) referred to herein collectively as the “Stock Split”. No fractional shares will be issued in connection with the Stock Split effected by the preceding sentence. From and after the Effective Time, any stock certificates that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, represented the shares of Old Stock, if any, shall, from and after the Effective Time, automatically and without the necessity of presenting the same for exchange, represent the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as applicable, into which such Old Stock has been converted in the Stock Split pursuant to this Certificate of Amendment.

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 326,756,488. The Corporation has two classes of stock, referred to as Common Stock and Preferred Stock. There are 210,615,000 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 116,141,488 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), out of which (i) 9,999,994 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series Seed Preferred Stock,” (ii) 65,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock,” (iii) 26,948,464 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” and (iv) 14,193,030 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated as “Series A-2 Preferred Stock.” The class of Common Stock shall be subdivided into two series consisting of 175,000,000 shares designated as Class A Common Stock, (the “Class A Common Stock”), and 35,615,000 shares designated as Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Common Stock”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are separate series within the class of Common Stock, and not separate classes of stock.”

 

 

 

RESOLVED, that Section 1 of Part B of Article Fourth is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“1. Dividends.

 

The holders of then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any funds and assets legally available therefor, dividends equal to the applicable Dividend Amount (as defined below) for each share of Preferred Stock, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any other dividend (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) during the same calendar year. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 1 shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the applicable Dividend Amount for each series of Preferred Stock. Subject to the preferential rights described above, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) in any calendar year unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, in addition to the dividends payable pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 1, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock, the product of (A) the dividend declared, paid or set aside on such Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Preferred Stock; (ii) in the case of a dividend on a class or series of capital stock that is convertible into Common Stock, the product of (A) the dividend declared, paid or set aside per share of such class or series of capital stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Preferred Stock, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such class or series of capital stock; or (iii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, the product of (A) the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock divided by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest dividend for such series of Preferred Stock. The “Original Issue Price” shall mean, with respect to the Seed Preferred Stock, $1.0000 per share, with respect to the Series Seed-1 Preferred Stock, $0.5000 per share, with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, $2.59755 per share, and with respect to the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $4.9320 per share, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable Preferred Stock. The “Dividend Amount” shall mean, with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, 8% of the Original Issue Price of such series of Preferred Stock.”

 

THIRD: That thereafter said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by written consent of the stockholders holding the requisite number of shares required by statute given in accordance with and pursuant to Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Amendment of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on July 6, 2026.

 

  /s/ Kurt Terrani
  Kurt Terrani, Chief Executive Officer

 

3

 

Exhibit 3.4

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.

 

Standard Nuclear, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

(A) The name of this Corporation is Standard Nuclear, Inc. Its original certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 15, 2024. The Corporation filed an amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 16, 2024 and also on December 26, 2024, February 13, 2025, August 13, 2025 and January 23, 2026 (collectively, the “Amended and Restated Certificate”).

 

(B) This sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation (this “Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate”) was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of this Corporation and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, with the approval of the stockholders of this Corporation having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(C) The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

Article I

 

The name of this Corporation is Standard Nuclear, Inc.

 

Article II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 16192 Coastal Highway, in the City of Lewes, County of Sussex, DE 19958. The name of its registered agent at such address is Harvard Business Services, Inc.

 

Article III

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

Article IV

 

Section 4.1 Total Authorized

 

4.1.1 The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is 500,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 480,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”), 464,000,000 shares of which are designated as Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) and 16,000,000 shares of which are designated as Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), and (ii) 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

 

 

 

4.1.2 The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, and no vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

Section 4.2 Preferred Stock

 

4.2.1 The Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, by resolution or resolutions adopted from time to time, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and, by filing a certificate of designation pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (the “Certificate of Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the designation, vesting, powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights (and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof) of the shares of each such series and to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may also be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Certificate of Designation designating a series of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2.2 Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Certificate of Designation designating any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article IV, (i) any new series of Preferred Stock may be designated, fixed and determined as provided herein by the Board without approval of the holders of Common Stock or the holders of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, and (ii) any such new series may have powers, preferences and rights, including, without limitation, voting rights, dividend rights, liquidation rights, redemption rights and conversion rights, senior to, junior to or pari passu with the rights of the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock or any future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.

 

Section 4.3 Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

 

4.3.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and powers, rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation), share ratably, and be identical in all respects and as to all matters.

 

- 2 -

 

 

4.3.2 Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate or as provided by law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall (a) at all times vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation, (b) be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), and (c) be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by applicable law; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall have the right to one (1) vote per share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the applicable record date and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall have the right to twenty (20) votes per share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the applicable record date.

 

4.3.3 Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividends or distributions as may be declared and paid from time to time by the Board out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided, however, that in the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive shares of Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be), with holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock receiving, on a per share basis, an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may pay or make a disparate dividend or distribution per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate dividend or distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

4.3.4 Shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may not be subdivided, combined, or reclassified unless the shares of the other class are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided, combined, or reclassified in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and the holders of the outstanding Class B Common Stock on the record date for such subdivision, combination, or reclassification; provided, however, that shares of one such class may be subdivided, combined, or reclassified in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision, combination, or reclassification is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

- 3 -

 

 

4.3.5 Subject to any preferential or other rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be entitled to receive ratably all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders unless disparate or different treatment of the shares of each such class with respect to distributions upon any such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

4.3.6 In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock upon the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or in the case of any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, such distribution or payment shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as a single class; provided, however, that shares of one such class may receive different or disproportionate distributions or payments in connection with such merger, consolidation, or other transaction if (a) the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B Common Stock have twenty (20) times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock, or (b) such merger, consolidation, or other transaction is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

Article V

 

Section 5.1 Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Before any holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to convert any of such holder’s shares of such Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, such holder shall deliver an instruction and the certificate or certificates therefor (if any), duly endorsed, to the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office of such holder’s election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on conversion thereof are to be registered on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, register on the Corporation’s books ownership of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such record holder of Class B Common Stock, or to which the nominee or nominees of such record holder, shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the close of business on the date such notice of the election to convert is received by the Corporation or, if the notice of conversion specifies a different future effective time, including a time determined by the happening of a future event, such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred at such time, or on the happening of such event, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such time.

 

- 4 -

 

 

Section 5.2 Each share of Class B Common Stock will automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock (i) on the occurrence of a Transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer, of such share of Class B Common Stock, or (ii) on the Final Conversion Date. After the Final Conversion Date, the reissuance of all shares of Class B Common Stock shall be prohibited, and any shares of Class B Common Stock issued prior to the Final Conversion Date shall be retired and cancelled in accordance with Section 243 of the DGCL and the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware required thereby.

 

Section 5.3 The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, relating to the administration of the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock as it may deem necessary or advisable. If the Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer of Class B Common Stock that is not a Permitted Transfer has occurred, the Corporation shall promptly notify the purported transferor initiating such Transfer in writing and may request that such purported transferor furnish affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as it reasonably deems necessary to determine whether a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer has occurred. The transferor will have ten (10) days from receipt of such notice to either (i) furnish sufficient (as determined in good faith by the Board) evidence to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to determine that the Transfer was a Permitted Transfer, or (ii) rescind or otherwise reverse the Transfer such that ownership and/or Voting Control, as applicable, of such shares is restored to the transferor on the same basis as if such Transfer had not been given effect, in which case no Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Article V as a result thereof. If (1) after the expiration of such ten (10)-day period, the Corporation determines in good faith that neither condition (i) nor (ii) has been satisfied, or (2) at any time, the transferor notifies the Corporation that a Transfer is not a Permitted Transfer, then any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not previously converted, will automatically and immediately, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into an equal number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A Common Stock, effective as of the time of such Transfer, and such conversion shall be registered on the books and records of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.4 In connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting or by written consent (if action by written consent of stockholders is permitted at such time under this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate), the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders and the classes of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

 

Section 5.5 The Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class, amend, alter, repeal, or waive this Article V; provided, however, that from and after the Final Conversion Date, this Article V may be amended, altered, repealed, or waived in accordance with Article XIII.

 

- 5 -

 

 

Section 5.6 Certain Definitions.

 

“Disability” shall mean, with respect to Founder, the permanent and total disability of Founder such that Founder is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death within 12 months or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner jointly selected by a majority of the independent directors of the Board and Founder. If Founder is incapable of selecting a licensed medical practitioner, then Founder’s spouse shall make the selection on behalf of Founder, or in the absence or incapacity of Founder’s spouse, Founder’s adult children by majority vote shall make the selection on behalf of Founder, or in the absence of adult children of Founder or their inability to act by majority vote, a natural person then acting as the successor trustee of a revocable living trust which was created by Founder and which holds in the aggregate more shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation than any other revocable living trust created by Founder shall make the selection on behalf of Founder, or in the absence of any such successor trustee, the legal guardian or conservator of the estate of Founder shall make the selection on behalf of Founder.

 

“Family Member” shall mean, with respect to a natural person, the spouse, domestic partner or spousal equivalent, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings, and lineal descendants of siblings of such natural person. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted during minority. Family Member shall further include any other of such natural person’s family members as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

“Final Conversion Date” shall mean the earliest of:

 

(i)12 months following the death or Disability of Founder;

 

(ii)upon the first trading day on or after such date that the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than 5% of the aggregate shares of the then-outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock; or

 

(iii)upon the first trading day on or after such date that both (a) Founder is no longer providing services to the Corporation as an officer, employee, or consultant, and (b) Founder is no longer a director of the Corporation as a result of a voluntary resignation by Founder from the Board or as a result of a request of or agreement with Founder not to be renominated as a director of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders;

 

provided that, the Final Conversion Date may be extended to a date that is up to 18 months after the date contemplated by the foregoing clauses (i)-(iii), as applicable, upon affirmative approval of a majority of the independent directors then serving on the Board.

 

“Founder” shall mean Thomas Hendrix.

 

- 6 -

 

 

“Parent” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

 

“Permitted Entity” shall mean a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by Founder or his Permitted Transferees, in each case, so long as a Permitted Holder retains sole dispositive power and Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation, partnership, or limited liability company.

 

“Permitted Holder” shall mean Founder or a trustee of a Permitted Trust described in clause (i), (iii), or (iv) of the definition thereof.

 

“Permitted IRA” shall mean an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus, or other type of plan or trust of which Founder or his Permitted Transferees are participants or beneficiaries and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Code, so long as a Permitted Holder retains sole dispositive power and Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Individual Retirement Account.

 

“Permitted Transfer” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock by Founder or any Permitted Transferee to: (i) a Permitted Entity, (ii) a Permitted IRA, (iii) a Permitted Trust, or (iv) Founder.

 

“Permitted Transferee” shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Permitted Transfer.

 

“Permitted Trust” shall mean with respect to Founder: (i) a trust for the benefit of Founder and for the benefit of no other person, provided the Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Founder; (ii) a trust for the benefit of persons other than Founder, provided the Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Founder; (iii) a trust under the terms of which Founder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of Section 2702(b)(1) of the Code and/or a reversionary interest; or (iv) any revocable or irrevocable trust for the primary benefit of Founder or one or more of Founder’s Family Members or the spouses of such Family Members, in each case, so long as a Permitted Holder retains sole dispositive power and Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust.

 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

- 7 -

 

 

“Transfer” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Section 5.5:

 

(a) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

 

(b) entering into a voting trust, agreement, or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (i) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the SEC or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time, and (iii) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property, or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

 

(c) entering into a voting trust, agreement, or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) pursuant to a written agreement to which the Corporation is a party;

 

(d) the fact that, as of the effectiveness of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”) or at any time after the Effective Time, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock (including a Transfer by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or any other court order);

 

(e) in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity that has been approved by the Board, or in the case of any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation that has been approved by the Board, the entering into a support, voting, tender, or similar agreement or arrangement (in each case, with or without the grant of a proxy) that has also been approved by the Board; or

 

(f) the pledge of a share or shares of Class B Common Stock that creates a security interest in such pledged share or shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction, in each case with a third party lender that makes such loan in the ordinary course of its business, so long as a Permitted Holder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged share or shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such pledged share or shares or other action that would result in a Transfer of such pledged share or shares to the pledgee shall not be a Permitted Transfer.

 

A Transfer shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by an entity that is a Permitted Trust, Permitted IRA, or Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Trust, Permitted IRA, or Permitted Entity or if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Effective Time, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity.

 

- 8 -

 

 

“Voting Control” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise.

 

“Voting Threshold Date” shall mean the first date falling after 11:59 p.m. (Eastern Time) on the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the total voting power of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

Section 5.7 In the event any shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Article V, the shares of Class B Common Stock so converted shall be retired and shall not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

Section 5.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2, if the date on which any share of Class B Common Stock is converted into Class A Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 occurs after the record date for the determination of the holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to receive any dividend or distribution to be paid on the shares of Class B Common Stock, the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock as of such record date will be entitled to receive such dividend or distribution on such payment date; provided, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate, to the extent that any such dividend or distribution is payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, such dividend or distribution in respect of such share of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to have been declared, and shall be payable in, shares of Class A Common Stock and no shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued in payment thereof.

 

Section 5.9 The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting conversions of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, such number of duly authorized shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock. If at any time the number of authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall promptly take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, obtaining the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate. All shares of Class A Common Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares. The Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all such shares of Class A Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation.

 

- 9 -

 

 

Article VI

 

Section 6.1 The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as otherwise provided by law. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation pursuant to applicable law.

 

Section 6.2 Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

Section 6.3 Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively (the “Classified Board”). The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes of the Classified Board, which assignments shall become effective at the same time the Classified Board becomes effective. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board, with the number of directors in each class to be divided as nearly equal as reasonably possible. The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “Initial Public Offering Closing”), the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors (a) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which the director is a member and (b) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the three classes of directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class. To the extent possible, any newly created directorships shall be added to those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the latest dates following such allocation, and any newly eliminated directorships shall be subtracted from those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the earliest dates following such allocation, unless otherwise provided from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 6.4 Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such director’s term expires and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or by any electronic transmission permitted by the Bylaws. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no director may be removed from the Board except for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class.

 

- 10 -

 

 

Section 6.5 Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, any vacancy occurring in the Board for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall, unless (a) the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders or (b) as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum and even if by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which the director has been assigned expires or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

 

Section 6.6 Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

 

Article VII

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of the directors or officers of the Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended from time to time. Any amendment or repeal of this Article VII, or the adoption of any provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with this Article VII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment or repeal or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

 

Article VIII

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, prior to the Voting Threshold Date, the Corporation elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

Article IX

 

The Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend, or repeal the Bylaws. Prior to the Voting Threshold Date, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to a Certificate of Designation), such adoption, amendment, or repeal of the Bylaws by the stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. From and after the Voting Threshold Date, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to a Certificate of Designation), such adoption, amendment, or repeal of the Bylaws by the stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

- 11 -

 

 

Article X

 

Section 10.1 Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, from and after the Voting Threshold Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Prior to the Voting Threshold Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at a meeting may be effected by consent in writing, by remote communication or electronic transmission of such stockholders in compliance with Section 228 of the DGCL, without prior notice and without a vote, if such consent or consents, setting forth the action so taken, are: (i) signed by the holders of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation representing not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the Corporation then outstanding and entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and (ii) delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 10.2 Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

 

Section 10.3 Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws.

 

Article XI

 

Section 11.1 Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) and any appellate court therefrom, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (b) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, or any action asserting a claim for aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty; (c) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, or to interpret, apply, or determine the validity of, any provision of the DGCL, this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate or the Bylaws (as each may be amended from time to time); (d) any action, suit or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (e) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or employee of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases subject to the court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. If any action, suit or proceeding the subject matter of which is within the scope of the preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of the preceding sentence and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. This Section 11.1 shall not apply to actions, suits or proceedings brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

Section 11.2 Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by the Corporation, its directors and officers, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional or entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying such offering.

 

Section 11.3 Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XI.

 

Section 11.4 Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions of this Article XI would cause the Corporation irreparable harm, and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions.

 

- 12 -

 

 

Article XII

 

Section 12.1 If any provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate (including without limitation, all portions of any section of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Article XIII

 

Section 13.1 The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation) or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation), and subject to Section 4.2, from and after the Voting Threshold Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article XIII or Section 4.1.2 and Section 4.2, Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article IX, Article X, Article XI, or Article XII (the “Specified Provisions”); provided, further, if two-thirds (2/3) of the Whole Board has approved such amendment or repeal of, or any provision inconsistent with, the Specified Provisions, then only the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, the Specified Provisions.

 

***

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Standard Nuclear, Inc. has caused this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate to be signed by Kurt Terrani, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on this [●] day of July, 2026.

 

   
  Kurt Terrani
  Chief Executive Officer

 

- 13 -

 

Exhibit 3.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

standard nuclear, INC.

 

a Delaware Corporation

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

As adopted on July 1, 2026
(Effective as of ________, 2026)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

standard nuclear, InC.

 

a Delaware Corporation

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

Table of Contents

 

      Page
       
Article I : STOCKHOLDERS 1
  Section 1.1 Annual Meetings 1
  Section 1.2 Special Meetings 1
  Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings 1
  Section 1.4 Adjournments 2
  Section 1.5 Quorum 2
  Section 1.6 Organization; Conduct of Meetings 2
  Section 1.7 Voting; Proxies 3
  Section 1.8 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record 4
  Section 1.9 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 4
  Section 1.10 Inspectors of Elections 5
  Section 1.11 Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations 6
  Section 1.12 Delivery to the Corporation 15
Article II : BOARD OF DIRECTORS 16
  Section 2.1 Number; Qualifications 16
  Section 2.2 Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies 16
  Section 2.3 Regular Meetings 16
  Section 2.4 Special Meetings 16
  Section 2.5 Remote Meetings Permitted 17
  Section 2.6 Quorum; Vote Required for Action 17
  Section 2.7 Organization 17
  Section 2.8 Unanimous Action by Directors in Lieu of a Meeting 17
  Section 2.9 Powers 17
  Section 2.10 Compensation of Directors 17
  Section 2.11 Confidentiality 17
  Section 2.12 Emergency Bylaws 18
Article III : COMMITTEES 18
  Section 3.1 Committees 18
  Section 3.2 Committee Rules 19

 

 i

 

 

Article IV : OFFICERS; CHAIRPERSON 19
  Section 4.1 Generally 19
  Section 4.2 Chief Executive Officer 19
  Section 4.3 Chairperson of the Board 20
  Section 4.4 Executive Chairman 20
  Section 4.5 President 20
  Section 4.6 Chief Operating Officer 20
  Section 4.7 Vice President 20
  Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer 20
  Section 4.9 Treasurer 21
  Section 4.10 Chief Legal and Compliance Officer 21
  Section 4.11 Secretary 21
  Section 4.12 Assistant Secretary 21
  Section 4.13 Delegation of Authority 21
  Section 4.14 Removal 21
  Section 4.15 Division or Other Business Unit Officers 22
Article V : STOCK 22
  Section 5.1 Certificates; Uncertificated Shares 22
  Section 5.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates or Uncertificated Shares 22
  Section 5.3 Other Regulations 22
Article VI : INDEMNIFICATION 23
  Section 6.1 Indemnification of Officers and Directors 23
  Section 6.2 Advance of Expenses 23
  Section 6.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights 23
  Section 6.4 Indemnification of Others; Additional Rights 24
  Section 6.5 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit 24
  Section 6.6 Successful Defense 24
  Section 6.7 Nature of Rights; Amendment or Repeal 25
  Section 6.8 Insurance 25
Article VII : NOTICES 25
  Section 7.1 Notice 25
  Section 7.2 Waiver of Notice 25
Article VIII : MISCELLANEOUS 26
  Section 8.1 Fiscal Year 26
  Section 8.2 Seal 26
  Section 8.3 Form of Records 26
  Section 8.4 Reliance Upon Books and Records 26
  Section 8.5 Certificate of Incorporation Governs 26
  Section 8.6 Severability 26
  Section 8.7 Time Periods 26
Article IX : AMENDMENT 26

 

 ii

 

 

standard nuclear, INC.

 

a Delaware Corporation

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

As adopted on July 1, 2026
(Effective as of ________, 2026)

 

Article I: STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.1 Annual Meetings. If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors and such other proper business at such date and time as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Standard Nuclear, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware as permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) as the Board (or its designee) shall fix, or solely by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Any proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

 

Section 1.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called in the manner set forth in the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”). The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware as permitted by the DGCL, as the Board (or its designee) shall fix, or solely by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings. Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in accordance with applicable law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1.1 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (these “Bylaws”)) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting). In the case of a special meeting, such notice shall also set forth the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

 1

 

 

Section 1.4 Adjournments. Notwithstanding Section 1.5 of these Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting of stockholders shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any) regardless of whether a quorum is present, at any time and for any reason. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication), and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communication (if any) by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, or are provided in any other manner permitted by the DGCL; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if a quorum is present at the original meeting, it shall also be deemed present at the adjourned meeting. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel at any time and for any reason any previously scheduled special or annual meeting of stockholders before it (or any adjournment) is to be held, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting (or adjournment) has been sent or made pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof or otherwise, in which case (if the meeting is not canceled) notice shall be provided to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section 1.3 above.

 

Section 1.5 Quorum. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of stock is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. If there is no quorum present (in person or represented by proxy) at any meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote thereat who are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum, including, to the fullest extent permitted by law, at any adjournment thereof (unless a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting).

 

Section 1.6 Organization; Conduct of Meetings.

 

1.6.1 Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by (a) such person as the Board may designate, or (b) in such person’s absence, the Chairperson of the Board, or (c) in such person’s absence, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or (d) in such person’s absence, the President of the Corporation, or (e) in the absence of such person, by a Vice President. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

 2

 

 

1.6.2 The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over the meeting shall be the chairperson of the meeting and shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any reason) to recess the meeting (if not adjourned in accordance with Section 1.4 of these Bylaws), to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts that, in the judgment of such chairperson, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairperson of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies, their Qualified Representative (as defined below) or such other persons as the chairperson of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (e) limitations on the time (if any) allotted to questions or comments by participants; (f) restricting the use of audio/video recording devices and cell phones; and (g) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. The Board or, at a meeting of stockholders (but subject to any rules and regulations adopted by, and the supervision of, the Board), the chairperson of the meeting, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power to determine that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and disregard any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting, notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect thereof may have been received by the Corporation, which shall be disregarded. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 1.7 Voting; Proxies. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. At all meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively with respect thereto (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each class or series, a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively with respect thereto by the holders thereof); provided, however, that, if a different or minimum vote is provided by applicable law, rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter. Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies from other stockholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for exclusive use by the Board.

 

 3

 

 

Section 1.8 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 1.9 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Corporation shall prepare, no later than the tenth (10th) day before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of ten (10) days ending on the day before the meeting date, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by applicable law (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting), or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal executive offices of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to the identity of the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 1.9 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting.

 

 4

 

 

Section 1.10 Inspectors of Elections.

 

1.10.1 Applicability. Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the following provisions of this Section 1.10 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.10 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board.

 

1.10.2 Appointment. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

 

1.10.3 Inspector’s Oath. Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.

 

1.10.4 Duties of Inspectors. At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

 

1.10.5 Opening and Closing of Polls. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, upon application by a stockholder, shall determine otherwise.

 

1.10.6 Determinations. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)b.(i) or (iii) of the DGCL, or in accordance with Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

 

 5

 

 

Section 1.11 Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations.

 

1.11.1 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (or any supplement thereto), (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.11 and at the time of the annual meeting of stockholders, who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the requirements set forth in this Section 1.11 in all applicable respects (the “Record Stockholder”). For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)), at an annual meeting of stockholders, and such stockholder must fully comply with the requirements set forth in this Section 1.11 to bring such nominations or other business properly before an annual meeting.

 

(b) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.11.1(a) of these Bylaws:

 

(i) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and as required by this Section 1.11;

 

(ii) such business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board) must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action under applicable law;

 

(iii) each Proposing Person (as defined below) shall have complied with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including, without limitation, the applicable requirements of Rule 14a-19), as such rules and regulations may be amended from time to time by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including any SEC Staff interpretations relating thereto;

 

(iv) if a Solicitation Notice (as defined below) has been timely received by the Corporation, the Proposing Person shall promptly (and in any event not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the second (2nd) business day) after such Proposing Person (or any group of which such person is a part) has solicited the holders of the applicable percentage of voting shares provided in Section 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii) (or, in the case of 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii)(ii)(b), conducted an exempt solicitation pursuant to Rule 14a-2(b)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act), provide the Corporation with reasonable evidence, which may take the form of a statement and documentation from a proxy solicitor, demonstrating that the necessary steps have been taken to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to the holders of the applicable percentage of voting shares provided in Section 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii) (or, in the case of 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii)(ii)(b), reasonable evidence demonstrating that such solicitation was eligible for exemption pursuant to Rule 14a-2(b)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act); and

 

 6

 

 

(v) if no Solicitation Notice has been timely provided pursuant to this Section 1.11, no Proposing Person (and no group of which any Proposing Person is a part) shall have solicited the holders of the applicable percentage of voting shares provided in Section 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii) or conducted an exempt solicitation pursuant to Rule 14a-2(b)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

To be timely, a Record Stockholder’s notice must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (except in the case of the Corporation’s first annual meeting following its initial public offering, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by Section 1.11.2 of these Bylaws); provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held during the preceding year or the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before, or more than sixty (60) days after, such anniversary date, notice by the Record Stockholder to be timely must be so received (A) no earlier than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and (B) no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or the public announcement thereof) of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for providing the Record Stockholder’s notice. Such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

(X) as to each person whom the Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (in addition to the matters set forth in paragraph (Z) below):

 

(i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person;

 

(ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person;

 

(iii) the class or series and number of shares of each class or series of stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned or owned of record by such person or his or her affiliates or associates;

 

(iv) the date or dates such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, as well as evidence of such date(s);

 

(v) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person, completed and executed by such person, which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any Record Stockholder within five (5) business days of such written request;

 

 7

 

 

(vi) a written representation and agreement, in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request of any Record Stockholder within five (5) business days of such written request, (a) that such person (1) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law (2) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, (3) will act, if elected as a director of the Corporation, in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and not in the interests of individual constituencies, (4) consents to being named as a nominee in a proxy statement and form of proxy relating to the meeting at which directors are to be elected and agrees to serve if elected as a director and (5) intends to serve a full term until the next meeting at which such candidate would face re-election if elected as a director of the Corporation, and (b) whether such person would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and intends to comply with all applicable rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation and the Policies (as defined below);

 

(vii) all other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed or provided to the Corporation in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved and whether or not proxies are being or will be solicited), or would be otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act;

 

(viii) whether such person would qualify as an independent director under the requirements of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation and the Policies;

 

(ix) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three (3) years, and any other material relationships, between or among any Proposing Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and such proposed nominee’s respective affiliates and associates, on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to the U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including Item 404 under Regulation S-K) if the Proposing Person were the “registrant” for purposes thereof and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;

 

(x) a description of any position of such person as an officer or director of, or any material relationship with, any principal competitor of the Corporation within the past three (3) years;

 

(xi) the date or dates of first contact between any Proposing Person and such proposed nominee with respect to (A) the Corporation or (B) any proposed nomination of any person or persons for election or re-election to the Board; and

 

(xii) a description of any business or personal interests that could place such proposed nominee in a potential conflict of interest with the Corporation or any of its affiliates and how such proposed nominee, if elected, intends to mitigate or reconcile any such potential conflict of interest.

 

 8

 

 

(Y) as to any business other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (in addition to the matters set forth in paragraph (Z) below):

 

(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting;

 

(ii) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment);

 

(iii) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; and

 

(iv) any material interest in such business of such Proposing Person, including any anticipated benefit to any Proposing Person therefrom.

 

(Z) as to each Proposing Person:

 

(i) the current name and address of each Proposing Person, including, if applicable, their name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, if different;

 

(ii) the class or series and number of shares of each class or series of stock of the Corporation that are directly or indirectly owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, including any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future;

 

(iii) whether and the extent to which any of the following is held directly or indirectly by, on behalf of, or for the benefit such Proposing Person (x) any Derivative Instrument (as defined below), (y) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation or (z) any Short Interest (as defined below), in each case, including the date thereof, the class, series and number of securities involved therein, the material economic or voting terms thereof, and the identities of all persons party thereto;

 

(iv) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company in which such Proposing Person is, directly or indirectly, a general partner, managing member or manager or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, managing member or manager of such general or limited partnership or limited liability company;

 

(v) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);

 

(vi) a description of any of the following that are held directly or indirectly by, on behalf of or for the benefit of such Proposing Person: (x) any significant equity interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation or (y) any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in the case of any Derivative Instrument or Short Interest, the date thereof, the class, series and number of securities involved therein, the material economic or voting terms thereof, and the identities of all persons party thereto);

 

 9

 

 

(vii) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand;

 

(viii) all information that would be required to be set forth in a Schedule 13D filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1(a) or an amendment pursuant to Rule 13d-2(a) if such a statement were required to be filed under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder by such Proposing Person, regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable;

 

(ix) any other information relating to each Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business or nomination proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

 

(x) to the extent known by a Proposing Person, the names and addresses of any stockholder or beneficial owner that has provided or will provide financial support or material assistance in support of the nomination or business and a description of the nature of such support or assistance;

 

(xi) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or persons (including their names) with respect to, relating to, or in connection with such nomination or other business;

 

(xii) a representation that the Record Stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at the time of giving notice and whether such Record Stockholder (or a Qualified Representative thereof) intends to appear at the meeting to propose such business or nomination;

 

(xiii) a representation whether any Proposing Person intends (or is part of a group that intends) to (i) deliver, or make available, a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal of business other than a nomination, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or (ii) in the case of a nomination or nominations, (a) solicit proxies in support of any proposed nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act or (b) conduct an exempt solicitation pursuant to Rule 14a-2(b)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act, and, in each case, the name of each “participant” (as defined in Item 4 of Schedule 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) (an affirmative statement of such intent being a “Solicitation Notice”); and

 

(xiv) any proxy, contract, arrangement, or relationship pursuant to which the Proposing Person has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares or any other securities of the Corporation, other than a revocable proxy given in response to a proxy solicitation made to more than ten (10) persons.

 

 10

 

 

The disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (Z)(ii), (Z)(iii), (Z)(iv) and (Z)(vi) shall not include any information with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

 

A stockholder providing written notice required by this Section 1.11 shall update and supplement such notice, and any other information provided to the Corporation, in writing (and such update shall clearly identify the information that has changed since the prior submission), so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (ii) 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the tenth (10th) business day prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. In the case of an update pursuant to clause (i) of the foregoing sentence, such update shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the fifth (5th) business day after the later of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting or the public announcement of such record date, and in the case of an update pursuant to clause (ii) of the foregoing sentence, such update shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date for the meeting, and, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (or, if there are fewer than eight (8) business days between the date for the meeting, or the date of the immediately preceding adjournment or postponement thereof, and the date for the adjourned or postponed meeting, not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the day prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Proposing Person no longer plans to solicit proxies in accordance with its representation pursuant to Section 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii) or the requirements of Rule 14a-19(b)(3), the Record Stockholder shall inform the Corporation of this change by delivering a writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation no later than two (2) business days after the occurrence of such change. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or nomination or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business and/or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of stockholders.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.11 or any other provision of the Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no Public Announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least ten (10) days prior to the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 1.11.1(b), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.11 and that complies with the requirements in this Section 1.11, other than the timing requirements in Section 1.11.1(b), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

 11

 

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.11 or any other provision of the Bylaws to the contrary, any person who a majority of the Whole Board (as defined below) determines, in good faith, violated Section 2.11 of these Bylaws or a Board Confidentiality Policy (as defined below) while serving as a director of the Corporation in the preceding five (5) years shall be ineligible to be nominated to serve as a member of the Board, absent a prior waiver for such nomination approved by two-thirds of the Whole Board.

 

1.11.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders.

 

(a) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof or (2) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the special meeting and at the time of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the requirements set forth in this Section 1.11 in all applicable respects. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, for nominations to be properly brought before such meeting by a stockholder (or a Qualified Representative thereof) pursuant to Section 1.11.2(a)(2) of these Bylaws:

 

(i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation setting forth such information, representations, certifications and agreements required by Section 1.11.1 and provide any updates or supplements to such notice as required by this Section 1.11, in each case, as would be required in the case of stockholder nominations of persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting of stockholders;

 

(ii) each Proposing Person shall have complied with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including, without limitation, the applicable requirements of Rule 14a-19), as such rules and regulations may be amended from time to time by the SEC, including any SEC Staff interpretations relating thereto; and

 

(iii) if a Solicitation Notice has been timely received by the Corporation, the Proposing Person shall promptly (and in any event not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the second (2nd) business day) after such Proposing Person (or any group of which such person is a part) has solicited proxies in support of any proposed nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act (or, in the case of Section 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii)(ii)(b), conducted an exempt solicitation pursuant to Rule 14a-2(b)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act), provide the Corporation with reasonable evidence, which may take the form of a statement and documentation from a proxy solicitor, demonstrating that the requirements of Rule 14a-19 have been satisfied (or, in the case of 1.11.1(b)(Z)(xiii)(ii)(b), reasonable evidence demonstrating that such solicitation was eligible for exemption pursuant to Rule 14a-2(b)(2) promulgated under the Exchange Act).

 

 12

 

 

(b) To be timely, the stockholder’s notice required by Section 1.11.2(a) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) no earlier than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and (ii) no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or the public announcement thereof) of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for providing such notice.

 

1.11.3 General.

 

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a meeting of stockholders and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in this Section 1.11. Except as otherwise required by applicable law or these Bylaws, the Board or, at a meeting of stockholders (but subject to any rules and regulation adopted by, and the supervision of, the Board) the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in this Section 1.11 (including satisfying the information requirements set forth herein with accurate and complete information and complying with all applicable laws, rules and regulations referred to herein) and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, or a Proposing Person does not act in accordance with the representations required in this Section 1.11, to declare that such business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), or that such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination or such business may have been solicited or received by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws, unless otherwise required by applicable law, if any Proposing Person (i) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act with respect to any proposed nominee and (ii) subsequently (x) fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act in accordance with the following sentence or (y) fails to inform the Corporation that they no longer plan to solicit proxies in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act by delivering a written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation within two (2) business days after the occurrence of such change, then the nomination of each such proposed nominee shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of the election of such proposed nominees may have been solicited or received by the Corporation. If any Proposing Person provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act, such Proposing Person shall deliver reasonable evidence sufficient to demonstrate that it has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act, which evidence must be received by the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the fifth (5th) business day prior to the applicable meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, unless otherwise required by law, if the Record Stockholder (or a Qualified Representative of the Record Stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election) and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such vote may have been solicited or received by the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, no stockholder shall solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than the Corporation’s nominees unless such stockholder has complied with Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act in connection with the solicitation of such proxies, including the provision to the Corporation of notices required thereunder in a timely manner.

 

 13

 

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein, and any failure to comply with such requirements shall be deemed a failure to comply with this Section 1.11. Nothing in this Section 1.11 shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 1.11.1(a)(iii)) or (ii) the holders of any series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(c) The Corporation may also, as a condition to any nomination or business being deemed properly brought before a meeting of stockholders, require any stockholder, Proposing Person or any proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, within five (5) business days of any such request, such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including (i) such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (a) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, and (b) whether such proposed nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law or securities exchange rule or regulation and (ii) such other information that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

 

(d) The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at an annual meeting of stockholders or a special meeting of stockholders (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at an annual meeting of stockholders or special meeting of stockholders on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting. A stockholder may not designate any substitute nominees unless the stockholder provides timely notice of such substitute nominee(s) in accordance with Section 1.11.1(b), in the case of an annual meeting, or Section 1.11.2, in the case of a special meeting (and such notice contains all of the information, representations, questionnaires and certifications with respect to such substitute nominee(s) that are required by these Bylaws with respect to nominees for director).

 

 14

 

 

(e) For purposes of this Section 1.11 the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i) “affiliate” and “associate” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided, however, that the term “partner” as used in the definition of “associate” shall not include any limited partner that is not involved in the management of the relevant partnership;

 

(ii) “business day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to be closed in Lewes, Delaware.

 

(iii) “Derivative Instrument” shall mean any derivative interest in the Corporation’s equity securities, including without limitation any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, cash-settled equity swap, total return swap, synthetic equity position or similar derivative arrangement or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether settled in cash or stock or other property or securities;

 

(iv) “Policies” shall mean all publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, stock ownership requirements, confidentiality and training policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors;

 

(v) “Proposing Person” shall mean (1) the Record Stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting or nomination of persons for election to the Board at any stockholder meeting, (2) any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal or nomination is made, and (3) any affiliate of either of the foregoing;

 

(vi) “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

(vii) a “Qualified Representative” of a stockholder shall mean a person who is (i) a duly authorized officer, manager, trustee or partner of such stockholder or (ii) authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as a proxy at the meeting of stockholders, which writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction thereof, must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the fifth (5th) business day prior to the meeting of stockholders; and

 

(viii) “Short Interest” shall mean any short interest in any security of the Corporation that a person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of the subject security or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any borrowing or lending of shares) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such person with respect to any share of stock of the Corporation.

 

Section 1.12 Delivery to the Corporation. Irrespective of Section 116 of the DGCL, whenever this Article I requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation, letter or other document or agreement), such document or information must be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

 15

 

 

Article II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1 Number; Qualifications. The total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be fixed from time to time in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and the term “Whole Board” shall have the meaning specified in the Certificate of Incorporation. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. Each director, and each person nominated for election as a director, must be a citizen of the United States of America.

 

Section 2.2 Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such director’s term expires and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at a later time or upon the happening of an event. Subject to the special rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, directors may be removed only as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. All vacancies occurring in the Board and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 2.3 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places (if any), within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places (if any) thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 2.4 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the members of the Board then in office and may be held at any time, date or place (if any), within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place (if any) of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by or at the direction of the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given personally or by telephone, hand delivery, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission; provided, however, that if, under the circumstances, the person or persons calling a special meeting determine(s), in good faith, that more immediate action is necessary or appropriate, notice may delivered on the day of such special meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

 16

 

 

Section 2.5 Remote Meetings Permitted. Members of the Board, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as applicable, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 2.6 Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by applicable law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes a contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial interest.

 

Section 2.7 Organization. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by (a) the Chairperson of the Board, or (b) in such person’s absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, if a director, or (c) in such person’s absence or if such person is not a director, by a director chosen by the Board at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence, the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 2.8 Unanimous Action by Directors in Lieu of a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as applicable. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 2.9 Powers. The Board may exercise all of the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 2.10 Compensation of Directors. Members of the Board, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.

 

Section 2.11 Confidentiality. Each director (i) shall maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information learned in their capacities as directors, including communications among Board members in their capacities as directors and (ii) shall not share any such information with any third-party person or entity who has not entered into a specific written agreement with the Corporation providing otherwise with respect to such information. The Board may adopt a board confidentiality policy further implementing and interpreting this bylaw (a “Board Confidentiality Policy”). All directors are required to comply with this bylaw and any such Board Confidentiality Policy unless such director has entered into a specific written agreement with the Corporation, in either case as approved by the Board, providing otherwise with respect to such confidential information.

 

 17

 

 

Section 2.12 Emergency Bylaws. This Section 2.12 shall be operative during any emergency condition as contemplated by Section 110 of the DGCL (an “Emergency”), notwithstanding any different or conflicting provisions in these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL. In the event of any Emergency, or other similar emergency condition, the director or directors in attendance at a meeting of the Board or a standing committee thereof shall constitute a quorum. Such director or directors in attendance may further take action to appoint one or more of themselves or other directors to membership on any standing or temporary committees of the Board as they shall deem necessary and appropriate. In the event that no directors are able to attend a meeting of the Board or any committee thereof in an Emergency, then the Designated Officers in attendance shall serve as directors, or committee members, as the case may be, for the meeting and will have full powers to act as directors, or committee members, as the case may be, of the Corporation. Except as the Board may otherwise determine, during any Emergency, the Corporation and its directors and officers, may exercise any authority and take any action or measure contemplated by Section 110 of the DGCL. For purposes of this Section 2.12, the term “Designated Officer” means an officer identified on a numbered list of officers of the Corporation who shall be deemed to be, in the order in which they appear on the list up until a quorum is obtained, directors of the Corporation, or members of a committee of the Board, as the case may be, for purposes of obtaining a quorum during an Emergency, if a quorum of directors or committee members, as the case may be, cannot otherwise be obtained during such Emergency, which list of Designated Officers shall be approved by the Board from time to time but in any event prior to such time or times as an Emergency may have occurred.

 

Article III: COMMITTEES

 

Section 3.1 Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

 18

 

 

Section 3.2 Committee Rules. Each committee shall keep records of its proceedings and make such reports as the Board may from time to time request. Unless the Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, any committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and may delegate to any such subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

Article IV: OFFICERS; CHAIRPERSON

 

Section 4.1 Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer (who may also be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including, without limitation, an Executive Chairman, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Legal and Compliance Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, and one or more Assistant Secretaries, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. All officers shall be elected by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Legal and Compliance Officer, or the Treasurer. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation, death, disqualification or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term and until a successor is duly elected and qualified. The Board may, in its discretion, leave unfilled any offices for such period as it may determine.

 

Section 4.2 Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the control of the Board and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

 

(a) to act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;

 

(b) to affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation;

 

(c) to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation (if any); and

 

(d) subject to the direction of the Board, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

 

 19

 

 

Section 4.3 Chairperson of the Board. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7 of these Bylaws, the Chairperson of the Board shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe. The Chairperson of the Board shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation unless otherwise determined by the Board.

 

Section 4.4 Executive Chairman. The Board shall have the power to designate one individual that is a member of the Board (who may also be the Chairperson of the Board) as the Executive Chairman of the Corporation, who shall be deemed an officer of the Corporation. The Executive Chairman of the Corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board, support the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation in the supervision and direction of certain affairs of the Corporation as may be determined from time to time by the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws.

 

Section 4.5 President. The Board shall have the power to designate one individual as the President and the same or a different individual as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The person holding the office of Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation unless the Board designates another person as the President of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.6 Chief Operating Officer. The Board shall have the power to designate one individual as the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Operating Officer or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.7 Vice President. Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer or President in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s or President’s absence or disability.

 

Section 4.8 Chief Financial Officer. The person holding the office of Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board designates another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer, or as the Board or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

 20

 

 

Section 4.9 Treasurer. The person holding the office of Treasurer shall have custody of all monies and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.10 Chief Legal and Compliance Officer. The Board shall have the power to designate one individual as the Chief Legal and Compliance Officer of the Corporation. The person holding the office of Chief Legal and Compliance Officer shall be the Secretary of the Corporation unless the Board designates another person as the Secretary of the Corporation. The Chief Legal and Compliance Officer (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Legal and Compliance Officer or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.11 Secretary. The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.12 Assistant Secretary. Each Assistant Secretary (if any) shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. In the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s disability or refusal to act, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board, or if no such determination has been made, in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 4.13 Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer of the Corporation to any other officers or agents of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.14 Removal. Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board or any duly authorized agent thereof; provided, that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any officer of the Corporation, then such officer may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

 

 21

 

 

Section 4.15 Division or Other Business Unit Officers. The Board may appoint, or authorize an officer of the Corporation to appoint in writing, officers of a division or other business unit of the Corporation (each, a “Division Officer”). A Division Officer shall not, solely by virtue of such appointment, be an officer of the Corporation, unless elected or appointed as an officer of the Corporation by the Board or pursuant to authority granted by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Division Officer shall be deemed an officer of the Corporation for the purposes of executing and delivering documents on behalf of the Corporation, or for such other specific purposes, if and solely to the extent that such Division Officer is authorized to do so by the Board. Unless otherwise provided in the writing appointing a Division Officer, such person’s term of office shall be for one (1) year and until such person’s successor is appointed and qualified. Any Division Officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board or by the officer, if any, of the Corporation then authorized by the Board to appoint such Division Officer. The Board may prescribe the duties, powers and authority of Division Officers. The Board may also authorize an officer of the Corporation, or a Division Officer, to prescribe in writing the duties, powers and authority of Division Officers.

 

Article V: STOCK

 

Section 5.1 Certificates; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares; provided, however, that the resolution of the Board that the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be certificated shares. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by any two authorized officers of the Corporation, including, without limitation, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Executive Chairman, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer (if any), the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (if any) of the Corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile or electronic signature. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile or electronic signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates or Uncertificated Shares. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

Section 5.3 Other Regulations. Subject to applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, and these Bylaws, the issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares represented by certificates and of uncertificated shares shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

 

 22

 

 

Article VI: INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 6.1 Indemnification of Officers and Directors. Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, investigative, preliminary, formal or informal, or any other type whatsoever, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of the foregoing (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a member of the Board or is or was an officer of the Corporation designated by the Board to be entitled to the indemnification and advancement rights set forth in this Article VI (for purposes of this Article VI, an “officer” of the Corporation) or, while serving in such capacity, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (each, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees’ heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 6.5 of these Bylaws, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or such indemnification is authorized by an agreement approved by the Board.

 

Section 6.2 Advance of Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in a written indemnification agreement between the Corporation and an Indemnitee, the Corporation shall pay all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Indemnitee in defending any Proceeding as they are incurred or otherwise in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the advancement of such expenses (i.e., payment of such expenses as incurred or otherwise in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

 

Section 6.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses to pursuant to this Article VI.

 

 23

 

 

Section 6.4 Indemnification of Others; Additional Rights. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any person who is or was a member of the Board, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.

 

Section 6.5 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. The following shall apply to the extent not in conflict with any indemnification right provided for in Section 6.4 of these Bylaws.

 

6.5.1 Right to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 of these Bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If the Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee also shall be entitled to be paid, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses), it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in applicable law. In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in applicable law.

 

6.5.2 Effect of Determination. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

6.5.3 Burden of Proof. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

 

Section 6.6 Successful Defense. To the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding (or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein), such Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Section 6.6 against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such defense. Indemnification under this Section 6.6 shall not be subject to satisfaction of a standard of conduct, and the Corporation may not assert the failure to satisfy a standard of conduct as a basis to deny indemnification or recover amounts advanced, including in a suit brought pursuant to Section 6.5 of these Bylaws (notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein); provided, however, that, any Indemnitee who is not a current or former member of the Board or officer (as such term is defined in the final sentence of Section 145(c)(1) of the DGCL) shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 6.1 of these Bylaws and this Section 6.6 only if such Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification under Section 145(a) or Section 145(b) of the DGCL.

 

 24

 

 

Section 6.7 Nature of Rights; Amendment or Repeal. The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee’s successors shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

Section 6.8 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any member of the Board, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

Article VII : NOTICES

 

Section 7.1 Notice.

 

7.1.1 Form and Delivery. Except as otherwise specifically required by applicable law, notice may be given in writing directed to a stockholder’s mailing address as it appears on the records of the Corporation and shall be given: (a) if mailed, when notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid; and (b) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address. So long as the Corporation is subject to the SEC’s proxy rules set forth in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, notice shall be given in the manner required by such rules. To the extent permitted by such rules, or if the Corporation is not subject to Regulation 14A, notice may be given by electronic mail directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and if so given, shall be deemed given when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by Section 232(e) of the DGCL. If notice is given by electronic mail, such notice shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 232(a) and 232(d) of the DGCL. Notice may be given by other forms of electronic transmission with the consent of a stockholder in the manner permitted by Section 232(b) of the DGCL and shall be deemed given as provided therein.

 

7.1.2 Affidavit of Giving Notice. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (if any) or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Section 7.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

 25

 

 

Article VIII: MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 8.2 Seal. The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board.

 

Section 8.3 Form of Records. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of any other information storage device, method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases) electronic or otherwise, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and otherwise comply with the DGCL. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.

 

Section 8.4 Reliance Upon Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books and records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.5 Certificate of Incorporation Governs. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

 

Section 8.6 Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 8.7 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used (unless otherwise specified herein), the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Article IX: AMENDMENT

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws, any alteration, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws, and any adoption of new Bylaws, shall require the approval of the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation as expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

* * * * *

 

 26

Exhibit 4.1

 

SEAL J ULY 15, 2024 This certifies that is the record holder of FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK, $0.00001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF S TANDARD N UCLEAR , I NC . transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE CUSIP 853678 10 0 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND LEGENDS COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: EQUINITI TRUST COMPANY, LLC TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights . Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation . KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE . IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE . The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations : Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. TEN COM – as tenants in common TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common COM PROP – as community property UNIF GIFT MIN ACT – ......................... Custodian ......................... (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act .............................................................................. (State) UNIF TRF MIN ACT – ................. Custodian (until age ..................) (Cust) ..................................... under Uniform Transfers (Minor) to Minors Act ............................................................ (State) FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE shares of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney - in - fact to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises. Dated X X NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER. By THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOUL D BE GUARANTEE D BY A N ELIGIBLE GUARAN T O R INSTITUTION, (BANKS, S T OCKBROKERS, S A VINGS AN D LOA N ASSOCI A TIONS AN D CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP I N A N APPROVE D SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLIO N PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S . E . C . RULE 17 A d - 15 . GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLI C ARE NOT ACCEP T ABLE . SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE D A TED . Signature(s) Guaranteed: (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

 

    Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP
    405 Howard Street
    San Francisco, CA 94105
     
    +1 415-773-5700
    orrick.com

 

July 7, 2026

 

Standard Nuclear, Inc.

200 Europia Ave

Oak Ridge, TN 37830

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We are acting as counsel for Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on June 18, 2026 (File No. 333-296922), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Registration Statement relates to the registration of 18,250,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”), par value $0.00001 per share (the “Firm Shares”) and 2,737,500 shares of Common Stock, which may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option (such shares together with the Firm Shares, the “Shares”). We understand that the Shares are to be sold by the Company to the underwriters (the “Underwriters”) for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the Underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

 

In connection with rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined and relied upon originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of instruments, documents, and records which we deemed relevant and necessary for the purpose of rendering our opinion set forth below. In such examination, we have assumed the following: (a) the authenticity of original documents and the genuineness of all signatures, (b) the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, (c) the representations of officers and employees are correct as to questions of fact, (d) the Registration Statement has been declared effective pursuant to the Securities Act and (e) a pricing committee of the board of directors will have taken action necessary to set the sale price of the Shares.

 

Our opinion herein is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

 

 

July 7, 2026

Page 2

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement and the prospectus that forms a part thereof. In giving these consents, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, nor do we thereby admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of such term as used in the Securities Act with respect to any part of the Registration Statement, including this opinion letter as an exhibit or otherwise.

 

Very truly yours,  
   
/s/ ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP  
   
ORRICK, HERRINGTON & SUTCLIFFE LLP  

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

standard nuclear, inc.

 

Indemnification Agreement

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of __________, by and between Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ____________________ (“Indemnitee”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company and Indemnitee recognize the increasing difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for directors, officers and key employees, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance. The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers and key employees to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited. Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to continue to serve in Indemnitee’s current capacity with the Company without additional protection. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, and to indemnify its directors, officers and key employees so as to provide them with the maximum protection permitted by law.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the mutual promises made in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.Indemnification

 

1.1Third-Party Proceedings

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as such may be amended from time to time, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, if Indemnitee was, is or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor), against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

1.2Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, if Indemnitee was, is or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

 

 

 

1.3Success on the Merits

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 1.1 or Section 1.2 or the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Indemnitee is successful on the merits or otherwise as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such successfully resolved claims, issues or matters to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If any Proceeding is disposed of on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Company, (iii) a plea of guilty by Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and (v) with respect to any criminal Proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

 

1.4Witness Expenses

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding.

 

2.Indemnification Procedure

 

2.1Advancement of Expenses

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall advance all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a statement requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Such advances shall be unsecured and interest free and shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be entitled to continue to receive advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 2.1 unless and until the matter of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder has been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it ultimately is determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, which shall constitute the requisite undertaking with respect to repayment of advances made hereunder and no other form of undertaking shall be required to qualify for advances made hereunder other than the execution of this Agreement.

 

2.2Notice and Cooperation by Indemnitee

 

Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Such notice to the Company shall include a description of the nature of, and facts underlying, the Proceeding, shall be directed to (i) the Chief Executive Officer and (ii) the Chief Legal and Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary of the Company and shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.5. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such additional information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request. Indemnitee’s failure to so notify, provide information and otherwise cooperate with the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation that it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Company is adversely affected by such failure.

 

-2-

 

2.3Determination of Entitlement

 

2.3.1Final Disposition

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

2.3.2Determination and Payment

 

Subject to the foregoing, promptly after receipt of a statement requesting payment with respect to the indemnification rights set forth in Section 1, to the extent required by applicable law, the Company shall take the steps necessary to authorize such payment in the manner set forth in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company shall pay any claims made under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification or advancement of Expenses, within sixty (60) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, and if such claim is not paid in full within such sixty (60) day-period, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company in the Delaware Court of Chancery to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 12, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for advancement of Expenses under Section 2.1) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption with clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. In addition, it is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. If any requested determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder has not been made within ninety (90) days after the final disposition of the Proceeding, the requisite determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made.

 

2.4Payment Directions

 

To the extent payments are required to be made hereunder, the Company shall, in accordance with Indemnitee’s request (but without duplication), (i) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (ii) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (iii) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses.

 

-3-

 

2.5Notice to Insurers

 

If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The Company shall provide to Indemnitee: (i) copies of all potentially applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, (ii) a copy of such notice delivered to the applicable insurers, and (iii) copies of all subsequent correspondence between the Company and such insurers regarding the Proceeding, in each case substantially concurrently with the delivery or receipt thereof by the Company.

 

2.6Defense of Claim and Selection of Counsel

 

In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 2.1 hereof to advance Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do, and upon Indemnitee providing signed, written consent to such assumption, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. In addition, if there exists a potential, but not an actual conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee, the actual and reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by Indemnitee for separate counsel retained by Indemnitee to monitor the Proceeding (so that such counsel may assume Indemnitee’s defense if the conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee becomes an actual conflict of interest) shall be deemed to be Expenses that are subject to indemnification hereunder. The existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest, and whether such conflict may be waived, shall be determined pursuant to the rules of attorney professional conduct and applicable law. The Company shall not be required to obtain the consent of Indemnitee for the settlement of any Proceeding the Company has undertaken to defend if the Company assumes full and sole responsibility for each such settlement; provided, however, that the Company shall be required to obtain Indemnitee’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, before entering into any settlement which (1) does not grant Indemnitee a complete release of liability, (2) would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee, or (3) would admit any liability or misconduct by Indemnitee.

 

3.Additional Indemnification Rights

 

3.1Scope

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes shall be deemed to be within the purview of Indemnitee’s rights and the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

 

-4-

 

3.2Nonexclusivity

 

The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Delaware General Corporation Law, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

3.3Third-Party Indemnification

 

The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may from time to time obtain certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more third parties (collectively, the “Third-Party Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees that it and its insurers are the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Third-Party Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), and that the Company will not assert that the Indemnitee must seek expense advancement or reimbursement, or indemnification, from any Third-Party Indemnitor before the Company must perform its expense advancement and reimbursement, and indemnification obligations, under this Agreement. No advancement or payment by the Third-Party Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing. The Third-Party Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery which Indemnitee would have had against the Company if the Third-Party Indemnitors had not advanced or paid any amount to or on behalf of Indemnitee. If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Third-Party Indemnitors are not entitled to the subrogation rights described in the preceding sentence, the Third-Party Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution by the Company to the Third-Party Indemnitors with respect to any advance or payment by the Third-Party Indemnitors to or on behalf of the Indemnitee.

 

4.Partial Indemnification

 

If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a Proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

5.Director and Officer Liability Insurance

 

5.1D&O Policy

 

The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or of the Company’s key employees, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent or subsidiary of the Company.

 

-5-

 

5.2Tail Coverage

 

In the event of a Change of Control or the Company’s becoming insolvent (including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process and the like), the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance (directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise) in respect of Indemnitee, for a period of six years thereafter.

 

6.Severability

 

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

7.Exclusions

 

Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

7.1Claims Initiated by Indemnitee

 

To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings brought to establish, enforce or interpret a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate; provided, however, that the exclusion set forth in the first clause of this subsection shall not be deemed to apply to any investigation initiated or brought by Indemnitee to the extent reasonably necessary or advisable in support of Indemnitee’s defense of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee was, is or is threatened to be made, a party;

 

7.2Lack of Good Faith

 

To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to establish, enforce or interpret a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;

 

7.3Unlawful Payments

 

To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses to the extent it is determined by a final court order or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction, to which all rights of appeal have either lapsed or been exhausted, that such indemnification is unlawful;

 

7.4Certain Conduct

 

To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses on account of Indemnitee’s conduct that is established by a final court order or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction, to which all rights of appeal have either lapsed or been exhausted, as knowingly fraudulent;

 

-6-

 

7.5Insured Claims

 

To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses to the extent such Expenses have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under an insurance policy maintained by the Company; or

 

7.6Certain Exchange Act Claims

 

To indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or any similar successor statute or any similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or under any clawback policy adopted by the Company, including the Company’s Compensation Recovery Policy, to comply with Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act and applicable stock exchange listing requirements, or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent Indemnitee is successful on the merits or otherwise with respect to any such Proceeding, the Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding shall be deemed to be Expenses that are subject to indemnification hereunder.

 

8.Contribution Claims

 

8.1If the indemnification provided in Section 1 is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section 7, then in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

 

8.2Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding Section 8.1, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any Expenses, judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

8.3With respect to a Proceeding brought against directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company (other than Indemnitee), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from any claims for contribution that may be brought by any such directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee, to the same extent Indemnitee would have been entitled to such indemnification under this Agreement if such Proceeding had been brought against Indemnitee.

 

-7-

 

9.No Imputation

 

The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or the Company itself shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any rights under this Agreement.

 

10.Determination of Good Faith

 

For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or the Board of Directors of the Enterprise or any counsel selected by any committee of the Board of Directors of the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, investment banker, compensation consultant, or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or the Board of Directors of the Enterprise or any committee thereof. The provisions of this Section 10 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

11.Defined Terms and Phrases

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

11.1“Beneficial Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof.

 

11.2“Change of Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest of any of the following events:

 

11.2.1Acquisition of Stock by Third Party

 

Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, except to the extent that such ownership existed immediately following the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, unless (1) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (2) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change of Control under Section 11.2.3.

 

11.2.2Change in Board of Directors

 

Individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board.

 

-8-

 

11.2.3Corporate Transaction

 

The effective date of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination: (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors resulting from such Business Combination (including a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of the surviving entity; (2) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 15% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and (3) at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination.

 

11.2.4Liquidation

 

The approval by the Company’s stockholders of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than factoring the Company’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions).

 

11.2.5Other Events

 

There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item or any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

11.3“Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

-9-

 

11.4“Enterprise” means the Company and any other enterprise that Indemnitee was or is serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner (general, limited or otherwise), member (managing or otherwise), trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent.

 

11.5“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

11.6“Expenses” shall include all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including all attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payment under this Agreement (including taxes that may be imposed upon the actual or deemed receipt of payments under this Agreement with respect to the imposition of federal, state, local or foreign taxes), fax transmission charges, secretarial services and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include any of the forgoing expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any costs bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses also shall include any interest, assessment or other charges imposed thereon and costs incurred in preparing statements in support of payment requests hereunder. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

11.7“Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude: (i) the Company; (ii) any direct or indirect majority owned subsidiaries of the Company; (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any direct or indirect majority owned subsidiaries of the Company or of any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company’s stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company (an “Employee Benefit Plan”); and (iv) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an Employee Benefit Plan.

 

11.8“Proceeding” shall include any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by a third party, a government agency, the Company or its Board of Directors or a committee thereof, whether in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative, legislative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by Indemnitee or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner (general, limited or otherwise), member (managing or otherwise), trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

11.9In addition, references to “other enterprise” shall include another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement; references to “include” or “including” shall mean include or including, without limitation; and references to Sections, paragraphs or clauses are to Sections, paragraphs or clauses in this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

-10-

 

12.Attorneys’ Fees

 

In the event that any Proceeding is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such Proceeding were not made in good faith or were frivolous. In the event of a Proceeding instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (including with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

 

13.Miscellaneous

 

13.1Governing Law

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement, and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

13.2Entire Agreement; Binding Effect

 

Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee described in Section 3.2, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions and supersedes any and all previous agreements between them covering the subject matter herein. The indemnification provided under this Agreement applies with respect to events occurring before or after the effective date of this Agreement, and shall continue to apply even after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company in any and all indemnified capacities.

 

13.3Amendments and Waivers

 

No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance.

 

13.4Successors and Assigns

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and assigns. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

-11-

 

13.5Notices

 

Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by email, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail as certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth on the signature page, as subsequently modified by written notice, or if no address is specified on the signature page, at the most recent address set forth in the Company’s books and records.

 

13.6Severability

 

If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

13.7Construction

 

This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

13.8Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Execution of a facsimile or scanned copy will have the same force and effect as execution of an original, and a facsimile or scanned signature will be deemed an original and valid signature.

 

13.9No Employment Rights

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment.

 

13.10Company Position

 

The Company shall be precluded from asserting, in any Proceeding brought for purposes of establishing, enforcing or interpreting any right to indemnification under this Agreement, that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertion to the contrary.

 

13.11Subrogation

 

Subject to Section 3.3, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company to effectively bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-12-

 

The parties have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  the company:
     
  STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.
     
  By:  
    (Signature)
     
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Address:
  200 Europia Ave
  Oak Ridge, TN 37830
  United States

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:    
     
INDEMNITEE:    
     
   
(print name)    
     
   
(Signature)  
     
Address:    
     
     
Email:                 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT OF standard nuclear, inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.

 

Adopted May 9, 2025; Amended June 11, 2025, August 14, 2025, and July 2, 2026

 

2025 STOCK PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this 2025 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants, and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an Option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Restricted Stock may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee.

 

(b) “Affiliate” means (i) an entity other than a Subsidiary which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity and (ii) an entity other than a Subsidiary in which the Company and /or one or more Subsidiaries own a controlling interest.

 

(c) “Applicable Laws” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable U.S. federal or state laws, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations, and the applicable laws, rules or regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Restricted Stock are granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services, as such laws, rules, and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(d) “Award” means any award of an Option or Restricted Stock under the Plan.

 

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f) “California Participant” means a Participant whose Award is issued in reliance on Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

(g) “Cashless Exercise” means a program approved by the Administrator in which payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations or other required deductions may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with Shares subject to the Option, including by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Company) to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of such amount.

 

 

 

 

(h) “Cause” for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist (unless another definition is provided in an applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, employment agreement or other applicable written agreement) if the Participant’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) any material breach by Participant of any material written agreement between Participant and the Company and Participant’s failure to cure such breach within 30 days after receiving written notice thereof; (ii) any failure by Participant to comply with the Company’s material written policies or rules as they may be in effect from time to time; (iii) neglect or persistent unsatisfactory performance of Participant’s duties and Participant’s failure to cure such condition within 30 days after receiving written notice thereof; (iv) Participant’s repeated failure to follow reasonable and lawful instructions from the Board or Chief Executive Officer and Participant’s failure to cure such condition within 30 days after receiving written notice thereof; (v) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime that results in, or is reasonably expected to result in, material harm to the business or reputation of the Company; (vi) Participant’s commission of or participation in an act of fraud against the Company; (vii) Participant’s intentional material damage to the Company’s business, property or reputation; or (viii) Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Participant’s relationship with the Company. For purposes of clarity, a termination without “Cause” does not include any termination that occurs as a result of Participant’s death or disability. The determination as to whether a Participant’s Continuous Service Status has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any Subsidiary, Parent, Affiliate, or any successor thereto, if appropriate.

 

(i) “Change of Control” means (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to an Excluded Entity (as defined below), (ii) a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, limited liability company or other entity other than an Excluded Entity, or (iii) the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of all of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control if its purpose is to (A) change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, (B) create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who hold the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, or (C) obtain funding for the Company in a financing that is approved by the Company’s Board. An “Excluded Entity” means a corporation or other entity of which the holders of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are the direct or indirect holders of voting securities representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all of such corporation’s or other entity’s voting securities outstanding immediately after such transaction.

 

(j) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(k) “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board consisting of 2 or more Directors (or such lesser or greater number of Directors as shall constitute the minimum number permitted by Applicable Laws to establish a committee or sub-committee of the Board) appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

(l) “Common Stock” means the Company’s Class A Common Stock.

 

(m) “Company” means Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

-2-

 

 

(n) “Consultant” means (i) any person or entity, including an advisor but not an Employee, that renders, or has rendered, services to the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate and is compensated for such services, including, without limitation, any person or entity that renders, or has rendered, such services to the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate as an employee of a third-party staffing agency, professional employer organization (PEO), employer of record (EOR), consulting firm or similar entity or arrangement, and (ii) any Director whether compensated for such services or not.

 

(o) “Continuous Service Status” means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of: (i) Company approved sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company, provided that, if an Employee is holding an Incentive Stock Option and such leave exceeds 3 months then, for purposes of Incentive Stock Option status only, such Employee’s service as an Employee shall be deemed terminated on the 1st day following such 3-month period and the Incentive Stock Option shall thereafter automatically become a Nonstatutory Stock Option in accordance with Applicable Laws, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy. Also, Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted or terminated in the case of a transfer between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or their respective successors, or a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee.

 

(p) “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(q) “Disability” means “disability” within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(r) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined pursuant to such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Company in its sole discretion, subject to any requirements of Applicable Laws, including the Code. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such director by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

(s) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(t) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the per share fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the per share closing price for the Shares as reported in The Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

 

(u) “Family Members” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) of the Participant, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Participant) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

-3-

 

 

(v) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to, and which does, in fact, qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(w) “Listed Security” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (or any successor thereto).

 

(x) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that is not intended to, or does not, in fact, qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(y) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(z) “Option Agreement” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

 

(aa) “Option Exchange Program” means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options (i) are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price, Restricted Stock, cash or other property or (ii) are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value.

 

(bb) “Optioned Stock” means Shares that are subject to an Option or that were issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

 

(cc) “Optionee” means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

 

(dd) “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of grant of the Award, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(ee) “Participant” means any holder of one or more Awards or Shares issued pursuant to an Award.

 

(ff) “Plan” means this 2025 Stock Plan.

 

(gg) “Restricted Stock” means Shares acquired pursuant to a right to purchase or receive Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 8 below.

 

-4-

 

 

(hh) “Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

 

(ii) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

 

(jj) “Share” means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 10 below.

 

(kk) “Stock Exchange” means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

 

(ll) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of grant of the Award, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

(mm) “Ten Percent Holder” means a person who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary measured as of an Award’s date of grant.

 

3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 10 below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 11,059,5001 Shares, all of which Shares may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Shares. If an Award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unissued Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, continue to be available under the Plan for issuance pursuant to future Awards. In addition, any Shares which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such Award shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan for issuance pursuant to future Awards. Shares issued under the Plan and later forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest or repurchased by the Company at the original purchase price paid to the Company for the Shares (including, without limitation, upon forfeiture to or repurchase by the Company in connection with the termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status) shall again be available for future grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the provisions of Section 10 below, in no event shall the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Incentive Stock Options exceed the number set forth in the first sentence of this Section 3 plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that again become available for issuance pursuant to the remaining provisions of this Section 3.

 

4. Administration of the Plan.

 

(a) General. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, a Committee appointed by the Board, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers of the Company to make Awards under the Plan to Employees and Consultants (who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act) within parameters specified by the Board.

 

 

1The Board of Directors approved an increase in the total number of authorized shares of Class B Common Stock for issuance under the Plan from 6,059,500 shares to 11,059,500 shares effective as of August 14, 2025 (Initial Closing Date) pursuant to that certain Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors dated August 5, 2025.

 

-5-

 

 

(b) Committee Composition. If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and dissolve a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.

 

(c) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion:

 

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with Section 2(t) above, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

 

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

 

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award;

 

(iv) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) and other related documents used under the Plan;

 

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when Awards may vest and/or be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), the circumstances (if any) when vesting will be accelerated or forfeiture restrictions will be waived, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award, Optioned Stock, or Restricted Stock;

 

(vi) to amend any outstanding Award or agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock, including any amendment adjusting vesting (e.g., in connection with a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company), provided that no amendment shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant without Participant’s consent;

 

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 7(c)(iii) below instead of Common Stock;

 

(viii) subject to Applicable Laws, to implement an Option Exchange Program and establish the terms and conditions of such Option Exchange Program without consent of the holders of capital stock of the Company, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant shall be made without Participant’s consent;

 

(ix) to approve addenda pursuant to Section 18 below or to grant Awards to, or to modify the terms of, any outstanding Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or any agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock held by Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States with such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom which deviate from the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan to the extent necessary or appropriate to accommodate such differences; and

 

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan, any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, and any agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants.

 

-6-

 

 

(d) Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Laws, each member of the Committee (including officers of the Company, if applicable), or of the Board, as applicable, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by them in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which they may be a party or in which they may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Award except for actions taken in bad faith or failures to act in good faith, and (ii) any and all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by them in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against them, provided that such member shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend any such claim, action, suit or proceeding before they undertake to handle and defend it on their own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any other power that the Company may have to indemnify or hold harmless each such person.

 

5. Eligibility.

 

(a) Recipients of Grants. Nonstatutory Stock Options and Restricted Stock may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

 

(b) Type of Option. Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation. Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b) above, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which options designated as incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess options shall be treated as nonstatutory stock options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), incentive stock options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an incentive stock option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such option.

 

(d) No Employment Rights. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any Employee or Consultant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company (any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate), nor shall it interfere in any way with such Employee’s or Consultant’s right or the Company’s (Parent’s, Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s) right to terminate their employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board and shall continue in effect for a term of 10 years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 below.

 

-7-

 

 

7. Options.

 

(a) Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be 5 years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

(b) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

(i) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

a. granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

 

b. granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant;

 

(2) Except as provided in subsection (3) below, in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option the per Share exercise price shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, provided that, if the per Share exercise price is less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, it shall otherwise comply with all Applicable Laws, including Section 409A of the Code; and

 

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

(ii) Permissible Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3)  to the extent permitted under, and in accordance with, Applicable Laws, delivery of a promissory note with such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate (subject to the provisions of Section 152 of the Delaware General Corporation Law); (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other previously owned Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised; (6) a Cashless Exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment permitted under Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

 

-8-

 

 

(c) Exercise of Option.

 

(i) General.

 

(1) Exercisability. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the terms of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company, and Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, and/or the Optionee.

 

(2) Leave of Absence. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine at any time whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall continue during any paid leave and shall be tolled during any unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon an Optionee’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle them to protection upon such return under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended), Optionee shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Optionee continued to provide services to the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, if applicable) throughout the leave on the same terms as Optionee was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

 

(3) Minimum Exercise Requirements. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

 

(4) Procedures for and Results of Exercise. An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been received by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised and has paid, or made arrangements to satisfy, any applicable taxes, withholding, required deductions or other required payments in accordance with Section 9 below. The exercise of an Option shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(5) Rights as Holder of Capital Stock. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a holder of capital stock shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock is issued, except as provided in Section 10 below.

 

(ii) Termination of Continuous Service Status. The Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. To the extent that an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(1) General Provisions. If the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified below, the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to this Section 7).

 

-9-

 

 

(2) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause. In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in the subsections (3) through (5) below, such Optionee may exercise any outstanding Option at any time within 3 months following such termination to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock.

 

(3) Disability of Optionee. In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s Disability, such Optionee may exercise any outstanding Option at any time within 12 months following such termination to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock.

 

(4) Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of any outstanding Option, or within 3 months following termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by any beneficiaries designated in accordance with Section 16 below, or if there are no such beneficiaries, by the Optionee’s estate, or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, at any time within 12 months following the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated, but only to the extent the Optionee is vested in the Optioned Stock.

 

(5) Termination for Cause. In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any outstanding Option (including any vested portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause. If an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status will be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period. Nothing in this Section 7(c)(ii)(5) shall in any way limit the Company’s right to purchase unvested Shares issued upon exercise of an Option as set forth in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(iii) Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

 

8. Restricted Stock.

 

(a) Rights to Purchase. When a right to purchase or receive Restricted Stock is granted under the Plan, the Company shall advise the recipient in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, if any (which shall be as determined by the Administrator, subject to Applicable Laws, including any applicable securities laws), and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The permissible consideration for Restricted Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be the same as is set forth in Section 7(b)(ii) above with respect to exercise of Options. The offer to purchase Shares shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

 

-10-

 

 

(b) Repurchase Option.

 

(i) General. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (including death or Disability) at a purchase price for Shares equal to the original purchase price paid by the purchaser to the Company for such Shares and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

 

(ii) Leave of Absence. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine at any time whether and to what extent the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall be tolled during any leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, such lapsing shall continue during any paid leave and shall be tolled during any unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of military leave, the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle Participant to protection upon such return under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended), Participant shall be given vesting credit with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company (or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, if applicable) throughout the leave on the same terms as Participant was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

 

(c) Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

(d) Rights as a Holder of Capital Stock. Once the Restricted Stock is purchased, the Participant shall have the rights equivalent to those of a holder of capital stock, and shall be a record holder when Participant’s purchase and the issuance of the Shares is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Restricted Stock is purchased, except as provided in Section 10 below.

 

9. Taxes.

 

(a) As a condition of the grant, vesting and exercise of an Award, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death or a permitted transferee, the person holding or exercising the Award) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax, withholding, and any other required deductions or payments that may arise in connection with such Award. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

(b) The Administrator may, to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws, permit a Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death or a permitted transferee, the person holding or exercising the Award) to satisfy all or part of Participant’s tax, withholding, or any other required deductions or payments by Cashless Exercise or by surrendering Shares (either directly or by stock attestation) that Participant previously acquired; provided that, unless specifically permitted by the Company, any such Cashless Exercise must be an approved broker-assisted Cashless Exercise or the Shares withheld in the Cashless Exercise must be limited to avoid financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance and any such surrendered Shares must have been previously held for any minimum duration required to avoid financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance. Any payment of taxes by surrendering Shares to the Company may be subject to restrictions, including, but not limited to, any restrictions required by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-11-

 

 

10. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions.

 

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the holders of capital stock of the Company, (i) the numbers and class of Shares or other stock or securities: (x) available for future Awards under Section 3 above and (y) covered by each outstanding Award, (ii) the exercise price per Share of each such outstanding Option, and (iii) any repurchase price per Share applicable to Shares issued pursuant to any Award, shall be automatically proportionately adjusted in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, consolidation, reclassification of the Shares or subdivision of the Shares. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend with respect to the Shares payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value, a recapitalization (including a recapitalization through a large nonrecurring cash dividend), a rights offering, a reorganization, merger, a spin-off, split-up, change in corporate structure or a similar occurrence, the Administrator shall make appropriate adjustments, in its discretion, in one or more of (i) the numbers and class of Shares or other stock or securities: (x) available for future Awards under Section 3 above and (y) covered by each outstanding Award, (ii) the exercise price per Share of each outstanding Option and (iii) any repurchase price per Share applicable to Shares issued pursuant to any Award, and any such adjustment by the Administrator shall be made in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award. If, by reason of a transaction described in this Section 10(a) or an adjustment pursuant to this Section 10(a), a Participant’s Award agreement or agreement related to any Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock covers additional or different shares of stock or securities, then such additional or different shares, and the Award agreement or agreement related to the Optioned Stock or Restricted Stock in respect thereof, shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Award, Optioned Stock and Restricted Stock prior to such adjustment.

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

(c) Corporate Transactions. In the event of (i) a transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, or (iii) the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (a “Corporate Transaction”), each outstanding Award (vested or unvested) will be treated as the Administrator determines, which determination may be made without the consent of any Participant and need not treat all outstanding Awards (or portion thereof) in an identical manner. Such determination, without the consent of any Participant, may provide (without limitation) for one or more of the following in the event of a Corporate Transaction: (A) the continuation of such outstanding Awards by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation); (B) the assumption of such outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (C) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options or equity awards for such Awards; (D) the cancellation of such Awards in exchange for a payment to the Participants equal to the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Awards as of the closing date of such Corporate Transaction over (2) the exercise price or purchase price paid or to be paid for the Shares subject to the Awards; or (E) the cancellation of any outstanding Options or an outstanding right to purchase Restricted Stock, in either case, for no consideration. Notwithstanding anything under this Plan, any Award agreement or otherwise, any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions agreed to pursuant to, or in connection with, a Corporate Transaction shall, unless otherwise determined by the Board, apply to any payment or other right a Participant may be entitled to under this Plan, if any, to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply generally to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock with respect to the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, including (without limitation), Section 409A of the Code.

 

-12-

 

 

11. Non-Transferability of Awards.

 

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 11, Awards (or any rights related to such Awards) may not be sold, pledged, encumbered, assigned, hypothecated, or disposed of or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by a Participant will not constitute a transfer. An Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of the Option, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 11.

 

(b) Limited Transferability Rights. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 11, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that any Nonstatutory Stock Options may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift to Family Members. Further, beginning with (i) the period when the Company begins to rely on the exemption described in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and (ii) ending on the earlier of (A) the date when the Company ceases to rely on such exemption, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, or (B) the date when the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are Family Members through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Board, in its sole discretion, may permit transfers of Nonstatutory Stock Options to the Company or in connection with a Change of Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

 

12. Non-Transferability of Stock Underlying Awards.

 

(a) General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Participant or other stockholder shall Transfer (as such term is defined below) any Shares (or any rights related to or interests in such Shares) acquired pursuant to any Award (including, without limitation, Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option) to any person or entity unless such Transfer is approved by the Company prior to such Transfer, which approval may be granted or withheld in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion. “Transfer” shall mean, with respect to any security, the direct or indirect assignment, sale, transfer, tender, pledge, hypothecation, or the grant, creation or suffrage of a lien or encumbrance in or upon, or the gift, placement in trust, or the Constructive Sale (as such term is defined below) or other disposition of such security (including transfer by testamentary or intestate succession, merger or otherwise by operation of law) or any right, title or interest therein (including, but not limited to, any right or power to vote to which the holder thereof may be entitled, whether such right or power is granted by proxy or otherwise), or the record or beneficial ownership thereof, the offer to make such a sale, transfer, Constructive Sale or other disposition, and each agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing, to effect any of the foregoing. “Constructive Sale” shall mean, with respect to any security, a short sale with respect to such security, entering into or acquiring an offsetting derivative contract with respect to such security, entering into or acquiring a futures or forward contract to deliver such security, or entering into any other hedging or other derivative transaction that has the effect of materially changing the economic benefits and risks of ownership. Any purported Transfer effected in violation of this Section 12 shall be null and void and shall have no force or effect and the Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of the Plan or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

(b) Approval Process. Any Participant or stockholder seeking the approval of the Company to Transfer some or all of its Shares shall give written notice thereof to the Secretary of the Company that shall include: (1) the name of the stockholder; (2) the proposed transferee; (3) the number of shares of the Transfer of which approval is thereby requested; and (4) the purchase price, if any, of the shares proposed for Transfer. The Company may require the Participant to supplement its notice with such additional information as the Company may request or as may otherwise be required by the applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or other applicable written agreement. In addition such request for Transfer shall be subject to such right of first refusal, transfer provisions and any other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or other applicable written agreement.

 

-13-

 

 

13. Time of Granting Awards. The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator.

 

14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan, but no amendment or termination shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant under any outstanding Award, without Participant’s consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain the approval of holders of capital stock with respect to any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

 

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of any Option or purchase of any Restricted Stock, the Company may require the person exercising the Option or purchasing the Restricted Stock to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or purchase that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is advisable or required by Applicable Laws. Shares issued upon exercise of Options or purchase of Restricted Stock prior to the date, if ever, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

16. Beneficiaries. If permitted by the Company, a Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries with respect to an Award by timely filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Participant’s death. Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, if no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then after a Participant’s death any vested Award(s) shall be transferred or distributed to the Participant’s estate or to any person who has the right to acquire the Award by bequest or inheritance.

 

17. Approval of Holders of Capital Stock. If required by Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the holders of capital stock of the Company within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted or, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, any date the Plan is amended. Such approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

18. Addenda. The Administrator may approve such addenda to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for the purpose of granting Awards to Employees or Consultants, which Awards may contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom, which may deviate from the terms and conditions set forth in this Plan. The terms of any such addenda shall supersede the terms of the Plan to the extent necessary to accommodate such differences but shall not otherwise affect the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose.

 

19. Information to Holders of Options. In the event the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) under the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company may request that holders of Options agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this Section confidential. If the holder does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this Section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) of the Exchange Act.

 

-14-

 

 

ADDENDUM A

 

2025 Stock Plan

 

(California Participants)

 

Prior to the date, if ever, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and/or the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the terms set forth herein shall apply to Awards issued to California Participants. All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

1. The following rules shall apply to any Option in the event of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service Status:

 

(a) If such termination was for reasons other than death, “Permanent Disability” (as defined below), or Cause, the Participant shall have at least 30 days after the date of such termination to exercise Participant’s Option to the extent the Participant is entitled to exercise on Participant’s termination date, provided that in no event shall the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

(b) If such termination was due to death or Permanent Disability, the Participant shall have at least 6 months after the date of such termination to exercise Participant’s Option to the extent the Participant is entitled to exercise on Participant’s termination date, provided that in no event shall the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

“Permanent Disability” for purposes of this Addendum shall mean the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

 

2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10(a) of the Plan, the Administrator shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

3. Notwithstanding anything stated herein to the contrary, no Option shall be exercisable on or after the 10th anniversary of the date of grant and any Award agreement shall terminate on or before the 10th anniversary of the date of grant.

 

4. The Company shall furnish summary financial information (audited or unaudited) of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, consistent with the requirements of Applicable Laws, at least annually to each California Participant during the period such Participant has one or more Awards outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Participant owns such Shares; provided, however, the Company shall not be required to provide such information if (i) the issuance is limited to key persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information or (ii) the Plan or any agreement complies with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that for purposes of determining such compliance, any registered domestic partner shall be considered a “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701.

 

-15-

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

STANDARD NUCLEAR, Inc.

 

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are (a) to attract and retain the best available personnel to ensure the Company’s success and accomplish the Company’s goals; (b) to incentivize Employees, Directors and Independent Contractors with long-term equity-based compensation to align their interests with the Company’s stockholders; and (c) to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, and Stock Bonuses.

 

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or the Committee that will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b) “Affiliate” means a Parent, a Subsidiary or any corporation or other entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

 

(c) “Applicable Laws” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable U.S. federal or state laws, rules and regulations, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services to the Company or any Affiliate, as such laws, rules and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(d) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Stock Bonuses.

 

(e) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g) “Cause” means, with respect to the termination of a Participant’s status as a Service Provider, except as otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, (i) in the case where there is no employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import) or where it only applies upon the occurrence of a change in control and one has not yet taken place): (A) any material breach by Participant of any material written agreement between Participant and the Company; (B) any failure by Participant to comply with the Company’s material written policies or rules as they may be in effect from time to time; (C) neglect or persistent unsatisfactory performance of Participant’s duties; (D) Participant’s repeated failure to follow reasonable and lawful instructions from the Board or Chief Executive Officer; (E) Participant’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony or crime that results in, or is reasonably expected to result in, a material adverse effect on the business or reputation of the Company; (F) Participant’s commission of or participation in an act of fraud against the Company; (G) Participant’s commission of or participation in an act that results in material damage to the Company’s business, property or reputation; or (H) Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Participant owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his or her relationship with the Company; or (ii) in the case where there is an employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter. For purposes of clarity, a termination without “Cause” does not include any termination that occurs solely as a result of Participant’s death or Disability. The determination as to whether a Participant’s status as a Service Provider for purposes of the Plan has been terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability (or that of any Affiliate or any successor thereto, as appropriate) to terminate a Participant’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, subject to Applicable Laws.

 

 

 

 

(h) “Change in Control” except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement or other applicable agreement, means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization cease to directly or indirectly own immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization at least a majority of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s securities outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization;

 

(ii) The consummation of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than (A) to a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, (B) to a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Common Stock of the Company or (C) to a continuing or surviving entity described in Section 2(h)(i) above in connection with a merger, consolidation or reorganization which does not result in a Change in Control under Section 2(h)(i));

 

(iii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or

 

(iv) The consummation of any transaction as a result of which any Person becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities. For purposes of this Section 2(h), the term “Person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude:

 

(A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or an Affiliate;

 

(B) a corporation or other entity owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Common Stock of the Company;

 

(C) the Company; and

 

(D) a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of its combined voting power is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

 

A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transactions. In addition, if any Person (as defined above) is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered to cause a Change in Control. If required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

 

(i) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

(j) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(k) “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

 

-2-

 

(l) “Company” means Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

(m) “Determination Date” means any time when the achievement of the Performance Goals associated with the applicable Performance Period remains substantially uncertain; provided, however, that without limiting the foregoing, that if the Determination Date occurs on or before the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, the achievement of such Performance Goals shall be deemed to be substantially uncertain.

 

(n) “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(o) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code in the case of Incentive Stock Options, and for all other Awards, means as determined pursuant to the terms of the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or as defined by the Social Security Administration; provided however, that if the Participant resides outside of the United States, “Disability” shall have such meaning as is required by Applicable Laws.

 

(p) “Effective Date” means the effective date of the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

(q) “Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(r) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(s) “Exchange Program” means a program under which outstanding Awards are amended to provide for a lower exercise price or surrendered or cancelled in exchange for (i) Awards with a lower exercise price, (ii) a different type of Award or awards under a different equity incentive plan, (iii) cash, or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and/or (iii). Notwithstanding the preceding, the term Exchange Program does not include (A) any action described in Section 15 of the Plan or any action taken in connection with a Change in Control transaction nor (B) any transfer or other disposition permitted under Section 14 of the Plan. For the purpose of clarity, each of the actions described in the prior sentence (none of which constitutes an Exchange Program) may be undertaken or authorized by the Administrator in its sole discretion without approval by the Company’s stockholders.

 

(t) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a Share of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in such source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low ask prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in such source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator in compliance with Applicable Laws and in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(u) “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

(v) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

-3-

 

(w) “Independent Contractor” means any person, including an advisor, consultant or agent, engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render services to such entity or who renders, or has rendered, services to the Company or any Affiliate and is compensated for such services.

 

(x) “Inside Director” means a Director who is an Employee.

 

(y) “Insider” means an Officer or Director or any other person whose transactions in Common Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(z) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(aa) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(bb) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(cc) “Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

(dd) “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(ee) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(ff) “Performance Goal” means a formula or standard determined by the Administrator with respect to each Performance Period based on one or more of the following criteria and any adjustment(s) thereto established by the Administrator: (1) sales or non-sales revenue; (2) return on revenue; (3) operating income; (4) income or earnings including operating income; (5) income or earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; (6) income or earnings from continuing operations; (7) net income; (8) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (9) net income excluding amortization of intangible assets, depreciation and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and/or excluding charges attributable to the adoption of new accounting pronouncements; (10) raising of financing or fundraising; (11) project financing; (12) revenue backlog; (13) gross margin; (14) operating margin or profit margin; (15) capital expenditures, cost targets, reductions and savings and expense management; (16) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on stockholder equity; (17) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (18) performance warranty and/or guarantee claims; (19) stock price or total stockholder return; (20) earnings or book value per share (basic or diluted); (21) economic value created; (22) pre-tax profit or after-tax profit; (23) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration or market share, completion of strategic agreements such as licenses, joint ventures, acquisitions, and the like, geographic business expansion, objective customer satisfaction or information technology goals, intellectual property asset metrics; (24) objective goals relating to divestitures, joint ventures, mergers, acquisitions and similar transactions; (25) objective goals relating to staff management, results from staff attitude and/or opinion surveys, staff satisfaction scores, compliance, headcount, performance management, completion of critical staff training initiatives; (26) objective goals relating to projects, including project completion, timing and/or achievement of milestones, project budget, technical progress against work plans; and (27) enterprise resource planning; and (28) any other metric that is capable of measurement or evaluation as determined by the Administrator. Awards issued to Participants may take into account other criteria (including subjective criteria). Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant, Performance Period to Performance Period and from Award to Award. Any criteria used may be measured, as applicable, (i) in absolute terms, (ii) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, any increase (or decrease) over the passage of time and/or any measurement against other companies or financial or business or stock index metrics particular to the Company), (iii) on a per share and/or share per capita basis, (iv) against the performance of the Company as a whole or against any Affiliate(s), or a particular segment(s), a business unit(s) or a product(s) of the Company or individual project company, (v) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis, (vi) on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis, and/or (vii) using an actual foreign exchange rate or on a foreign exchange neutral basis.

 

-4-

 

(gg) “Performance Period” means the time period during which the Performance Goals or other vesting provisions must be satisfied for Awards. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

(hh) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock is subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(ii) “Plan” means this 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(jj) “Prior Plan” means the Company’s 2025 Stock Plan.

 

(kk) “Prior Plan Awards” means awards or Shares issued under the Prior Plan.

 

(ll) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under Section 7 of the Plan.

 

(mm) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(nn) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

 

(oo) “Section 16(b)” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

(pp) “Section 409A of the Code” means Section 409A of the Code and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

 

(qq) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Independent Contractor.

 

(rr) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

 

(ss) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(tt) “Stock Bonus” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

 

(uu) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

(vv) “Tax-Related Items” means any or all applicable national, local or other income tax, social insurance or other social contributions, national insurance, social security, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account, withholding, required deductions or payments or other tax-related items.

 

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 15, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 18,125,474 new Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the provisions of Section 15 below, in no event shall the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to Incentive Stock Options exceed the number set forth in this Section 3(a) plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that again become available for issuance pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

 

-5-

 

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase. The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2027 Fiscal Year and ending on (and including) the first day of the 2036 Fiscal Year, in each case, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the outstanding shares of Company common stock (including, for the avoidance of doubt, both Class A and Class B) on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year (calculated on a fully-diluted and as-converted basis), (ii) the number of Shares initially reserved for issuance under the Plan pursuant to the first sentence of Section 3(a) above and (iii) such smaller number of Shares determined by the Board.

 

(c) Lapsed Awards. To the extent an Award or Prior Plan Award should expire or be forfeited or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unissued Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, continue to be available under the Plan for issuance pursuant to future Awards. In addition, any Shares which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an Award or Prior Plan Award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such Award or Prior Plan Award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such Award or Prior Plan Award shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan for issuance pursuant to future Awards. Shares issued under the Plan or any Prior Plan Award and later forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest or repurchased by the Company at the original purchase price paid to the Company for the Shares (including, without limitation, upon forfeiture to or repurchase by the Company in connection with a Participant ceasing to be a Service Provider) shall again be available for future grant under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan or Prior Plan Award is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(d) Assumption or Substitution of Awards by the Company. The Administrator, from time to time, may determine to substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition, merger or consolidation of such other company or otherwise, by either: (i) assuming such award under this Plan or (ii) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award. Such assumption or substitution will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Administrator elects to assume an award granted by another company, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the purchase price or the exercise price, as the case may be, and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Award will be adjusted appropriately. In the event the Administrator elects to grant a new Option in substitution rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted exercise price. Any awards that are assumed or substituted under this Plan shall not reduce the number of Shares authorized for grant under the Plan or authorized for grant to a Participant in any Fiscal Year.

 

4. Administration of the Plan.

 

(a) Procedure.

 

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii) Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

 

(iii) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee.

 

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with Section 2(t)(iii) of the Plan;

 

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

-6-

 

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder; such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on Performance Goals), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program; provided however, that the Administrator shall not implement an Exchange Program without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Shares that are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders;

 

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

 

(viii) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;

 

(ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations established for the purpose of satisfying non-U.S. Applicable Laws, for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable non-U.S. Applicable Laws or facilitating compliance with non-U.S. Applicable Laws (sub-plans may be created for any of these purposes);

 

(x) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 22 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards, to accelerate vesting and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

 

(xi) adjust Performance Goals to take into account changes in Applicable Laws or in accounting or tax rules, or such other extraordinary, unforeseeable, nonrecurring or infrequently occurring events or circumstances as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to avoid windfalls or hardships;

 

(xii) to allow Participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 16 of the Plan;

 

(xiii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xiv) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

 

(xv) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant to the Company for review. Any Officer of the Company, including but not limited to Insiders, shall have the authority to review and resolve disputes with respect to Awards held by Participants who are not Insiders, and such resolution shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant. Only a Committee comprised of two or more “non-employee directors” of the Board (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act) shall have the authority to review and resolve disputes with respect to Awards held by Participants who are Insiders, and such resolution shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant.

 

-7-

 

(d) Delegation. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board or Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or any part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more Directors or officers of the Company who may be (but are not required to be) Insiders (each, a “Delegate”) to (i) designate Employees who are not Insiders to be recipients of Awards, (ii) determine the number of Shares to be subject to such Awards granted to such designated Employees, and (iii) take any and all actions on behalf of the Board or Committee other than any actions that affect the amount or form of compensation of Insiders or have material tax, accounting, financial, human resource or legal consequences to the Company or its Affiliates; provided, however, that the Board or Committee resolutions regarding any delegation with respect to (i) and (ii) will specify the total number of Shares that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Delegate and that such Delegate may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Any Awards will be granted on the form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Board or Committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority.

 

(e) Administration of Awards Subject to Performance Goals. The Administrator will, in its sole discretion, determine the Performance Goals, if any, applicable to any Award (including any adjustment(s) thereto that will be applied in determining the achievement of such Performance Goals) on or prior to the Determination Date. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from Award to Award. The Administrator shall determine and approve the extent to which such Performance Goals have been timely achieved and the extent to which the Shares subject to such Award have thereby been earned.

 

(f) Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Awards granted to Participants who are Insiders must be approved by two or more “non-employee directors” of the Board (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act).

 

(g) Limitation of Liability. Each person who is or has been a member of the Administrator and each employee of the Company or an Affiliate who is a Delegate shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against him or her, provided such loss, cost, liability or expense is not attributable to such person’s willful misconduct. Any person seeking indemnification under this provision shall give the Company prompt notice of any claim and shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before the person undertakes to handle and defend such claim on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled, including under the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Restated Bylaws, as a matter of Applicable Laws, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

5. Award Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Bonuses may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Eligibility for Incentive Stock Options is limited to individuals described in the first sentence of this Section 5 who are Employees of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code.

 

6. Stock Options.

 

(a) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliate) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the date the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. With respect to the Administrator’s authority in Section 4(b)(x) of the Plan, if, at the time of any such extension, the exercise price per Share of the Option is less than the Fair Market Value of a Share, the extension shall, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, be limited to the earlier of (i) the maximum term of the Option as set by its original terms, or (ii) ten (10) years from the grant date. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any extension of the term of an Option pursuant to this Section 6(a) shall comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent necessary to avoid taxation thereunder.

 

-8-

 

(b) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms.

 

(i) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

 

(A) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(1) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(2) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(ii) Vesting and Exercisability. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may vest and/or be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may vest and/or be exercised. An Option will vest and/or become exercisable at such times and upon such terms as are determined by the Administrator, which may include upon the completion of a specified period of service with the Company or an Affiliate and/or be based upon the achievement of Performance Goals during a Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. If an Option vests and/or becomes exercisable based upon the satisfaction of Performance Goals, then the Administrator will: (A) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (B) select the Performance Goals to be used to measure the performance; and (C) determine what additional conditions, if any, should apply.

 

(iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration for both types of Options may consist entirely of: (A) cash; (B) check; (C) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; (D) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (E) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (F) by net exercise; (G) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (H) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

(d) Exercise of Option.

 

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

-9-

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (a) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (b) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with full payment of any applicable taxes or other amounts required to be withheld or deducted with respect to the Option). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

 

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death, Disability or Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the Option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(v) Termination for Cause. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of being terminated for Cause, any outstanding Option (including any vested portion thereof) held by such Participant shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon the Participant being first notified of his or her termination for Cause and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the date of such notification. All the Participant’s rights under any Option, including the right to exercise the Option, may be suspended pending an investigation of whether Participant will be terminated for Cause.

 

7. Restricted Stock.

 

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-10-

 

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the Period of Restriction has lapsed. The Period of Restriction will lapse at such times and upon such terms as are determined by the Administrator, which may include upon the completion of a specified period of service with the Company or an Affiliate and/or be based upon the achievement of Performance Goals during a Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. If the Period of Restriction will lapse upon the satisfaction of Performance Goals, then the Administrator will: (i) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (ii) select the Performance Goals to be used to measure the performance; and (iii) determine what additional conditions, if any, should apply.

 

(c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions, including, without limitation, restrictions on transferability and forfeitability, as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. During the Period of Restriction, such dividends or other distributions shall be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the dividends accrue and shall not be paid or distributed unless and until such related Shares have vested and been earned.

 

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will be cancelled and returned as unissued Shares to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

8. Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions (if any) related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set the vesting criteria and other terms of the Restricted Stock Units in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the vesting criteria and other terms are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. A Restricted Stock Unit Award will vest at such times and upon such terms as are determined by the Administrator, which may include upon the completion of a specified period of service with the Company or an Affiliate and/or be based upon the achievement of Performance Goals during a Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. If Restricted Stock Units vest based upon the satisfaction of Performance Goals, then the Administrator will: (i) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (ii) select the Performance Goals to be used to measure the performance; and (iii) determine what additional conditions, if any, should apply.

 

-11-

 

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria and other conditions, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria or other conditions that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d) Dividend Equivalents. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, award dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock Units that may be settled in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The Administrator may provide that such dividend equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or at a later specified date and, if distributed at a later date, may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares, Awards, or other investment vehicles or accrued in a bookkeeping account without interest, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Administrator may specify. Absent a contrary provision in an Award Agreement, such dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same terms, restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the dividends accrue and shall not be paid or settled unless and until the related Restricted Stock Units have vested and been earned. To the extent applicable, any such dividend equivalents will comply with Section 409A of the Code or other similar Applicable Law.

 

(e) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made upon the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

(f) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all Shares underlying any unvested or unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company for future issuance.

 

9. Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

 

(c) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(d) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. Other than the per Share exercise price, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of vesting and/or exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. A Stock Appreciation Right will vest and/or become exercisable at such times and upon such terms as are determined by the Administrator, which may include upon the completion of a specified period of service with the Company or an Affiliate and/or be based upon the achievement of Performance Goals during a Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. If a Stock Appreciation Right vests and/or becomes exercisable based upon on the satisfaction of Performance Goals, then the Administrator will: (i) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (ii) select the Performance Goals to be used to measure the performance; and (iii) determine what additional conditions, if any, should apply.

 

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) of the Plan relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) of the Plan relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

-12-

 

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

 

10. Stock Bonuses.

 

(a) Awards of Stock Bonuses. A Stock Bonus is an Award of Shares to an eligible person without a purchase price that is not subject to any restrictions. All Stock Bonuses may but are not required to be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.

 

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant under a Stock Bonus and any other terms applicable to such Stock Bonus.

 

(c) Form of Payment to Participant. Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole Shares, or a combination thereof, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Stock Bonus on the date of payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

11. Outside Director Limitations. Stock awards granted during a single Fiscal Year under the Plan or otherwise, taken together with any cash fees paid during such Fiscal Year for services on the Board, shall not exceed (a) $1,000,000 in total value for any Outside Director serving in his or her first year of service as an Outside Director and (b) $500,000 in total value for any other Outside Director (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes). Such applicable limit shall include the value of any stock awards that are received in lieu of all or a portion of any annual committee cash retainers or other similar cash-based payments. Stock awards granted to an individual while he or she was serving in the capacity as an Employee or while he or she was an Independent Contractor but not an Outside Director will not count for purposes of the limitations set forth in this Section 11.

 

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine at any time whether and to what extent the vesting of Awards shall be suspended during any leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Awards shall continue during any paid leave and shall be suspended during any unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws). A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (a) any leave of absence approved by the Participant’s employer or (b) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company or any Affiliate. If an Employee is holding an Incentive Stock Option and such leave exceeds three (3) months then, for purposes of Incentive Stock Option status only, such Employee’s service as an Employee shall be deemed terminated on the first (1st) day following such three (3) month period and the Incentive Stock Option shall thereafter automatically treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in accordance with Applicable Laws, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to a written Company policy.

 

13. Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company or any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from full-time to part-time or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may, subject to Applicable Laws, (a) make a corresponding reduction in the number of Shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest, become exercisable and/or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (b) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting, exercise or payout schedule applicable to such Award (in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, as applicable). In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced.

 

-13-

 

14. Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. The designation of a beneficiary or the transfer to the beneficiary in accordance with Section 26 of the Plan will not constitute a transfer for purposes of this Section 14. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate provided, however, that in no event may any Award be transferred for consideration to a third-party financial institution.

 

15. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

 

(a) Adjustments. In the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, consolidation, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization (including a recapitalization through a large nonrecurring cash dividend) or reclassification of the Shares, subdivision of the Shares, a rights offering, a reorganization, merger, spin-off, split-up, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or other significant corporate transaction, or other change affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution, diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number, kind and class of securities that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, kind and price of securities covered by each outstanding Award, and the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto). Notwithstanding the forgoing, all adjustments under this Section 15 shall be made in a manner that does not result in taxation under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed winding up, dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised or settled, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of (i) a transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, (iii) the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, or (iv) a Change in Control (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), each outstanding Award (vested or unvested) will be treated as the Administrator determines, which determination may be made without the consent of any Participant and need not treat all outstanding Awards (or portion thereof) in an identical manner. Such determination, without the consent of any Participant, may provide (without limitation) for one or more of the following in the event of a Corporate Transaction: (A) the continuation of such outstanding Awards by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation); (B) the assumption of such outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (C) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new awards for such outstanding Awards; (D) the cancellation of such outstanding Awards in exchange for a payment to the Participants equal to the excess of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Awards as of the closing date of such Corporate Transaction over (2) the exercise price or purchase price paid or to be paid (if any) for the Shares subject to the Awards; provided further, that at the discretion of the Administrator, such payment may be subject to the same conditions that apply to the consideration that will be paid to holders of Shares in connection with the transaction; provided, however, that any payout in connection with a terminated Award shall comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent necessary to avoid taxation thereunder; (E) the full or partial acceleration of vesting, exercisability, payout or accelerated expiration of such outstanding Awards or the lapse of the Company’s right to repurchase or reacquire Shares acquired under such outstanding Awards or the lapse of forfeiture rights with respect to Shares acquired under such outstanding Awards; (F) the opportunity for Participants to exercise outstanding Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights prior to the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction and the termination (for no consideration) upon the consummation of such Corporate Transaction of any such Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights not exercised prior thereto for no consideration; or (G) the cancellation of such outstanding Awards in exchange for no consideration.

 

(d) Change in Control. An Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting, exercisability, payment and/or expiration upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Award Agreement for such Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provisions, no such acceleration will occur (unless otherwise determined by the Administrator pursuant to Section 15(c) above).

 

-14-

 

16. Tax.

 

(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or prior to any time the Award or Shares are subject to taxation or other Tax-Related Items, the Company and/or the Participant’s employer will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company (or an Affiliate), an amount sufficient to satisfy any Tax-Related Items or other items that are required to be withheld or deducted or are otherwise applicable with respect to such Award.

 

(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such withholding or deduction obligations or any other Tax-Related Items, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares or (iv) such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, unless specifically permitted by the Company, any proceeds derived from a cashless exercise must be an approved broker-assisted cashless exercise or the cash or Shares withheld or delivered must be limited to avoid financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance or Shares must have been previously held for the minimum duration required to avoid financial accounting charges under applicable accounting guidance. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined based on such methodology that the Company deems to be reasonable and in accordance with Applicable Laws.

 

(c) Compliance With Section 409A of the Code. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or an exemption therefrom) and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Section 409A of the Code the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or an exemption therefrom), such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A of the Code. In no event will the Company be responsible for or reimburse a Participant for any taxes or other penalties incurred as a result of applicable of Section 409A of the Code.

 

17. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Affiliate, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s or any Affiliate’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

18. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

19. Corporate Records Control. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of Shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

 

20. Clawback/Recovery. The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any applicable vesting, performance or other conditions and restrictions of an Award. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under this Plan, an Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time. The Administrator may require a Participant to forfeit or return to and/or reimburse the Company for all or a portion of the Award and/or Shares issued under the Award, any amounts paid under the Award, and any payments or proceeds paid or provided upon disposition of the Shares issued under the Award, pursuant to the terms of such Company policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

-15-

 

21. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 25 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective as of the Effective Date. The Plan will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years measured from the earlier of the date the Board approves this Plan or the approval of this Plan by the Company’s stockholders, unless terminated earlier under Section 22 of the Plan.

 

22. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

 

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

23. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the vesting, exercise or payment of an Award unless the vesting, exercise or payment (as applicable) of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the vesting, exercise or payment of an Award, the Company may require the Participant (or recipient) to represent and warrant at the time of any such vesting, exercise or payment that the Shares are being purchased or issued only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

24. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

25. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

26. Beneficiaries. If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries with respect to an Award by timely filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Participant’s death. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, if no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, then after a Participant’s death any vested Award(s) shall be transferred or distributed to the Participant’s estate or to any person who has the right to acquire the Award by bequest or inheritance.

 

27. Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

 

-16-

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.

 

2026 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

1. General; Purpose.

 

(a) Purpose. The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees and/or Eligible Service Providers of either the Company or a Designated Company may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees and/or Eligible Service Providers. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain, and to assist its Related Corporations and Affiliates in retaining, the services of such Eligible Employees and Eligible Service Providers, to secure and retain the services of new Eligible Employees and Eligible Service Providers and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations and Affiliates.

 

(b) Qualified and Non-Qualified Offerings Permitted. The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, including without limitation, to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and non-discriminating basis. In addition, this Plan authorizes grants of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. In addition, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and, with respect to the 423 Component, with the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan), and the Company will designate which Designated Company is participating in each separate Offering and if any Eligible Service Providers will be eligible to participate in a separate Offering. Eligible Employees of the Company and Related Corporations will be able to participate in the 423 Component. Eligible Employees and Eligible Service Providers will be able to participate in the Non-423 Component of the Plan.

 

2. Administration.

 

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

 

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Corporations or as Designated Non-423 Corporations, which Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Corporations, and which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).

 

 

 

(iii) To designate from time to time which persons will be eligible to participate in the Non-423 Component of the Plan as Eligible Service Providers and which Eligible Service Providers will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).

 

(iv) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

 

(v) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(vi) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

 

(vii) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

 

(viii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and Affiliates and to carry out the intent that the 423 Component be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

(ix) To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans relating to the operation and administration of the Plan as are necessary or appropriate under Applicable Laws to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees or Eligible Service Providers who are foreign nationals or employed or providing services or located or otherwise subject to the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, but consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans, which, for purposes of the Non-423 Component, may be beyond the scope of Section 423 of the Code, regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to Applicable Laws.

 

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board and Applicable Laws. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

 

- 2 -

 

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3. Shares of Common Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a) Number of Shares Available; Automatic Increases. Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 5,437,642 shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Share Reserve”), plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2027 Fiscal Year and ending on (and including) the first day of the 2036 Fiscal Year, in each case, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Company common stock (including, for the avoidance of doubt, both Class A and Class B) outstanding on the last day of the calendar month prior to the date of such automatic increase (calculated on a fully-diluted and as-converted basis), and (ii) an amount equal to the Initial Share Reserve. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any Fiscal Year to provide that there will be no increase in the share reserve for such Fiscal Year or that the increase in the share reserve for such Fiscal Year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

(b) Share Recycling. If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c) Source of Shares. The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4. Grant of Purchase Rights; Offerings.

 

(a) Offerings. The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees and/or Eligible Service Providers under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and, with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering will be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the Offering Document or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

 

(b) More than One Purchase Right. If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

 

- 3 -

 

(c) Restart Provision Permitted. The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Offering Period and Purchase Period.

 

5. Eligibility.

 

(a) General. Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or, solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, Employees of an Affiliate or Eligible Service Providers.

 

(b) Grant of Purchase Rights under 423 Component. The Board may provide that Employees will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the 423 Component (and if so determined by the Board for the Non-423 Component) if, on the Offering Date, the Employee (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since the Employee’s last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Board in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Board in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Board in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code, or (v) has not satisfied such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the Board for any Offering Period, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee customarily works more than twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months per calendar year.

 

(c) 5% Stockholders Excluded. No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights under the 423 Component (and if so determined by the Board for the Non-423 Component) if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five (5) percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

 

(d) $25,000 Limit. As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights under the 423 Component (and if so determined by the Board for the Non-423 Component) only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds USD$25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

 

(e) Service Requirement. An Eligible Service Provider will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless the Eligible Service Provider is providing bona fide services to the Company or a Designated Company on the applicable Offering Date.

 

- 4 -

 

(f) Non-423 Component Offerings. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein except for Section 5(e) above, the Board may establish additional eligibility requirements, or fewer eligibility requirements, for Employees and/or Eligible Service Providers with respect to Offerings made under the Non-423 Component even if such requirements are not consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

 

6. Purchase Rights; Purchase Price.

 

(a) Grant and Maximum Contribution Rate. On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee or Eligible Service Provider, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board; provided however, that in the case of Eligible Employees, such percentage or maximum dollar amount will in either case not exceed 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering, unless otherwise provided for in an Offering.

 

(b) Purchase Dates. The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

 

(c) Other Purchase Limitations. In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

 

(d) Purchase Price. The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

 

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

 

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7. Participation; Withdrawal; Termination.

 

(a) Enrollment. An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified by the Company, an enrollment form provided by the Company or any third party designated by the Company (each, a “Company Designee”). The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Laws require that Contributions be deposited with a Company Designee or otherwise be segregated.

 

- 5 -

 

(b) Contributions. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin Contributions with the first payroll or payment date occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date or payment date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll or payment will be included in the new Offering) or on such other date as set forth in the Offering. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under Applicable Laws or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through a payment by cash, check, or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date, in a manner directed by the Company or a Company Designee.

 

(c) Withdrawals. During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company or a Company Designee a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. On such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions without interest and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will then terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect on his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

 

(d) Termination of Eligibility. Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Eligible Employee or Eligible Service Provider for any reason or for no reason, or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when a Participant is no longer actively providing services and the date of the termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan. As soon as practicable, the Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions without interest.

 

(e) Leave of Absence. For purposes of this Section 7, an Employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or of a Designated Company in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Company or by the Designated Company that directly employs the Employee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than three (3) months or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. The Company will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has terminated employment and the effective date on which the Participant terminated employment, regardless of any notice period or garden leave required under local law. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the Employee’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave.

 

- 6 -

 

(f) Employment Transfers. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company and a Designated Company or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. In the event that a Participant’s Purchase Right is terminated under the Plan, the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions without interest.

 

(g) No Transfers of Purchase Rights. During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

 

(h) No Interest. Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or required by Applicable Laws, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8. Exercise of Purchase Rights.

 

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share), up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

 

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date in an Offering, then such remaining amount will roll over to the next Offering.

 

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued on such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all Applicable Laws. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than three (3) months from the original Purchase Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed as soon as practicable to the Participants without interest.

 

9. Covenants of the Company. The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights or to issue and sell Common Stock on exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

- 7 -

 

10. Designation of Beneficiary.

 

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation or change must be on a form approved by the Company or as approved by the Company for use by a Company Designee.

 

(b) If a Participant dies, in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and Contributions without interest to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and Contributions, without interest, to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11. Capitalization Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Corporate Transactions.

 

(a) Capitalization Adjustment. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding, and conclusive.

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board will shorten any Offering then in progress by setting a New Purchase Date prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Board will notify each Participant in writing, prior to the New Purchase Date that the Purchase Date for the Participant’s Purchase Rights has been changed to the New Purchase Date and that such Purchase Rights will be automatically exercised on the New Purchase Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering as provided in Section 7.

 

(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights (with such actual date to be determined by the Board in its sole discretion), and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase. The Board will notify each Participant in writing, prior to the New Purchase Date that the Purchase Date for the Participant’s Purchase Rights has been changed to the New Purchase Date and that such Purchase Rights will be automatically exercised on the New Purchase Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering as provided in Section 7.

 

- 8 -

 

(d) Spin-Off. In the event of a spin-off or similar transaction involving the Company, the Board may take actions deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with an ongoing Offering and subject to compliance with Applicable Laws (including the assumption of Purchase Rights under an ongoing Offering by the spun-off company, or shortening an Offering and scheduling a New Purchase Date prior to the closing of such transaction). In the absence of any such action by the Board, a Participant in an ongoing Offering whose employer ceases to qualify as a Related Corporation as of the closing of a spin-off or similar transaction will be treated in the same manner as if the Participant had terminated employment (as provided in Section 7(d)).

 

12. Amendment, Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

 

(a) Plan Amendment. The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Laws, including any amendment that either (i) increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by Applicable Laws.

 

(b) Suspension or Termination. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

(c) No Impairment of Rights. Any benefits, privileges, entitlements, and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension, or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain any special tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right or the 423 Component complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

(d) Corrections and Administrative Procedures. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (ii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iii) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code; and (iv) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

 

- 9 -

 

13. Tax Matters.

 

(a) Section 409A of the Code. Purchase Rights granted under the 423 Component are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(ii). Purchase Rights granted under the Non-423 Component to U.S. taxpayers are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Section 13(b) below, Purchase Rights granted to U.S. taxpayers under the Non-423 Component will be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such Purchase Rights to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the shares subject to a Purchase Right be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Section 13(b) below, in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Board determines that a Purchase Right or the exercise, payment, settlement, or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Purchase Right will be granted, exercised, paid, settled, or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including the Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the adoption of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the Purchase Right that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board with respect thereto.

 

(b) No Guarantee of Tax Treatment. Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Section 13(a) above. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.

 

14. Tax Withholding. The Participant will make adequate provision to satisfy the Tax-Related Items obligations, if any, of the Company and/or the applicable Designated Company that arise with respect to Participant’s participation in the Plan, the grant of Purchase Rights under the Plan, the exercise of Purchase Rights and purchase of shares of Common Stock and/or the disposition of such shares. The Company and/or the Designated Company may, but will not be obligated to, (a) withhold from the Participant’s compensation or any other payments due to the Participant the amount necessary to meet such Tax-Related Items, (b) withhold a sufficient whole number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of a Purchase Right having an aggregate value sufficient to satisfy the Tax-Related Items, (c) withhold from proceeds of a sale of shares of Common Stock, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company, the amount necessary to satisfy the Tax-Related Items, or (d) use any other method of withholding that the Company and/or the Designated Company deem appropriate to satisfy such Tax-Related Items. The Company and/or the Designated Company will have the right to take any further actions as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company or the Designated Company to satisfy the withholding and/or reporting obligations for such Tax-Related Items. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

- 10 -

 

15. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan will become effective on the Effective Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or, if required under Section 12(a) above, amended) by the Board.

 

16. Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired on exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

 

(c) The Plan and any Offering do not constitute an employment or service contract. Nothing in the Plan or in any Offering will in any way alter the at-will nature of a Participant’s employment, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue his or her employment or service relationship with the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation, or an Affiliate to continue the employment or service of a Participant.

 

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules. For purposes of litigating any dispute that may arise directly or indirectly from the Plan or any Offering, the parties hereby submit and consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of Delaware and agree that any such litigation shall be conducted only in the courts of Delaware or the federal courts of the United States located in Delaware and no other courts.

 

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

 

(f) If any provision of the Plan does not comply with Applicable Laws, such provision will be construed in such a manner as to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

17. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a) “423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees of the Company or a Related Corporation.

 

- 11 -

 

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest or that is directly or indirectly controlled by, controls, or is under common control with the Company, in all cases, as determined by the Board, whether now or hereafter existing.

 

(c) “Applicable Laws” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable U.S. federal or state laws, rules and regulations, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Purchase Rights are, or will be, granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services to the Company or any Related Corporation or Affiliate, as such laws, rules, and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar “equity restructuring” transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

(f) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

(g) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(h) “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

 

(i) “Company” means Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(j) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions or other payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already contributed the maximum permitted amount of payroll deductions and other payments during the Offering.

 

(k) “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i) a transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

- 12 -

 

(ii) a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person; or

 

(iii) the consummation of a transaction, or series of related transactions, in which any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock.

 

(l) “Designated 423 Corporation” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as participating in the 423 Component.

 

(m) “Designated Company” means any Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Corporation, provided, however, that at any given time, a Related Corporation participating in the 423 Component will not be a Related Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component.

 

(n) “Designated Non-423 Corporation” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as participating in the Non-423 Component.

 

(o) “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(p) “Effective Date” means the effective date of the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

(q) “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

 

(r) “Eligible Service Provider” means a natural person other than an Employee or Director who (i) is designated by the Board to be an “Eligible Service Provider,” (ii) provides bona fide services to the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, and (iii) meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such person also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

 

(s) “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is treated as an employee in the records of the Company, a Related Corporation or Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(t) “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

(u) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

- 13 -

 

(v) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable;

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low ask prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable; or

 

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Board in compliance with Applicable Laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

 

(w) “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

(x) “New Purchase Date” means a new Purchase Date set by shortening any Offering then in progress.

 

(y) “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees and Eligible Service Providers.

 

(z) “Offering” means the grant to Eligible Employees or Eligible Service Providers of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

 

(aa) “Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

 

(bb) “Offering Period” means a period with respect to which the right to purchase Common Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined by the Board pursuant to the Plan.

 

(cc) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company, a Related Corporation or Affiliate within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(dd) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee or Eligible Service Provider who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

 

(ee) “Plan” means this Standard Nuclear, Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component, as amended from time to time.

 

(ff) “Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

 

(gg) “Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

 

(hh) “Purchase Right” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(ii) “Related Corporation” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

 

(jj) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(kk) “Tax-Related Items” means any or all applicable national, local or other income tax, social insurance or other social contributions, national insurance, social security, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account, withholding, required deductions or payments or other tax-related items.

 

(ll) “Trading Day” means any day on which the exchange or market on which shares of Common Stock are listed is open for trading.

 

- 14 -

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.

 

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1. PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Standard Nuclear, Inc. Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) is to motivate and reward eligible employees for their contributions toward the achievement of certain Performance Goals (as defined below) by Standard Nuclear, Inc. (together with any of its Affiliates, the “Company”).

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan:

 

(a) “Affiliate” means a Parent, a Subsidiary or any corporation or other entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

 

(b) “Applicable Laws” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable U.S. federal or state laws, rules and regulations, the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company’s common stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services to the Company or any Affiliate, as such laws, rules, and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

 

(c) “Award” means a cash incentive payable under the Plan to a Participant with respect to a Performance Period.

 

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

(f) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board unless another Committee is designated by the Board. The members of any Committee designated by the Board shall be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. Any member of any such Committee may resign at any time by notice in writing mailed or delivered to the Secretary of the Company. As of the Effective Date, the Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

(g) “Effective Date” means the effective date of the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

(h) “Participant” means any officer or employee of the Company who is designated as a Participant by the Committee.

 

(i) “Performance Goal” means a formula or standard determined by the Committee with respect to each Performance Period based on one or more of the following criteria and any adjustment(s) thereto established by the Committee: (1) sales or non-sales revenue; (2) return on revenue; (3) operating income; (4) income or earnings including operating income; (5) income or earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; (6) income or earnings from continuing operations; (7) net income; (8) pre-tax income or after-tax income; (9) net income excluding amortization of intangible assets, depreciation and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and/or excluding charges attributable to the adoption of new accounting pronouncements; (10) raising of financing or fundraising; (11) project financing; (12) revenue backlog; (13) gross margin; (14) operating margin or profit margin; (15) capital expenditures, cost targets, reductions and savings and expense management; (16) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, or return on stockholder equity; (17) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (18) performance warranty and/or guarantee claims; (19) stock price or total stockholder return; (20) earnings or book value per share (basic or diluted); (21) economic value created; (22) pre-tax profit or after-tax profit; (23) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration or market share, completion of strategic agreements such as licenses, joint ventures, acquisitions, and the like, geographic business expansion, objective customer satisfaction or information technology goals, intellectual property asset metrics; (24) objective goals relating to divestitures, joint ventures, mergers, acquisitions and similar transactions; (25) objective goals relating to staff management, results from staff attitude and/or opinion surveys, staff satisfaction scores, compliance, headcount, performance management, completion of critical staff training initiatives; (26) objective goals relating to projects, including project completion, timing and/or achievement of milestones, project budget, technical progress against work plans; and (27) enterprise resource planning. Awards issued to Participants may take into account other criteria (including subjective criteria). Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant, Performance Period to Performance Period and from Award to Award. Any criteria used may be measured, as applicable, (i) in absolute terms, (ii) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, any increase (or decrease) over the passage of time and/or any measurement against other companies or financial or business or stock index metrics particular to the Company), (iii) on a per share and/or share per capita basis, (iv) against the performance of the Company as a whole or against any Affiliate(s), or a particular segment(s), a business unit(s) or a product(s) of the Company or individual project company, (v) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis, (vi) on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis, and/or (vii) using an actual foreign exchange rate or on a foreign exchange neutral basis.

 

(j) “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(k) “Performance Period” means the Company’s fiscal year, multiple fiscal years or any other period longer or shorter than one fiscal year, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may establish different Performance Periods for different Participants, and the Committee may establish concurrent or overlapping Performance Periods.

 

(l) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

(m) “Tax-Related Items” means any or all applicable national, local or other income tax, social insurance or other social contributions, national insurance, social security, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account, withholding, required deductions or payments or other tax-related items arising in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to a Participant.

 

- 2 -

 

 

3. ADMINISTRATION

 

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall have the discretionary authority to interpret the provisions of the Plan, including all decisions on eligibility to participate, the establishment of Performance Goals, the amount of Awards payable under the Plan, and the payment of Awards. The Committee shall also have the discretionary authority to establish rules under the Plan so long as such rules do not explicitly conflict with the terms of the Plan and any such rules shall constitute part of the Plan. The decisions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties making claims under the Plan. The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

 

4. ELIGIBILITY

 

Officers and other key employees of the Company designated by the Committee to participate in the Plan shall be eligible to participate in this Plan, provided the Committee has not, in its sole discretion, withdrawn such designation and he or she meets the following conditions:

 

(a) is a part-time or full-time regular employee of the Company as of the last day of the applicable Performance Period; and

 

(b) is not subject to disciplinary action, is in good standing with the Company and is not subject to a performance improvement plan.

 

5. AMOUNT OF AWARDS

 

With respect to each Participant, the Committee will establish one or more Performance Periods, an individual Participant incentive target (which may be, but is not required to be, based on the Participant’s base salary) for each Performance Period and the Performance Goal(s) to be met during such Performance Period(s).

 

Except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws or as determined by the Committee, base salary shall not include salary paid during any paid leave of absence or any variable forms of compensation including, but not limited to, overtime, on-call pay, lead premiums, shift differentials, bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock bonuses, expense allowances or reimbursements. Nothing in the Plan or arising as a result of a Participant’s participation in the Plan, shall prevent the Company from changing a Participant’s base salary at any time based on such factors as the Company shall in its discretion determine appropriate.

 

Awards may be pro-rated on any basis determined appropriate in the Committee’s sole discretion, including, but not limited to, in connection with transfers to new positions or new locations, new hires, Participants on a leave of absence for all or any portion of Performance Periods, or Participants working less than full-time. The Committee reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to increase, reduce or eliminate the amount of an Award otherwise payable to a Participant with respect to any Performance Period.

 

- 3 -

 

 

6. PAYMENT OF AWARDS

 

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant must be actively employed and in good standing with the Company on the date the Award is paid. The Committee may make exceptions to this requirement in the case of retirement, death or disability, an unqualified leave of absence or under other circumstances, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

(b) Payment of each Award shall be made as soon as administratively practicable but in any event no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Performance Period during which the Award was earned (in the case of any Performance Period based on a fiscal year, by March 15th thereafter). Each Award shall be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum unless such amounts are otherwise deferred in accordance with Section 6(c).

 

(c) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of cash that would otherwise be delivered to a Participant under the Plan. Any such deferral elections shall be subject to such rules and procedures as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

7. GENERAL

 

(a) Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right to deduct from all Awards any Tax-Related Items, and any other deductions, required to be withheld with respect to such payments. The Company also may withhold such amounts from any other amount payable by the Company or any Affiliate to the Participant, subject to compliance with Applicable Laws.

 

(b) Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any Award under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the terms and administration of such Award shall comply with the provisions of such section and good faith reasonable interpretations thereof, and, to the extent necessary to achieve compliance, shall be modified, replaced or terminated at the discretion of the Committee. In no event will the Company reimburse a Participant for any taxes or other penalties that may be imposed on the Participant as a result of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(c) Claims to Awards and Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan shall confer on any Participant the right to continued employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates, or affect in any way the right of the Company or of any Affiliate to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time, and for any reason, or to change the Participant’s responsibilities. Awards represent unfunded and unsecured obligations of the Company and a holder of any right hereunder in respect of any Award shall have no rights other than those of a general unsecured creditor to the Company.

 

(d) Beneficiaries. To the extent the Committee permits beneficiary designations, any payment of Awards under the Plan to a deceased Participant shall be paid to the beneficiary duly designated by the Participant in accordance with the Company’s practices. If no such beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant’s legal representative, legal beneficiary or estate, as applicable. A beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time, provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee prior to the Participant’s death.

 

(e) Non-Transferability. A person’s rights and interests under the Plan, including any Award previously made to such person or any amounts payable under the Plan, may not be sold, assigned, pledged, transferred or otherwise alienated or hypothecated except, in the event of a Participant’s death, to a designated beneficiary as provided in the Plan, or in the absence of such designation, by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

- 4 -

 

 

(f) Successor. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

(g) Limitation of Liability. Each person who is or has been a member of the Committee and each employee of the Company or an Affiliate who is delegated a duty under the Plan shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against him or her, provided such loss, cost, liability or expense is not attributable to such person’s willful misconduct. Any person seeking indemnification under this provision shall give the Company prompt notice of any claim and shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before the person undertakes to handle and defend such claim on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled, including under the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Restated Bylaws, as a matter of Applicable Laws, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

(h) Clawback/Recovery. The Committee may specify in an agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any applicable vesting, performance or other conditions and restrictions of an Award. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under this Plan, an Award granted under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as adopted in accordance with Rule 10D-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as such policy is amended from time to time (the “Clawback Policy”), and the Company’s applicable stock exchange listing standards, as they may be amended from time to time. The Committee may require a Participant to forfeit or return to and/or reimburse the Company for any amounts paid with respect to an Award, pursuant to the terms of such Company policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws. Awards or payments made under Awards (or the respective portions thereof) that are, or are potentially, subject to the Clawback Policy will not be earned, even if already granted or paid, until the Clawback Policy ceases to apply to such Awards or payments and any other conditions applicable to earning such Awards or payments are satisfied.

 

(i) Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

(j) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

(k) Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan, any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and any Award shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws thereof) and applicable federal law.

 

(l) Amendment and Termination. The Committee may terminate the Plan at any time, provided such termination shall not affect the payment of any Awards accrued under the Plan prior to the date of the termination. The Committee may, at any time, or from time to time, amend or suspend and, if suspended, reinstate, the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent required to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

- 5 -

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENT (OTA) FOR FUEL PRODUCTION LINE AUTHORIZATION

 

BETWEEN

 

THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

 

AND

 

STANDARD NUCLEAR INC.

 

FUEL LINE PRODUCTION PROGRAM

 

This Agreement is made and entered into as of the Effective Date by and between the United States Department of Energy (DOE or the Department), an agency of the United States Government (Government), and Standard Nuclear, Inc. (Standard Nuclear or Awardee) (collectively the Parties), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of State of Delaware, and provides as follows:

 

WHEREAS Awardee, pursuant to Executive Order 14301 (EO 14301) – Reforming Nuclear Reactor Testing at the Department of Energy and Request for Application No. DE-FOA-0003572, and under the authority, authorization and Control of DOE, seeks to construct and operate nuclear fuel production lines.

 

WHEREAS DOE will exercise Control and provide authorization for such construction and operation outside the National Laboratories, pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 and consistent with 42 U.S.C. § 2140. To support that effort, additional nuclear fuel feedstock resources will be needed.

 

WHEREAS DOE possesses authority, pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 and consistent with 42 U.S.C. § 2140, over the production of nuclear fuel, including this aspect of the pilot program to develop or build fuel production lines to increase production capacity.

 

WHEREAS This agreement (Agreement) is the required contract to establish DOE’s required Control over Standard Nuclear’s fuel line facilities in Tennessee and Idaho.

 

 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the Parties agree as follows:

 

Contents    
     
Contents   i
     
SECTION I: Defined Terms   1
     
SECTION II: Authority to Enter into the Agreement   3
     
SECTION III: Purpose and Scope of Work   4
     
SECTION IV: Intellectual Property, Data Use Agreement and Information Sharing   7
     
SECTION V: Indemnification, Contaminated Sites, Insurance   8
     
SECTION VI: Research, Technology and Economic Security (RTES)   10
     
SECTION VII: Reporting Requirements and Approvals   11
     
SECTION VIII: Modifications, Assignment, and Termination   11
     
SECTION IX: Miscellaneous   13
     
Milestones   17
     
Reporting   19
     
DELIVERABLES   21

 

i
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

SECTION I: Defined Terms

 

In addition to terms defined in other provisions of this Agreement, the terms and phrases as defined below, when used herein as the defined term shall have the following meanings:

 

“AO” shall mean Agreements Officer identified in Article 9.3.

 

“Awardee POC” shall mean the Awardee Point of Contact (Awardee POC) identified in Article 9.3, as such Awardee POC may be updated in accordance with Article 9.3.

 

“Control” shall mean DOE authority to exercise discretionary decision-making over the operation of the Awardee’s fuel production line to the extent required to support a DOE authorization of operation; for the purposes of this Agreement, “control” specifically includes, but may not be limited to, oversight of Milestones and generally DOE’s ability to oversee and authorize design, construction, management, operations including starting and maintaining fuel storage and production, altering operations or moving the facility to a new location, requiring a shut down, stopping work, halting construction, decontamination or decommissioning of the facility. Specifically, DOE will be the Safety Basis Approval Authority (SBAA) and Startup Approval Authority for the authority to start up and operate the fuel production line.

 

“Data” shall mean recorded information, regardless of form or the media on which it may be recorded, including Technical Data. The term does not include information incidental to Other Transaction Agreement (OTA) administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing or management information.

 

“Design Feature” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Document” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Documented Safety Analysis” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Effective Date” shall mean the date upon which the Agreement will enter into force which will be the date of the last signatory to the Agreement.

 

“Federal POC” shall mean the Federal Point of Contact (Federal POC) identified in Article 9.3.

 

“Establishment and Initial Activities Phase” shall mean Phase 1 or the period from the Effective Date until the completion of the Milestones outlined in Attachment 1.

 

1
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

“Foreign Countries of Concern” shall mean the People’s Republic of China, the Russian Federation, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea and the Islamic Republic of Iran or any other country determined to be a country of concern by the Secretary of State, and including countries of risk designated by the Department. This list is subject to change. DOE reserves the right, in the exercise of its absolute discretion, to add or subtract any foreign country determined to be of risk consistent with DOE policies by a unilateral amendment to this Agreement.

 

“Foreign Entity” shall mean any corporation, business association, partnership, trust, society, or any other entity or group that is not incorporated or organized to do business in the United States, as well as international organizations, foreign governments and any agency or subdivision of foreign governments including state-owned enterprises. The term “Foreign Countries of Concern” and “Foreign National” are separate terms and not necessarily covered under the definition of a Foreign Entity although “Foreign Countries of Concern” are also “Foreign Entities”.

 

“Foreign National” shall mean any individual other than a U.S. citizen.

 

“Government” shall mean the Federal government of the United States of America including its agencies and departments.

 

“Hazard Category 1, 2, and 3” shall mean nuclear facilities that meet the criteria for their respective hazard category consistent with the provisions of DOE-STD-1027-2025.

 

“Key Personnel” shall mean the voting board members, C-suite executives, and other senior personnel identified by Awardee.

 

“Limited Rights Data” shall mean Data developed at private expense, including such Data first produced in performance of the award, that embody trade secrets or are commercial or financial and confidential or privileged.

 

“Material Breach” shall mean a breach by the Awardee or DOE of any of its obligations under this Agreement including those which result, or are likely to result, in the inability of the Awardee or DOE to effectively complete the Milestones. This includes but is not limited to the failure to achieve milestones, breach of provisions included in the Agreement and/or inability to maintain compliance with the regulations and standards provided in Appendix II.

 

“Nonreactor Nuclear Facility” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Nuclear Facility” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Organizational Conflicts of Interest” shall mean where the Awardee is unable, or appears to be unable, to be impartial in conducting activities under the award due to its relationships with affiliates, organizations, or any other interested party.

 

“Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Special Nuclear Material” shall have the meaning as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.

 

2
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

“Reactor” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Safety Basis” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Technical Data” shall mean recorded information of a scientific or technical nature. Technical Data does not include computer software or financial, administrative, cost, or pricing, or management or other information incidental to contract administration, but does include recorded information of a scientific or technical nature that is included in computer databases.

 

“Technical Safety Requirements” shall have the meaning as defined in 10 CFR 830.

 

“Unlimited rights” shall mean the right of the Government to use, disclose, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform publicly and display publicly, in any manner and for any purpose, and to have or permit others to do so.

 

SECTION II: Authority to Enter into the Agreement

 

Article 2.1: Authority

 

This Agreement is entered into pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 7256(g). This Agreement between the Department and Awardee is a transaction other than a procurement, grant, cooperative agreement, or loan. Accordingly, only those terms, conditions, provisions and requirements set forth in this Agreement and any other terms, conditions, provisions and requirements prescribed by law for other transaction agreements under 42 U.S.C. 7256(g), some of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference, such as those listed in Appendix II, are applicable.

 

Through Section 5 of EO 14301, the President directed DOE to establish a pilot program for reactor construction and operation outside the National Laboratories. Pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954’s (AEA) authorization without NRC licensing of “the processing, fabricating, or refining of special nuclear material, or the separation of special nuclear material, or the separation of special nuclear material from other substances, under contract with and for the account of” the Department under the Department’s sufficient Control, including fuel production lines “under contract with and for the account of” the Department, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. § 2140. This Agreement is the required contract to establish the Department’s required Control over Awardee’s fuel production line project to allow for the immediate production of fuel in support of advanced reactors being built for research, development, and demonstration purposes, such as reactors being authorized through the DOE reactor pilot program.

 

This Agreement is valid only if it is in writing and is signed, including electronically, by the AO and by the Awardee’s authorized representative.

 

3
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

SECTION III: Purpose and Scope of Work

 

Article 3.1: Purpose

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to EO 14301 and in furtherance of DOE’s research and development mission to provide advanced nuclear fuel for advanced reactors authorized by DOE, including qualified test reactor construction and operation outside the National Laboratories, through the DOE reactor pilot program. To operate these reactors, more nuclear fuel is needed than is generally commercially available. Under this fuel production line aspect of the pilot program, DOE authorizes new fuel production lines or the expansion of existing nuclear fuel production lines that meet the following criteria:

 

1.Sufficiently mature design to support imminent development and submittal of safety basis documentation, including a final preliminary documented safety analysis within the required time period to support operations;

 

2.Established fuel fabrication plans to utilize a qualified fuel form, and has identified nuclear fuel feedstock which will support reactor fuel needs for a qualified test reactor;

 

3.Adequate financial resources and mature supply chain to complete design, build, commissioning, operation, and decommissioning, as appropriate; and

 

4.Execution readiness includes procurement/manufacture of all fuel line materials, systems and components, and qualified staffing to support all project phases

 

The primary purpose of the fuel production line aspect will be to further DOE’s research and development mission by providing advanced nuclear fuel to support operation of reactors authorized by DOE. As the President determined in EO 14301, one purpose of EO 14301 is to establish fundamental technological viability under DOE’s authority to foster research and development in nuclear reactors and not to demonstrate the reactors’ commercial suitability. The development of additional fuel resources is required to enable these test reactors, and the advanced nuclear fuel lines are required to support the deployment of advanced nuclear reactors, per EO 14301. In addition, the development of advanced nuclear fuel lines will, by itself, further DOE’s research and development mission. Therefore, these projects fall under the jurisdiction and Control of DOE.

 

This Agreement lays out the roles and responsibilities of the Parties by which DOE will review and, if appropriate, approve Awardee’s development or scaleup of fuel production facilities by exercising Control over the construction and operation of advanced nuclear fuel production lines.

 

Article 3.2: Scope of the Agreement

 

DOE will accept or reject delivered Milestones as promptly as practicable after delivery and/or completion. Government failure to review and accept or reject the work shall not relieve the Awardee from responsibilities under this Agreement, nor create liability for the Government. Acceptance will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

If the Government rejects the deliverable and/or asserted completion of the Milestone, the notice of rejection will provide the Awardee a specific description of the identified non-conformity. The Awardee will have the opportunity to cure under a timeline agreed to by the Parties.

 

4
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

The Awardee is responsible for developing specific Milestones to track progress under the project. Awardee is also responsible for specified deliverables and reporting. Milestones, deliverables and reporting requirements can be found in Appendix I. The Awardee is required to be in compliance with the regulations and standards provided in Appendix II for the duration of this Agreement.

 

Site Visits

 

DOE and its authorized representatives, excluding commercial entities that are identified by the Awardee in writing to, and accepted by, the AO as commercial competitors of the Awardee, have the right to make site visits at reasonable times to review project accomplishments and management control systems and provide technical assistance regarding fuel production, in addition to any other access requirements from prior applicable licenses or agreements, as part of the safety authorization protocol. Awardee must provide, and must require its subawardees and contractors to provide, reasonable access to facilities, office space, resources, and assistance for the safety and convenience of the government representatives in the performance of their duties. Nuclear Safety and Security personnel and Government Authorized Representatives identified as Facility Representatives will be allowed site access at any time. All site visits and evaluations will be performed in a manner that does not unduly interfere with or delay the work.

 

Article 3.3: Period of Performance

 

This Agreement governs the performance of activities under Phase I of this project. Phase I is for fuel production line construction and operation outside the National Laboratories, pursuant to the Atomic Energy Act’s (AEA) authorization of reactors under DOE’s Control, including reactors “under contract with and for the account of” the Department, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. § 2140.

 

The Awardee shall commence performance of Phase I via this Agreement in accordance with the Agreement terms and conditions on the Effective Date and continue until the completion date of Phase I. The completion date for Phase I is 30 June 2033, and this date may be extended by written mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

At the end of Phase I, DOE, in its sole discretion, will determine whether the Awardee will be allowed to continue its relationship with DOE for the ongoing use of its authority to operate the subject fuel production lines. Phase II is expected to be directed towards either decommissioning the DOE authorized facilities, the continued operation of the subject fuel production lines while Awardee pursues streamlined commercial licensing at the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), or other agreed-upon scope. DOE intends to negotiate an agreement for Phase II at the end of Phase I, though DOE may, in its sole discretion, require a shutdown of the fuel production line. In the event the Awardee does not participate in Phase II for the ongoing use of DOE’s authority to operate the subject fuel production lines, it is the Awardee’s sole responsibility to instead obtain licensing through the NRC; further DOE participation with the Awardee will be subject to negotiation to determine when DOE authorization of the fuel production line transitions to an NRC license.

 

5
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Article 3.4 Lab Priority

 

If the Awardee engages with a DOE National Laboratory and/or performs the work of this Agreement on the reservation of a DOE National Laboratory, the Awardee is required to support and protect the operations of the DOE National Laboratory at all times. National Laboratory operations shall have priority access to power, utilities, and all other shared services. The Awardee must ensure that its activities do not interfere with, degrade, or otherwise negatively impact the National Laboratory’s operations or its critical functions.

 

Article 3.5 Siting, National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), and Permits

 

DOE’s decision whether to authorize the subject reactor under this Agreement is subject to NEPA (42 U.S.C. § 4321, et seq.). NEPA requires federal agencies to integrate environmental considerations into their decision-making processes by evaluating the potential environmental impacts of their proposed actions. For additional background on NEPA, please see DOE’s NEPA website at https://www.energy.gov/nepa. While NEPA compliance is a federal agency responsibility and the agency is responsible for the accuracy, scope, and content of any environmental documents, the Awardee will be required to assist in the timely and effective completion of the NEPA process. The Awardee may be required to provide environmental data and documentation to DOE on a mutually agreed schedule.

 

DOE must comply with the requirements of Section 106 of the NHPA prior to deciding whether to authorize the subject reactor. Section 106 requires DOE to identify and consider adverse effects to historic properties that are listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. DOE will perform a NHPA review under the umbrella of its NEPA review and will require the Awardee to assist in this review and consider impacts to historic properties.

 

Awardee will obtain and maintain required state/local permits (e.g., building, utilities, stormwater).

 

Article 3.6 Work At Risk

 

The Awardee expressly agrees that Awardee is working at its own risk if the following required DOE and/or additional U.S. Government reviews are not resolved prior to the execution of this Agreement. Once DOE has informed the Awardee that the reviews of the following are complete, DOE may unilaterally modify the Agreement to accommodate the results of the following reviews, if necessary.

 

Davis-Bacon Act: If the Department of Labor (DOL) determines that the Davis Bacon Act is applicable to the work under this OTA, the Awardee must comply with the requirements of the Davis Bacon Act and any subsequent modifications to this Agreement as soon as DOE informs the Awardee of the determination by the DOL.

 

Security: If security clearances are required to perform work under this OTA, the Awardee must pay for any/all security clearances. The Awardee acknowledges that additional security requirements may be added to this Agreement via modification(s).

 

6
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

SECTION IV: Intellectual Property, Data Use Agreement and Information Sharing

 

Article 4.1: Title to Inventions

 

DOE does not expect inventions to be made under this agreement. DOE does not expect to provide funding to Awardee under this agreement.

 

In accordance with 42 U.S.C. 7256(g)(3), DOE’s vesting authorities provided under 42 U.S.C. §§ 2182 and 5908 do not apply to this Agreement. DOE is also not providing funding to the Awardee for the Milestones of this Agreement. Accordingly, DOE will not have any rights in inventions conceived or first actually reduced to practice in the course of or under this Agreement as well as any resulting patent applications or patents. DOE will also not have any rights in background inventions, patent applications, or patents developed prior to this Agreement unless such rights are established with separate licenses.

 

Article 4.2: Data Rights and Sharing by DOE and Awardee

 

To complete the Milestones authorized by this Agreement, the Awardee will be required to share Data that are not publicly available with DOE. These Data are expected to be Limited Rights Data and Awardee agrees to deliver these Data to enable DOE to exercise Control over the Awardee’s fuel production facility.

 

The Government acknowledges that Awardee will provide to DOE limited rights data confidential or proprietary business, technical or financial information, including delivery to DOE of DOE such Limited Rights Data upon request. When such Data is properly marked making clear it is Limited Rights Data, DOE will manage this information consistent with the Trade Secrets Act, 18 U.S.C. § 1905. Notwithstanding, DOE will have the right to share Limited Rights Data within the Government, with its National Laboratory contractors, and with other contractors in connection with the work performed under this Agreement to achieve the goals of EO 14301, under the restriction that it shall be retained in confidence.

 

The Awardee shall, when appropriate, mark any applicable information delivered to DOE under this section in accordance with any appropriate Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) exemption. DOE will process any request for release of this information to the public consistent with FOIA, 5 U.S.C. § 552, and DOE’s FOIA regulations, 10 C.F.R Part 1004. The Government will provide Awardee notice of any FOIA request and will provide Awardee seven (7) days to provide input on the Government’s disclosure and redaction decisions before responding to any FOIA request.

 

The Government will have unlimited rights in and not be responsible for the disclosure of delivered Data or other information that is not properly marked and clearly identified as Data or other information for which public disclosure should be withheld.

 

7
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Article 4.3: Communications Plan

 

Recipient agrees to negotiate a communications plan with DOE regarding the work subject to this Agreement, which shall be incorporated into this Agreement by the AO. The communications plan must cover at least the following: 1) public meetings and DOE participation in such public meetings; 2) publications; 3) press releases; and 4) any direct communications with any unit of state or local government or Native American Tribe. All publications and press releases shall be submitted to the AO and DOE shall have five (5) business days to object or else consent is deemed to be given.

 

SECTION V: Indemnification, Contaminated Sites, Insurance

 

A. Awardee’s Indemnity. Except as to the indemnity of DOE as set forth in Part C of this section, but in all other instances to the greatest extent allowed by law, Awardee shall indemnify and hold harmless DOE, its agents, employees, officers, and lenders (if any) (collectively, DOE Indemnities) from and against: (i) any and all Claims and all damages, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses associated therewith (including attorneys’ fees and other professionals’ fees) for any injury of or death to persons, damage to or destruction of third party property, contamination of the environment or injury to natural resources, whether contractual, in tort, or as a matter of strict liability or liability imposed by law, to the extent any of the foregoing arise out of the negligence or willful misconduct or wanton acts or omissions of Awardee, or of any supplier, subawardee, contractor, or any of their respective employees, agents or third parties over which either has reasonable control during the performance of the Scope of Work, and (ii) any and all claims, demands or causes of action of every kind and character by any person and all damages, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses associated therewith (including attorneys’ fees and other professionals’ fees) for: (a) any violation or alleged violation of laws by Awardee, any supplier, subawardee, contractor, or any of their respective employees, agents or third parties over which either has reasonable control; (b) any action taken by Awardee, any supplier, subawardee, contractor or any of their respective employees, agents or third parties over which either has reasonable control, or (c) any Material Breach by Awardee of this Agreement.

 

B. DOE’s Indemnity. Except as set forth in Part C of this section, DOE makes no indemnity agreement whatsoever in connection with this Agreement and Awardee expressly agrees and acknowledges that no indemnity of any kind is made by DOE. DOE’s sole indemnity obligations under this Agreement are to cover “Public liability” as defined in the Nuclear Hazards Indemnity Agreement” of Appendix III.

 

C. Nuclear Hazards Indemnity

 

This Agreement constitutes a contract for purposes of the Price-Anderson Act (Section 170 of the Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C. § 2210) and any public liability arising from activity under this Agreement shall be governed by the provisions of the Price-Anderson Act and shall be indemnified by DOE in accordance with the Nuclear Hazards Indemnity Agreement set forth in Appendix III.

 

8
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

D. Contaminated Sites

 

The Awardee is solely responsible for handling and disposal of any hazardous substances and wastes arising from activities under this Agreement.

 

Decommissioning encompasses all activities to remove installed facilities and return the site to its original status (e.g., as a greenfield, brownfield, etc.). This includes nuclear fuel or radiological precursor material removal and management of same until either a disposition pathway is available and/or DOE assumes ownership of the nuclear fuel or radiological precursor material through negotiation at either the Awardee site or other negotiated location.

 

The Awardee is responsible for decontamination and decommissioning (D&D) of the site and facilities. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Agreement, DOE shall not be responsible for or have any obligation to the Awardee for (i) D&D of any facilities, or (ii) any costs which may be incurred by the Awardee in connection with the D&D of any facilities.

 

The Awardee must ensure that qualified staff and adequate financial resources are available, that safety management programs remain in place as applicable and that appropriate records are maintained to support any remaining liability at an Awardee site.

 

E. Insurance Coverage

 

Awardee is required to carry adequate insurance to cover potential liabilities arising from activities under the Agreement. Specific requirements include:

 

(a)Workers’ compensation – amount in accordance with applicable Federal and State workers’ compensation and occupational disease statutes.

 

(b)Employer’s liability – (except in States with exclusive or monopolistic funds that do not permit worker’s compensation to be written by private carriers).

 

(c)Comprehensive bodily injury liability.

 

(d)Property damage liability – None, unless otherwise required by the AO.

 

(e)Comprehensive automobile bodily injury liability.

 

(f)Comprehensive automobile property damage.

 

The Awardee shall provide evidence of such insurance, if requested by the AO; the AO may require such evidence to be provided prior to the commencement of work under the agreement.

 

9
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

SECTION VI: Research, Technology and Economic Security (RTES)

 

Article 6.1: Foreign National Participation

 

The Awardee (including contractors) must notify the AO if it anticipates involving foreign nationals in the performance of the Agreement. Upon request, the Awardee must provide the AO with specific information on such foreign nationals to ensure compliance with the requirements for participation and access approval. DOE may elect to deny a foreign national’s participation in the Agreement or may deny a foreign national’s access to DOE sites, information, technology, equipment, programs, or personnel.

 

Article 6.2: Prohibition on Incorporation in or Ownership or Control by Foreign Countries of Concern

 

Neither the Awardee or a parent company may be solely incorporated in, or owned or controlled by, or subject to the direction of a Foreign Country of Concern. In the event the Awardee, the Awardee’s parent company or project team member undergoes a change in ownership or control that increases foreign ownership or control by Foreign Country of Concern or a change that effectively makes the entity subject to the direction of a Foreign Country of Concern, the Awardee must immediately alert the AO and suspend all activities under this Agreement pending evaluation by DOE and any required mitigation.

 

Article 6.4: Entity of Concern Prohibition

 

No Entity of Concern as defined in Section 10114 of Public Law 117-167 (42 USC 18912) may participate in the Agreement.

 

Article 6.5: Malign Foreign Talent Recruitment Program Prohibition

 

Individuals participating in a Malign Foreign Talent Recruitment Program, as defined in Section 10638(4) of P.L. 117-167 (42 USC 19237(4), 19232), are prohibited from participating in this Agreement.

 

Article 6.6: Due Diligence Reviews and Disclosures

 

The Agreement is subject to a post-selection and ongoing research, technology, and economic security risk review and monitoring to identify potential risks of undue foreign influence. As part of the review, the Awardee and/or project partners must cooperate with DOE requests for information, including the following required disclosures and certifications for all covered individuals and entities which must be updated within fifteen (15) business days of any changes except advanced notice to DOE must be given for changes relating to a Foreign Country of Concern: DOE Common Form for Current and Pending (Other) Support (42 USC 6605), DOE Common Form for Biosketch (NSPM-33), and Transparency of Foreign Connections (NSPM-33), including a Malign Foreign Talent Recruitment Program certification, available on the DOE website provided post-selection by DOE. New covered individuals during the term of the Agreement must provide the disclosures above and receive DOE approval before participating. DOE may share information regarding the risks identified as part of the RTES due diligence review process or monitoring with other Federal agencies.

 

In the event an RTES risk is identified, or the required disclosures, certifications, or updates, are not submitted, DOE may require risk mitigation measures, including but not limited to, requiring that an individual or entity not participate in the project. If significant risks are identified and cannot be sufficiently mitigated, DOE may terminate the OTA.

 

DOE’s decision regarding a due diligence review is not appealable.

 

10
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Article 6.7: Performance of Work in the United States

 

While DOE does not anticipate providing funding to the Awardee pursuant to this Agreement, DOE has Control over the fuel line for at least Phase I and Phase II until DOE Authorization is terminated through the progression of this Agreement. Accordingly, all work for this Agreement must be performed in the United States (i.e., the Awardee must expend 100% of the total project cost in the United States), unless the Awardee receives advance written authorization from the AO to perform certain work overseas. This provision does not apply to the acquisition of materials or components of the Awardee’s project unless otherwise instructed in writing by the AO.

 

Article 6.9: Conflicts of Interest

 

The Awardee shall adopt and maintain a conflict of interest policy under this award, which shall be provided to DOE upon request. This conflict of interest policy shall address both individual conflicts of interest as related to Key Personnel and Organizational Conflicts of Interest.

 

The Awardee shall disclose in writing to the AO any potential or actual Organizational Conflict of Interest as soon as reasonably practical after discovery thereof. The Awardee and the DOE shall jointly develop a mitigation plan to address Organizational Conflicts of Interest as they arise.

 

SECTION VII: Reporting Requirements and Approvals

 

Article 7.1: Milestones- Review, Acceptance or Rejection of Milestones

 

The Awardee shall be responsible for the on-time delivery and satisfactory completion of all Milestones listed in Appendix I. Unless otherwise specified by the AO in advance of the deadline, all documents, including reports, are to be furnished to the DOE via email to the AO.

 

DOE shall accept or reject delivered Milestones as promptly as practicable after delivery, unless otherwise specified in the Agreement. DOE shall determine adequacy of each deliverable promptly and will notify the Awardee of acceptance or rejection of the deliverable within ten (10) business days. DOE’s failure to review and accept or reject the work shall not relieve the Awardee from responsibilities under this Agreement, nor create liability for the Government. Acceptance will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

If DOE rejects the deliverable, the notice of rejection will provide the Awardee a specific description of the identified nonconformity. The Awardee will have the opportunity to cure under a timeline agreed to by the Awardee and the AO.

 

SECTION VIII: Modifications, Assignment, and Termination

 

Article 8.1: Modifications

 

Proposals for modifications will be documented in writing and submitted by the Awardee to the AO, or by DOE to the Awardee. Parties may request information regarding the technical, schedule, and financial impact of the proposed modification as appropriate.

 

11
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Any modification to this Agreement shall be executed in writing and signed by an authorized representative of DOE and the Awardee. The DOE is not obligated to pay for costs related to modifications. Further, the Awardee is not obligated to accomplish work prior to mutual agreement between the AO and the Awardee.

 

For minor or administrative modifications (e.g., changes to the paying office or appropriation data), Awardee approval is not required, unless Awardee timely objects to such a proposed minor or administrative modification. In the event of any objection, the modification must be bilaterally executed.

 

Article 8.2: Disputes

 

A.General: The Parties shall communicate with one another in good faith and in a timely and cooperative manner when raising issues under this Article.

 

B.Dispute Resolution Procedures

 

a.Any disagreement, claim, or dispute between DOE and the Awardee concerning questions of fact or law arising from or in connection with this Agreement, and, whether or not involving an alleged breach of this Agreement, may be raised only under this Article.

 

b.Whenever disputes, disagreements, or misunderstandings arise, the Parties shall attempt to resolve the issue(s) involved by discussion and mutual agreement as soon as practicable.

 

c.Failing resolution by mutual agreement, the aggrieved Party shall document the dispute, disagreement, or misunderstanding by notifying the other Party in writing of the relevant facts, identifying unresolved issues, and specifying the clarification or remedy sought.

 

Whenever practicable, DOE will attempt to resolve informally any dispute over the administration of this Agreement. Awardee may appeal decisions to the Head of the Departmental Element and then to the Senior Procurement Executive.

 

d.The Awardee retains the right to initiate an action relating to any claims it has under this Agreement at a Federal Court of competent jurisdiction.

 

C.Limitation of damages: As DOE is not providing any funding to the Awardee, DOE shall not have any liability for claims for damages of any nature whatsoever pursued under this Agreement. In no event shall DOE be liable for claims for consequential, punitive, special and incidental damages, claims for lost profits, or other direct or indirect damages.

 

Article 8.3: Assignment

 

The Awardee may not assign its interest in this Award without prior written consent from the AO.

 

Article 8.4: Termination

 

A.General

 

This Agreement may be terminated by:

 

1.Either Party, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other Party, with or without cause;

 

2.DOE, upon a Material Breach of any term of this Agreement by the Awardee. DOE shall promptly provide Awardee with a Cure Notice identifying the Material Breach. Within ten (10) days after receipt of the Cure Notice, Awardee shall respond in writing to the Cure Notice and provide DOE with a Cure Plan; and

 

12
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

3.DOE, if the Awardee files a bankruptcy petition that is not dismissed within ten (10) business days, the Awardee is adjudicated bankrupt or is otherwise insolvent, or the Awardee ceases to do business or otherwise terminates its business operations.

 

A.In the event of termination, DOE and the Awardee shall meet to affect an orderly termination of any ongoing or planned activities and will negotiate in good faith for the disposition of the Awardee’s Limited Rights Data in the possession of DOE. In no case will the Government be liable for expenses or other financial obligations of the Awardee incurred due to early termination.

 

B.On the effective date of a termination, the authority granted to Awardee via this Agreement immediately ceases. It is Awardee’s sole responsibility to obtain licensing through the NRC for any activities occurring after the effective date of termination.

 

SECTION IX: Miscellaneous

 

Article 9.1: Export Control

 

Awardee is responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable United States Export Control laws and regulations relating to any work performed under a resulting Agreement. The Awardee must immediately report to DOE any export control violations related to this Agreement and provide the corrective action(s) to prevent future violations.

 

Article 9.2: Administration by Non-Federal Personnel

 

The Government may use non-Federal personnel to conduct oversight and administrative activities for this agreement. Non-Federal personnel used will be required to sign conflict of interest and non-disclosure agreements prior to doing any work regarding the agreement. The use of non-Federal personnel will exclude those employed by commercial entities that are identified by the Awardee in writing to, and accepted by the AO, as commercial competitors of the

Awardee.

 

Article 9.3: Communication

 

All correspondence to DOE should be submitted to the AO and the Federal POC. All correspondence from DOE will be submitted to Keeley Marrocco, Chief Operating Officer of the Awardee.

 

AO: Jeff Fogg, foggjc@id.doe.gov, (208) 360-4298

 

Federal POC: Chase Hartzell, hartzecb@id.doe.gov, (208) 932-3531

 

Awardee POC: Keeley Marrocco, keeley@standardnuclear.com, (781) 915-4306

 

Awardee may, upon written notice to the AO and the Federal POC, change the Awardee POC under this Agreement.

 

13
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Article 9.4: Closeout

 

Upon Agreement completion, the AO must close out the Agreement in accordance with standard DOE procedures including ensuring all deliverables have been accepted and any audits completed. The Awardee agrees to provide DOE all relevant documents requested to closeout this award.

 

Article 9.5: Resolution of Conflicting Conditions

 

Any apparent inconsistency between Federal statutes and regulations and the terms and conditions contained in this award must be referred to the AO for guidance.

 

Article 9.6: National Policy Assurances

 

The Awardee acknowledges that it is subject to all applicable Federal, Tribal, State, and Local laws and regulations, including those outlined in Appendix IV for all activities performed under this Other Transaction Agreement.

 

Article 9.7: Suspension and Debarment

 

The Awardee hereby certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it has complied, and shall comply, with 2 C.F.R. Part 180. The Awardee shall not contract with entities that are currently listed on the System for Award Management as suspended or debarred in support of this Agreement.

 

Article 9.8: Inspector General

 

A.DOE is not providing Federal funding to the Awardee. However, the Awardee is still required to provide any information, documents, site access, or other assistance requested by DOE or Federal auditing agencies (e.g., DOE Inspector General, Government Accountability Office, Defense Contracting Audit Agency, United States Digital Service, Department of Government Efficiency) for work related to this Agreement. Single Audits are not required under this Award.

 

B.In the event that the Awardee has Federal funding from another Federal agency or entity, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. § 7137, the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of his duly authorized representatives, shall have access to and the right to examine any books, documents, papers, records, or other recorded information of the Awardee of Federal funds or assistance under this Agreement, including contracts between the Awardee and other entities.

 

Article 9.9: System for Award Management

 

The Awardee is required to be registered in the System for Award Management (SAM, www.sam.gov). The Awardee agrees to opt in to SAM notifications and monitor SAM for DOE issued information.

 

14
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Article 9.10: Insolvency, Bankruptcy, or Receivership

 

A. The Awardee shall immediately notify DOE of the plans for, or significant likelihood of, any of the following events: (i) the Awardee or the Awardee’s parent’s filing of a voluntary case seeking liquidation or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Act; (ii) the Awardee’s consent to the institution of an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Act against it or its parent; (iii) the filing of any similar proceeding for or against the Awardee or the Awardee’s parent, or its consent to, the dissolution, winding-up or readjustment of its debts, appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee, or other officer with similar powers over it, under any other applicable state or federal law; or (iv) the Awardee’s insolvency due to its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due.

 

B. Such notification shall be in writing and shall: (i) specifically set out the details of the occurrence of an event referenced in paragraph A; (ii) provide the facts surrounding that event; and (iii) provide the impact such event will have on the project being funded by this Agreement.

 

C. Upon the occurrence of any of the four events described in the first paragraph, DOE reserves the right to conduct a review of the Awardee’s agreement to determine their compliance with the required elements of the agreement. If the DOE review determines that there are significant deficiencies or concerns with the Awardee’s performance under the agreement, DOE reserves the right to impose additional requirements, as needed.

 

D. Failure of the Awardee to comply with this term may be considered a Material Breach of this Agreement.

 

Article 9.11: Fraud, Waste and Abuse

 

The Awardee shall disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to DOE all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations by Awardee, its employees, and agents that potentially affect the award. Compliance with the Rules of Professional Conduct does not violate this paragraph. The DOE Office of Inspector General maintains a Hotline for reporting allegations of fraud, waste, abuse, or mismanagement. To report such allegations, please visit https://www.energy.gov/ig/ig-hotline.

 

Article 9.12: Choice of Law

 

The Awardee acknowledges that this Agreement is subject to federal law of the United States.

 

Article 9.13: Party Warranty

 

Each Party warrants that it has the full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party.

 

Article 9.14: Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any other agreements, whether written or oral, that may have been made or entered into by or among any of the Parties relating to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Article 9.15: Severability

 

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any law, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any term or other provision contained herein is, to any extent, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the laws governing this Agreement, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner.

 

15
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement.

 

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY   AWARDEE
         
By: /s/ Jeffrey Fogg   By: /s/ Kurt Terrani
  Jeff Fogg     Kurt Terrani
  Agreements Officer     Chief Executive Officer
         
Dated:      Dated:  9/26/2025

 

16
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

APPENDIX I

 

Milestones, Reporting, Deliverables

 

Milestones

 

These Milestones reflect DOE’s Control over the operation of the Awardee’s nuclear fuel production facilities as the aforementioned facilities are under contract with and for the account of DOE. These Milestones are based on the authorization process described in DOE Standard DOE-STD-1271-2025 “Authorization Pathway for Nuclear Facilities” (including Attachment 1 “Applicable DOE Orders and Standards, and NRC and Industry Equivalents”), which is incorporated herein by reference and attached as Appendix II. Accordingly, references below refer thereto.

 

Milestone One: Agreements and Alignment

 

1. Transition of the existing radiological facilities owned and operated by the Awardee in Oak Ridge, TN to DOE jurisdiction (from Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation, TDEC, jurisdiction).

 

2. Execution of Property License Agreement to Awardee to have access to DOE-owned property (land located in Idaho) to start critical path site development and characterization activities.

 

3. Submission of input to DOE NEPA assessment process for determination of categorical exclusion (CX) for Awardee’s existing and planned facilities and fuel production lines subject to this agreement.

 

4.Execution of Lease Agreement with the Awardee for the DOE-owned property (land located in Idaho) to host fuel production facilities .

 

5.Completion of all agreements/contracts necessary for the fulfillment of this Agreement as per DOE-STD-1271-2025. (Include agreements to obtain special nuclear material LEU, HALEU, or PU)

 

6.Submission and approval of Nuclear Safety Design Agreement as per DOE-STD-1271-2025.

 

Milestone Two: Preliminary Design Completion and Approval

 

1.Completion of Preliminary Design (roughly 50% design) documentation.

 

2.Submission and approval of Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis as per 10 CFR 830, Subpart B and DOE-STD-1271-2025.

 

3.Submission and approval of Quality Assurance Program Description (QAPD) as per 10 CFR 830, Subpart A.

 

Milestone Three: Final Design Completion and Approval

 

1.Completion of Final Design documentation, including drawings and criticality control analyses.

 

2.Submission and approval of final Documented Safety Analysis and Technical Safety Requirements.

 

3. Completion of authorizations, operating procedures, and necessary training required to proceed (e.g. hazardous material control procedures, criticality control procedures, SNM accountability procedures).

 

17
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Milestone Four: Established Fuel Line

 

1.Facility construction complete for fuel production operational areas

 

2.Installation of safety and operational fuel line equipment at fabrication facility

 

3.Calibration and commissioning of equipment complete

 

4.Readiness review for fuel production facility

 

5.First fuel production to required specifications and throughput

 

Milestone Five: Fuel Deliveries (spans the operations period of Phase I)

 

1. Fuel shipment containers secured – either selected from existing options or new containers constructed, commissioned/licensed

 

2.Completion and acceptance of fuel production for test/demo reactor(s)

 

3.Fresh fuel loads delivered and accepted at reactor site(s)

 

Milestone Five spans the operations period of Phase I as the fuel production facilities operate to produce fuel. The Awardee will be responsible to provide annual reports to the DOE that summarize its throughout, development, and operational reports.

 

Milestone Six: Capacity Expansion (Phase I Expansion)

 

1. Development for capacity expansion on individual fuel manufacturing modules and associated reporting.

 

2. Report on ability to install additional production modules that can increase facility’s overall capacity.

 

Milestone Seven: Phase II

 

1.Negotiation of Phase II agreement to continue operations (as is or adjusted) or proceed with decommissioning.

 

2.Decommissioning (if chosen) the DOE authorized facilities or timeline for commercial licensing at the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or other agreed-upon scope.

 

18
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Reporting

 

Copies of reports shall be submitted to the DOE on or before the contract deliverable due date.

 

Packaging and Marking

 

(a) Preservation, packaging and packing for shipment or mailing of all work delivered hereunder shall be in accordance with good commercial practice and adequate to insure acceptance by common carrier and safe transportation at the most economical rate(s), including electronic means.

 

(b)Each package, report or other deliverable shall be accompanied by a letter or other document which –

 

a.Identifies the Agreement by number pursuant to which the item is being delivered;

 

b.Identifies the deliverable item number or report requirement which requires the delivered item; and

 

c.Indicates whether the Awardee considers the delivered item to be a partial or full satisfaction of the requirement.

 

Acceptance

 

The Federal POC shall accomplish acceptance of all work and effort under this Agreement (including report deliverables). Only the AO can accept non-conforming work.

 

Confidential Business Information Contained in Reports

 

Awardee may designate applicable portions of the foregoing monthly reports, special status

reports, Milestone Reports, and Final DSA Report as Limited Rights Data per section 4.2. DOE will manage such properly marked information consistent with the Agreement’s terms.

 

1. Monthly Reports

 

On or before thirty (30) calendar days after the effective date of the Agreement and monthly thereafter throughout the term of the Agreement, the Awardee shall submit a monthly report of no more than 10 pages and lead a meeting with the DOE AO and Federal POC. The report and meeting will review technical progress during the reporting period, including accomplishment of goals and objectives (including a summary of any work conducted at the National Laboratories) and major accomplishments, and report on any problems, technical issues, or any new or increased risks to the Project’s ability to achieve its objectives. This report and meeting will also include a review of Milestones that are expected to be completed in the next quarter, and the meeting will include a discussion of scheduling for any Milestones that the AO or Federal Staff would like to witness. Monthly meetings may be conducted in-person or virtually through videoconferencing technology. The Awardee will provide copies of the agenda and presentation materials to the DOE AO and Federal POC.

 

2. Project Management Schedule

 

The Awardee shall submit a project management schedule. The project management schedule shall include a summary of the complete scope of the project and include the strategy for completing the project including management planning for design, development, testing, and evaluation; full list of the award milestones, milestone definitions, and their projected completion dates and the completion criteria; integrated schedule; project cost estimate; financing; supplier engagement; detailed risk register; and anticipated mitigations. The applicant is highly encouraged to maintain frequent engagement with the Federal Point of Contact to facilitate achieving objectives and milestones.

 

19
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

3. Authorization Process

 

The Awardee shall follow DOE Standard “Authorization Pathway for Nuclear Facilities,” DOE-STD-1271-2025. This Standard identifies a streamlined regulatory pathway to implement Executive Order 14301 and other policy direction to unleash the Nation’s nuclear energy potential, including Executive Orders 14154 (Unleashing American Energy), 14299 (Deploying Advanced Nuclear Reactor Technologies for National Security), and 14302 (Reinvigorating the Nuclear Industrial Base). This Standard recognizes the ability of awardees to negotiate in an open dialogue with DOE to achieve safe and secure design, construction, and operations in the most efficient method possible using the minimum requirements necessary for this goal. The DOE authorization process reflected in this Standard is intended to accommodate efficient and effective leveraging into an NRC license.

 

This Standard identifies an efficient approach to safety, security, emergency management, and other applicable requirements. This approach will ensure the safety of the public yet provide for more efficient design, construction and operations for DOE authorized facilities. This DOE Standard provides the deliverables that will be required to satisfy DOE authorization requirements.

 

4. Milestone Reports

 

The Awardee shall submit a monthly Milestone Report to document completion of Milestones. The reports shall be sufficient for the DOE AO and Federal POC to reasonably verify the accomplishment of the relevant milestone(s).

 

Awardees will be required to report information to DOE regarding:

 

1. Performance metric reporting which drives continuous improvement (e.g., operational/schedule, Environment, Safety and Health, Nuclear Safety, Safety System Health);

 

2.Fuel production line test plan progress and status; and

 

3.Milestone progress reporting.

 

5. Preliminary and Final Documented Safety Analysis

 

The Awardee shall prepare a Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis (PDSA), final Documented Safety Analysis (DSA) and Technical Safety Requirements (TSRs). The PDSA shall describe the design and operation of the proposed fuel line at roughly a 50% design complete level and the DSA and TSRs shall describe the design and operation of the proposed fuel line.

 

The PDSA and DSA summarizes information taken from design documents produced under the Quality Assurance Program, such as drawings, specifications, analyses, and calculations. The PDSA and TSRs must be complete and accurate in reporting this design information in order to meet the requirements in DOE-STD-1271-2025, “Authorization Pathway for Nuclear Facilities”. Specifically, the DSA and TSRs must be “complete and accurate in all material respects.”

 

Additional Data as further specified by the Parties as required to enable a safety determination and authorization by DOE.

 

20
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

6. Final Review Briefing Report

 

Concurrent with its submission of the final DSA and TSRs, the Awardee shall schedule a final review meeting with the Government. In the final review meeting, the Awardee will review the content of the final DSA and respond to any questions from the Government.

 

7. Special Status Reports

 

The Awardee shall report the following events to the DOE AO and Federal POC as soon as possible after they occur:

 

1.Developments that have a significant favorable impact on the project, such as significant target accomplishments, significant tests, experiments, or symposia.

 

2. Problems, delays, or adverse conditions which materially impair the Awardee’s ability to meet the objectives of the award or which may require DOE to respond to questions relating to such events from the public. For example the Awardee must report any of the following incidents and include the anticipated impact and remedial action to be taken to correct of resolve the problem/condition:

 

a.Any single fatality or injuries requiring hospitalization of five or more individuals.

 

b.Any significant environmental permit violation.

 

c.Any verbal or written Notice of Violation of any Environmental, Safety, and Health statutes or regulations.

 

d.Any incident which causes a significant process or hazard control system failure.

 

e.Any event which is anticipated to cause a significant schedule slippage or cost increase.

 

f.Any damage to Government-owned equipment in excess of $50,000.

 

g.Any other incident that has the potential for high visibility in the media.

 

DELIVERABLES

 

All deliverables under this OTA shall be delivered in accordance with the delivery date and to the addresses shown below.

 

Description Delivery Date Method Address
Monthly Reports On or before thirty (30) calendar days after the effective date of the Agreement and monthly thereafter, 3 days before the monthly meetings 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Project Management Schedule On or before thirty (30) calendar days after the effective date of the Agreement 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC

 

21
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Description Delivery Date Method Address
Nuclear Safety Design Agreement On or before thirty (30) calendar days after the effective date of the Agreement 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Preliminary Design Documents and Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis (PDSA) On or before thirty (30) calendar days following DOE approval of the Nuclear Safety Design Agreement 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Milestone Reports Monthly, by the 7th day of each month statusing the preceding month 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Revised Preliminary Design Package and PDSA as amended per DOE comments, changes, etc. On or before thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of final DOE review comments on the Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Final Design Package and Documented Safety Analysis (DSA) On or before thirty (30) calendar days following DOE approval of the Preliminary Documented Safety Analysis 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Revised Final Design Package and DSA as amended per DOE comments, changes, etc. On or before thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of final DOE review comments on the Documented Safety Analysis 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Special Status Reports As soon as possible after event occurs 1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
Final Review Briefing Report   1 – Electronic AO

Federal POC
22
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

APPENDIX II

 

Applicable DOE Regulations, Directives, and Standards

 

NUMBER TITLE
10 CFR 830 Nuclear Safety Management
10 CFR 835 Occupational Radiation Protection
10 CFR 851 Worker Safety and Health Program
   
NE O 151.1 Comprehensive Emergency Management System
NE O 225.1 Accident Investigations
NE O 226.1 Implementation of Department of Energy Oversight Policy
NE P 226.1 Policy for Federal Oversight and Contractor Assurance Systems
NE O 227.1 Independent Oversight Program
NE O 231.1 Environment, Safety and Health Reporting
NE O 232.2 Occurrence Reporting and Processing of Operations Information
NE O 414.1 Quality Assurance
NE O 420.1 Facility Safety
NE O 422.1 Conduct of Operations
NE O 425.1 Verification of Readiness to Startup or Restart Nuclear Facilities
NE O 426.2 Personnel Selection, Training, Qualification, and Certification Requirements for DOE Nuclear Facilities
NE O 433.1 Maintenance Management Program for DOE Nuclear Facilities
NE O 435.1 Radioactive Waste Management
NE O 458.1 Radiation Protection of the Public and the Environment
NE O 470.1 Office of Nuclear Energy Safeguards and Security
   
NE-STD-1020-2025 Natural Phenomena Hazard Analysis and Design Criteria for DOE Facilities
NE-STD-1027-2025 Hazard Categorization of DOE Nuclear Facilities
   
DOE M 441.1-1 Nuclear Material Packaging
DOE O 442.1B Department of Energy Employee Concerns Program (No alternative requirements are allowed.)
DOE O 442.2 Differing Professional Opinions for Technical Issues Involving Environmental, Safety, and Health Technical Concerns
DOE O 460.1D Chg 1 Hazardous Materials Packaging and Transportation Safety
DOE O 460.2B Departmental Materials Transportation Management
DOE O 461.1C Chg 1 Packaging and Transportation for Offsite Shipment of Materials of National Security Interest
DOE O 461.2 Onsite Packaging and Transfer of Materials of National Security Interest
DOE O 471.1B Identification and Protection of Unclassified Controlled Nuclear Information
DOE O 471.6 Chg 4 Information Security
DOE O 471.7 Controlled Unclassified Information

 

23
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

DOE O 475.1 Counterintelligence Program
DOE O 475.2B Identifying Classified Information
DOE O 486.1A Foreign Government Sponsored or Affiliated Activities
   
DOE-STD-1073-2016 Configuration Management
DOE-STD-1104-2016 Review and Approval of Nuclear Facility Safety Basis and Safety Design Basis Documents
DOE-STD-1237-2021 Documented Safety Analysis for DOE Reactor Facilities
DOE STD 1271-2025 Authorization Pathway for Nuclear Facilities (including Attachment 1, Applicable DOE Orders, Standards, and NRC and Industry Equivalents)
DOE-STD-1628-2013 Development of Probabilistic Risk Assessments for Nuclear Safety Applications
DOE-STD-3009-2014 Preparation of Nonreactor Nuclear Facility Documented Safety Analysis. This standard may be implemented in part or whole for existing facilities that are using DOE-STD-3009-94. The SBAA may recognize exceptions within this Standard. (e.g., Chemical hazards without a nexus to a nuclear event are not required to be analyzed.)

 

NOTE: This list and the substance of the regulations and standards may not be exhaustive and are subject to change.

 

24
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

APPENDIX III

 

Nuclear Hazards Indemnity Agreement

 

(a) Definitions. Except as otherwise specified within this clause, all definitions set forth in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (hereinafter called the Act), shall apply to this clause.

 

“Extraordinary nuclear occurrence” means an event that DOE has determined to be such an occurrence, as defined in the Act. A determination of whether or not there has been an extraordinary nuclear occurrence will be made in accordance with the procedures in 10 CFR part 840.

 

“Public liability,” referred to below, is public liability as defined in the Act, which (1) arises out of or in connection with the activities under this agreement, including transportation; and (2) arises out of or results from a nuclear incident or precautionary evacuation.

 

(b) Authority. This clause is incorporated into this Agreement pursuant to the authority contained in subsection 170d. of the Act.

 

(c) Financial protection. Except as hereafter permitted or required in writing by DOE, the Awardee will not be required to provide or maintain, and will not provide or maintain at Government expense, any form of financial protection to cover public liability, as described in paragraph (a) of this clause. DOE may, however, at any time require in writing that the Awardee provide and maintain financial protection of such a type and in such amount as DOE shall determine to be appropriate to cover such public liability.

 

(d) Indemnification. To the extent that the Awardee and other persons indemnified are not compensated by any financial protection permitted or required by DOE, DOE will indemnify the Awardee and other persons indemnified against (i) claims for public liability as described in paragraph (a) of this clause; and (ii) such legal costs of the Awardee and other persons indemnified as are approved by DOE, provided that DOE’s liability, including such legal costs, shall not exceed the amount set forth in section 170e(1)(B) of the Act in the aggregate for each nuclear incident or precautionary evacuation occurring within the United States or $2,000,000,000 in the aggregate for each nuclear incident occurring outside the United States, irrespective of the number of persons indemnified in connection with this agreement.

 

(e)  

 

(1) Waiver of defenses. In the event of a nuclear incident (as defined in the Act) arising out of nuclear waste activities (as defined in the Act), the Awardee, on behalf of itself and other persons indemnified, agrees to waive any issue or defense as to charitable or governmental immunity.

 

25
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

(2) In the event of an extraordinary nuclear occurrence that—

 

(i) Arises out of, results from, or occurs in the course of the construction, possession, or operation of a production or utilization facility; or

 

(ii) Arises out of, results from, or occurs in the course of transportation of source material, by-product material, or special nuclear material to or from a production or utilization facility; or

 

(iii) Arises out of or results from the possession, operation, or use by the Awardee or a subcontractor of a device utilizing special nuclear material or by-product material, during the course of the activity under this agreement; or

 

(iv) Arises out of, results from, or occurs in the course of nuclear waste activities, the Awardee, on behalf of itself and other persons indemnified, agrees to waive—

 

(A) Any issue or defense as to the conduct of the claimant (including the conduct of persons through whom the claimant derives its cause of action) or fault of persons indemnified, including, but not limited to negligence, contributory negligence, assumption of risk, or unforeseeable intervening causes, whether involving the conduct of a third person or an act of God;

 

(B) Any issue or defense as to charitable or governmental immunity; and any issue or defense based on any statute of limitations, if suit is instituted within three years of the date on which the claimant first knew, or reasonably could have known, of his injury or change and the cause thereof. The waiver of any such issue or defense shall be effective regardless of whether such issue or defense may otherwise be deemed jurisdictional or relating to an element in the cause of action. The waiver shall be judicially enforceable in accordance with its terms by the claimant against the person indemnified.

 

(v) For the purposes of making a determination of whether or not there has been an extraordinary nuclear occurrence, “offsite,” as used in 10 CFR part 840, means “away from the contract location,” a phrase that means any DOE facility, installation, or site at which activity under this agreement is being carried out, and any awardee-owned or controlled facility, installation, or site at which the Awardee is engaged in the performance of activity under this agreement.

 

(3) The waivers set forth in paragraph (e) of this clause—

 

(i) Shall be effective regardless of whether such issue or defense may otherwise be deemed jurisdictional or relating to an element in the cause of action;

 

(ii) Shall be judicially enforceable in accordance with its terms by the claimant against the person indemnified;

 

(iii) Shall not preclude a defense based upon a failure to take reasonable steps to mitigate damages;

 

26
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

(iv) Shall not apply to any injury or damage to a claimant (or claimant’s property) that is intentionally sustained by the claimant, or that results from a nuclear incident intentionally and wrongfully caused by the claimant;

 

(v) Shall not apply to injury to a claimant who is employed at the site of and in connection with the activity where the extraordinary nuclear occurrence takes place, if benefits therefor are either payable or required to be provided under any workmen’s compensation or occupational disease law;

 

(vi) Shall not apply to any claim resulting from a nuclear incident occurring outside the United States;

 

(vii) Shall be effective only with respect to those obligations set forth in this clause and in insurance policies, contracts or other proof of financial protection; and

 

(viii) Shall not apply to, or prejudice the prosecution or defense of, any claim or portion of claim not within the protection afforded under

 

(A) the limit of liability provisions under subsection 170e. of the Act, and (B) the terms of this agreement and the terms of insurance policies, contracts, or other proof of financial protection.

 

(f) Notification and litigation of claims. The Awardee shall give immediate written notice to DOE of any known action or claim filed or made against the Awardee or other person indemnified for public liability as defined in paragraph (a) of this clause. Except as otherwise directed by DOE, the Awardee shall furnish promptly to DOE copies of all pertinent papers received by the Awardee or filed with respect to such actions or claims. DOE shall have the right to, and may collaborate with, the Awardee and any other person indemnified in the settlement or defense of any action or claim and shall have the right to:

 

(1) Require the prior approval of DOE for the payment of any claim that DOE may be required to indemnify hereunder; and

 

(2) Appear through the Attorney General on behalf of the Awardee or other person indemnified in any action brought upon any claim that DOE may be required to indemnify hereunder, take charge of such action, and settle or defend any such action. If the settlement or defense of any such action or claim is undertaken by DOE, the Awardee or other person indemnified shall furnish all reasonable assistance in effecting a settlement or asserting a defense.

 

(g) Continuity of DOE obligations. The obligations of DOE under this clause shall not be affected by any failure on the part of the Awardee to fulfill its obligation under this contract and shall be unaffected by the death, disability, or termination of existence of the Awardee, or by the completion, termination or expiration of this agreement.

 

27
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

(h) Effect of other clauses. The provisions of this clause shall not be limited in any way by, and shall be interpreted without reference to, any other clause of this agreement including the Disputes clause, and any provisions later added to this contract, as required by applicable Federal law, including statutes, Executive orders and regulations, to be included in Nuclear Hazards Indemnity Agreements.

 

(i) Civil penalties. The Awardee and its subcontractors and suppliers who are indemnified under the provisions of this clause are subject to civil penalties, pursuant to section 234A of the Act, for violations of applicable DOE nuclear-safety related rules, regulations, or orders, and pursuant to section 234C of the Act, for violations of applicable DOE worker safety and health related rules, regulations, and orders.

 

(j) Criminal penalties. Any individual director, officer, or employee of the Awardee or of its subcontractors and suppliers indemnified under the provisions of this clause are subject to criminal penalties, pursuant to section 223(c) of the Act, for knowingly and willfully violating the Act, and applicable DOE nuclear safety-related rules, regulations or orders for which violation results in, or if undetected, would have resulted in a nuclear incident.

 

(k) Inclusion in Subcontracts. The Awardee shall insert this clause in any subaward or subcontract that may involve the risk of public liability, as that term is defined in the Act and further described in paragraph (a) of this clause. However, this clause shall not be included in subcontracts in which the subcontractor is subject to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) financial protection requirements under section 170b. of the Act or NRC agreements of indemnification under section 170c. or k. of the Act for the activities under the subcontract.

 

28
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

APPENDIX IV

 

NATIONAL ASSURANCE POLICIES

 

 

29
 

Controlled by: The U.S. Department of Energy, DOECUI@hq.doe.gov

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2026, by and between Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Thomas Hendrix (“Founder”) and the undersigned entity affiliated with Founder (the “Founder Entity”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to update the Company’s existing dual class common stock structure in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its capital stock (the “IPO”) to, among other things, enable the Company to execute its long-term vision;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Board and the stockholders of the Company have approved and adopted that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which, among other things, provides for two classes of common stock of the Company, Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), entitling holders to one (1) vote for each share thereof held, and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock), entitling holders to twenty (20) votes per share thereof held;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that exchanging all shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by Founder and held by the Founder Entity upon the effectiveness of the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), for shares of Class B Common Stock, effective immediately following the Effective Time, as part of the implementation of the updated dual class common stock structure is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including its stockholders other than Founder and the Founder Entity; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange (as defined below) pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and this Agreement shall constitute a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a).

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I.
EXCHANGE AND ISSUANCE OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK

 

1.1 Exchange of Class A Common Stock.

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, immediately following the Effective Time, the Founder Entity shall be deemed to have automatically transferred to the Company the shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Founder Entity upon the Effective Time as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Class A Shares”) and the Company shall issue to the Founder Entity shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Shares”), at an exchange ratio of one (1) Class A Share for one (1) Class B Share (the “Exchange”).

 

(b) Concurrently herewith, the Founder Entity is delivering to the Company such instruments of transfer or other documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Founder Entity have been duly transferred to the Company to be held in escrow until the Effective Time and such documents are automatically released without further action by the Company or the Founder Entity at the Effective Time.

 

1.2 Effective Time of the Exchange.

 

(a) The Exchange shall occur and be deemed effective without any further action by the Company, Founder or the Founder Entity immediately following the Effective Time and prior to the consummation of the sale of the shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock in the IPO.

 

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange, the Company shall deliver (or cause its transfer agent to deliver) to Founder and the Founder Entity such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the Class B Shares have been duly issued and delivered to the Founder Entity.

 

Article II.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FOUNDER

 

Founder and the Founder Entity hereby represent and warrant to the Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

 

2.1 Ownership; Authority. Effective as of the Effective Time, Founder will be the beneficial owner, and the Founder Entity will be the legal owner, of the Class A Shares exchanged hereunder as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which Founder or the Founder Entity, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, are a party). Founder and the Founder Entity have the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale by the Company and the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, to transfer, convey and exchange the Class A Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Founder and the Founder Entity, enforceable against Founder and the Founder Entity in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). Upon consummation of the Exchange contemplated hereby, the Company will acquire from the Founder Entity good and marketable title to the Class A Shares held by the Founder Entity, free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which Founder or the Founder Entity, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, are a party, and subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

 

2

 

 

2.2 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Founder and the Founder Entity of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority on the part of Founder or the Founder Entity (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws). For purposes of this Agreement, “governmental authority” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

 

2.3 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by Founder and the Founder Entity of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) violate any governing document, including any trust agreement, applicable to Founder or the Founder Entity, (b) subject to compliance with Section 2.2, violate any applicable law, (c) assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent or other action under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of Founder or the Founder Entity or to the loss of any benefit to which Founder or the Founder Entity is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon Founder or the Founder Entity or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the Founder Entity’s Class B Shares, other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which Founder or the Founder Entity, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, are a party.

 

2.4 Restricted Securities; Rule 144. Each of Founder and the Founder Entity understands that the Class B Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), because such shares are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and in exchange for shares acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder the Class B Shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, and subject to the restrictions under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Each of Founder and the Founder Entity understands and hereby acknowledges that the Class B Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is otherwise available. Founder and the Founder Entity are aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit limited resales of shares purchased in a transaction not involving a public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

2.5 Legends. It is understood that any certificate or book entry position representing the Class B Shares and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, shall bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements to which Founder or the Founder Entity are a party):

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

3

 

 

Article III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Founder and the Founder Entity, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

 

3.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.2 Corporate Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance and delivery of the Class B Shares in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the Company’s stockholders, subject to compliance with Section 3.3. Any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby have been waived. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Founder and the Founder Entity, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

 

3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority other than compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws.

 

3.4 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3, (a) violate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Bylaws”), (b) violate any applicable law, (c) require any consent or other action by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of the Company or to the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the Class B Shares other than as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Article IV.
COVENANTS

 

4.1 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Founder and the Founder Entity have entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of the IPO with respect to the sale, disposition or transfer of his/its securities of the Company and Founder and the Founder Entity agree not to revoke such lock-up agreement. Founder and the Founder Entity also agree that any other lock-up or market stand-off agreements applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Company held by him/it will continue to apply to the Class B Shares in accordance with the terms of such agreements.

 

4.2 Waiver of Right of First Refusal. The Company hereby waives any preexisting rights of first refusal applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4

 

 

Article V.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

5.2 Successors and Assigns. No party hereto may assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Other than the rights, restrictions and preferences provided for the Class B Common Stock pursuant to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, this Agreement, including the exhibit attached hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended or, waived other than by a written instrument signed by Founder, the Founder Entity and the Company.

 

5.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by facsimile, electronic or .pdf transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5.5 Tax Consequences. The parties hereto intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. The parties hereto adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Founder and the Founder Entity have reviewed with his/its own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Exchange, investment in the Class B Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Founder and the Founder Entity are relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article III.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

  standard nuclear, INC.
     
  By:  
  Name: Kevin Harrill
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

  THOMAS HENDRIX
   
   
  STANDARD NUCLEAR TRUST
   

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Class A Shares to be Exchanged

 

  Number of Class A Shares to be Exchanged   Record Holder
[●]   Standard Nuclear Trust

 

A-1

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

EQUITY EXCHANGE RIGHT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EQUITY EXCHANGE RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2026, by and between Standard Nuclear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Thomas Hendrix (“Founder”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to update the Company’s existing dual class common stock structure in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its capital stock (the “IPO”) to, among other things, enable the Company to execute its long-term vision;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Board and the stockholders of the Company have approved and adopted that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), which, among other things, provides for two classes of common stock of the Company, Class A Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), entitling holders to one (1) vote for each share thereof held, and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), entitling holders to twenty (20) votes per share thereof held;

 

WHEREAS, at the effectiveness of the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), effective upon the filing of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 as promptly as practicable after the time the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the IPO is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, Founder will hold restricted stock units covering shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Founder Equity Award”), as set forth in Exhibit A, which Founder Equity Award has been granted under the Company’s 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, and the award agreement memorializing the Founder Equity Award (collectively, the “Equity Documents”);

 

WHEREAS, following the IPO, Founder is expected to receive up to the amount of shares of Class A Common Stock set forth on Exhibit B (the “Distribution Shares”) through a distribution-in-kind from Decisive Point Group, LLC, an entity of which Founder is a member (the “Distribution”); and

 

WHEREAS, as part of the implementation of the updated dual class common stock structure, the Board has determined that it is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including its stockholders other than Founder and Founder’s affiliates, to provide Founder with the right to require the Company to exchange shares of Class A Common Stock that Founder acquires upon the vesting and/or settlement of his Founder Equity Award or through the Distribution for shares of Class B Common Stock on a one share-for-one share basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in any Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and this Agreement shall constitute a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a).

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I.
PUT RIGHT AND EXCHANGE AND ISSUANCE OF
CLASS B COMMON STOCK

 

1.1 Grant of Put Right. Effective immediately following the Effective Time, and subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement (including Section 1.2(a) below), the Company hereby irrevocably grants to Founder the right (the “Put Right”) to require the Company to exchange any shares of Class A Common Stock that Founder acquires following the Effective Time as a result of (i) the vesting and/or settlement of his Founder Equity Award or (ii) the Distribution (each, a “Put Eligible Share”) for shares of Class B Common Stock at an exchange ratio of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock for one (1) share of Class B Common Stock, net of any applicable withholding taxes; provided, however, if the Company becomes aware of any obligation to deduct or withhold any taxes as a result of, or with respect to, such exchange, the Company shall notify Founder of such obligation at least five (5) business days before the completion of such exchange and shall cooperate with Founder to reduce or eliminate any such deduction or withholding to the extent permitted by applicable law (the “Exchange”).

 

1.2 Exercise of Put Right.

 

(a) The Put Right with respect to any Put Eligible Share will be exercisable by Founder by submitting a completed and fully-executed notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Put Right Notice”) to the Company on or prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 1.5 below) with respect to such Put Eligible Share. The Put Right will be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of timely delivery of a Put Right Notice with respect to such Put Eligible Share.

 

(b) Failure to deliver a Put Right Notice prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the applicable Expiration Date for any Put Eligible Share will constitute an irrevocable waiver of the Put Right with respect to such Put Eligible Share.

 

(c) A Put Right cannot be exercised by Founder with respect to any Put Eligible Share more than once. Further, Founder will have no Put Right pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any share of Class A Common Stock that is acquired by Founder following the Effective Time other than as a result of the vesting and/or settlement of the Founder Equity Award or the Distribution.

 

1.3 Exchange of Shares. Within ten (10) calendar days after the Company’s receipt of a properly executed Put Right Notice, the Company will complete the Exchange for the specified number of Put Eligible Shares indicated in such Put Right Notice (“Exercised Shares”) by issuing, out of funds legally available therefor, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock to Founder equal to such specified number, subject to the completion of any actions reasonably necessary to be taken by Founder in order for the Company to complete such Exchange, including delivering to the Company of such instruments of transfer or other documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the Exercised Shares have been duly transferred to the Company. In addition, the Company and Founder may mutually agree in writing to effect any Exchange through procedures and timing requirements other than those set forth in this Section 1.3. Upon the effectiveness of such Exchange, the Company will deliver (or cause its transfer agent to deliver) to Founder such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the shares of Class B Common Stock have been duly issued and delivered to Founder in exchange for the Exercised Shares.

 

2

 

 

1.4 Rights to Shares of Class A Common Stock Following Exchange. Upon the Exchange, Founder will no longer have any rights as a holder of the Exercised Shares or the Distribution Shares that are the subject of the Exchange (other than the right to receive the shares of Class B Common Stock in accordance with this Agreement). Such Exercised Shares or Distribution Shares will be deemed to have been redeemed by the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor, if any, have been delivered to the Company. The Founder hereby agrees to execute such instruments and other documentation as may be reasonably necessary to cause such Exercised Shares to be cancelled or transferred to the Company, including, if applicable, on the books of the Company’s transfer agent.

 

1.5 Termination of Put Right. The Put Right will terminate on the following date(s) (each, an “Expiration Date”):

 

(a) With respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the Founder Equity Award that have not become Put Eligible Shares, the Expiration Date will be the date such shares or the Founder Equity Award, as applicable, are forfeited pursuant to the applicable Equity Documents; and

 

(b) With respect to any Put Eligible Shares, the Expiration Date will be the earliest of the date:

 

(i) on which Founder sells, transfers, or otherwise disposes of such Put Eligible Shares; and

 

(ii) the Final Conversion Date (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation).

 

Article II.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF FOUNDER

 

Founder hereby represents and warrants to the Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

 

2.1 Ownership; Authority. Founder has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Founder, enforceable against Founder in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). Upon consummation of an Exchange contemplated hereby, the Company will acquire from Founder good and marketable title to the Exercised Shares or Distribution Shares subject to such Exchange, free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which Founder and the Company are a party, and subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

 

2.2 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Founder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority on the part of Founder (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws). For purposes of this Agreement, “governmental authority” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

 

3

 

 

2.3 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by Founder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) violate any governing document, including any trust agreement, applicable to Founder, (b) subject to compliance with Section 2.2, violate any applicable law, (c) assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent or other action under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of Founder or to the loss of any benefit to which Founder is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon Founder or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the Founder Equity Award or the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such award, or on the Distribution Shares, other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which Founder and the Company are a party.

 

Article III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Founder, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

 

3.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.2 Corporate Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance and delivery of the shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with each Exchange hereunder (including the conversion thereof into Class A Common Stock upon the terms specified in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the Company’s stockholders, subject to compliance with Section 3.3. Any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby have been waived. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Founder, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

 

3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority other than compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws.

 

3.4 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3, (a) violate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Bylaws”), (b) violate any applicable law, (c) require any consent or other action by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of the Company or to the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the shares of Class B Common Stock other than as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4

 

 

Article IV.
COVENANTS

 

4.1 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Founder has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of the IPO with respect to the sale, disposition or transfer of his securities of the Company and Founder agrees not to revoke such lock-up agreement. Founder also agrees that any other lock-up or market stand-off agreements applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Company held by Founder will continue to apply to the shares of the Class B Common Stock in accordance with the terms of such agreements.

 

Article V.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

5.2 Successors and Assigns. No party hereto may assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Other than the rights, restrictions and preferences provided for under the Equity Documents with respect to Founder Equity Award and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock, this Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended or waived other than by a written instrument signed by Founder and the Company.

 

5.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by facsimile, electronic or .pdf transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5.5 No Guarantee of Continued Service. Founder acknowledges and agrees that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the existence of the Put Right granted hereunder constitutes an express or implied promise of continuous employment or service with the Company for any period, or at all, and that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the existence of the Put Right granted hereunder will interfere in any way with Founder’s right or the right of the Company to terminate Founder’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause.

 

5.6 Tax Consequences. The parties hereto intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in any Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. The parties hereto adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Founder each have reviewed with its/his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Put Right and the Exchange, the Founder Equity Award and the potential acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder, the potential exchange of such shares for shares of Class B Common Stock, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party hereto is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, or Founder or any of his agents, as applicable, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company and Founder expressly set forth in Articles II and III.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

  STANDARD NUCLEAR, INC.
     
  By:  
  Name: Kevin Harrill
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  THOMAS HENDRIX
     
   

 

[Signature Page to Equity Exchange Right Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Founder Equity Award

 

Founder RSUs

 

[●] shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units approved by the Board on June 10, 2026, which were granted to Founder in connection with the IPO, subject to, and contingent upon, the filing of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 as promptly as practicable after the time the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the IPO is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

A-1

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Distribution Shares

 

Distribution Shares

 

[●] shares of Class A Common Stock

 

B-1

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Put Right Notice (the “Notice”)

 

(To be signed only upon exercise of a Put Right)

 

To: Standard Nuclear, Inc.
Attn: Chief Legal and Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary

 

The undersigned (“Founder”), hereby irrevocably elects to exercise his right under the Put Right pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right Agreement dated as of [●], 2026 (the “Agreement”), by and between Standard Nuclear, Inc (the “Company”) and Founder, to require the Company to exchange Put Eligible Shares for a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of equivalent value as determined on the date of the Exchange, subject to the terms of this Notice and the Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Notice will have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

By executing this Notice, Founder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

1. Acknowledgements. Founder acknowledges and affirms that the representations and warranties set forth in Article II of the Agreement as of the date of this Notice are true and correct, and agrees to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Agreement.

 

2. Legends. It is understood that any certificate or book entry position representing the shares of Class B Common Stock and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, will bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements to which Founder is a party):

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

3. Restricted Securities; Rule 144. Except as otherwise permitted by applicable law, Founder understands that any shares of Class B Common Stock issued to Founder in an Exchange will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the Act because such shares are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and in exchange for shares acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder the shares of Class B Common Stock may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances, and subject to the restrictions under the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Founder understands and hereby acknowledges that the shares of Class B Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is otherwise available. Founder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act, which permit limited resales of shares purchased in a transaction not involving a public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

4. Tax Matters. Founder has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Put Right and the Exchange, the Founder Equity Award and the potential acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder, the potential exchange of such shares for shares of Class B Common Stock, and the transactions contemplated by the Agreement. Founder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article III of the Agreement.

 

  Dated:
   
   
  THOMAS HENDRIX
   
  Address:

 

C-1

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Standard Nuclear, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
Standard Property Holdings I, LLC   US – Delaware

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We have issued our report dated April 9, 2026 (except for Note 1, subsection Stock Split, as to which the date is July 7, 2026), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Standard Nuclear, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

July 7, 2026

 

Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF WOOD MACKENZIE INC.

 

We hereby consent to (i) the use of our firm’s name, Wood Mackenzie, Inc. (“Wood Mackenzie”), in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by Standard Nuclear, Inc. and any amendments thereto, including the prospectus contained therein (the “Registration Statement”), including the use of our firm’s name under the heading “Experts” in the Registration Statement, and (ii) the inclusion of information relating to the nuclear industry (the “Information”) in the Registration Statement that was supplied by Wood Mackenzie and references to Wood Mackenzie as the source of such Information. 

 

We further wish to advise you that Wood Mackenzie was not employed on a contingent basis and that at the time of the preparation of the Information, as well as at the date hereof, neither Wood Mackenzie nor any of its employees had or now has a substantial interest in Standard Nuclear, Inc. or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries.

 

By: /s/ Kara McNutt  
  Kara McNutt  
  Vice President, Consulting  
  For and on behalf of Wood Mackenzie, Inc.  

 

Date: July 7, 2026